Firstspanishcour 00 Hilluoft

Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive
in
2007
witii
funding from
IVIicrosoft
Corporation
littp://www.arcli ive.org/details/firstspanislicourOOIiilluoft
^^lijUiI80Ôt<I^50^JrMnwicj^40"
FIRST SPANISH COURSE
t?ÎLLS AND
J.
D. M.
FORD
INDIAMA UNIVKR8ITT
HASVABD UNIVKE8ITY
Authorized by the Minister of Education for Ontario
Q,3.7] TORONTO
THE COPP CLARK COMPANY LIMITED
COPYRIGHT, BT
D.
C.
1917
St
HEATH
IDS
OO.
PREFACE
In this First Spanish Course the authors have aimed to
present to EngHsh-speaking students the essential facts of
Spanish grammar and to illustrate them by means of abundant material for oral and written exercises. The amount of formal grammar given in each Lesson is
small,
and
in the early Lessons there are almost
no excep-
tions to the general rules.
At the end of each Lesson the rules of grammar are repeated in Spanish, so that the students may commit them to
memory in either Spanish or English as the teacher prefers. The words used in the exercises are limited as far as possible to those in common use, and they are given, for the
most
of
narrative passages.
and Each Lesson has a special vocabulary new words, and at the end of the book there is a general
part, in the connected discourse of descriptive
all
vocabulary which contains

exercises.
the words that are used in the
The Spanish passages

sets of questions
in the exercises are followed
by
based on the text. These will doubtless be used by many teachers, although some may prefer to formulate their own questions.
The treatment
is
of verbs,
which follows the Lessons proper,

it
unusually complete, and
includes reference
lists
of
irregular verbs
and
of those that require
a preposition before
an
infinitive.
CONTENTS
Pronxjnciation
PAGES 1-10
11-234
I.
Lessons
Gender
of
nouns.
Indefinite
article.
II.
Verbs Gender of nouns. ces. Verbs

Plural of nouns.
adjectives
11-12
Interrogative sentenDefinite article.
III.
IV.
Verbs Position, inflection and agreement of
12-13 14-17
17-20
V.
VI. VII. VIII.
Agreement
sentences
of
adjectives.
Negative
IX.
X.
XI. XII.
XIII.
Tener. Pronouns Genitive case. Ser Present indicative Possessives. Present perfect Demonstratives. Numerals Radical-changing verbs Dative and accusative cases. Apocopated
adjectives
20-22 23-26 26-28 29-32 32-35 36-39 39-43
43-^
Omission of indefinite
Estar and ser.

article
. .-
XrV-XVI.
XVII. XVIII.
Personal pronovms.
Verbs
. .
Commands.
Infinitives.
Numerals
XIX.
XX.
XXI. XXII-XXIII.
irregular verbs Imperfect and preterite indicative Radical-changing verbs. Feminine

.
Some
47-49 50-61 62-66 66-69 70-74

74-77 77-81 81-89 90-94 95-102 103-107
el.
Neuter
lo
Inflection of adjectives.
Verbs
....
XXIV.
Negatives.
XXV-XXVI.
XXVII. XXVIII.
Verbs Changes in spelling .... Future and conditional. Months. Days

Definite article.
Past participles Tener and haber.
Perfect tenses
107-lH
vi
CONTENTS
XXIX.
EEaber, saber,
XXX.
XXXI.
and conocer Present participles. Progressive forms Imperative. Subjimctive used imperatively
112-115 116-120
120-125
125-141 141-146 146-151
XXXII-XXXIV.
XXXV.
XXXVI.
XXXVII.
XXXVIII.
Subjunctive in substantive clauses. Imperfect subjunctive Subjunctive in adjectival clauses ....

Subjunctive in adverbial and conditional
clauses
Ojal&.
Softened statement.
Wilt and
XXXIX-XL.
XLI-XLII.
XLIII.
XLIV.
XLV. XLVI.
XLVII. XLVIII.
XLIX.
L.
Future subjunctive. Uir verbs Verbs Adjectives. Verbs Personal pronouns. Verbs Definite article. Verbs Omission of articles. Possessives. Verbs Demonstratives. Relatives. Verbs Interrogatives. Pronominal adjectives. Verbs Numerals. Verbs Adverbs. Verbs Prepositions and conjunctions. Verbs Augmentatives and diminutives. Verbs
should.
Nouns.
152-157 157-162 162-174 174-184 185-190 190-196 196-202
202-208 208-215 215-221 221-228 228-234

235-281 266-276
The Verb
List of radical-changing, -uir,
and
irregular verbs
....
List of verbs requiring a preposition before

infinitive
a dependent
277-281
General Vocabulary
Index
282-327
328-330
Map Map Map
op Sotjth America
of Spain of Mexico
Frontispiece
Facing page
235
FIEST SPANISH COURSE

PRONUNCIATION
1.
Castilian forms the basis of both the spoken
and the
Spanish
written
language
of
cultivated
Spaniards and
Americans.
The Alphabet
2. The following Ust gives the signs comprised in the Spanish or Castihan alphabet with the usual Castilian names for them:
a(a),
b(6e), c(ce), ch(cê),
6.{de),
e(e),
f(e/e),
g{ge), hQiache), i(t),
j{jota), k(ka), liele), ll(eHe),

r(ere), s(ese), t{te), u(u), v(ce,
m(eme), n(ene),
or
ii{ene), 0(0), pipe), q(cu),
ve),
[w{doble w)j, x{equis), j(i griega),
z{zeta or zeda).
alphabet.
11,
Observe that ch, 11, and fi figure as distinct signs in the Spanish In the dictionary, words and syllables beginning with ch, and fi are found after those beginning with c, 1, and n respectively.
3-
VOWELS
a = a of father: padre. e = (1) a of mate: mesa, table; (2) e of met, before a consonant (except n or s) in the same syllable, before rr, and in the diphthong ei (or ey) papel, paper; set, to he; muerto,
:
dead; defecto, defect; perro, dog;
ley, law.
= ee of o = (1)
i
meet :
libro, hook.
:
of note
todo, all; (2)
in the
same
syllable, before rr,

sir;
ey)
sol,
sun; senor,
a consonant diphthong ei (or con, with; gorra, cap; soy, / am.

of not before in the
and
2
u =
ti

of nde: pluma, pen.
The vowels are of medium length or short; they never have the diphthongal sounds heard in the EngHsh long a There should not be prefixed ifate), long o (no), etc. to u the y element which it has in such English words as In the conjunction y, and, the sound is that tube, pure, etc. of the simple vowel i (ee); approximately the same sound is given to final y, as in muy, very; in other positions the y has nearly the sound of English y in yet. In the western countries of South America, especially in
by i, mui for muy, very, i for y, and, etc. 4. Vowel Combinations. When two adjacent vowels in a word combine into a single syllable, they form a diphthong; when three do so, they form a triphthong. These are constituted when one of the 5. Diphthongs. strong vowels, a, e, o, combines with one of the weak vowels,
Chile, the final y of Castilian is frequently supplanted
as in
i,
u; thus,
ai ei oi
ia ie io;
au eu ou ua ue uo;
thus,
or
when two weak vowels combine;

iu ui.
If the
it is
second element
is
and occurs at the end

is
of a word,
written y, as in muy, soy, etc. When the syllable containing the diphthong
falls
accented,
on the strong element, if there be one; otherwise it falls on the second of the two weak vowels. The various combinations, in an accented syllable, may be
the stress
illustrated
by these words:
hay, there is (are)
principiamos, we begin
ctiatro,
baile, dance;
flauta, fliUe
four
reina, qtieen; rey, king
bien,
weU
deuda, debt
fuerte, strong
PRONUNCIATION
oigo;
7 hear; doy, /
triumph
give
naciones, naivms
cuota, quota
cuita, grief
bou, {Catalonian mode of fishing)

triunfo,
a. No diphthong, but two distinct syllables, will be the result, (1) when two strong vowels come together, as in Saavedra (a proper name), faena, task, caoba, mahogany, etc.; (2) when the accent falls on a weak
vowel adjacent to a strong vowel, as in traido, brought, oido, heard,
etc.;
or (3) when two adjoining weak vowels are pronounced separately, as in Guido, fluid; hvdda, flight ; construido, constructed. In the last two
cases the accent
6.
is
always written on the stressed vowel.
There are but four of these; they are formed when a stressed strong vowel stands between two weak vowels. Final i of a word is written y. The combinar
Triphthongs.
tions are
iai,
iei,
as in principidis, you begin as in principieis,
may you begin uai (uay), as in averigxiAis, you ascertain; guay, woe uei (uey), as in continueis, Tuay you continue; buey, ox
CONSONANTS
Of the consonants, f, m, and p may be said to have same values as in English. Ch has the soimd of English ch in church. H is silent hora, hour; but h from f was pronounced as late as the sixteenth century hacer (from fazer). K has the English sound and occurs only in foreign words. Q never occurs except with a following u, and the two together mean k; moreover they can appear only
7.
practically the
i, as in aquel, that, quitar, to take away. is found only in foreign words and has the foreign value; the sound of the EngUsh w, as in well, etc., is possessed by the Spanish unaccented u in hiatus before another vowel, as in cuestion, question, cuando, when, etc. The other consonants need special consideration. 8. B, V. These have one and the same value which is usually that of a bilabial spirant. It is given to neither of them in English, and is produced by bringing the lips quite
before e or
close to each other and allowing the air to pass out constantly between them; there is no stoppage of the air as in the case of the English h. The sound of the English v does not exist In a measure the Spanish sound in question in Spanish. may be realized by trying to utter b and y in the same breath: cf. Cuba, vat, uva, grape. Initial b or v more nearly re-
sembles English
b,
as in basta, enough, brazo, arm, etc.
After
or n (within a
word or at the end
of
a preceding word),
both b and v acquire the full value of the English b, as in tambi^n, also, en verdad, in truth, envidia, envy. (In these cases the n becomes in pronunciation.) C has two values. Before a, o, or u, or before 9. C, z. a consonant (except in ch) it is pronounced k, as in calle, Before e or i it has approximately street, codo, elbow, etc.
EngHsh thin, as in cena, supper, cinco, five. America and in parts of Spain (especially southern Spain) the c before e or i is pronounced like the
the value of
th in
But
in Spanish
English
c
ss.
Z has in
10.
all
positions the value of th; in the regions in which
it, too, is pronounced like ss. These differ from the English sounds in D, t, 1, n. that they are produced farther forward in the mouth: when making them, the tongue touches the upper teeth, or at least the roots of the upper teeth. In most positions, d is practically a spirant, and its sound
has the sibilant value,
somewhat resembles that
of English th in father.
It
may
be compared to a prolonged English d, but pronounced with the tongue farther forward: cf. todo, all, madre, Initial d more nearly resembles English rf, as in mother. After 1 and n Spanish d acquires the dfimelo, give it to me.
full
value of English d:
of
cf.
espalda, back, tienda, shop.
At the
a word d is sometimes pronounced like the th of thin, or is omitted altogether, but neither course is sanctioned by the best usage. There is a tendency for it to dis-
end
PRONUNCIATION
appear in pronunciation between vowels, especially in the ending -ado. Aside from the fact that they should be produced well to the front in the mouth, t, 1, and n are not unlike the Enghsh sounds. These are palataUzed modifications of 1 and n. 11. LI, n. The sign 11 does not mean double 1 at all; it simply denotes an 1 pronounced in that part of the mouth in which a y is
regularly produced.
tongue
In the endeavor to make an 1 the arched toward the palate (near which a y has its place of enunciation) hence it is a palataHzed 1. The sound, as in Spanish millon, is rendered in a measure by that in
is
;
EngHsh
million.
11
In Spanish America, as in certain parts of
Spain, the
horse, is
shows how pronounced cab ay o.
has become simply a y in pronunciation (which strong the y element is in the 11), so that caballo,
The n is, similarly, a palatalized variety of n, that is, an produced in the y place in the mouth: the ny in the English n canyon is an approximate rendering of the n in the Spanish cafi6n. The mark over the n is called a tilde (a word derived ultimately from the Latin "titulus," title, sign). Before a, o, or u and before a consonant g 12. G, j. has the so-called "hard" sound, as in gota, drop, grande, Before e or i this sound is. rendered by gu (in which the big. u has no pronounceable value of its own), as in guerra, war, gtiisar, to cook. IntervocaUc "hard" g tends to become an indistinct spirant, as in hago, / make, sigue, he follows. G followed immediately by e or i, and j, wherever it occurs, have the "velar" sound given to ch in the Scotch-Enghsh "loch" or in the German "noch," as in gente, people, jardin, garden. While the sound indicated is the correct Castihan one, many Spanish speakers pronounce this g like a strong form of the h in English hat.
a.
diaeresis is
placed over
u when
it is
pronounced in gue- or
gui- as in
lingiilstico, linguistic.
6
13.

R,
rr.
Wherever
When
it
occurs, the Spanish r is carefully
pronounced with an unmistakable trill of the tongue. It has a well defined utterance, which resembles that of a carefully enunciated English
r,
as in caro, dear, grande, large,
amar,
to love.
1
initial in
a word,
rr
follows
or n,
and when written
when it immediately between vowels, it has
a re-enforced value of this sound, as in roto, broken, Enrique, Henry, alrededor, about, perro, dog. 14. S. In most cases of its occurrence, between vowels and elsewhere, the Spanish s has the voiceless sound of the EngUsh ss, but it is hissed less cf ser, to be, casa, house, mds, more. It should not receive between vowels the z sound which it often has in English. Nowadays, however, there is a tendency to voice it, that is, pronoimce it like EngUsh z, before a voiced consonant (b, d, g, 1, r, m, n), and many speakers aspirate it or fail to pronounce it at all before a consonant or at the end of a word. The better rule for foreigners is to pronounce it like EngUsh ss wherever it
occurs.
15.
is a sound of infrequent occurrence in Between vowels it has ordinarily the English value. Before consonants it may be pronounced Uke the EngUsh x (that is, as ks) or as s; both sexto and sesto are found as spelUngs for the word meaning sixth. This sound has been treated in part under the 16. Y. heading Vowels. At the beginning of a word or syllable it has a value comparable to that of the English y. However,
X.
This
Spanish.
when
it is initial
in
a word,
it is
uttered strongly, and, in
and rather generally in Spanish America, it acquires the sound of the EngUsh j, so that yo, For CastiUan a /, becomes jo and ya, already, becomes ja.
dialectal Spanish in Spain
forcible 17.
y pronunciation suffices. When Spanish letters, with the Double letters. exception of 11 and rr, are written double, each is pronounced
PRONUNCIATION
separately.
Of the vowels,
is
a, e,
and o may appear as doubled;

to read,
and
of these double e
the commonest, as in leer,
Of the consonants doubled in writing only two are pronounced separately; these are cc and nn. Cc can occur only before e or i, and then the first c is /b in sound and the second is the spirant th, as in acceder, to accede,
creer, to believe.
acci6n, action.
first c in
Careless speakers are prone to neglect the
such cases.
Double n
is
found only where the
first
n belongs
to a prefix, as in innoble, ignoble.
ACCENTUATION
18.
Most Spanish words

is
reveal the place of their accent
by
their very form;
for a considerable
number, however, a
leading rules are
written accent
these:
1.
thought necessary.
The
Words ending
in a vowel, or in the consonants
stress regularly the next to the last syllable
n or s, and require no
written accent, as in
habla, he speaks
diilce, sweet
examen, examination paraguas, umbreUa
especie, species
are often inflectional endings or a part of inflectional Usually their presence does not vary the accent which the particular word would have without them; thus,
a.
S and n
endings.
carta, letter; cartas, letters
ama, he
2.
loves;
amas, thou
lovest;
aman,
they love
Words ending
in a
larly the last syllable
consonant except n or s stress reguand take no written accent, as in

amar,
final
to love
libertad, liberty
a.
For accentual purposes
is
treated as a consonant.
3. A written accent is required for words not obeying the two rules just given and for all words whose stress comes more than two syllables from their end. (This means that a written accent is needed by all words ending in a vowel
8
and
stressing
it,
by words ending
all
in
n or
and
stressing the
last syllable,
or s
and
by
those ending in a consonant
except
words not stressed on either the Examples: syllable).

papfi,
not stressing their last syllable, and by all last or the next to the last
tkpiz, lead pencil
papa
sof&, sofa
razdn, reason
interes, interest
a.
m&rmol, marble ejercito, army

telegrafo, telegraph
The
addition of the plural sign -es sometimes involves the use of
a written accent not needed in the singular; thus, crimen, crime, but crimenes; on the other hand, it may mean the omission of an accent
required in the singular, as in razdn, reason, razones.
6.
In general, the addition of a plural sign has no effect upon the
place of accent in the particular word; however, two words advance
one syllable toward the end the place of stress; these are car&cter, character, caracteres (for which word no written accent is necessary), and regimen, rule of conduct, re^menes (for which the written accent is still necessary, as it occurs more than two syllables from the end of
the word). 19.
parts of speech.
Accents are also used merely to indicate different Certain monosyllables (which, of course,
stress), and and exclamative words require an accent to distinguish them from other words spelled and pronounced like them. Compare: mi, my mf, me, myself
need no written accent to indicate the place of

certain demonstrative, interrogative,
si,
himself, etc.; yes
si, if
mAs, more
este, this one (pron.)
mas, but
este, this (adj.)
6se, that one (pron.)
ese, that (adj.)
aquel, that one (pron.)
aquel, that (adj.)
que,
what,
which
(interrog.
and
que,
who,
whom,
which
exclam.)
qui6n, who,
a.
(rel.)
whom
(interrog.
and exclam.)
recent ruling of the Spanish
quien, who, whom (rel.) Academy makes it no longer

or,
necessary to write the accent on a, to, at, e, and, u, on o between_Arabic numerals, as in 2 6 3).
and
o, or (except
PRONUNCIATION
6. The written accent of a verb form must not be omitted even though, by the addition of an object pronoim to it the olace of the
accent is clear enough, thus, hable, / spoke, hablele, / spoke to him. A verb form which does not take an accent when it stands alone may require one, if the addition of object pronouns to it throws the stress of the compounded form on a syllable preceding the next to the last; thus, diciendo, saying, diciendomelo, saying it to me; traer, to bring, traertelOf
to bring it to thee;
escriba Vd., vmte, escribalo Vd.,
ivrite it.
SYLLABIFICATION
20.
ch,
1.
single consonantal character
and the digraphs
11,
rr (these three
being inseparable combinations) are,
in a syllabic division, passed over to the following vowel;

so, also, are
suing
or r (except
most combinations of a consonant with an enrl, si, tl, and sr, which are separable)
cu-brir, to cover
su-frir, to suffer
la-bio, lip
no-ble, noble
ja-ca,
pony
mo-fle-tu-do, chubby-cheeked
su-plir, to
la-do, side
re-pri-mir, to repress
la-cre, sealing-wax
supply
ne-zo, knot
te-cla, key
si-glo, century
mu-cho, much
bu-llir, to boil
ma-gro, meager ma-dre, mother

cua-tro, Jour
pa-rra, vine
Cf. mer-lu-za, cod

At-lan-ti-co, Atlantic
es-la-b6n, link
Is-ra-e-li-ta, Israelite
2. With the exception of the inseparable combinations mentioned in the foregoing rule, two consonants between vowels are so divided that one remains with the preceding,
the other goes to the following vowel:

ap-to,
fit
mds-til, mast
in-no-ble, ignoble, etc,
cor-te, court
ac-ci-den-te, accident
of consonants between vowels a tendency to pass over to the second vowel only a single consonant or one of the inseparable combinations mentioned above in 1; e.g.:
3.
is of
Where the combination

is
more than two, there
par-che, plaster
cons-truc-cifin, construction
pers-pi-ca-cia, perspicacity
10
4.

Prefixes felt as such are usually kept intact, contrary
1
;
to the rules given above in

des-es-pe-rar,
to
e.g.
(cf.
despair
esperar, to hope)
rogar, to ask).
sub-le-var-se, to rebel
(cf.
levar, to raise).
(cf.
ab-ro-ga-ci6n, abrogation
PUNCTUATION
21. The only notable points here are (1) the double use of question marks and exclamation points, which not only end
:
iC6mo What a
an inverted form usually precede it (e.g. How are youf Que hermosa mujer! beautiful woman!); (2) the frequency of suspension in narrative or dramatic style; and (3), in points (. .) dialogue, the use of a dash ( ) to indicate a change of speaker.
their clause, but in
estd Vd.?
CAPITALIZATION
commonly used in Spanish than in Unless they begin a sentence, a line of verse, or a quotation, proper adjectives and the pronoun yo, 7, are not National or other locative adjectives used as capitalized.
22.
Capitals are less
English.
nouns may take a
capital when they denote persons (although usage varies in this respect); when they denote languages, they usually take no capital, even though used substantively: los franceses (or Franceses) hablan frances, Frenchmen
speak French.
In the
titles of
paragraphs,
etc., it
books and in the headings of chapters, is customary in Spanish either to use
capital letters (emplear letra maytiscula) exclusively, or to

capitalize only the first letter of the title or heading
and use
small letters (letra minfiscula) elsewhere, as in
GRAMATICAL
or
Resumen
gramatical,
RESUMEN G^NERO DE LOS
NOMBRES
or Genero de los nombres, etc.
LESSON
11
LESSON
23.
(Lecci6n Primera)
Gender
of
masculine or feminine.
libro, m.,
Nouns. All Spanish nouns are either There are no neuter nouns.
,
book
pltima,
/.,
pen
24.
Indefinite Article
Masculine
un,
a,
Feminine
una,
a,
an
an
un
26.
libro,
a book
una pluma, a pen
Un
is
used with masculine nouns and una with femi-
nine nouns.
26.
yo tengo, I have
usted tiene, you have
EXERCISES
un un
ISpiz,
libro,
a pencil a book papel, m., paper
una pluma, a pen y, and
A.
1.
Yo
tengo un Idpiz.
pluma, 6. tiene un libro. 8. Usted 9. Yo tengo papel y ld,piz. 10. Usted tiene papel y Idpiz. 11. Yo tengo un Idpiz y una pluma. 12. Usted tiene un lapiz y una pluma.
2. Usted tiene papel. 3. Yo Usted tiene un lapiz. 5. Yo tengo una Usted tiene una pluma. 7. Yo tengo un libro.
tengo papel.
4.
You have a book. 2, I have a book. have a pencil. 5. You have paper. 6. I have paper. 7. You 'have paper and a pencil. 8. I have paper and a pencil. 9. You have a pen and a pencil. 10. I have a pen and a pencil. 11. You have a book and a pencil. 12. I have a book and a pen.
B. Escrihaseenes'panol.
1.
3.
You have
a pencil.
4.
12
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
Al
Profesor:
Seria conveniente que los alumnos dedujeran de lot
ejemplos precedentes las reglas que siguen, y asi sucesivamente con todas
las reglas de las lecciones siguieiites.
23.
Genero de
los
nombres.
Todos
los
nombres en
espafiol
son o masculinos o femeninos.

24-25.
No hay nombres neutros.

los femeninos.
El articulo indeterminado (o indefinido).
Un
se usa
con
los
nombres masculinos y una con
LESSON
27.
II
(Lecci6n Segunda)
Gender
un
libro,
of
Nouns.
1.
Nouns ending in -o are usually

tin ejercicio,
masculine.
a book
an exercise
2.
Nouns ending
If
in -a are usually feminine.

tinta, /.,
una pluma, a pen

3.
ink
nouns do not end in -o or -a, it learn the gender of each noun separately.
28.
is
usually best to
Interrogative Sentences.
is
An inverted interrogation
iescribo yo? do I write? describe usted? do you write?
is
mark
placed at the beginning of a question.

iTiene usted? have you?
iTengo yo? have I?

29.
yo escribo, I write. usted escribe, you write.
Note that the English auxiUary verb do
not expressed in Spanish.
EXERCISES
con, with en, in,
on
ink
un A.
1.
ejercicio,
an exercise
tinta, /.,
^Tiene usted un Idpiz? 2. Yo tengo papel y un iEscribe usted en papel.con Idpiz? ^ 4. Yo escribo en papel con pluma y tinta. 5. Êscribe usted im ejercioio
Idpiz.
3.
>
Note the omission
of un, a.
LESSON
con
7.
Id,piz?
6.
II
13
Yo
escribo
un
ejercicio
8.
con pluma y tinta.

escribo en
siguientes
Êscribe usted en
un
libro?
Yo
las
un
libro.
B. Contestese
1.
afirmativamente
preguntas.
iTiene usted un Idpiz? (Respuesta:

iEscribe usted con Idpiz?
3.
Yo
tengo un Idpiz.)
2.
4.
6.
Êscribe usted con
pluma y
iTiene usted pluma y tinta? tinta? 5. iTiene usted papel?

iEscribe usted en papel con
iEscribe usted en papel?

8.
7.
Idpiz?
9.
iEscribe usted en papel

10.
con pluma
tinta?
iEscribo yo un ejercicio?
12.
1.
(Respuesta: Usted escribe

11. Êscribo
ejercicio.)
Êscribo yo en papel?
un yo con
[[a]
*
Idpiz? C.
pencil.
iEscribo yo con pluma

pencil.
2.
tinta?
3. I
I
4.
have a
You have
a pen,
write with
6. I
You write with
[a] pen.
5. I
write on paper.
write
on paper with [a] pencil. 7. You write with pen and ink. 8, Have you a book? 9. Do you write in a book? 10. Do you write with |~a] pencil? 11. Do you write with pen and ink? 12. Have I a pen? 13. Do I write with pen and ink? 14. Do I write on paper? D. Escrihase. 1. I write on paper. 2. Do you write with fa] pencil? 3. I write with pen and ink. 4. Have you a pen? 5. I have a pen and a pencil. 6. Do you write an exercise with [a] pencil? 7. I write an exercise with pen and ink. 8. I write with [[a] pencil. 9. You write with pen and ink. 10. Do I write in a book? 11. You write in a book with [a] pencil. 12. I write in a book with pen and ink.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
nombres. 1. Los nombres que tenninan en -o son, por regla general, masculinos. 2. Los nombres que terminan en -a son, por regla general, femeninos. 3. En cuanto a
27.
los
los nombres que no terminan ni en -o uno debe aprenderse por separado.
Genero de
ni en -a, el genero de
cada
28.
Frases interrogativas.
En espanol
las
preguntas van pre-
cedidas por un signo de interrogaci6n invertido. N6te8e que el verbo auxiliar do no se expresa en espafiol.
^
English words in brackets C 3 are to be omitted in Spanish.
14
LESSON
30.
III
(Lecci6n Tercera)
Plural of Nouns.
1.
Nouns ending
pliuna,
in
a vowel add
-s to form the plural.

libro,
book
books
pen
libros,
pltimas, pens
2.
Nouns ending in a consonant add -es to form the plural.

papal, paper
lecci6n, lesson
papeles, papers
lecciones, lessons
Note that lecciones does not have the accent mark.

plural of lipiz
31.
is
The
Upices.
Definite Article
Singular Masculine el Feminine la

el libro,
Plural
los
'
las los libros, the
the book
books
la
pluma, the pen
las plumas, the pens
(See also 96, 98)
32.
In Spanish the definite article
is
usually repeated be-
fore each
noun to which
plxuna y la tinta.
it refers.
La
33.
The pen
ajid (the) ink.
yo tengo, I have usted tiene, you have

el
alumno
tiene, the student
has
yo ensefio, I teach usted ensefia, you teach

el profesor ensefia, the teacher teaches
yo escribo,
I write
usted escribe, you write el alumno escribe, the student writes
The same form of the verb is used when usted is the subject that used when the subject is a singular noun. This is true of all verbs.
is
LESSON
III
15
EXERCISES
a alumna, the student, /. el alixmno, the student, m.^
la lecci6n, the lesson
1
iquien? who?
sefior, sir
sefiora
sefiorita
si,
\
r
la pizarra, the
(of slate)
el
2
XV-
u J blackboard
ui
1
madam, ma am *
,
,
yes
profesor, the teacher, w.'
la tiza, the chalk
la profesora, the teacher, /.
yo estudio,
I study;
usted estudia, you study
2. Si, seiior (senora o iTiene usted los libros? yo tengo los libros y estudio las lecciones. 3. 4. Si, senor; yo iEscribe usted los ejercicios en papel? 5. Êstudia el escribo los ejercicios con pluma y tinta.
A.
1.
senorita);
alumno
(o la
iQuien ensena las lecciones? 8. El profesor (o la profesora) ensena las lecciones. 10. El alumno escribe los 9. iQuien escribe los ejercicios? 11. i Escribe el alumno con tiza? ejercicios en la pizarra. 12. Si, senor; el alumno escribe con tiza en la pizarra.
7.
(o la alumna) las lecciones? alumna) estudia las lecciones.
6.
Si, sefior;
el
alumno
B. Contestese afirmativamente a
zando coda respuesta con
Usense en
1.
las siguientes preguntas,
empe-
las palabras si sefior (sefiora, o sefiorita).
la respuesta tantas palabras de la
pregunta como sea posible.
Êstudia usted las lecciones?
2.
Êscribe usted los ejerci-
cios
en
la pizarra?
3. i Escribe
usted los ejercicios con tiza?
1 In an elementary school a pupil is discfpulo; in a university a stvdent or under graditate is estudiante. Alumno may be used for all grades. ^ Pizarra means slate. In Spain and in some Spanish American countries a blackboard made of slate is also called pizarra, while in Mexico and blackboard made of waxed some other countries it is called pizarr6n.
and painted
tablero.
.cloth is called encerado,
and one of painted boards
is
called
* In a high school or academy, in which each teacher gives instruction in only one subject, the teacher should be called profesor, ora. In an
elementary school, teacher

catedritico.
*
is
maestro, -a.
university professor
is called
Sefiorita is used in addressing a
ing an older
young unmarried teacher. In addresswoman, whether she be married or single, sefiora is considered
more
respectful.
16
4.

Êstudia
el alumno (o la alumna) las lecciones? 5. Êaalumno los ejercicios? 6. Êscribe el alumno con Idpiz? 7. iEscribe la alumna los ejercicios? 8. Êscribe la alumna con pluma y tinta? 9. iEnsena el profesor (o la
cribe el
profesora) las lecciones?

Contestese,
el profesor
empleando como sujeto del verbo

10.
el
alumno o
la
alumna,
iQuien tiene los libros? 11. iQuidn estudia las lecciones? 12. iQuien escribe los ejercicios en la pizarra? 13. iQuien ensena las lecciones?
la prof esora.
C. Traduzcase y repitase despues, poniendo todos los nombres en (Yo tengo el libro. Yo tengo los 1. I have the book. libros.) 2. I study the lesson. 3. I have the pencil and the pen.
plural.
write the exercise. 5. You teach the lesson. 6. Who has the book? 7. Who studies the lesson? 8. Who has the pencil and the pen? 9. Who writes the exercise? 10. Who teaches the lesson? Traduzcase y repitase despues en forma interrogativa. 11. The student has the book. 12. The student studies the lessons. 14. The student writes on 13. The student writes the exercises. the blackboard. 15. The student writes with chalk. 16. The
4. I
teacher teaches the lesson.
D.
4.
Escribase.
3.
1.
I
sir;
study the lessons.
2,
exercises?
Yes,
I write the exercises
Do you write the on the blackboard.

5.
Does the student write with pen and ink?

6.
Yes,
sir;
the
student writes the exercises with pen and ink.
Does the teacher
teach the lessons?

8.
7.
Yes,
sir;
the teacher teaches the lessons.
The student studies the lessons. on the blackboard with chalk. 11. You write the exercises on paper with pen and ink. 12. The student studies the lessons and writes the exercises.
studies the lessons?
9.
Who
10. I write the exercises
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
30.
Plural de los nombres.
1.
Los nombres que terminan en
vocal forman su plural anadiendo una -s.

2.
Los nombres que terminan en consonante forman su plural
afiadiendo -es.
LESSON IV
Obs^rvese que el plural de lecci6n (lecciones) no lleva El plural de Ifipiz es Idpices.
32.
el
17
acento.
finido) delante
Por regia general, se repite el artfculo determinado de cada uno de los nombres a que se refiere.
(o de-
33.
La misma forma de verbo
se
usa cuando
el
sujeto de la frase
singular.
(u oraci6n) es usted que cuando el sujeto es
un nombre en
Esta regla conviene a todos
los verbos.
LESSON
34. Position of
Adjectives.
IV
(LecciSn CuartaO
1.
In Spanish, descriptive
adjectives usually follow their noun.
Una
lecci6n
ficil.
An
easy lesson.
exercise.
Un
2.
ejercicio dificil.
A difficult
Limiting adjectives
(articles, possessives,
demonstra-
tives, numerals,
etc.) usually precede their noun.

libros.
Un
35.
in
libro,
muchos
book,
many
books.
Inflection of Adjectives.
1.
An
adjective that ends
-0
in the masculine singular has four forms, thus:

SXNQTJLAB
Plural
Masculine
rojo
^
'T^)red
rojas
..'
Feminine
El libro rojo.
roja ^
La casa
roja.
Los libros Las casas

2.
rojos. rojas.
The red book. The red house. The red books. The red houses.
rule,
Other adjectives have, as a
only two forms of
the ending, one for the singular and one for the plural.
^ In titles a numeral often follows would say la cuarta lecci6n.
its
noun, as here, but usually one
18

Singular
Plural
inteligentes intelligent
f&ciles
Masculine and feminine

El alumno inteligente.
inteligente
f&cil
easy
La alumna
inteligente.
Los aluninos Las alumnas
inteligentes. inteligentes.
f&cil.
The intelligent student, m. The intelligent student, /. The intelligent students, m. The intelligent students, /,
El ejercicio
La lecci6n Mcil. Los ejercicios fdciles. Las lecciones Mciles.

36.
The The The The

is
easy easy easy easy
exercise.
lesson.
exercises.
lessons.
The
plural
of
adjectives
formed
like
that of
nouns.
37. Agreement of Adjectives. An adjective, no matter where it stands in the sentence, agrees with its noun or pronoun in gender and number.
EXERCISES
aplicado, -a, industrious, diligent
mucho,
deal
adv.,
much, a great
bianco, -a, white

la casa, the
house
muy, very
negro, -a, black
rojo, -a, red tambien, also
dificil, difficult
Moil, easy
mucho, -a, much muchos, -as, many
todo, -a, all
es, is; son, are; es aplicado, (he) is
a hard worker
2.
A.
1.
Yo tengo
tinta negra
y una pluma.
4.
^Tiene usted
papel bianco tambien?

ejercicios?
6. 7.
^
3. Si, sefior
(senora o seiiorita) ;
yo
escribo los ejercicios en papel bianco.

5. Sf,
^Son
diffciles los
toda la lecci6n es muy diffcil. ejercicios en la pizarra? El alumno escribe todos los ejercicios en la pizarra.
seiior;
Êscribe el alumno
muchos
^ Note that a single predicate adjective usually precedes a noun subject an interrogative sentence. But in D. 7, the two predicate adjectives may well follow the noun.
in
LESSON IV
8.
19
el alumno (o aplicada la alumna)? 9. Sf, alumno (o la alumna) estudia mucho todas las 10. Los alumnos son todos muy aplicados. lecciones. 12. Yo tengo una casa 11. iTiene usted muchas casas? roja y una blanca (a white one) tambi^n. .[^
iEs aplicado
el
senor;
B.
1.
Contestese
afirmaiivamente
las
siguientes
pregunlas.
iTiene usted papel bianco? 2. ^Tiene usted tinta negra? usted muchos libros rojos? 4. ^Tiene usted 3. iTiene lecciones muy dificiles? 5. ^Tiene usted una casa roja?
6.
^Tiene usted una blanca tambien?

8.
7.
Êstudia
mucho
el
alumno muchos ejercicios? 9. Ês 10. iSon fdciles los ejercicios? fdcil la lecci6n? 11. Ês aplicado el alumno? 12. iSon aplicados todos los alumnos?
alumno?
Êscribe
el repitase despnes en plural. 1. The lesson is The exercise is easy. 3. The student (m.) is [a] hard worker. 4, The student (/.) is []a] hard worker. 5. The book is 6. The house is white. 7. The pencil is black. red. Traduzcase y repitase despues en forma interrogaiiva. 8. The lessons are difficult {vease A. 4). 9. The student studies a great deal {vease B. 7). 10. The student writes many exercises. 11. All the students are hard workers. 12. The teacher teaches many
C. Traduzcase y
2,
difficult.
lessons.
D.
A.
3.
Escribase.
2. I
1.
Do you
all
9).
study
the lessons and write
study the lessons a great deal? (vease all the exercises.
Are the lessons difficult? 4. Many exercises are very difficult. Do you write the exercises with [a] pencil? 6. I write aU the exercises with pen and ink. 7. Is the ink black or red? 8. The ink is black and the paper is white. 9. All the students are very hard workers. 10. The teacher teaches many lessons. 11. Have you a white house? 12. I have a white house and a red one (vease A. 12)
5.
too.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
34.
CoIocaci6n
de los adjetivos.
1.
En
espanol, por regla
general, los adjetivos descriptivos (o calificativos) siguen al
nombre.
20
2.

Los adjetivos determinantes
nuraerales, etc.),
(artfculos, adjetivos posesivos,
demostrativos,
por regla general, preceden al
nombre.
35.
Infleii6n
de
los
adjetivos.
1.
El
adjetivo
masculino
singular que termina en -o tiene cuatro fonnas: -o, -a, -os, -as.
2.
formas,
36.
Los demds adjetivos solamente tienen, por regla general, dos una para el singular y otra para el plural.
El plural de los adjetivos se forma del mismo
nombres. Concordancia de los adjetivos.
mode que
el
de
los
37.
El
adjetivo, cualquiera
que
sea
el
lugar que ocupe en la frase, concuerda en g^nero
y numero
con
el
nombre o pronombre a que
se refiere.
LESSON V
(Lecci6n Quinta)
38.
modifies
Agreement of Adjectives. 1. An adjective that tv^ô or more masculine nouns or pronouns is in

el
the masculine plural.

El papel y
2.
sobre son blancos.
The paper and the envelope are white.
An
adjective that modifies

is in
two or more feminine nouns
or pronouns
the feminine plural.
La casa y la escuela son blancas.

3.
The house and the school are white.
An
y
el
adjective that modifies both a

is
mascuUne and a
are white.
feminine noun or pronoun
usually in the mascuUne plural.
La
tiza
papel son blancos.
The chalk and the paper
39.
Similarly a
refer
may
noun or pronoun in the masculine to both men and women.

The teachers (men and women) The students (boys and girls)
plural
Los profesores Los altunnos

40.
is
Negative Sentences.
In negative sentences, no,

You do
not,
placed before the verb.

Usted no estudia.
iNo
estudia usted?
Do you
not study. not study?
LESSON V
EXERCISES
la carta,! letter
la clase, class la direcci6n, address
la escuela, school
21
ingles, English
no, no, not

o, or
espafiol,
Spanish
there are; no hay, there
el sobre,
is
^que? what? envelope

not, there are not 2.
hay, there
is,
A.
1.
iQu6 estudia usted en
el libro? 3.
nes
ejercicios
muy
dificiles.
Ês usted
Yo estudio leccio {vease 33) muy
4. No, senor; yo no estudio mucho las lecciones. iHay muchos alumnos en la escuela? 6. SI, senor; hay muchos alumnos y muchos profesores en la escuela. 7. iSon
aplicado?^
5.
muy aplicados todos los alumnos? 8. No, senor; los alumnos no son todos muy aphcados. 9. Êscribe el alumno (o la alumna) muchas cartas en ingles y en espanol? 10. El alumno (o la alumna) no escribe muchas cartas en espanol.
11. Escribe
pluma y tinta. 12. La y el sobre son blancos.
(He, o She, writes) la carta y la direcci6n con tinta y el Idpiz son negros: el papel
B. ConUstese negativamerde a
cribe usted cartas con lapiz?
las siguientes preguntas.
1.
Ês-
(Respuesta: No, senor;
yo no
escribo cartas con Idpiz.)
2,
Êscribe usted cartas en papel
rojo?
4.
3.
Êscribe
el
alumno muchas cartas en espanol?
iSon fdciles las lecciones y los ejercicios? 5. iSon aplicados todos los alumnos? 6. iHay muchos profesores en la
clase?
ConUstese segiin
el
sentido.
7.
Ên qu6
10.
escribe usted la
9.
carta?
8.
Ên qu6
escribe usted la direccion?
iCon qu6
papel y
el
escribe usted la carta
la direcci6n?
iCon
el
q\i6 escribo
yo en
sobre?
I
la pizarra? 12.
11.
iSon blancos o negros

la pizarra
iSon blancas o negras
la tinta?
Hereafter the English definite article will be omitted from the special
In addressing a
vocabularies.
^
woman, one would
say:
Ês usted
muy
aplicada?
22
C. 1. The chalk is white. 2. The paper is white. 3. The chalk and the paper are white. 4. The ink is black. 5. The pencil is black. 6. The ink and the pencil are black.
8.
7. The lesson is easy. The exercise is easy. 9. The lesson and the exercise are easy. 10. The student (in.) is [a] hard worker. 11. The student (/,) is [a] hard worker. 12. The students are hard workers.
Traduzcase y repitase despues negativamente.
D.
Escribase.
2.
1.
(vease B. 11).
The paper
Are the paper and the ink white or black? is white and the ink is black. 3. Are
not the pencil and the chalk white? ^ 4. The chalk is white; the pencil is black. 5. Does not the teacher teach many lessons?
Are the lessons easy or difficult? ^ 7. The exercises are not difficult. 8. Does the student write many letters? 9. [He] writes many letters in EngUsh: [he] does not write letters m Spanish. 10. I write letters in EngUsh and in Spanish too. 11. What does the student write on the envelope? 12. [He] writes the address with pen and ink.
6.
very
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
Concordancia de los adjetivos. 1. Un adjetivo que modia dos o mds nombres o pronombres masculinos debe ponerse en masculino plural.
38.
fica
2. Un adjetivo que modifica a dos o mds nombres o pronombres femeninos debe ponerse en femenmo plural. 3. Un adjetivo que modifica a la vez a dos nombres o pronombres, uno masculino y otro femenino, debe ponerse, por regla general,
en masculino
39.
plural.
referirse
Igualmente un nombre en mascuhno y niimero plural puede a hombres y mujeres.
40. Prases negativas.

el
En
las frases (u oraciones)
negativas
adverbio de negaci6n no se coloca delante del verbo.

>
See the footnote to IV, Exercises, A,
4.
LESSON VI
23
LESSON
41.
VI
(Leccion Sezta)
Present Indicative of Tener,

SiNouLAB
T u tengo, 1 nave
.
io hate.
Plural
nosotros \
nosotras
vosotros vosotras
I
yo
^
tfi
*^*os
teneis, ye
i
^^
i
'^^.ve
tienes, '
thou hast
>.
>
j
have
usted tiene, you have
ustedes tienen, you have
eUa }
42.
*^^^^'
she }
^^
1.
eUas }
*^^''^^'
^^'^ ^^"^^
Pronouns.
Tfi, </iow, is
used in familiar speech,
members of a family or between intimate friends and when speaking to small children and animals (the dog, the horse, etc.). It is also used in poetry and in prayers to the Deity. The plural of tti is vosotros, -as.
as between the
2.
Usted, you,
is
required in more formal speech.
In
addressing a stranger or mere acquaintance, usted must be

plural of usted is ustedes. used with the third person singular of the verb, and ustedes with the third person plural. Usted and ustedes are abbreviated to Vd. and Vds., and
used.
The
is
Usted
also to
3.
Ud. and Uds. or V. and VV.

ellos,
they,
Nosotros, -as, we, vosotros, -as, ye, and have both mascuUne and feminine forms.
ellos is the plural of 1,
-as,
Nosotros,
-as is the plural of yo, the plural of ella.

"iXy
and
ellas is
he, is distinguished
by the accent mark from

io
el, the.
43.
Tener qu e means
have
to,
must.
to, or I
Yo tengo que estudiar. ^Tiene Vd. ima lecci6n que estudiar?
have
must, study.
Have you a
lesson to study?
24
44.
Some
enseiiar, to teach
Infinitives
escriblr, to write
estudiar, to study
EXERCISES
alto, -a,
high
para, for, in order to (with

infinitive)
an
ancho, -a, wide, broad

el asiento, seat
la clase,
classroom '
la
mesa,
table,
desk ^
la silla, chair la
ventana, window
hs pronomcomo femeninos en el mlmero plural. Si lo prefi,ere el profesor, tu y vosotros, -as, y las formas correspondientes de los verhos pueden omitirse por ahora. 1 Yo tengo muA. Continuese, usando como
sujetos de los verhos todos
bres personates, tanto masculinos
chos libros
.
.
(tii
tienes
muchos
libros),
usted tiene
.,
41
tiene
tengo que estudiar mucho. 3. Yo tengo ., que escribir cartas. 4. Yo tengo ejercicios que escribir.
etc.
2.
Yo
B.
torio)
1.
La
clase tiene ventanas anchas

3.
altas.
2.
Hay
muchos
asientos.
Hay
tambi^n una mesa
(un escri-
para el profesor (o la profesora). 4. Todos los alumnos tienen asientos. 5. Los profesores tienen sillas y mesas. 6. iQu6 tienen que estudiar los alumnos? 7. Los alumnos tienen que estudiar las lecciones y escribir los ejercicios. 8. Tienen {They have) libros para estudiar las lecciones. 9. Tienen papel para escribir los ejercicios. 10. Los profesores tienen muchas lecciones que ensenar. 11. Yo tengo papel para escribir una carta. 12. "^Tiene Vd.
un sobre para
C.
la carta?
1. ^Tienen Vds. libros para ^Tienen Vds. papel para escribir los ejercicios? 3. ^Tienen Vds. pluma y tinta para escribir? 4. iTienen Vds. cartas que escribir? 5. ^Tienen Vds. sobres
Contestese afirmativamente.
2.
estudiar la lecci6n?
'
If
fesor ;
*
if it is
the teacher's desk resembles a table, it is called la mesa del proa writing desk, it is more properly called el escritorio.
in a university
is
A lecture room
called sala de conferencias or aula.
LESSON VI
para
8.
25
la pizarra?
6. iTienen Vds. tiza para escribir en iTiene la clase ventanas altas y anchas? iTienen asientos los aluiimos? 9. ^Tiene una mesa el
las
cartas?
7.
prof esor (o la prof esora)?

los
alumnos?
escribir?
que
10. iTienen que estudiar mucho ^Tienen los alumnos muchos ejercicios 12. ^Tiene el prof esor muchas lecciones que
11.
ensenar?
D.
TradHzcase, y repltase despues en plural omitiendo los articitlos
indeterminados.
En
este ejercicio
y en
los siguientes
traduzcase
you
por usted o ustedes, a menos que se indiquen tu y vosotros, -as. (Yo tengo una mesa ancha. 1. I have a broad desk. Nosotros
2. I must (or have to) study a lesson. tenemos mesas anchas.) You have a difficult exercise. 4. You have a lesson to study. 5. You have a letter to write. 6. You must write with []a] pen. 7. He has an exercise to write. 8. He must write a letter too. 10. She hasn't a chair. 9. She hasn't a book.
3.
E. Escribase. 1. We have to study and to write a great deal. We have lessons to study and exercises to write. 3. We must (or have to) write the exercises in Spanish. 4. Have you also letters to write in Spanish? 5. Yes, sir (or madam) ; we have many letters to write in Spanish and in English too. 6. The 7. The teacher has a chair students in the classroom have seats. and a broad desk. 8. [He] writes (Escribe) many letters on the desk. 9. In the classroom all the windows are wide and high. 10. What must the students write on the blackboard? 12. They 11. They have to write all the exercises in Spanish. must study much in order to write the exercises.
2.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
41. Presente de indicative del verb tener (primera persona, segunda persona, tercera persona del singular, etc.). 1. El pronombre tu se usa en la conversaci6n 42. Pronombres. famiUar, entre los diferentes miembros de una f amiUa, entre amigos Intimos, y cuando se dirige uno a niflos pequenos y a los animales Tambi^n se usa en la poesia y en las (el perro, el caballo, etc.). oraciones a la Divinidad. El plural de tti es vosotros, -as.
26
2.

El pronombre usted es de rigor en El plural de usted es ustedes.
la
conversaci6n formal.
Cuando habla uno con un extrano o simple conocido debe emplear

usted.
Usted se usa con la tercera persona del singular del verbo y ustedes con la tercera persona del plural. Usted y ustedes se abrevian Vd. y Vds., y tambi^n Ud. y Uds., o
V.
y VV.
3.
Nosotros, plural de yo, vosotros, plural de
t&,
y
y
ellos,
plural
de
1,
tienen las formas femeninas nosotras, vosotras

el
ellas.
El pronombre el se distingue del artfculo Tener que significa to have to, mitst. 44. Algunos infinitivos: . . .
43.
por
el
acento escrito.
LESSON vn
*~
^-f
(Lecci6n SIptima)
45.
Genitive Case.^
Possession
is
denoted by the prepoJohn's book.
sition de, of.
El libro de Juan
the plural;
Spanish nouns have one form for the singular and one for they have no ending that corresponds to the
's.
EngUsh
46.
De +
Los Los
e l is contracted to del;
but de
la,
de
los,
and
de las are not contracted.

libros del libros
alunmo. de los alumnos.
The The
to be.
student's books.
students' books.
47.
Present Indicative of Ser,

Singular'
Plural
nosotros
1
yo soy, I
x-"
am
1.
tu eres, thou art
XI-
^^^^^^^^ j vosotros 1
vosotras
ellosl
J
somos, we are
.
^^^'
usted
II
\
es,
you are
he \
.
ustedes son, you are

ellas/
,, ô^>'^^y^^
eUar^'Bher'
Or
Possessive Case.
LESSON
VII
27
EXERCISES
I
ahora,
now
geography
la ortograffa, spelling,
orthography
la aritmetica, arithmetic la geograf la, la gram^tica,
perezoso, -a, lazy

pero, but
grammar
poco, -a,
little
Juan, John la lectura, reading Maria, Mary

leccion de gramatica,
pocos, -as, few

poco, adv., Uttle
clase^ de espanol, Spanish class; ejercicio de espaflol, Spanish exercise;
grammar
lesson or lesson in
grammar;
libro
de
lectura, reader.
1. Yo soy aplicado.' 2. Yo no soy Yo no soy el profesor. 4. Yo tengo que estudiar
A.
ahora.
Contin'Aese.
3.
perezoso.
el libro de lectura de Juan? 2. No, yo tengo el libro de Maria. 3. Juan y Maria son alumnos de la escuela. 4. ^Son ellos aplicados o perezosos? 5. Juan es un poco perezoso, pero Maria es aplicada. 6. Juan tiene pocos libros, pero Maria tiene muchos. 7. Juan, ^que estudia Vd. ahora? 8. Yo estudio la leccion de ortografia. 9. Ês la lecci6n fdcil o dificil? 10. Es (It is) facil, pero la lecci6n de aritmetica es muy
B.
1.
iTiene Vd.
senor
(o senora);
dificil.
11.
Maria, ês
dificil la
senor; es
dificil,
la lecci6n
leccion de geografia? 12. Si, de-gramdtica es dificil tambi^n.

1.
C.
Contestese afirmativamente.
2.
Maria?
5.
Êstudia
ella
61 la leccion 4.
^Tiene Juan el libro de de espanol? 3. iEs fdcil

el libro
6.
la leccion
de espaiiol?
la
^Tiene Maria
iEstudia
Some
is
lecci6n
de gramatica?
de Juan? Ês dificil
used, flojo
un alumno flojo. When thus a harsher term than perezoso. ^ Note that clase means both doss and classroom. ' If there are young women in the class, they should early form the habit of using the feminine form of a predicate adjective or noun with yo soy, as well as the feminine form of the personal pronoun, first person plural, thus: yo soy aplicada, nosotras somos aplicadas.
teachers would call a lazy student
28
la lecci6ii

de gramdtica?
escuela?
7. iHay muchos alumnos en la 9. iSon iSon aplicados todos los alumnos? Vds. alumnos de la escuela? 10. iTienen Vds. muchos libros? 11. iTienen Vds. libros de lectura? 12. ^Tienen Vds. ejercicios que escribir? 8.
D.
Traduzcase, y repitase despues en plural.

(Ella
lazy.
hard worker. 2. He is very

reader.
7. Is
5. I
1. She is not [&] no es aplicada. Ellas no son aplicadas.)' 3. I have the student's book. 4. I have a
have to study the
lesson.
6.
You
are the teacher.
the
grammar lesson easy?

1.
8. Is
the Spanish exercise difficult?

is
E. Escrlbase.
(escribe)
3.
John has the teacher's book and

2,
writing
the exercise.
is
John,
is
the Spanish lesson difficult?

lesson
is
The
exercise
easy, but the
grammar
very
difficult.
4.
Mary, what are you studying (ique estudia Vd.) now? 5, I am studying (Yo estudio) the lessons in arithmetic and geography, 6. Have you (pi.) many books ui Enghsh and in Spanish? 7. We have manv books in Enghsh, but [we] have few books in Spanish. 8. Are the students industrious (aplicados) or lazy?
9.
Few
are lazy;
many
are industrious.
11,
10, All
the students in
difficult lessons
the Spanish class are hard workers,
We
have
and
exercises to study.
12.
[We] must study a
great deal in
order to write the Spanish exercises,
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
46.
Caso
genitivo.
La idea
de posesi6n se expresa mediante
la preposici6n de.
Los nombres en espanol tienen una terminaci6n para el singular y otra para el plural; carecen de una terminaci6n andloga a la
Lnglesa
46.
's.
La preposici6n de y
la,
el artfculo el se
contraen en la forma del,
pero de
de
los,
y de
las
no se contraen.
LESSON vra
29
LESSON
48.
VIII
(Lecci6n Octava)
The Regular Conjugations.
Spanish verbs are

learn
Vivir, to live
di-
vided into three conjugations, according to the infinitive endings -ar, -er, -ir
I
Hablar,
to
speak
Aprender,
all
urn
to
Like these are inflected

ing infinitive endings.
49.
regular verbs with correspond-
The
inflectional endings of the Present Indicative are:
-amos, -dis, -an -emos, -eis, -en III: -o, -es, -e, -imos, -is, -en
I: -o, -as, -a,
II: -o, -es, -e,
60.
Present Indicative
Hablar, to speal^
Singular
habl-o, I speak, do speak,
am
speaking
habl-as, thou speakest, dost speak, art speaking

,
,,
you speak, do speak, are speaking

it
\ he, she or
speaks, does speak,
is
speaking
Plural habl-amos, we speak, do speak, are speaking habl-ais, ye speak, do speak, are speaking habl-an, you or they speak, do speak, are speaking
Aprender, to learn
Vivir, to lite
learn,
do
learn,
am
learning; etc.
live,
do
live,
am
living; etc.
Singular
aprend-o aprend-es aprend-e
a.
Plural aprend-emos
aprend-eis
Singular
viv-o
Plural
viv-imos
viv-is
viv-es
aprend-en
viv-e
viv-en
translated in either
Each
of the verb forms given

:
above
may be
one of three ways, thus aprendo, / learn, I do learn, or / am learning. But no aprendo is usually to be translated in only two ways: / do not learn or / am not learning. h. Note the accent on the ending of the second person pliu*al in the
present indicative of
all
three conjugations (hablfiis, aprendeis, vivis).
30
51. Omission of the Subject Personal Pronoun. Spanish the subject pronoun is usually omitted. aprendemos, we learn tengo, I have
a.
In
Sometimes the subject pronoun
is
needed for emphasis or to make

not.study.
the meaning clear.
l estudla, pero ella no estudia.

b.
He studies, but she does
It is usually
more
polite to express usted or ustedes,
but this
pronoun need not be repeated within a sentence.
EXERCISES
el
borrador,* eraser
borrar, to erase
la falta,
mistake
(to the
pasar, to pass, go
blackboard)
exercise
correctamente, correctly
el
cuademo, notebook, book

entonces, then
explicar, to explain
seilalar, to point out, call
attention to
si, if
la dificultad, difficulty
subrayar, to imderline
A. Continuese, usando pnmero hs pronombres sujetos de los verbos, y repitiendo despues las mismas frases sin los pronombres. 1. (Yo) senalo las faltas. 2. (Yo) aprendo la lecci6n. 3. (Yo) no
escribo correctamente.
4.
(Yo) hablo espanol.
B.
2. Si
1.
Escribimos los ejercicios de espanol en los cuadernos.

el profesor
no escribimos correctamente,
3. Pero si subraya las faltas contintaroja. 4. En la clase de espanol pasamos a la pizarra. 6. El 5. Escribimos todo el ejercicio en la pizarra con tiza. profesor senala todas las faltas. 7. Tambi^n expUca todas 8. Entonces borramos el ejercicio con el las dificultades. borrador. 9. Los alumnos tienen que estudiar mucho para aprender las lecciones. 10. Tambi^n estudian mucho para 11. Ês (Is it) diffcil escribir correctamente los ejercicios. 12. Sf, escribir correctamente un ejercicio de espanol? sefior; es muy diflcil; pero el profesor expUca las dificultades.
i
escribimos correctamente, no hay faltas.
Also called
cepillo.
LESSON
VIII
31
de los verbos.
2.
C. Contestese afirmativamente, omitiendo los pronombres sujetos 1. Êscribe Vd. el ejercicio en un cuaderno?
Êscribe Vd. con tinta negra?
4.
r^
3. iSenala las faltas el con tinta roja? 5. iExplica 6. iPasan Vds. a la pizarra? todas las dificultades? 7. iEscriben Vds. el ejercicio en la pizarra? 8. Êscriben Vds. con tiza? 9. ^Borran Vds. el ejercicio con el borrador? 11. Êscriben 10. Âprenden Vds. todas las lecciones?
profesor?
^Subraya
las faltas
Vds. todos los ejercicios?
12.
Ês
diffcil escribir
correcta-
mente
D.
hs
los ejercicios?
sujetos
Traduzcase, y repitase despuSs usando las formas plurdles de y de los verbos. 1. I live in a white house. 2. [I] study
3.
a great deal.
exercises.
ficulties.
You
learn the Spanish lesson.

6.
4.
You
write the
5.
7.
He points out the mistakes. You go to the blackboard.

writes the exercises.
8.
She explains the difYou erase with the

10.
eraser.
9.
The student
1.
The
teacher calls
attention to the mistakes.
E. Escribase.
ing to
write
(a)
We
speak.
2. If
all
the exercises in
do not speak Spanish, but we are learnwe study much, we learn much. 3. We exercise books. 4. The teacher points out
difficulties.
5.
the mistakes and explains the the mistakes with red ink.
rectly all the exercises.
7.
He
underUnes
all
6. []It] is
very
difficult to write cor-
Do
you
(pi.)
order to write the exercises?

erase with the
eraser.
9.
8. .Yes, sir;
go to the blackboard in we write with chalk and

10. All 11.
The
industrious (aplicados) students

Uttle.
study much: the lazy [[ones] study

difiiculties in
great deal in order to learn the lessons.
must study a There are many

difficulties in
Spanish.
12.
But there are
also
many
English.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
48.
Las conjugaciones
del infinitivo,
regiilares.
tres,
En espanol
las conjugaciones
de
los
verbos se dividen en
correspondiendo a las termina-ar, -er, -ir.
ciones
a saber:
Todos
los
verboa
regulares se conjugan 49.
como
hablar, aprender, o vivir.

.
. .
Las terminaciones
del presente de indicativo son:
32
50.
a.

La forma
verbal del presente de indicative espafiol corresformas inglesas; por ejemplo, aprendo puede traducirse / learn, I do learn o / am learning; pero la forma negativa del mismo tiempo s61o equivale a dos formas inglesas, por ejemplo, no aprendo 86I0 puede traducirse por I do not learn o I am not learning. b. N6tese el acento escrito que lleva la terminaci^n de la segunda persona del plural del presente de indicative en las tres conjugacio-
ponde a
tres
nes: hablfiis, aprendeis, vivis.
51.
Supresion del pronombre personal que sirve de sujeto.
En
de
espafiol se suprime, per regla general, el
pronombre que
sirve
sujeto al verbo.
a, Algunas veces se necesita el pronombre sujeto del verbo para dar mayor 6nfasis a la expresi6n o para darle mayor claridad. 6. La expresi6n resulta mds correcta y cort& con el empleo del pronombre usted o ustedes, pero no ea necesaria la repetici6n del pronombre en la frase.
LESSON IX
(Lecci6n Novena)
62.
Possessives
Singular
or mi, mis
mfo, -a, -OS, -as tuyo, -a, -OS, -as suyo, -a, -OS, -as
my
(mine)
his,
or tu, tus
or su, sus
thy (thine) your (yours),
her (hers),
ita
Pl.URA.Ii
nuestro, -a, -os, -as

vuestro, -a, -os, -as
suyo, -a, -OS, -as
or su, sus
our (ours) your (yours) your (yours), their (theirs)
53. The short forms, mi (mis), when they precede their nouns.
tu (tus), su (sus), are used
Mi
But,
I
madre.
Madre mial
My mother. My mother
^
Mis
I
libros.
My books.
The books
is
Los
libros son mios.
are mine.
*
An inverted
at the beginning of
exclamation point (signo de admiraci6n invertido) an exclamatory sentence.
placed
LESSON IX
54.
33
its,
Suyo
(su)
may mean
your, his, her,
or their.
iTiene Vd. sus libros? Juan tiene sus libros. Maria tiene sus libros. Juan y Maria tienen sus
a.
Have you your books?

John has
his books.
Mary
libros.
has her books.

their books.
John and Mary have
Your
(yours)
is
often best expressed

libro?
by de
usted.
Ês de Vd. este

55.
Is this
book
yoirrs?
Agreement
of
Possessives.
Possessives
agree
in
gender and number with the thing possessed, not with the
possessor.
a.
Possessive adjectives are usually repeated before each

refer.
noun to
which they
Mi
padre y mi madre.
is
My father and mother.

de quien or de quienes. Whose book have you?
is is
(lit.,
56.
Interrogative whose
el
^De quien as
tiene?
libro
que Vd.
Whose
the book that you have?)
Note that the

67.
I.
:
plural of quien
quienes.
Past Participles
hablado, spoken Hablar Aprender aprendido, learned
:
III.
Vivir
vivido, lived.
II.
Like these are formed the past participles of

verbs.
a.
all
regular
Escribii has
an
irregular past participle:
escrito, written.
68.
Present Perfect Indicative
of
Hablar
/ have spoken; etc. Singular Plural he hablado % hemos hablado has hablado habeis hablado ha hablado han hablado
^
i '
Like he hablado,
ative of
all
etc., is
formed the present perfect
indic-
Spanish verbs.
34
EXERCISES
bien, well
hallar, to find
el
el
piano, piano
tocar, to play (a musical
hermano, brother;
sister
la
hermana,
instrument)
todavfa,'yet
la
la mlisica,
madre, mother music

padres, parents
^
tomar, to take
trabajar, to
work
el padre, father; los
escuela municipal, municipal or city school;
trabajamos mucho, we work hard
A. CorUinuese.
libros
4.
(tii
1.
Yo
toco
el
piano.
3.
5.
2.
Yo
tengo mis
6.
tienes tus libros,
etc.).
Yo
tengo mis plumas.
El piano es mlo (tuyo,

7.
etc.).
La
casa es mfa.
He
estudiado la lecci6n.
He
vivido en Chile.
B. 1. Tengo un hermano y una hermana. 2. Ellos son alumnos de una escuela municipal. 3. Estudian la gramdtica, la ortograffa, la aritmetica y la geograffa.^ 4. Mi hermana 5. Mi hermano no ha tomado toca muy bien el piano. lecciones de miisica. 6. Mis hermanos ^ toman lecciones de espafiol. 7. Trabajan mucho, pero todavfa no hablan espaflol. 9. Pero son 8. Hallan diffciles las lecciones de gramdtica.
aplicados
madre
(o,
y escriben todos los ejercicios. Mis padres) no hablan espanol.
10. 11.
Mi
padre y mi Pero estudian
todas las lecciones con mis hermanos.
41
C. Contestese. 1. ^Tiene Vd. su gramdtica? su aritmetica? 3. iTiene ella su geograffa?

5.
2.
4.
6.
^Tiene iTienen
Vds. sus libros?
iTienen
9.
ellos sus
plumas?
8.
iTengo
61'
yo mi
Idpiz?
7.
iToca
ella el
piano?
iHa tomado
lecciones de mdsica?
^H^ tomado Vd.
lecciones de es-
panol? 10. iHan estudiado Vds. las lecciones? 11. ^Tra12. iSonj Vds. aphcados? 13. iEs bajan Vds. mucho? nuestra la casa? 14. iSon nueslros los hbros? 15. Ês de
* Note the use of the article. See 39. Note the positioD of the subject pronoun in ^Ha tornado 61? etc.
See 136.
LESSON IX
Vd.
el
35
17.
libro
Idpiz? 16. iEs de Vd. que Vd. tiene?
la
pluma?
^De qui^n
es el
des-pues en plural. 1. The house is Las casas son mias.) 2. My house 4. My book is red. is white. 3. The book is mine. 5. The pencil 7. The pen is his. is yours. 6. Your pencil is black. 8. I have his pen. 9. The letter is hers. 10. I have her letter. 11. Whose book have you? 12. Whose pen have I?
D. Traduzcase y repUase
(La casa es mia.
mine.
E. Escribase. 1. Does your brother play the piano? 2, Yes, but he does not play very well. 3. I have not (Yo no he) taken music lessons. 4. We are students in (de) a city school. 5. We take lessons in (de) grammar, arithmetic, geography, and Spanish.* 6. My brother and I have had to (hemos tenido que) work hard. 7. But our parents also work hard. 8. We do not speak Spanish yet. 9. Our parents have studied the lessons too. 10. But they do not speak Spanish yet. 11. I have your book. Whose book have you? 12. I have my sister's book, and I have written the exercise.
sir;
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
62.
53.
Posesivos:
Las formas apocopadas mi cuando preceden al nombre.

54.
a.
(mis), tu (tus), su (sus) se
usan
Suyo
(su)
puede
significar your, his, her,
its,
their.
Con
frecuencia your (yours) se traduce
mds acertadamente por
de usted.
55. Concordancia de en g^nero y niimero con
o.
los posesivos.
Los posesivos concuerdan

Como
hablado, apren-
y no con el poseedor. Los adjetivos posesivos, por regla general, se repiten ante cada nombre a que se refieren.
la cosa poseida
57.
Participios
vivido, se
pasados
(o
pasivos).
dido
los
forman
los participios
pasados (pasivos) de todos
verbos regulares.
Escrito, el participio
a.
pasado de
escribir, es irregular.
el
El perfecto. Como he (has, etc.) hablado, se conjuga perfecto de indicative de todos los verbos espanoles.
58.
1
Do
not use the article here after de.
36
LESSON X
(Leccidn Decima)
59.
Demonstrative Adjectives
este, -a, -os, -as, this, these
.
',',',
aquel, aquella, -os, -as
\
J
that, those
'
60.
to the person addressed.
Ese usually denotes that which is near or which refers Aquel denotes that which is more
repeated before each noun to which
remote.
a.
A demonstrative adjective is
Este hombre y esta mujer.
it refers.
This
man and
(this)
*
woman.
61.
Demonstrative Pronouns
\
)
6ste, -a, -6s, -as, this (one), these
esto, this
\
.
6se, -a, -os, -as

.,
î,
aquel, aquella, -OS, -as J
,..
that (one), those

'
i.
t,
eso \ ., > that aquelloj

.
62. Esto, eso, and aquello are neuter. They are used to denote a thing not mentioned by name or a mere idea. They can not represent a noun, since there are no neuter nouns in
Spanish.
iQue
a.
es esto?
What
That's
is
this?
jEso es!
it!
That
is
right!
Note that the masculine and feminine demonstrative pronouns are distinguished by the accent mark from the demonstrative adjectives. The neuter demonstratives are never used as adjectives and therefore the neuter demonstrative pronoims do not need the accent mark.
63.
dos,
Cardinal Numerals
im(o), -a, one
two
nueve, nine diez, ten

once, eleven
doce, twelve
trace, thirteea
tres, three
cuatro, four
cinco, five
seis, six
catorce, fourteen
siete,
seven
quince, fifteen
ocho, eight
diez
seis, sixteen
LESSON
64.
X
mascuKne
37
singular
it
1.
Uno
loses the final o of the

its
when
2.
precedes
noun.
Un(o), -a has both a mascuhne and a feminine form,
but the other nmnerals given above have only one form each
for
both genders. One pencil. Un ISpiz. Dos lapices. Two pencils.

Note that un
l&piz
Una pltima. Dos plumas.
One
pen.
pens.
Two
a.
may mean
either one pencil or a pencil,
and
una pliuna may mean
either one pen or a pen.
EXERCISES
el
abuelo, grandfather; la abue-
el
hombre,
leer, to
man
read {past part.: lefdo)
grandmother; los, grandparents

la,
los
abuela
mlsmo, -a, same

mujer,
anciano, -a, aged, old

fuerte, strong
el hijo,
woman
. .
muy
que,
para, too
...
to
son; la hija, daughter;
rel.
pron.,^
who, which, that
los hijos, children
(= sons
rico, -a, rich
and daughters) ya no viven, they are not
living
now
A.
Coniirvaese.
3.
1.
aquella casa.
No he leldo este libro. 2. Nohevividoen He aprendido la primera leccion. 4. Hallo

5.
fdcil esta lecci6n.
He
escrito
muchas
cartas.
B
2.
Este hombre y esta muj er viven en aquella casa blanca. Tienen dos hijos, Juan y Maria. 3. Estos hijos tienen dos
1
.
abuelos.
4.
Los abuelos viven en
la
misma
casa.
6.
5.
El
Laabuela tambien es anciana; no es una mujer fuerte. 7. Los abuelos no son ricos y han tenido que trabajar mucho. 8. Ahora son muy ancianos para trabajar mucho. 9. Juan, ique lee Vd. en ese libro? 10. En este libro yo estudio la lecci6n de espaiiol. 11. Hallo dificil la leccion. 12. ^Y qu6 estudia su hermana en aquel libro rojo? 13. Ella aprende la lecci6n de aritm^tica. 14. Tambien halla diffcil la lecci6n.
^
abuelo es anciano, pero es un hombre muy fuerte.
Note that interrogative que
ia
distinguished
by the accent from
rela-
tive que.
38
C.
Contistese.

1.
iViven este hombre y esta mujer en ellos dos o tres hijos? 3. iTienen dos abuelos Juan y Maria? 4. iSon ancianos los abuelos? 5. iSon ricos? 6. iHan tenido que trabajar mucho? 7. iSon muy ancianos para trabajar mucho? 8. Ês el abuelo un hombre fuerte? 9. Ês la abuela una mujer fuerte? 10. ^Viven los abuelos en la misma casa? 11. iQu6 lee Juan en aquelUbro? 12. ^Halla la lecci6n f dcil o diflcil? 13. iYqu6 estudia su hermana en el hbro rojo? 14. ^Halla diflcil la
aquella casa?
2.
iTienen
lecci6n de aritm^tica?
D.
Traduzcase,
y repUase
1.
despitis
omitiendo
los
nombres y
2. I 4.
wsan<io aquel por that.
You have Uved

have written
rich.
in that house.
read these
student
rich.
is
letters.
3.
5.
We
this exercise.
have She has
studied this lesson.

lazy.
7.
This student
is [aJ]
These men are
8.
hard worker. 6. That Those women are not
E.
nine.
1.
Two,
four, six, eight,
ten.
2.
One, three,
five,
seven,
3. Fifteen,
fourteen, thirteen, twelve, eleven.
4.
Two and
nine.
two are four. 5. Three and three are six. 6. Four and five are 7. Five and ten are fifteen. 8. Six and seven are thirteen.
F. Escribase.
2. I
1.
Mary, what are you studying
in that
book?
am reading the grammar lesson in this book. 3. What is John reading in that red book? 4. He is studying the first Spanish lesson. 5. Do your grandparents five with you (Vds.)? 6. Yes, sir; they
hve in the same white house. 7. Is yoiu- grandfather very old? 8. Yes, sir; he is old and he has worked hard. 9. He is too old to work much. 10. Om* grandmother reads and writes a great deal.
11. Our father is the son of om- grandparents. our mother are not hving now. 12.
The
parents of
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
69.
60.
Adjetivos demostrativos:
El adjetivo demostrativo ese se refiere, por regla general, a la persona o cosa que estd cerca de la persona a quien se habla. Aquel se refiere a la persona o cosa que est& mds distante.
LESSON XI
a. El adjetivo demostrativo se de cada nombre a que se refiere.
39
por regla general, delante
repite,
61.
62.
Pronombres demostrativos: ...

Esto, eso
aquello son neutros.
Se usan para indicar una
cosa que no se menciona por su nombre o una idea.

representar nombres, puesto que no
a.
No
pueden
espanol.
hay nombres neutros en
N6tese que
los
pronombres demostrativos masculinos y femeninos
Be distinguen de los adjetivos demostrativos por llevar el acento escrito.
Los pronombres demostrativos neutros nimca se usan como adjetivos y en consecuencia no necesitan el acento.
63.
64.
Numerales cardinales:
Uno
pierde la -o final del masculine singular cuando
precede al nombre.
2. Uno admite la forma femenina una, pero los demd,s adjetivos numerales citados s61o tienen ima forma para ambos g^neros.
a.
Un lipiz
puede traducirse one pencil o a pencil y una pluma puede
traducirse one pen o a pen.
LESSON
65.
XI
Radical-Changing Verbs
Many
verbs of the three conjugations change the
radical vowel e to ie, or the radical vowel o to ue,
when-
ever the stress
falls
on the
root.
Present Indicative
L
cierro
Cerrar, io close
Pltjkaii
Contar, to count
SiNOtriiAR
Singular
cierras
PLUBAii
cerramos
cerrfiis
derra
cierran
cuento cuentas cuenta
contamos
cont&is
cuentan
In referring to the lesson, exercise, page (p&gina), etc., either ordinal numerals or cardinal numerals may be used after decimo, tenth, but the cardinal numerals are more commonly used; thus: la und^cima Iecci6n or, more commonly, la leccidn once. Observe that a cardinal numeral thus used follows its noun.
40
n. Entender, Singular
entiendo
,

to
understand
Volver, to return
Plural
entendemos
entendeis entienden
Singular
vuelvq vuelves vuelve
Plural
volvemos
volveis
entiendes
entiende
vuelven
m.
siento
Sentir, to feel
Dormir, to sleep
SiNQULAB
sientes
siente
Plural
sentimos
sentis
SmaUIiAB
PLTTRAIt
sienten
duermo duermes duerme
dormimos
dormis
duermen
66.
Some
i
verbs of the third conjugation change the radical
vowel e to
whenever the
stress falls
on the
root.
Pedir, to as\, as\ for
Singular
pido
pides
Plural
pedimos
pedis
pide
piden
a.
Note that
in the present indicative of radical-changing verbs

first
the radical vowel does not change in the

plural, since in these
forms the stress
falls
and the second persons on the inflectional ending
and not on the

b.
root.
With the exception
of the regularly recurring changes in the
radical vowels, the radical-changing verbs are inflected like regular

verbs.
c.
There
is
no
rule
recognized (but see 254).

fact
by which all radical-changing verbs can be Whenever a verb is radical-changing, this

(ie),
wiU be indicated in the vocabularies, thus: sentir dormir (ue). See also the list of verbs in 282.
pedir
(i),
EXERCISES
Ana, Anna bajo, -a, low bafio, bath, bathtub
la biblioteca, library, la cocina, kitchen
*
el
el
comedor, dining room
> Bathtub is also called tina del bafio (as in Mezioo) and sometimes bafiadera (as in Argentina).
LESSON XI
el
41
room
{in general)
criado, servant, m.;
la criada,
la pieza,
servant, /.
^cuSl, cixales?, which?
el piso, story, floor el
primo,
cousin,
m.; la prima,
don,^ Mr.; dona, Mrs. (used before given

el
cousin, /.
qiierer (ie),' to wish,
la sala,
el
names only)
want
dormitorio,
bedroom
el
esposo, husband; la esposa, wif
drawing room sobrino, nephew; la sobrina,

niece
la familia, family
Fernando, Ferdinand
el tio, uncle; la tia,
aunt
cuarto de bafio, bathroom; piso alto, upper story or floor; piso bajo
groimd
floor
A.
Continiiese.
1.
Aprendo
el
la lecci6n.
4.
2.
No
entiendo
5.
la leccion.
3.
Toco
6.
piano.
Cuento
las sillas.
Pido
una pluma.
B.
1.
He dormido
poco.
famiKa de mi tio Fernando hay cuatro Estas son: don Fernando; doila Ana, su esposa; un hijo, Juan; y una hija, Maria. 3. Mis tfos (39) tienen tambi^n una criada. 4. Viven en una casa de ocho piezas. 5. fistas son la sala, la bibliotecaj^ el comedor el cuarto de bano. y tres y la cocina en el pjsn baja 6.
la
En
personas.
2.
dormitorios (alcobas) en
piso alto
.
el
piso alto
7. el
Todos duermen en
piso bajo^
9.
el
8.
No
tfo
quieren dormir en
En
la
biblioteca
10. 11.
Nuestro
muchos Ubros en ingles y en espanol. Fernando es hermano de nuestra madra. Juan y Marfa son nuestros primos. 12. Ellos son sohay
et
brinos de nuestros padres.
C. Contestese segun
contexto de B.
1.
^Quienes son don
Fernando y dona Ana? (Don Fernando y dona Ana son nuestros tios.) 2-3. iQuien es el hijo (iQuien es la hija) de don Fernando y dona Ana? 4. ^Tienen un criado o
^
Don and dona
are
much
addressing or referring to a relative or friend.
used in Spanish as terms of respect when It is often best not to translate
don or doSa into English.

* A bedroom Mexico).
is also
called alcoba (as often in Spain), or
rec&mara
(as in
Irregular in
some
tenses (see 271).
42
en una casa de ocho piezas? una criada? 5. iViven 7. ^No quieren dormir 6. iDuermen todos en el piso alto?
en
iCudles son las piezas del piso bajo libros en la biblioteca? 11. iSon Vds. sobrinos de don Fernando y dona Ana? 12. iSon Vds. primos de Juan y Marfa?
el
piso bajo?
8-9.
(del piso alto)?
10.
iHay muchos
D. Trad^zcase y
verbo.
1.
repitase despues con ustedes
como
sujeto del
We
We
close the
window.
2.
(Nosotros cerramos la ventana.
Vds. cierran la ventana.)

chalk,
6. 4.
We
teach the lesson.

5.
learn the lesson.

7.
We
3. We ask for understand the lesson.
We
E.
erase the exercise.

9.
1.
hard.
We
sleep
little.
10.
We count the books. 8. We We do not wish to study.
work
My
parents,
2.
my
white house.
3. [It]
floor.
[It]] is
two brothers, and I live (vivimos) in a a two-story house (casa de dos pisos).
ground
floor are the hbrary, the
5.
has four rooms on the ground floor and five on the upper
4.
The rooms
of the
draw-
ing room, the dining room, and the kitchen.
On
the upper floor
6. We sleep on the upper do not wish to sleep on the ground floor. 8. There are five persons in our family. 9. We have one servant, but she does not sleep in our house. 10. My brothers and I have (tenemos) two cousins, John and Mary. 11. Their father Ferdinand is our mother's brother. 12* I am [a] nephew of my uncle Ferdinand and of my aunt Anna.
we have
four bedrooms and a bathroom.
floor.
7.
We
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
66.
Muchos verbos de
en
ie,
las tres conjugaciones

el
cambian
la vocal
radical e
la o
en ue, siempre que
acento pros6dico recaiga
sobre la
66.
rafz.
Algunos verbos de la tercera conjugaci6n cambian la vocal radical e en i, siempre que el acento pros6dico recaiga sobre la
rafz.
o.
Obs^rvese que en la primera
y segunda persona
del plural del

el
presente de indicative la vocal radical no cambia, debido a que
acento
proe6dico no recae sobre la ralz sino sobre la tenninaci6n.
LESSON XII
6.
43
Con
estos verbos se conjugan lo

c.
excepci6n de los cambios constantes en la vocal radical, mismo que los verbos regulares.
regla absoluta para conocer los verbos
No hay
vocal radical.
que cambian su Siempre que un verbo sufra esta alteraci6n, se indicard
en los vocabularies del
modo siguiente:
de verbos en
sentir (ie), pedir

el 282.
(i),
dormir(ue).
V6ase igualmente
la lista
LESSON
67.
XII
Dative Case.
to.
The
indirect object^ requires the prep-
osition a,
iA quien da
Ella
ella el libro?
To whom does
,
da
el libro
a Juan
to
she give the book? She gives the book to John, or . t u She gives John xu u the book.
i
Note that the preposition
may be omitted
in English
if
the indirect
object precedes the direct object.
The Spanish
preposition a cannot
be thus omitted before a noun.

direct object does not, as a preposition, but the preposition a is required before the direct object, ^f the object is a proper nnnrij or any noun or pronoun^ that denotes a definite person or
68.
Accusative Case.
The
rule, require
personified thing.^
Busco mi libro. But: Busco ^mi padre.

Quiero ver a Madrid.
I
-
am looking am looking
for
for
my book. my father.
I wish to see Madrid.
a. The preposition a is sometimes placed before the direct object merely to distinguish the latter from the subject of the verb.
El adjetivo modifica al nombre.' A la guerra sigue la paz.

>
The
adjective modifies the noun.
Peace follows war.
that
*
Except the relative pronoun que (dir. obj.), and a personal pronoun is the object (dir. or indir.) of a verb and is placed immediately beit.
fore or after
Including intelligent animals such as a dog or horse. Since in Spanish the subject often follows the verb, the omission of c in this sentence might cause ambiguity.
44
b.

The
preposition a
is
usually omitted after tener;

(a f>erson),
and querer a
means
to be
fond
of, to like
and not
to
udsh or want.
cousins.
Vd. tiene dos primos. iQuiere Vd. a sus primos?

69.
You have two
Do you
al.
like
your cousins?
A+
el is
contracted to
Buscamos
al profesor.
We
are looking for the teacher.
70. The following adjectives lose the final -o of the masculine singular when they immediately precede their
noun.
buen(o), -a, good
mal(o), -a, bad
primer (o), -a,
first
one some* ningim(o), -a, none

ii(o), -a,
algim(o), -a,
tercer(o), -a, third
El tercer ejercicio.
But: El tercero.
The third exercise. The third (one).
EXERCISES
el
amigo, friend, m.;

friend, /.
la
amiga,
el
el
aparador, sideboard
buscar, to seek, look for
mueble, piece of furniture; los muebles, furniture pensar (ie), to think, intend poder (ue),^ can, to be able
recibir, to receive
silldn {pi., sillones),
el
cuadro, picture
electrico, -a, electric
el el
armchair
la luz ipl., luces),

el
Ught
sofa, sofa
visitar, to visit, call
mes, month
on
da, gives; dado, given
A. ContiMese.
3.
1.
Busco mi
4.
libro.
2.
Busco a mi padre.
5.
Quiero papel.
Quiero
mucho a mi madre.
No
puedo cerrar
B.
2.
la ventana.
1. Mi tfo Fernando es anciano, pero trabaja mucho. Su esposa dona Ana no puede trabajar. 3. EUos no son 4. Los muebles de su sala son un rices, pero viven bien. piano, una mesa, un sofd, sillas y sillones, y muchos cuadros.
^
Algfin
and
ningfln require the accent
mark.
Irregular in
some tenses
(270).
LESSON XII
5.
45
6.
Reciben a sus amigos en

escritorio,
libros.
7.
la sala.
En
la biblioteca
hay una mesa, un

todos sus
pero
aparador,
9.
algunos sillones y Mis tios tienen muchos libros en ingles

sillas,
dos
muy
pocos en espanol.
8.
En
el
comedor hay un
cuadros.
una mesa,
sillas
y tambien algunos
Tienen luz electrica en toda la casa. 10. Nosotros tenemos luz electrica en nuestra casa tambien. 11, Pienso visitar a mis tlos y pasar un mes con ellos (them). 12. Quiero mucho a mis primes Juan y Maria que son muy buenos.
C. Contestese segun el contexto de B. 1. Ês anciano don Fernando? 2. ^Trabaja mucho don Fernando? 3. iPuede trabajar dona Ana? 4. ^Son ricos los tlos? 5. iViven bien los tlos? 6. iCudles son los muebles de su sala? 7. ^Reciben a sus amigos en la sala? 8. iCudles son los muebles de la bibhoteca? 9. ^Tienen los tlos muchos Ubros en ingles? 11. ^Cudles son los 10. ^Tienen muchos Hbros en espanol? muebles del comedor? 12. ^Tienen los tlos luz electrica en toda la casa? 13. ^Tienen Vds. tambien luz electrica en su casa? 14. ^Piensan Vds. visitar a sus tios? 15. iQuieren
Vds. a sus primos? D. Traduzcase y repitase despues con los verbos en plural. (He buscado mis libros. Hemos I have looked for my books. buscado nuestros libros.) 2. I have looked for my parents. 3. I intend to visit Madrid. 4. I intend to visit my cousins. 5. Do you wish the book? 6. Do you Uke your uncle Ferdinand? 7. He
1.
wishes to speak Spanish.

9.
8.
He
is
writing the
first
exercise.
Does the adjective modify the noim? 11. She receives many letters in Spanish. 12. She 13. Have you electric receives her friends in the drawing room. Ught in your house? 14. Have you many cousins? 15. Do you intend to spend a month with your uncle and aunt (39)? 16. I have Uttle furniture (= few pieces of furniture).
is
He
writing the
first
[onej
10.
E.
1.
In
2.
my
parents' house there
is
electric
Ught in
all
the
rooms.
My
uncle and aunt have electric light in their house
46
too.
4.
3.
We can read very well with the electric light in the library.
Our Ubrary has armchairs, a writing desk, and many good books. 5. The drawing room has many pictures and many chairs, a piano, a sofa, and two tables. 6. My mother receives all her friends (/.) in the drawing room. 7. My brothers and I receive (recibimos) our friends in the Ubrary. 8. Our dining room has a table and chairs, a sideboard, and some pictures. 9. We have Uttle furniture,
but
it-is
(son) good.
10.
There
is
much
furniture in
my
uncle Ferdinand's house.
11. I
intend to spend a
month with
my
12. My parents are very fond of cousins John and Mary. (qmeren mucho) their nephew and niece (39). 13. John and
Mary like my parents many good books.
too.
14.
My father
has given
my
cousins
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
67.
complemento indirecto (caso
dativo)
requiere la prete, etc.).
posici6n a (excepto delante de los pronombres me,
si
En ingl6s puede suprimirse la preposici6n to del complemento indirecto 68te precede al complemento directo. En espanol no puede hacerse
esta supresi6n delante del nombre.
68. El complemento directo (caso acusativo), por regla general, no requiere preposici6n. Pero se emplea la preposici6n a con el complemento directo si 6ste es un nombre propio, o cualquier nombre o pronombre (excepto que y me, te, etc.) que exprese una persona
determinada o cosa personificada.

a. Algunaa veces la preposici6n a precede al complemento directo solamente para distingxiir a ^te del sujeto del verbo.
h.
La
preposici6n a se suprime generalmente

significa to he
tener ;
69.
70.
lino
y querer a
fond
of, to like,
despu^ del verbo y no to wish o want.

forma
al.
La
preposici6n a
el
articulo el se contraen en la
Los siguientes adjetivos pierden la -o final del mascusingular cuando preceden inmediatamente al nombre que
.
califican:
LESSON
XIII
47
LESSON
SiNGULAB
estoy
est&s
XIII
to he
Present Indicative of Estar,
Plural
estamos
estiis
est&
est&n
72.
1.
Estar, to he,
is
used instead of
ser, to he:
2.
1.
To To
express position.
express an accidental or temporary condition.*
padre estS en Chile. estfi en Espafia.
Mi
My father is in Chile.
Madrid
John
is
Madrid
2.
in Spain.
Juan esta cansado. Maria esta enfenna. Las s&banas estfin limpias.
is tired.
Mary is ill. The sheets
are clean.
73.
Some
adjectives have one
meaning when used with

bad
ill
ser, and another meaning when used with estar.

ser bueno, to be
good
ser male, to be
estar bueno, to be well
estar male, to be
74.
Omission
of the Indefinite Article.
1.
The
indefi-
nite article is usually omitted before
an unquaUfied predicate
noun.
Mi Mi
padre es medico. tio es abogado. Nuestro amigo es espafiol.
My father is a physician. My imcle is a lawyer.

Our
is
friend
is
a Spaniard.
other,
2.
The
indefinite
article
not used with otro,

el otro libro,
#1
another.
otro libro, another
*
book
the other book
This rule has
many
apparent exceptions, thus:

it is
es joven, he is young.
Youth is, in a sense, temporary, but compared with illness or fatigue.
after all relatively
permanent aa

EXERCISES
abogado, lawyer la almohada, pillow la cama, bed cansado, -a, tired
el
el
espejo, mirror, looking-glasa
la frazada,' blanket la
la lana^ wool;
funda de almohada, pillowcase de lana, woollen

llmpio, -a, clean
la
c6moda, cuando
chest " chiffonier "
of
drawers,
el
medico, physician, doctor
(interrog.,
ctxfindo),
la pared, wall la s&bana, sheet
when
el cuarto,
room^
ill,
el
tocador, dressing table, "dresser"
enfermo, -a,
sick
la verdad, truth
friend's;
en casa, at home; en casa de im amigo, at a o ^verdad? is it not true? isn't it so?
^no es verdad?
A.
3. 6.
Contin-dese.
1.
No
soy joven.
2.
5.
Estoy en
No
B.
Estoy cansado, -a. tengo otra cama.

casa.
4.
No soy medico. No soy malo, -a.
tiene una buena (fine) cama en su Las fundas de almohada y las sdbanas estdn limpias y blancas. 3. Las frazadas (mantas) son de lana. 4. Juan duerme muy bien en esta cama cuando estd cansado. 5. Los otros muebles de su cuarto son un tocador con un buen espejo, una c6moda, una mesa y algunas sillas. 6. Hay tambi^n algunos cuadros'en las paredes. 7. Juan no estd ahora en casa. 8. Estd en casa de un amigo que estd enfermo. 9. Este amigo es abogado. 10. Cuando el abogado estd bueno, trabaja mucho. 11. Pero cuando estd enfermo, no puede trabajar. 12. Juan quiere mucho a su amigo el abogado.
1.
Mi primo Juan
2.
cuarto.
1. ^Tiene Juan ima B. Êstdn limpias y blancas las sdbanas? 3. iEstd-n limpias y blancas las fundas de almohada? 4. iSon de lana las frazadas (mantas)? 5. Juan duerme bien en esta cama, ^no es verdad? 6. iCudles son los otros muebles
C. Contestese
seffdn el contexto de
buena cama?
2.
Note the many words
for room.
'
Ox manta
(de cama).
LESSON XIII
49
del cuarto? 7. iTiene el tocador un buen espejo? 8. lEsti Juan ahora en casa? 9. Estd en casa de un amigo, iverdad? 11. Ês este 10. iEstd, bueno o malo el amigo de Juan? amigo medico o abogado? 12. Juan quiere mucho a su
amigo, ino es verdad?
D.
4.
1.
Is
John
lazy?
2. Is
John
ill?
3.
Mary
5.
is
good.
Mary
is well, is
she not?
(ino es verdad?)
7.
The
blankets
Are the blankets clean? 10. His father is a physician, isn't he? 11. No, sir; he is a lawyer. 12. Haven't you 14. I have 13. This pillowcase is not clean. another pillow?
are red.
8.
6.
Are the blankets woolen?

is old. 9.
My uncle
My uncle
is
not
well.
another pillowcase.
have one friend who is a physician and another who is 2. The physician is an EngUshman and the lawyer is a Spaniard. 3. My brother likes the lawyer, but he does not like the physician. 4. When my brother is ill, he does not want that (ese) physician. 5. My brother is not now at home; he is at the lawyer's (house). 6. Our bedroom is on the upper floor of the house. 7. We have two fine beds with clean, white sheets (= with sheets clean and white). 8. The pillowcases are also clean and white, but
E.
1.
a lawyer.
the woolen blankets are red.

in these beds.
10.
9.
When we
are tired,
we
sleep well
11.
Our
dressing table has a good mirror.
We
have two chests of drawers (" chiffoniers ") also and some fine pictures on the walls. 12. There are also some books and a writing desk in our room.
KESUMEN GRAMATICAL
El verbo estar se usa en lugar de ser: Estar y ser. Para expresar situacion. 2. Para expresar una condici6n accidental o temporal. 73. Algunos adjetivos cambian de significado segun sean usados con el verbo ser o con estar. 1. Por regla gene74. Supresidn del articulo indeterminado. ral se suprime el articulo indeterminado delante del nombre predicado (o atributo) no caUficado. 2. El articulo indeterminado no se usa con otro.
72.
1.
50
LESSON XIV
75.
Personal Pronouns.
Singular me, me, to me
te, thee, to
The
following personal pro-
nouns are used as objects
of verbs:
Plural
nos, us, to ua
os, you, to
thee
you
Te
76.
corresponds to tH and os to vosotros, -as.
The
personal pronoun objects usually precede their
verb (but see 194).
Me busca. ,,,., Me da el libro.

77.
\ [
He seeks me. He gives me the book, or ^ gives xu u x He the book to me.

i
Reflexive
also
Verbs.
1.
may
be used as
reflexives.
The pronouns given above The reflexive pronoun of

is se.
the third person, singular or plural,

yo
tfi
me
1
engaiio, I deceive myself
te enga&as, thou deceivest thyself
usted
el ella
you deceive yourself

I
se engaila
he deceives himself
she deceives herself
nosotros (-as) nos engaflamos,
we
deceive ourselves
vosotros (-as) os engafl^s, ye deceive yourselves
ustedes
ellos
2.
se engaflan
f you deceive yourselves j Wi. î. they deceive themselves
Many
verbs are used reflexively in Spanish, but not
in English:
Me acuesto, I go to bed. Me levanto, I get up, rise.

3.
is
Me desayimo, I (have) breakfast. Me equivoco, I am mistaken.
All the verbs given above are in the first conjugation.
If the subject is inanimate, the reflexive construction
generally preferred in Spanish to the passive voice.
La casa se
calienta per vapor.

espafiol.
The house
Spanish
is
is
warmed by steam.
Aqu! se habla
spoken here.
LESSON XIV
78.
61
Hours
one
(o'clock).
of the
Day
Es
la una, it is
A la
Son
una, at one (o'clock).

las dos, it is
two
(o'clock).
A las tres y media, at half-past three (o'clock). A las cuatro y cuarto, at a quarter past four (o'clock). A las cinco menos cuarto, at a quarter to five (o'clock) A las doce y diez (minutos), at ten minutes past twelve
.*^
(o'clock), at
twelve ten.
A las A las A las

a.
ocho de la mafiana, at eight (o'clock) in the morning (or, a.m.), de la tarde, at three (o'clock) in the afternoon (or, p.m.). once de la noche, at eleven (o'clock) at night {or, p.m.). lQn% hora es? what time is it? what o'clock is it?
tres
La tma agrees with hora understood, and las dos, las tres, etc., Media (half) is an adjective and agrees with hora, while cuarto {quarter, fourth) is a noun and therefore does not agree.
agree with horas.
EXERCISES
el aire, air
el
^
dia,*
day
hour
almorzar (ue), to lunch
la hora,
la la
I
el
aqui, here
mafiana, morning noche, night

producir, to produce, create
calentar
el calor,
-caliente,
to warm, heat warm, hot warmth, heat

(ie),
el calorifero central,
furnace
'
el s6tano,
quemar, to burn basement
carb6n de
comer, to
piedra,'* coal
.
la tarde, afternoon
el
cenar, to sup, have supper

eat, dine 1.
vapor, steam
A. Continuese.
Yo me
levanto a las seis^

3.
2.
Yo me
la una.
desayuno a
las siete
:
y media. * -
Yo
almuerzo a
also a un cuarto para las cinco, or a las cuatro y tres cuartos. In Spain and Spanish America, it is customary to have a light breakfast (desayunarse) in the morning, to dine (comer) at noon, and have supper (cenar) in the evening. But in the large cities it is now becoming customary to lunch (almorzar) at noon and to dine (comer) in the evening.
>
One hears
'
Or estufa
central.
It is also called
is
Literally stone coal.
soft coal is
^
huUa.
Charcoal
carbon mineral. carbon vegetal or carb&n de

is
Bituminous or
lefLa.
Dia, day, though ending in -a,
masculine.
52
4.
Yo como
B.
1.
a las
siete.
5.
Yo me acuesto
las diez.
6.
Yo
el
me
equivoco.
Mi
tfo
Fernando tiene un
2.
calorffero central
en
s6tano de su casa.
En
este calorffero se
quema carb6n
5.
de piedra.
la casa.
4.
3.
Con
el calor
que
se
produce se calienta toda
La
casa se calienta por vapor.
Tambi^n
se
vapor la casa de otro tfo mfo {of mine), si no me equivoco. 6. Se equivoca Vd.; la casa se calienta por aire caliente. 7. En nuestra casa nos levantamos todos a las 9. A siete de la manana. 8. Nos desayimamos a las ocho. las doce y media almorzamos, y comemos a las seis y media. 10. Pero mis tfos y mis primos comen a las doce y cenan a las 12. Nos 11. Nos acostamos a las once de la noche. seis. acostamos a las diez si estamos cansados.
calienta por
C. Cont4stese seg^n
el contexto
de B.
2.
1.
nando en
el
sotano de su casa?
^Que tiene don FeriQu6 se quema en el
calorffero? 4. iSe calienta 3. ^Se produce mucho calor? toda la casa? 5. ^Se calienta por vapor? 6. ^Se calienta por aire caliente? 7. ^No se equivoca Vd.? 8. Â qu6 hora se acuestan Yds.? 9. Â qu6 hora se levantan Yds.? 10. Â qu6 hora se desayunan Yds.? 11. i A qu6 hora almuerzan Yds.? 12. Â qu6 hora comen Yds.? 13. Âlmuerzan o comen los tfos a la una? 14. ^Comen o cenan
a las
D.
me.
6.
seis?
Trad'dzcase, y repUase despuis negativamente.
1.
He
teaches
(l
me
4.
enseila.
El no
is
seeks us.
Spanish
house is warmed.* go to bed at eight, 12. It

9.
You The
are mistaken.
They like me. 3. She spoken here.^ 5. Enghsh is spoken here.^ 8. Heat is created.* 7. Coal is burned.^
ensefla.)
2.
me
10. I
is
rise
at
five
o'clock.
11.
We
twelve o'clock.
six.
E.
1.
go to bed at nine o'clock and get up at
2.
My
six.
father goes to bed at ten o'clock
and
gets
up
at half-past
Place the subject after the verb. Note how often the subject follow the verb in Spanish even in an afiBrmative sentence.
may
LESSON XIV
4.
53
3.
We breakfast at seven o'clock or at a quarter past seven,

six.
We
lunch at half-past twelve and dine at half-past

are at the table,
o'clock
5.
When we
we speak
Spanish.
six. 7.
6.
My
cousins dine at twelve
and have supper at
basement of my father's house. 8. The house is warmed by steam. 10. My uncle Ferdinand's house is warmed with (por) air. 11. I cannot study when the air is (estfi) very warm. 12. I cannot sleep well if the air of my bedroom is warm.
9.
There is a good furnace in the Coal is burned in the furnace.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
75.
sonales se usan
Pronombres personales. Los siguientes pronombres percomo complementos (objetos) de verbo: me, te,
nos, OS.
76.
Los pronombres personales usados como complementos, por
regla general preceden al verbo (pero vâse el 194).

77. Verbos reflexivos. 1. Los pronombres citados arriba se usan tambi^n como reflexivos. El pronombre reflexivo de tercera persona, singular o plural, es se.
2.
Muchos verbos que en

Cuando
la
el
espanol son reflexivos no lo son en
ingles.
3.
sujeto de la oraci6n es
un
ser
inanimado se prefiere
en espanol
78.
a.
forma
reflexiva a la pasiva.
:
Horas del dia
las tres, etc.,
la palabra hora sobrentendida, y las dos, concuerdan con boras. Media es adjetivo y concuerda con hora, mientras que cuarto es substantive y por consiguiente no
La una concuerda con
concuerda.
54
LESSON XV
79.
Personal Pronouns.
1.
The
personal pronouns of
the third person used as objects of verbs are:

DIRECT OBJECT
SiNQ.
le,
INDIRECT OBJECT
him
1
{him,
it,
to
him
la, her, it lo, it
her, to her
to
it
Pl.
los
them
les,
las
them, to them
Busco Busco Busco Busco
la carta.
I seek the letter.

I seek
it.
La busco.
las cartas.
I seek the letters.

I seek
Las busco.
el libro.
them.
it.
I seek the book.

I seek
Lo busco.
los libros.
I seek the books.

I seek
Los busco.
them.
Busco
al profesor.
I seek the teacher.

I seek him.
Le busco.
Note that la, las, and los are used both as articles and as object pronouns, but that the article el differs in form from the corresponding
object pronouns le and
lo.
2. All the pronouns given above serve also as the object pronouns corresponding to usted and ustedes.
Le busco. La busco.
Los busco. Las busco. Le da el libro. Les da el libro.
>
I seek
him
or you,
m.
sing.
I seek her or you, /. sing.

I seek I seek
them them
or you, to. pl. or you, /. fl.
He He
meaning
gives him, her, or
gives
of
them
or
you the book. you the book.

but
le is generally
Lo
is
also used with the
him or you
(m.),
considered preferable.
LESSON XV
3.
it
55
English
it (dir. obj.) is
expressed in Spanish
it
by
la
when
refers to a feminine
noun, and by lo when
refers either
to a mascuhne
noun
or to a
mere idea or statement.

I have the pen.
I
Tengo
la
pluma.
tengo.
La
Tengo
have
it.
el libro.
I have the book.

I
I
la
Lo tengo.
Creo eso.
have
it.
I believe that.
creo.
I
Lo
beUeve
it.
EXERCISES
asar, to roast
la baterfa
creer, to believe
de
cocina/
kitchen
fregar
(ie),
to scour
utensils
la cazuela,
came, meat pan

cocer (ue), to bake, boil (food) kitchen econ6mica,^
stove, range
cook el homo, oven la olla, pot el pan, bread

guisar,' to
la cocina
preparar, to prepare
sabroso, -a, savory; ser (estar)
el
cocinero, o la cocinera, cook
sabroso, to taste good
la
comida, food, meal, dinner
hay
que, there
is (are) to;
or that does not please
eso no me gusta, I do not Uke that me; nos gustan estos cuadros, we like these
pictures or these pictures please us.
2. 4.
A. Continuese. 1. No me (te, No me gustan los muebles. Me da lecciones de espanol.

le, etc.)
le,
etc.)
gusta esta casa.
3. 5.
Don Juan me ensena. Mi (tu, su, etc.) tfo me
(te,
busca.
6.
Yo no
guiso la comida.
B.
1.
econ6mica.
>
Nuestra cocinera guisa la comida en la cocina 2. La comida que guisa es muy sabrosa.
Or
trastos de cocina.
A modern, iron cooking stove or range is usually called a cocina econ6mica
In some places it is also called estufa. Many Spaniards and Spanish Americans still cook over openings in the top of stone benches or shelves, in which charcoal is burned, or over open fireplaces. Either one is usually called fogdn. Alao cocinar.
or merely an economica.
56
3.
El pan que cuece en el homo es muy bueno. 4. me mucho la carne que asa en el horno o que cuece en una oUa. 5. Esta mujer tiene que trabajar mucho en la cocma. 6. Tiene que preparar las comidas y fregar la baterla de
gusta
cocina.
7.
Hay
ollas
cazuelas que fregar.

9.
8.
gusta trabajar en la cocina.

fregar las ollas
la baterfa
Le gusta
10.
guisar;
Creo que le no le gusta
las cazuelas.
Pero no es perezosa
limpia.
de cocina estd siempre
muy
C. ConUstese seg^n el corUexto deB. 1. iQui^n prepara las comidas? 2. Ên qu6 se guisa la comida? 3. Ên qu6 se cuece el pan? 4. Ên qu6 se asa la carne? 5. Ên qu4 se 6. iQui^n friega la bateria de cocina? cuece la carne? 8. ^Trabaja mucho la cocinera? 7. iQue friega la mujer? 9. iLe gusta guisar la comida? 10. ^Le gusta fregar las ollas? 11. iLe gusta a Vd. (Do you like) guisar? 12. ^Le gusta a Vd. fregar las ollas y las cazuelas?
D.
I.
Traduzcase, y repitase
despues, usando
el
pronombre per-
sonal que corresponda en lugar del uUimo nombre de coda frase
We
prepare the meals.

2.
ramos.)
We
roast the meat.

5. I
(Preparamos las comidas. Las prepa3. We bake the bread. 4. We

6.
scour the pans.
am
looking-for John.
8.
am
looking-for
Mary. Mary.
II.
7. 9.
He He
gives the chair to John. gives
He
gives the books to

10. I
the letters to the men.
do not Uke
gusta.)
Dona Ana.
E.
1.
(No
Do you like
me gusta doiLa Ana. Ella no me Don Fernando? 12. We like the teachers.
is
Dona Ana's cook

2.
are not always clean.

are
She
a Uttle lazy, and her pots and pans likes to cook the food, but she does
3.
not like to scour the kitchen utensils.
And
in a kitchen there
many
utensils (trastos) to scour.

5.
in order to prepare three meals. of the stove.

in a pot.
7. 6.
to work hard She bakes the bread in the oven

4.
The cook has
She roasts the meat
in the oven, or she boils it

8.
The food
that she cooks always tastes good.
Do
you
bake bread and roast meat? 9. No, sir; I do not like to cook; but I am very fond of reading (me gusta mucho leer) books. 10. I like the library of our house, but I do not like the
like to
LESSON XVI
kitchen.
11.
57
your house, do you not? I do not like to prepare
You
like the dining
room
of
(ino es verdad?)
12. Yes, I
do
like [lij,
but
the meals.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
79.
Pronombres personales.
1.
Los pronombres personales

le,
de
le
la tercera
persona usados como complementos verbales son:

las
el
la, lo, los
les
para
complemento directo (o caso acusativo) y complemento indirecto (o caso dativo).

para
el
N6tese que las fonnas la, las y los se usan como artlculos y tambi^n como pronombres complementarios; en cuanto al artlculo el es de
forma diferente de le y lo.
los
pronombres complementarios correspondientes
2. Todos los pronombres citados arriba hacen las veces de pronombres complementarios correspondientes a usted y ustedes. 3. El pronombre ingles it (complemento directo) se expresa en espanol por la cuando se refiere a un nombre del g^nero femenino, y por lo cuando se refiere a un nombre del g^nero masculino o a una idea o manifestaci6n.
80.
Personal
LESSON XVI Pronouns. 1. When
verb
has
two
personal pronoun objects, the indirect object precedes the

direct.
Me lo
da.
Te los da. Nos la da. Os las da.

2.
He gives it to me. He gives them to thee. He gives it to us. He gives them to you.
both pronouns are in the third person, se is used as les. Although alike in form, this se and the reflexive se are different words.
If
the indirect object instead of le or
Se
lo da.
He gives it to him,
it,
her,
them, or you.
(ind. ohj.)
Note that in this sentence se has and les.
all
possible meanings of both le
58
81.

Prepositional
Forms
of
the Personal
Pronouns.
The
same
personal pronouns governed

in
by a
preposition are the
are used instead of yo and

of se.
para ml,
for
form as the subject pronouns, except that mi and ti tti. Si is the prepositional form
me
thee
" " " "
ti,
"
usted,
61.
" you " him, it \ " her, it /
para nosotros, -as, for us ** vosotros, -as, " you " you " ustedes,
eUa,
^"^' -*^'
etc.
,,
'^^
^,
para
a.
si,
for himself, herself,
Mf, me,
is
distinguished from mi, my, and the reflexive si is

si, if,
distinguished from
by the accent mark.
82.
meaning
a
ti,
When a personal may be made

Me gusta a mf
Le gusta a ella. Se lo da a el. Se lo da a Vd.
pronoun
clear or
is
the object of a verb, the emphatic by adding a ml,

I like
it.
it.
etc.
She
likes
He He
gives gives
it it
to him. to you.
a.
One may say with
still
more emphasis on the pronoim:
A mf me
gusta, etc.
b. With a noun the corresponding personal pronoun object is often used thus even though it is not required to make the meaning clear or emphatic: le gusta a Juan, John likes it; se lo da a Marfa, he gives it
to
Mary.
83.
The
definite article with
de
61,
de
ella, etc.,
may be
used instead of su, to
make
de
61.
the meaning clear or emphatic.

His
bi
Su Su Su Su
a.
libro,
el libro
casa, o la casa de ella.

cuarto, o el cuarto de Vd.
H^ôuse. Your room.

Their father.
el libro
padre, o
el
padre de
ellos.
With these
expressions,
compare
de Juan, John's book;
la
casa de Marfa, Mary's house.
LESSON XVI
EXERCISES
el
59
almuerzo, lunch, heavy breakfast
el
el cafe, coffee el
campo,
country
the
{as
distinlos
el el el
desayuno, (light) breakfast despues de, prep., after Espaila, /., Spain ganadero, cattle raiser
habitante, inhabitant
guished from
la
city)',
campos, fields cena, supper
el labrador,
la ciudad, city, large
town ^cuanto? how much? ^cuantos? how many?
la
hacendado, planter farm laborer leche, milk

*
la mantequilla, butter
la 6pera,
el teatro,
opera
theater
cultivar, to cultivate
el chocolate, chocolate
una
vez, once;
dos veces, twice; tres veces, three times; algunas
veces, sometimes; en vez de, instead of; al dia, daily
A. Continuese.
sena.
3.
1.
Me
ensena la leccion.
4.
2,
Me
la en-
ml me da
el
el libro. 6.
Me
lo
da a ml.
5.
ml
no me gusta
mdtica.
profesor tiene
Hay una carta para ml. 7. El mi cuaderno. 8. Mi hermano tiene mi gracampo.
los habitantes de las ciudades hacen comidas al dla: el desayuno, el almuerzo, y la (have) tres comida o la cena. 2. Se desayunan a las ocho de la manana, y toman a esta hora cafe con leche,^ pan y mantequilla (manteca). 3. Muchos toman- chocolate en vez de cafe. 4. Almuerzan a la una y comen a las siete o las siete y media. 5. Algunas veces cenan despues del teatro o la 6pera. 6. Los hacendados y los ganaderos comen a las doce o la una y cenan a las seis o las siete. 7. Los labradores tienen que trabajar mucho para cultivar los campos. 8. Se levantan a las cinco de la maiiana y se acuestan a las ocho
B.
1.
En Espana
A plantation is una hacienda or, in Argentina, una estancia. In Mexico farm and farmer are rancho and ranchero and a laborer is un jomalero. ' In Spanish America butter is mantequilla and lard is manteca. In most of Spain, however, butter is manteca (de vaca) and lard ia manteca de cerdo. * Cafe con leche, a mixture of coSee and hot milk.
60
o nueve de

la noche.
9.
A
me
ml me gusta mucho
10.
pero a mi hermano no
campo?
11.
le gusta.
Sf, seilor;
el
el campo, iLe gusta a Vd. el gusta mucho.
C. ConUstese seg^n
contexto de
B.
1.
iCudntas comidas
2.
al
^Cudles son 3. iA qu6 hora se desayunan? 4. iQu6 estas comidas? toman a esta hora? 5. iA qu6 hora almuerzan? 6. iA
dfa hacen los habitantes de las ciudades?
iCudndo cenan? 8. iTrabajan mucho Â qu6 hora se levantan? 10. iA qu^ hora comen? 11. I A qu6 hora cenan? 12. Â qu^ hora se acuestan? 13. ^Le gusta a Vd. el campo? 14. ^Le gusta a
qu6 hora comen?
los labradores?
7.
9.
su hermano?
D. 1. He has her book. 2. She has his book. 3. I have your grammar. 4. Have you my gramjnar? 5. We have limch (=. We lunch) at half-past twelve. 6. We have dinner (= We dine) at seven o'clock. 7. We go to bed at ten. 8. We get up at seven. 9. He 10. He does not give gives the paper to me: he gives it to me. the chairs to you: he does not give them to you. 11. She teaches me arithmetic: she teaches me it. 12. She prepares for me (me prepara) a good lunch. 13. I like the country, but you do not like it. 14. Mary likes the country, but John does not like it.
2. No, sir; he is a Does yoiur father like the coimtry? 5. Do 4. Yes, sir; he likes the country, and he likes the city too. the cattle raisers and the planters have to work hard? 6. The farm laborers must work hard in order to cultivate the fields. 7. When (ik qu6 hora) do the planters have dinner? 8. They have dinner at twelve o'clock and supper at six in the evening. 9. In the city we have dinner at seven o'clock at night. 10. Sometimes we have supper after the opera or theater. 11. If we take supper, we have (hacemos) four meals. 12. For breakfast (Para el desayuno) we take coffee and milk and bread and butter. 13. In Spain many
E.
1.
Ferdinand,
is
your father a planter?

city.
3.
lawyer and lives in this
people (personas) take chocolate instead of coffee. family
14.
In our
we
all like (a
todos nos gusta) to take coffee
if it is
not very
Btrong (cargado).
LESSON XVI
61
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
1. Cuando el verbo tiene doa 80. Pronombres personales. complementos pronominales, el pronombre complemento indirecto precede al pronombre complemento directo.
2. Si ambos pronombres son de la tercera persona, se usa el pronombre se en lugar de los complementos indirectos le o les. Aunque este se tiene la misma forma que el pronombre reflexivo
se,
son dos palabraa
distintas.
Formas preposicionales (o terminales) de los pronombres Cuando los pronombres personales van regidos de una preposici6n tienen la misma forma que cuando son sujetos del verbo, exceptuando las formas mi y ti que se usan en vez de yo y Si es la forma preposicional de se. tu.
81.
personales.
Mi, pronombre personal, se distingue de mi, adjetivo posesivo, forma reflexiva si se distingue de la conjunci6n si, por el acento escrito que llevan.
a.
la
82.
Cuando un pronombre personal

ti,
significado
es complemento verbal, su puede aclararse o hacerse enfdtico anadiendo las exetc.
presiones a mi, a
a.
La
expresi6n es aim
mds
enfdtica
si
a mi, a
ti, etc.,
preceden al
verbo.
6. Con un nombre, el pronombre personal complementario correspondiente se usa a menudo de esta manera, axmque no se requiera para aclarar o hacer enfdtico el significado.
83.
En lugar del adjetivo posesivo su, se puede emplear el artfculo

las expresiones
determinado y
claridad
de
el,
de
ella, etc., lo
que da mayor
6nfasis a la frase.
62
84.
Commands.
LESSON
1.
XVII
To
express a direct
command with
usted or ustedes as subject, the following forms of the regular verbs are used:
Singular
I.
Plural
hablen Vds. aprendan Vds. vivan Vds.
ie or
i,
II.
Hablar Aprender :
Vivir
hable Vd. aprenda Vd.

viva Vd.
speak
learn
live
.
III.
2.
Radical-changing verbs change e to

Singular
Cerrar:
and o to
ue, as in the third person of the present indicative.
Plural
cierren Vds.
close
Pedir:
Volver:
Vd. pida Vd. vuelva Vd.

cierre
pidan Vds.
vuelvan Vds.
-
ask (for) return
Some
irregular verbs:
Singular
Plural
den Vds. hagan Vds.
tengan Vds. traigan Vds.
give
Dar: Hacer Tener:

Traer:
a.
de 1 Vd. haga Vd.

tenga Vd.
traiga
do have
bring
Vd.
Usted
or ustedes is usually expressed once in
command
as in
the examples given above, but not repeated.
Preparen Vds. la segunda leccidn y repasen la primera.

85.
Prepare the second lesson and review the first.
1.
Personal pronoun objects precede the verb in a

general rule for the
negative command, according to the

position of these pronouns (194).
No me No me
2.
lo
de Vd. ese de Vd.
libro.
Do Do
not give not give
me
it
that book.
to me.
jects follow the verb
command the personal pronoun oband are attached to it so that the verb and the pronoun or pronouns form one word. Give me that book. Deme Vd. ese libro.
In an affirmative
Demelo Vd.
Give
this
it
Note the accent which distinguishes
to me. word from the preposition
de.
LESSON XVII
63
a. When a pronoun is thus attached to one of these verb forma having two or more syllables, the verb requires the accent mark. Compare traiga, bring, with traigame, bring me.
86.
let
go.
1.
Vamos (from
la escuela.
ir, to
go),
used in commands, means
us
Vamos a Vamos a
2.
trabajar.
Let us go to school. Let us go to work.
When
followed
let
by an
el.
infinitive,
vamos a
often
means
no more than
Vamos a Vamos a
87.
us.
hablar con
estudiar la leccion.
Let us speak with him. Let us study the lesson.
Cardinal Numerals
veintidos,
diez y siete, seventeen
twenty-two
diez y ocho, eighteen diez y nueve, nineteen

veinte,
veintitres, twenty-three
veinticuatro, twenty-four
veinticiiico,
twenty
twenty-five
veintiim(o), -a,i twenty-one
EXERCISES
la cuchara,
spoon
el
mozo, waiter '

nuevo, -a,
el cuchillo, knife
new
donde {interrog. d6nde), where en seguida, then (= next)

entrar en,^ to enter, go in (to),
el plato,
plate to repeat
repasar, to review
repetir
(i),
come
in (to)
el restaurant,*
-
restaurant
to seat;
escuchar, to listen (to)

hoy, to-day
la lista,
el
list, bill
sentar
(ie),
me
siento,
I seat myself, sit
(down)
of fare
la servilleta,
napkin
mantel, tablecloth
sobre, on,
el
upon
manana,
adv.,
to-morrow
tenedor, fork
vaso, (drinking-) glass
^
mientras, while
el
hagame Vd.
to
1
el
favor de estudiar, please study;

Entrar a
prestar atenci6n,
pay attention
See page 209, footnote
1.
^
is
also in
is
common
use.
The
waiter
is
sometimes called camarero.

street porter, etc.
is
Mozo
also used to desig-
nate a servant boy, a

*
^
As restaurant
Hagame Vd.
less often.
el
a French word, the final t is not pronounced. favor is more emphatic than the English please and
ia
used
64
A.
bien.
1.

El profesor dice (says) a los alumnos: Escuchen Vds. Esta leccion es muy diffcil. 3, Fernando, Vd. no
Cierre su libro.
diez
4.
el ejercicio
2.
Pasen Vds. a la pizarra Juan, lea Vd. la primera frase del ejercicio. 6. No le entiendo a Vd. repftala. Borre Vd. la frase y si^ntese. 8. Borren 7. jEstd bien! Vds. el ejercicio y si^ntense. 9. Preparen para manana la lecci6n diez y ocho. 10. Y repasen tambi^n la lecci6n de hoy. 11. Hdganme Vds. el favor de aprender bien la nueva
presta atenci6n.
escriban
siete.
5.
lecci6n.
B. 1 Mi amigo y yo entramos en el restaurant y nos sen tamos a una mesa. 2. El mozo nos da la lista. 3. Mientrasleemos la lista, el mozo pone (puts) sobre la mesa un mantel bianco. 4. Nos trae en seguida platos, vasos, cuchillos, tene5. Mozo, le digo (sat/), trdiganos Vd. dos dores y cucharas.
.
servilletas
tambi^n.
segiin el contexto de
C. ConUstese
3.
A
2.
y'B.
1.
iQu6
les dice el
profesor a los alumnos (82, b) ?

dice a
iQu6
le
dice a
Fernando?
iQu6 les dice en seguida a todos los alumnos? 4. iQu6 le Juan? 5. A todos los alumnos, ^qu^ les dice? 6. iQu6 lecci6n tienen que preparar los alumnos para manana? 7. iQu6 lecci6n tienen que rcpasar? 8. iQui^nes entran en el restaurant? 9. ^Donde se sientan Vds? 10. iQui^n les da a Vds. la lista? 11. ^Leen Vds. la lista? 12. lQ,u6 pone el mozo sobre la mesa? 13. iQu6 les trae a Vds. en seguida? 14. iQu6 dice Vd. al.mozo?
Let us repeat the lesson. 2. Let us prepare the new Let us write the twentieth exercise. Traduzcase y repitase despues negativamente. 4. Ferdinand, go to the blackboard. 5. Write the exercise. 6. Write it with
D.
1.
lesson.
3.
chalk.
7.
Now
erase
it.
8. 9.
(la lecci6n veintiuna).
Prepare (pi.) the twenty-first lesson Prepare it for to-morrow. 10. Please
prepare this lesson {neg.:

rar, etc.).
H&ganme
Vds.
el
favor de no prepa-
LESSON xvn
65
Repltase, con el pronombre personal correspondiente en vez del
nombre.
11.
waiter: Give
He enters (into) the restaurant. 12. He says to the me the bill of fare. 13. Bring me a napkin. 14. Do
the napkin to-morrow.
{pi.)
not bring
E.
1.
me
Please
close
your books and
listen.
2.
John and
Ferdinand, [please] go to the blackboard and write to-day's exercise.

3.
Write
4.
John, repeat your sentences;
6.
underhne {pi.) Prepare for
them to the class. you do not read well. 5. Now the mistakes and take your seats (= sit down). to-morrow the twenty-first lesson with the twentyall
the sentences and then read
first exercise.
7.
Please prepare well

9.
all
the
new
lesson.
8.
Let
us dine in this restaurant.

10.
Very
well!
I like this restaurant.
11.
The
Here they cook the meals well {say: well the meals) always. tablecloths, the napkins, and the plates are always clean.
13. Please
12. Waiter, give us the bill of fare.

fare.
bring us the
bill
of
14.
While we are reading
it,
the waiter brings us glasses,
knives, forks,
and spoons.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
84.
Ezpresiones
de mando.
1.
regulares empleadas en expresiones de
Las formas de los verboa mando con usted y ustedes

V
son:
2.
...
la
bian
Los verbos que sufren cambios constantes en su rafz camvocal radical e en ie o i, y o en ue, como lo hacen en la
tercera persona del presente de indicativo.

c.
general, en
El pronombre usted o ustedes se expresa una sola vez, per regla una expresi6n de mando, y no se repite.
Los pronombres personales complementarios preceden las frases prohibitivas, segun la regla general para la colocaci6n de estos pronombres (194).
85.
1.
al
verbo en
2.
En
las
expresiones de
mando
afirmativas los pronombres
personales complementarios siguen al verbo al cual estdn unidos,
formando
a.
asf
una
al
el
sola palabra.
Cuando
verbo de dos o
acento escrito.
mds
silabas se afiade
un pronombre,
el
verbo requiere
66
86.
al
1.
Vamos
(del
verbo
go.
ir)
en expresiones de mando
se tra-
duce
ingMs por
let
us
2. Cuando la expresi6n vamos a va seguida de muchas veces no significa mds que let iis.
iin infiniiivo,
LESSON xvin
88.
Infinitives.
1.
Some verbs
John
is
require
preposition
before a subordinate infinitive, but
many do
not.
Juan aprende a leer. Empieza a escribir. Me ensena a hablar espafiol. Tratamos de estudiar.
learning to read.
He He
I I
is
beginning to write.
teaches
me
to speak Spanish.
We try to
Do you
study.
No No
pienso entrar.
quiero almorzar.
do not intend to go in. do not wi^h to breakfast.

prefer to take coffee?
it?
iPrefiere Vd. tomar cafe? iPuede Vd. hacerlo?
Can you do
For a
2.
list
of these verbs, see 283.
Personal pronoun objects follow an infinitive and are

it,
attached to
so that the verb

If there are
form one word.
syllable of the infinitive

Sentarse.
and the pronoun or pronouns two pronoun objects, the final requires the accent mark.
To
seat oneself, sit
down.
(or,
^Quiere Vd. dirmelo?
Are you wilUng to

give
it
Will you)
to
me?
3. After a preposition the infinitive is regularly used in Spanish instead of the present participle (gerund).
Antes de (Despues de) comer. Estoy cansado de estudiar esta

Iecci6n.
Before (After) eating.

I
am
tired of studying
tliis
lesson.
4.
Spanish
al
+ infinitive
is
equivalent to English on
present participle (gerund).

Al entrar en el restaurant. Al leer la carta.
On going into the restaurant. On reading the letter.
LESSON XVIII
89.
67
Present Indicative
It, to
of: Venir, to
go
going ;
etc.
come
coming ;
etc.
go,
do
go,
am
/ come, do come,
am
Singular voy yas
Plural vamos
vais
1
Singular vengo
vienes
Plural
venimos
venis
va
I
van
Dar,
give,
viene
to gite
,
vienen
do give
am
giving;
etc.
Singular doy
das
Plural damos
dais
'
da
90.
dan
Forms
of Ir, Venir,
and Dar Used

\
)
J
in
Commands.
de Vd. , ,.j den Vds.
give
vaya Vd. 1 tT^j ) go vayan Vds. j

91.
venga Vd. -^ , vengan Vds.
come
Idiomatic Expressions
Acaba de
hablar.
Vuelve a hablar. Vaya Vd. a buscarlo. Venga Vd. a verme.
He has just spoken. He is speaking again. Go and get it, go after it. Come and see me.
EXERCISES
acabar, to finish
poder
(ue),* to
be
able,
can
antes de, prep., before

el
los postres, pi., dessert
apetito, appetite botella, bottle
preferir (ie), to prefer

la
la la
propina, tip
carne, meat;
came de
vaca,'^
el
queso, cheese
servir
(i),
beef
to serve
como, as empezar
la
las frutas,
la
(ie),
sopa, soup
taza,
to begin
la
cup
ensalada, salad
-pi.,
tratar, to try
fruit
'
la
el
vaca,
vino,
cow
wine
la
el
papa o patata, potato

pescado, fish
1 '
Since vais and dais are monosyllables, they do not take the accent.
In some countries called
came de
res.
Called patata in most of Spain. * Radical-changing verb in the present tenses, but irregular in some other tenses. See 270.
68
A. Continikse.
leerlo.
6. 3.

1.
Acabo de
6.
Voy a
buscarlo.
Trato de estudiar. no puedo hacerlo. 8.

B.
1.
Yo
2. Vuelvo a Aprendo a hablar espaiiol. Pienso trabajar mucho. 7. Yo empiezo a escribir la carta.
leer el libro.
4.
desayuno a las ocho, tengo buen apetito Los primeros platos que pedimos son sopa y 3. Empezamos a comerlos con buen apetito. pescado. 4. Despu^s de comer el pescado, pedimos ensalada, came y papas (patatas). 5. La ensalada que sirven en este restau6. Como todos los rant es buena y la carne es sabrosa. espanoles toman vino en las comidas, pedimos una botella. 8. Despu^s de 7. Nuestros postres son queso y frutas. acabar el almuerzo, tomamos una taza de caf6. 9. En el desayuno prefiero tomar una taza de csd6 con leche. 10. Pero en el almuerzo y la comida no tomo leche. 11. Antes de levantarnos de la mesa, damos una propina al mozo (al camarero). 12. A mi amigo y a ml nos gustan mucho los almuerzos que sirven en este restaurant.
Como me
2.
la una.
C. Conlestese segun
el contexto.
1.
Âl entrar en
el
el
restau(el
rant, se sientan Yds. a
camarero) a la mesa? a Yds. la Usta? 5. ^Leen Yds. la Hsta?

primeros platos que piden Yds.?
7.
una mesa? 2. iViene 3. iVa a buscar la Usta?

6.
mozo
4.
^Les da
iCudles son los
Êmpiezan Yds. a comerlos con buen apetito? 8. Despu^s de comer el pescado, iqu6 piden Yds.? 9. iCudles son los postres? 10. Despu6s de acabar el almuerzo, iqu6 toman Yds.? 11. iPrefiere Yd. tomar caf6 con leche en el almuerzo? 12. Antes de levantarse de la mesa, iqu6 dan Yds. al mozo (al camarero)? 13. iLes gusta a Yd. y a su amigo almorzar en este
restaurant?
D.
sir.
1.
Waiter, come to this table.

get
2. I
3.
What
does the gentleman wish?
am coming (A114 voy), (iQu6 manda el sefior?)

is
4.
Go and
me
another
glass.
5.
This [one]
not clean.
LESSON XVIII
6, 8.
69
me also a plate of soup. 7. After the soup I wish fish. me a plate of the good salad that you (Vds.) serve in this 9. And bring me also a cup of coffee. 10. Do you restaurant.
Bring
Bring
always give a tip to the waiter?
tip.
12.
Do you
give
it
to
de) rising
14. I
from the table? do not give tips to the waiters.
11. Yes, sir; I have just given him him before or after (antes o despu6s 13. Always before rising from the table.
1. Do you like the meals that they serve in this restaurant? Uke the soup, the salad, and the coffee which they serve here, but I do not Uke the meat. 3. The tablecloth, the plates, the spoons, the knives, and (the) forks are clean, 4. Sometimes the glasses are 5. Let us (86, 2) sit down at this table. 6. Will you not clean. (iQuiere Vd.) dine with us? 7. No, thank you (gracias), I have 8. I do not wish to dine again (volver a comer). just dined. 10. As I have lunch 9. But we can talk while you are eating. (Como almuerzo) at half-past twelve, I have [a] good appetite 11. Will you take a cup of coffee? ^12. No, for (the) dinner. thank you; I have just taken one cup of coffee. 13. The waiter that is serving us is very good. 14. Before rising from the table, let us give him a tip.
E.
I
2.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
1. Algunos verbos rigen a otros en el infinitive 88. Infinitives. mediante preposicion, pero muchos efectuan este regimen sin pre-
posici6n.
2.
finitive
3.
Los pronombres personales complementarios siguen y se afiaden a ^1 formando una sola palabra.
al
in-
En
La
espanol se usa
el infinitivo
despu^s de una preposici6n en
lugar del participio presente (o gerundio).

4.
expresi6n castellana al con el infinitivo corresponde a la
inglesa on con el gerundio.
91.
Ezpresiones idiomfiticas:
70
LESSON XIX
92.
Imperfect and Preterite Indicative.
1.
Spanish has
(or
in the indicative
mood two
simple past tenses where EngUsh
has one.
2.
_
These Spanish tenses are the Imperfect

inflectional endings of these tenses are:
Past
Descriptive) and the Preterite (or Past Absolute).
The
-aba, -abas, -aba, -fibamos, -abais, -aban / I . . \ II and III -la, -las, -la, -lamos, -lais, -lan
. .
: :
p
'
-e, -aste, -6, -amos, -asteis, -aron
\ II
and
III -i, -iste, -16, -imos, -isteis, -ieron

:
3.
Hablar: Imperfect
Aprender: Imperfect
/ spoke, did speak, was speaking;

etc
learned, did learn,

etc.
was learning;
PLURAIi
Singular hablaba hablabas hablaba

Preterite
Plural hablabamos
hablabais
Singular
aprendia
aprendlamos
aprendiais
aprendias
hablaban
aprendia
aprendian
Preterite
/ spoke, did speak ; etc. Singular Plural hable hablamos

hablaste
hablasteis
I learned, did Singular

aprendi aprendiste
aprendio
learn
; etc.
Plural
aprendimos
aprendisteis
hablo
hablaron
aprendieron
imperfect (past descriptive) and the preterite (past absolute) tenses have the same inflectional endings in the third conjugation that
The
they have in the second. All regular verbs are inflected in these tenses like hablar and aprender. Note carefully the position of the accent marks.
93.
The
Imperfect
Irregular
Verb Ser
Preterite
/ was
etc.
/ wa^;
etc.
Singular
era
Plural
6ramos
erais
Singular
ful fuiste
Plural
ftiimos
fuisteis
eras
era
eran
fue
fueron
LESSON XIX
71
1. When the 94. Uses of the Imperfect and Preterite. EngHsh simple past tense expresses an action or state as of
indefinite duration,
it is
equivalent to the Spanish imperfect.

it
When
is
it
expresses an action or state as definitely past,
equivalent to the Spanish preterite.

Era verdad.
It
was true
(ii
rrmy have been true long before and

true at the time to
it
may
Fue verdad.
2.
It
still
be true).
{it
was true
refers).
was
which the speaker
In narrations, the Spanish imperfect

is
is
used to describe
the conditions or circumstances which prevailed

thing happened, while the preterite
used to
when sometell what

arrived.
happened.
Llovia cuando llegamos.
a.
It
is
was raining when we
In this use the imperfect
best translated
by
was, etc.,
+ the
present participle, as in the sentence above.

3. The Spanish imperfect customary or habitual.
is
also used to tell
what was
Cuando yo era alumno de esta escuela, estudiaba mucho.

a.
vVhen I was a student in this

school, I studied (used to study,
would study) much.

would
In this use the imperfect is often best translated by vêd + the infinitive, as in the sentence above.
to
or
EXERCISES
America, America
el
llegar, to arrive
drabe, Arab
ayer, yesterday
llover (ue), to rain
morir (ue), to die

el
la
compama, company
descubrir, to discover
mundo, world
nunca, never
presidente, president
durar, to last, endure
el
encontrar (ue), to meet

la
los
el
que, conj., that

el
enfermedad, illness Estados Unidos, the United States indio, Indian

^ciiantos aflos tiene Vd.?
{lit.,
siglo,
century voyage, trip
varies, -as, several

el
viaje,
how many
years have you?),

le falta,
how
old
are you? tango veinte afios, I

(lit.,
am
twenty years old;
he lacks
there
is
lacking to him)
72
A.
el
1.

Crist6bal Colon {Christopher Columbus) descubri6
el dfa 12 (doce) de octubre {October) de 1492 (mil cuatrocientos noventa y dos). 2. Hizo {pret. de hacer) cuatro viajes al Nuevo Mundo. 3. Tenfa cincuenta (fifly) y seis anos cuando hizo el cuarto viaje; ie faltaba el vigor de la juventud {youth) y en el Nuevo Mundo tenia
Nuevo Mundo
muchos enemigos {enemies). 4. Muy enfermo volvi6 a Espana y paso a Valladolid donde estaba la Corte {Court), y donde muri6 {pret. de morir) poco despu6s {afterward).
" Por Castilla {Castile) y por Le6n Nuevo Mundo hall6 Col6n."
2. ^Cudndo descuiQui^n descubri6 a America? 3. ^Cudntos viajes hizo Col6n al Nuevo Mundo? 4. iCudntos anos tenfa cuando hizo el cuarto viaje? 5. ^Le faltaba el vigor de la juventud? 6. ^Tenfa muchos enemigos en el Nuevo Mundo? 7. Êstaba enfermo Colon cuando volvi6 a Espana? 8. Â donde pas6? 10. ^Donde muri6 Col6n? 9. iDonde estaba la Corte?
B.
1.
brio a America?
C.
en
Traduzcase, y dlgase por quS
el verba estd.
en
el
imperfecta a
el preterita.
1.
La enfermedad dur6
varios meses.
2. 3.
Ella tenia veinticinco anos cuando muri6.
4.
5.
6.
Juan escribfa todas las cartas de la companfa. Ayer escribi6 una carta a su padre. Fernando no hablo a mi padre cuando le encontr6 esta manana. Nunca hablaba Fernando a mi padre cuando le encontraba.
7.
8.
No hall6 el libro que buscaba. Yo escribfa una carta cuando mi
9.
10.
amigo entr6. Era la una de la noche cuando Uegaron. Cuando mis amigos llegaron a casa eran las dos y
llovla.
LESSON XIX
11.
73
Washington fue
Unidos.
el
primer Presidente de los Estados
12. 13.
Los indios vivfan en America. Los drabes vivieron muchos siglos en Espafia.
1.
D.
3.
When John was

2.
(estaba) in
(the)
school,
he did not
los dfas).
study much.
But he spoke Spanish every day (todos
he did learn to speak Spanish. 4. He used to write all 5. Yesterday he wrote a the Spanish letters (cartas en espaflol). Spanish letter to his aunt Mary. 6. Did you find the letter that you were looking for? 7. No, sir; I did not find it. 8. I thought
And
it. 9. What time was it when they arrived? was ten o'clock at night when they arrived at the house, and 12. Did 11. Dona Marfa was ill when she arrived. it was raining. the illness last long (mucho tiempo)? 13. No, sir; it did not last
(crei)
that you found
10. It
long.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
92.
Imperfecto
y preterite
s61o
de indicativo.
uno.
1.
El
castellano
tiene en el
tras
modo
ingl6s
indicativo dos tiempos pasados simples mientiene
que
el
el
Estos
tiempos
castellanos
son
imperfecto (o pasado descriptivo) y
el preterite (o
pasado
absolute)
3. Los tiempos imperfecto y preterite tienen las mismas terminaciones para los verbos de la tercera conjugaci6n que para los de la segunda; en consecuencia todos los verbos regulares se conjugan en estos dos tiempos como los verbos hablar y aprender.
. . .
Debe observarse cuidadosamente

acento grdfico.
el
lugar que le corresponde al
los tiempos imperfecto y pret6rito. 1. Cuando tiempo pasado simple expresa una acci6n o estado de duraci6n indefinida, se traduce al espaiiol por el imperfecto.
94.
Uso de
el
en ingl6s
Cuando expresa una

2.
accion o estado en tiempo completamente

el pret^rito.
pasado, se traduce al espanol por
En espanol se usa en la narraci6n el
imperfecto para describir
las
condiciones o circunstancias que prevaleclan cuando algiin
74

el
hecho se verificaba, pero

pret^rito.
a.
hecho mismo se expresa mediante
el
En
este caso el imperfecto espanol se traduce al ingles
mediante
IPOS, etc.,
mds
el participio
presente del verbo principal.
3.
El imperfecto se usa tambi^n para expresar hechos habi-
tuales.
a.
En
to
este caso el imperfecto espanol
puede traducirse
al ingl6s
por
used
o would
mds
el infinitive del
verbo principal.
LESSON XX
96.
Imperfect and Preterite of Radical-Changing Verbs.

indicative,
In the imperfect (past descriptive) and preterite (past absolute)
radical-changing verbs are inflected like
regular verbs, without change in the radical vowel, except

in the preterite of the third conjugation.
Here the radical
vowels e and o are changed to i and third person singular and plural.
Preterite
Sentir: I felt, did feel ;
etc.
u, respectively, in the
Singular
senti
Plural
sentimos
sentisteis
Pedir: I asked, did ask ; etc. Singular Plural pedl pedimos

pediste
pidid
sentiste
8inti6
pedisteis
sintieron
pidieron
Dormir Singular dorml

durmid
96.
slept,
did sleep ;
etc.
Plural dormimos
dormisteis
dormiste
durmieron
Article
el (Review 31). Before a a- (or ha-) and with the stress used instead of la.
The Feminine
feminine noun with
initial
on the
first syllable, el is
El agua. 1 hacha.
.
The The
the waters;
water.
axe.
But: las aguas,
las hachas, the axes.
LESSON
97.
XX
75
There are no neuter nouns in but pronouns and adjectives are called neuter when they do not refer to mascuhne or feminine objects.
The Neuter Gender.
Spanish;
Eso es bueno.
98.
That
Article lo.
is
good.
article lo is required
The Neuter
The
before the masculine form of an adjective

is
when
the adjective
used substantively with the force of an abstract noun. can not be used with a noun.
Lo bueno. Lo infinito.
Lo
The good (= that which The infinite.
is
good).
^
aceptar, to accept
EXERCISES
dormirse (ue), to go to sleep
frio, -a,
afectuosamente, affectionately
el
cold
alma,
/.,
soul
inmortal, immortal
baflarse, to bathe, take a

la calle, street
el
bath
la invitacion, invitation
invitar, to invite
cielo,
sky
el
lleno, -a, full
Acomo? how? componerse ^ de, to be composed of despedirse

of
dirigirse a, to
to,
(i)
nublado, -a, cloudy, overcast

niimero,
number
go out into
to dress oneself
Pablo, Paul
de, to take leave
salir
^
a, to
(i),
vestirse
make
one's
way
ya, already
go to
ya acabe, I have finished, I'm done; se acabo, it is finished, it's done; con mucho gusto, with great pleasure; llegue hace ocho (quince) dias, o hace ocho (quince) dias que llegue, I arrived a week (fortnight) ago.
1. Me bane y me vesti. Contirvuese. 2. Ya acab6. Acepte con mucho gusto. 4, Lo sentf mucho. 5. Llegu6 hace ocho dias. 6. Hace quince dias que me despedl de
A.
3.
alios.
B.
2.
1. Ayer me levante a las siete, Despues de desayunarme, sail a

*
me
la
baiie
calle.
y me
3.
vestl.
El
cielb
Irregular in
some tenses
(see poner 265,
and
salir 274).
76

calles estaban Uenas a casa de mi amigo Este amigo vive en la calle de Atocha,
llovfa.
5.
estaba nublado, pero no de hombres y mujeres.
4.
Las
Me
dirigf
don Pablo.
niimero 20.
6. 7.
Me
pasar
el
dfa con
6\
con mucho gusto.

su esposa
12.
y me invit6 a y su familia. 8. Acept6 la invitaci6n 9. La familia se compone de don Pablo,

recibio afectuosamente,
10.
tres hijos.
11.
Despu^s de comer
(home)
me
despedf
acost^.
de mis amigos.
Volvl a casa
y me
Como
1.
estaba
muy cansado, me dormf en seguida.
iA qu6 hora se levant6 Vd.? 2. Despu^s de levaniqu^ hizo Vd.? 3. Cuando Vd. salio a la calle, êstaba nublado el cielo? 4. Cuando Vd. sali6, ^llovla? 5. Êstaban 6. Â d6nde se dirilas calles Uenas de hombres y mujeres? 7. iD6nde vive el amigo de Vd.? 8. iC6mo le gi6 Vd.? recibio a Vd.? 9. iLe invito a Vd. a pasar el dfa con 61?
C.
tarse,
iAcept6 Vd. la invitacion? 11. ^De qui^nes se compone de don Pablo? 12. ^Despu^s de la comida se despidio Vd. de sus amigos? 13. iVolvi6 Vd. a casa? 14. Êstaba Vd. cansado (cansada)? 15. iSe acost6 Vd.? 16. ^Se durmi6 Vd. en seguida?
10.
la familia
D. Uase B,
los verhos
carnbiando a la tercera persona del singular todos

la
y pronombres que estdn en

los verhos,
etc.
padre como sujeto de
verbigrada:
primera persona, y usando mi " Ayer mi padre se
levant6,"
E.
1.
Conjiigu^nse en
verhos: cerrar, contar,
el imperfecto y pretM,to los siguientes entender, volver, sentir, dormirse, y des-
pedirse.
2. i
Cudntas y curies son

3.
is
las
jormas
del articulo determinado?
Traduzcase:
4.
is
We
prefer the good to the bad in this world.

5.
The water
immortal.
F.
1.
(estd) cold.
The waters
are cold.
6.
The
soul
7.
The
I
souls of
^
men
(de los hombres) are immortal.

Street, I rose at seven.
3.
When
1
Uved
in
Atocha
/ used
2. I
took a bath, dressed, and had breakfast at eight.
Then
would
The meaning
ia
to live,
I used
to rise, etc.
LESSON XXI
go out into the
of
street.
4. If it
77
streets
was not raining the
were
full
men and women. 5. I used to visit my friend Paul (don Pablo) who received me affectionately. 6. He would always invite me to
spend the day with him. 7. After dinner I used to return home. ^ Does your friend live 8. At ten o'clock I would go to bed. 9. 10. No. He doesn't Uve in Madrid. in Atocha Street now? 11. A week ago I went to the house in which he used to hve. 12. My friend was not there to (para) receive me, and I returned
home.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
tiempos imperfecto (pasado descriptive) y pret^rito (pasado absoluto) de indicativo, los verbos que cambian la vocal de
95.
los
la raiz se
En
conjugan
lo
mismo que
los verbos regulares, es decir, sin

el pret^rito
cambiar
la vocal radical,
exceptudndose
de
la tercera
i
conjugaci6n donde las vocales radicales e
o se cambian en
u respectivamente, en
96.
las terceras
personas del singular
plural.
El artlculo
el se
emplea con nombres femeninos que empiezan
por a o ha siempre que esta silaba lleve el acento pros6dico.
no hay nombres del genero neutro; pero se neutro aquellos pronombres y adjetivos que no se refieren a nombres masculinos o femeninos. 98. El artlculo lo se usa con la forma mascuUna del adjetivo cuando ^ste hace las veces de substantivo abstract. No puede emplearse con el nombre.
97.
En
castellano
consideran del
genero
LESSON XXI
99.
Inflection
of Adjectives {Review 35, 36).
By
ex-
ception, the following adjectives ending in consonants to
add -a
form the feminine

1.
Adjectives ending in -in, -on, and -or (not including
comparatives in -or).
Un muchacho
y hablador.
haragan, burl6n
An An
idle, rogiiish,
talkative boy. talkative
Una muchacha haragana, burlona y habladora.

*
idle, roguish,
girl.
In written Spanish a change of speaker
is
indicated
by a dash.
78
2.

Adjectives of nationality.
Un muchacho
100.
espanol.
espafiola.
Una muchacha
A A
Spanish boy. Spanish girl.
When an
it is
adjective of nationality denotes the landefinite article.
guage,
mascuUne and usually takes the

Spanish
is
El espafiol no es fdcil. Estudiamos el espafiol.
not easy.
We
are studying Spanish.
a. But the article may be omitted when the name of a language immediately follows hablar, or is used with en.
Habla usted
espafiol (o caste-
Do you
speak Spanish?
Uano)? EstS escrito en espafiol

castellano).
(o
en
It is written in Spanish.
Note also such idiomatic expressions as ima lecci6n de francos, a French lesson; tm ejercicio de espafiol, a Spanish exercise.
h.
The term
in
castellano (Castilian)
is
considered preferable to espafiol
in certain expressions, such as la gramdtica castellana, Sjxinish
grammar; some Spanish-American countries the Spanish language is more commonly called el castellano.
and
101.
Most verbs
classified as irregular
form the imperfect
indicative regularly.
Thus, this tense
is
regular in the irregu-
lar verbs estar, tener, poder,
and querer.
102.
Preterite
PlttraIi
etc.
Singular
Estar:
Singular
Tener:
/
Jiad,
Plural
etc.
/ was;
or did have;
estuve
estuviste
estuvimos
estuvisteis
tuve
tuviste
tuvimos
tuvisteis
estuvo
estuvieron
etc.
tuvo
tuvieron
etc.
Poder
/ covld, or was able;
Querer
/ wished, or did wish;
pude
pudiste
pudimos
pudisteis
quise
quisiste
qulsimos
quisisteis
pudo
pudieron
irregular preterites
qulso
quisieron
Note that these
not have the accent on the endings of the
have a change of stem, and do first and third persons singular.
LESSON XXI
EXERCISES
Carlos, Charles
79
casi,
almost
el
cortes, polite, courteous

la
mas, more, most muchacho, boy; la muchacha, girl; los muchachos, children.
duda, doubt
Emilia,
Emily
perfectamente, perfectly
que, than romance, Romance from Latin)
triguefio,
Felipe, Philip
fonetico, -a, phonetic
(derived
frances, -esa, French
hermoso, -a, handsome

igualmente, equally
Isabel, Elizabeth
la lengua,
traidor, -ora, treacherous
-a,
dark-complex-
ioned
language
1 call myself),
al contrario,
is;
on the contrary; me llamo (lit., ic6mo se llama Vd.? what is your name?
1.
my name
A. Continikse.
No
3.
hablaba
4.
espanol.
No pude hallar el B. 1. Don Felipe y

Tenfan dos
seis
soy espanol (espaiiola). 2. Yo no queria aprender el castellano. libro. 5. Me llamo Felipe (Isabel).
Yo
su esposa dona Isabel eran espaiioles.
2.
hijos,
Carlos
doce.
Emilia.
4.
3.
Carlos tenia diez
aiios
triguenos,
y Emilia hermosos y
Los dos muchachos eran

5.
corteses.
Como
eran espaiioles,
hablaban casi perfectamente el castellano. 6. Querian aprender a hablar y escribir el ingles tambien. 7. Yo les daba lecciones de ingles casi todos los dias. 8. Creian que el ingles era mas dificil que el castellano. 9. Yo creia, al contrario, que el castellano era mas dificil. 10. La verdad es que las dos lenguas son dificiles. IL Para aprender a hablar y escribir correctamente una lengua, tiene uno que {one has to) estudiar mucho. 12. No hay duda de que la
mds dificil. 13. La ortografia castellana mds fonetica que la inglesa. 14. Pero la gramdtica casteliana y la gramatica inglesa son igualmente dificiles. C. Contestese. 1. ^C6mo se Uamaba la esposa de don Felipe? 2. iC6mo se llamaba su hijo? 3. iComo se Uamaba
ortografia inglesa es
es
80
su hija?
4.

iCudntos aiios tenia Carlos? 5. iCudntos afios 6. iEran espanoles o ingleses? 7. iHablaban
8.
tenia Emilia?
espanol o ingles?
9.
iQuerfan aprender
10.
el castellano?
el ingles
tarabi^n?
el
iLes daba Vd. lecciones de ingles?
iCrefan ellos que

11. iCrefa
ingles era
el ingles
12. iSon diffciles las dos lenguas? iTiene uno que estudiar mucho para aprender una lengua? 14. Ês mds diffcil la ortograffa inglesa? 15. Ês
mds diffcil que era mds diffcil?
Vd. que
13.
mds
D.
fon^tica la ortograffa castellana?

1.
iCudles son las formas masculina y femenina, singtdar y
'plural,
de bianco, fuerte, cortes, ingles, traidor, inferior?

2.
Traduzcase.
This
this
man
i3
talkative;
is
woman woman
5.
is
is is
handsome and
not talkative.
8.
strong.
4.
3.
This
is
is
This
6.
girl
French; she
also
poUte.
7.
She does not speak Spanish.

not easy.
is
She
is
studying Spanish.
is difficult.
Spanish
The English language

10.
9.
This book
written in French.
French
Romance
language.
E. 1. Spanish and French are Romance languages. 2. (The) French grammar and (the) Spanish are equally difficult. 3. But (the) Spanish spelling is more phonetic than (the) French. 4. When 5. I did not I lived in Madrid, Don Felipe taught me Spanish. speak Spanish correctly. 6. I wished to learn to speak it and write it perfectly. 7. In order to learn Spanish I took lessons nearly every day. 8. Dona Isabel, Don Felipe's wife, was handsome and very courteous. 9. The two children (hijos), Emily and Charles, were 10. They spoke Spanish and French, and dark-complexioned.
they wished to learn English. they were glad (contentos).

nearly every day.
an EngUsh
exercise.
lesson.
talked English with them was able to give them lessons 13. One day it rained, and I could not give them 14. But they learned the leaaoa and wrote the
11. 12. I
When I
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
99.
Inflezi6n de los adjetivos.
For
excepci6n los siguientes
adjetivos terminados en consonante
forman su femenino anadiendo
LESSON XXII
una a:
los
1. los
81
adjetivos terminados en -fin, -fin

;
y -or
(sin incluir
comparativos terminados en -or)
2. los
adjetivos que denotan
nacionalidad.
100.
el
Cuando
el
adjetivo de nacionalidad denota el idioma,
toma
g^nero masculino
y va generalmente
precedido del artfculo
determinado.
a. Se puede suprimir el artlculo cuando el nombre de la lengua sigue inmediatamente al verbo hablar, o cuando se usa con la preposici6n en.
espaiiol, p>or ejempio, la
de gramdtica castellana; y en algunos pa!ses hispanoamericanos Uaman comunmente a la lengua nacional el casteh.
En
ciertas expresiones se prefiere el t^rmino castellano al
llano.
101.
La mayor
parte de los verbos irregulares forman su imAsf,
perfecto de indicativo regularmente.
pues, este tiempo es
regular en los verbos irregulares estar, tener, poder,

102.
. .
.
querer.
Hay
que notar que estos pret^ritos irregulares sufren
im cambio en su radical y no llevan el acento en las personas primera y tercera del singular.
LESSON xxn
103.
The
Definite Article is Required.

all of
1.
Before a noun
it
used in
a general sense to denote

las flores.
the thing or kind

a
names.
Las mujeres aman
But,
2.
Women
(as
rule) love flowers
(generally speaking).
Compramos
flores.
We
are buying (some) flowers.

title
Before a proper noun modified by a
or a descriptive
adjective, except in direct address.

El sefior Garcfa. pequefla Isabel.
Mr. Garcia.
Little Elizabeth.
La
But, Buenos dlas, sefior Garcfa.
Good
day, Mr. Garcia.
a. Don and dofia (used before given names only) are exceptions in that they never require the definite article: dofia Emilia no estA en
casa, Dofia Emilia is not at home.
82
h.

Note the meanings
sir,
of sefior, seilora, sefiorito,

seflores,
and
sefiorita.
Mr., gentleman; Mr. and Mrs. se&ora, Mrs., madam (ma'am), Master, young gentleman. Miss, young lady.
seiLor,
sefiorito,
Messrs.,
sirs,
gentlemen,
lady.
sefiorita,
104.
Decir, to say,
tell
Present Indicative
Ver, to see
I eay
(tell),
do say
(tell),
am
saying
see,
do
see,
am
seeing;
etc.
{telling); etc.
SiNQUiiAR
digo
dices
Plural
decimos
decis
SlNOtTLAB
dice
dicen
veo ves ve
Plural vemos
veis
ven
105.
Ir, to
Imperfect Indicative
go
etc.
Ver, to see
I went, did
go,
was going ;
I saw, did
veia
veias
see,
was
seeing; etc.
Singular
iba
ibas
iba
Plural
fbamos
ibais
Singular
Plural
veiamos
veiais
iban
veia
is
veian
The
106.
imperfect indicative of decir and venir
formed regularly.
Preterite
Decir
Ver
(teU)
;
/ said
(told),
did say
etc.
I saw, did see;
etc.
Singular
dije
dijiste
Plural
dijimos
dijisteis
Singular
vi
viste
Plural
vimos
visteis
dijo
It
dijeron
vi6
vieron
Venir
etc.
/ went, did go;
I cam^, did com^;
etc.
Singular
fui
fuiste
Plural
fuimos
fuisteis
Singular
vine
viniste
Plural
vinimos
vinisteis
fa6
fueron
vino
vinieron
LESSON XXII
a.
Ir, to go,
83
and
set, to be,
has
lost its
own
*
with the colloquial
have the same preterite. Tliis is because and has borrowed that of ser. Compare English expression: I was to town yesterday.
preterite
EXERCISES
el apellido,
el
amar, to love surname, family name bautismo, baptism; nombre de bautismo, baptismal or given
el hierro, el
iron
el
marido, husband mortal, mortal oro, gold

pequefio, -a,
little,
name
casado, -a, married
small
signifi-
pregimtar, to ask (a question)

el
comprar, to buy
conocer,
to
significado,
meaning,
know
quainted with),
(= be meet
ac-
cance
la tarjeta, card; tarjeta
de
visita,
conservar, to retain
visiting card
cordialmente, cordially
usar, to use,
fitil,
wear
ense&ar, to show, teach

entregar, to hand, dehver
la flor, flower
useful
la visita, visit
A. Continuese.
ver a Vd.
4.
1.
Fui a verlos.
5.
Le
dije la verdad.
2. Los Conoci
vi.
3.
Vine a
al senor Garcfa.
(al
B.
1.
En Granada
conoci a los seiiores de Garcia

.
y su senora esposa) 2. La familia se componia de don Fernando el marido, dona Emilia la esposa, y la
senor Garcia
pequena Isabel su
hacerles
una
5.
visita.
mente.
Un
3. Don Fernando me invito a Fui a verlos y me recibieron cordialdia don Fernando vino a verme. 6. La criada
hija.
4.
me
lei:
entreg6 la tarjeta de visita del senor. 7. En la tarjeta " Fernando Garcia y Morales." 8. Cuando conoci bien
9.
a este senor, le pregunte el significado de estos nombres. Me dijo que Fernando era su nombre de bautismo (o de pila).^ 10. Dijo tambien que Garcia era el apellido de su padre y Morales el apellido de su madre. 11. Me explico que muchos espanoles usan los dos apellidos. 12. Me ensen6 una tarjeta de visita de doiia Emilia. 13. En esta tarjeta
>
Pila
is
the baptismal font.
84
lei:

14. Me explic6 que en mujeres casadas conservan el apellido del padre. Gonzdlez era el apellido del padre de dona Emilia.
" Emilia Gonzdlez de Garcia."

las
Espana
15.
16.
Me
dijo
tambien que
el
pequeiia Isabel eran: Isabel Garcia C. Contestese.
nombre y los apellidos de y Gonzdlez.

el
la
Serla conveniente que
profesor, antes de hacer
estas preguntas, escribiera en la pizarra los
nombres de bautismo (o de
1. Cuando Vd. estuvo ^De cudntas personas
pila)
los apellidos de la
familia Garcia.
2.
en Granada â qui^nes conoci6?

se
la esposa?
componia esa familia? 3-5. iC6mo se llamaba el marido? 6. ^Le invit6 a Vd. don Fernando a la hija? 7. lFu6 Vd. a verlos? 8. iC6mo le hacerles una visita? recibieron a Vd.? 9. ^Vino don Fernando a hacerle a Vd. una visita? 10. iQu6 le entreg6 a Vd. la criada? 11 iQu6 nombres estaban escritos en la tarjeta? 12. ^Le pregunt6 Vd. al senor el significado de esos nombres? 13-15. iCxi&l era el nombre de bautismo del marido? de la esposa? de la hija? 16-18. ^Cudles eran los apellidos del marido? de
la esposa?
de la hija?
19.
Ên Espaiia conservan las mujeres

es
20. Los hijos usan verdad?
el
casadas
el apellido del
padre?
apellido
de
la
madre tambien, ^no

1.
D.
4.
Man
is
is
mortal.
2.
Men
are mortal.
5.
3.
Iron
is useful.
buying iron with gold. 6. Do you like flowers? 7. Yes, sir; I like flowers. 8. I am buying 9. Mr. Garcfa is a Spaniard. 10. Mrs. flowers for my mother. Garcia (La sefiora de Garcfa) is Spanish. 11. I met Mr. and Mrs. Garcia in Granada. 12. I met Miss Garcia also. 13. What are your given names? 14. What is your surname?
Iron
useful than gold.
is
more
He
2.
1. Mr. Garcia y Morales was the father of Uttle EUzabeth. Mrs. Gonzdlez de Garcfa was her mother. 3. The surname of EUzabeth was Garcia y Gonzdlez. 4. EUzabeth was a handsome, dark-complexioned [girl]. 5. Like (Como) aU Spanish girls she loved flowers. 6. She liked books and pictures, but she preferred flowers. 7. She used to buy flowers every day. 8. Mr. Garcia
E.
LESSON XXIII
did not like flowers.
9.
85
He would
10.
say that coal and iron are

coal to
more
useful than flowers.

11.
One day he bought
warm
the house.
He
said that he could not
warm
the house with
flowers (ipor que no se vâ el articulof).

useful.
13.
12. Visiting cards are
When Don Fernando came
to see me, the maidservant
handed me this gentleman's card. 14. I read on the card his given name and his family names. 15. I asked (to) Don Fernando the meaning of these names and he explained them to me.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
103. El articulo determinado se usa: 1. delante de un nombre usado en sentido colectivo y que se refiere a toda la clase o especie; 2. delante de un nombre propio modificado por un tltulo o adjetivo
descriptive, exceptudndose el vocativo,
a.
considerarse
Los t^rminos don y doila (delante de nombres de bautismo) deben como excepciones en el sentido de que no requieren el
se
articulo determinado.
6.
No
olvide
cudles
son los significados de las voces
sefior,
seiiora, seiLorito,
seflorita.
106.
el
ir
a.
verbo
Ir y ser tienen el mismo preterite. Esto se debe a que ha perdido su preterite y ha tornado el del verbo ser.
LESSON xxin
107.
Definite Article for Possessive.
1.
When
speaking
of parts of the
is
body or
articles of clothing, the definite article
generally used instead of the possessive adjective.
Los niilos abrieron Perdi el sombrero.

2.
los ojos.
The
children opened their eyes.
I lost
my hat.
To
avoid ambiguity, an indirect object pronoun
may
be used
also.
I cut
Me corte el dado. Me puse el sombrero.

a.
my
on
finger.
I put
my
hat.
But the
possessive
is
generally used before the subject of a sen*
tence: su sombrero es nuevo, his hat is new.
86
6.

Note the following use Tengo
of tener
the
name
of
a part of the body.
Ids ojos cansados.
My
eyes are tired.

cold.
Tiene las manos
muy
frias.
His hands are very
lar objects
When speaking of simione of which belongs to each member of a group, the singular is generally used in Spanish.
108.
Distributive Construction.
Los
niilos se lavaron la cara
The
children
washed
their faces
and hands. y las manos. (Cara is singvlar since each child has one, while manos
since each child has two.)
is
plural
Se limpiaron
cepillo
los dientes con
They
cleaned their teeth with
y polvos.
brushes and powder.
109.
Hacer,
to
Present Indicative
ma\e, do
{do),
etc.
Poner, to put
I make
{do),
do make
am mak-
I pvi, do
pid,
am putting;
Plural
ponemos
poneis
etc.
ing {doing);
SiNQtJLAB
Plukal
hacemos
haceis
Singular
hago
haces hace
hacen
Dar,
I
give,
pongo pones pone

to gioe
ponen
do
give,
am
giving;
etc.
Singular
doy das
Plural damos
dais
da
110.
dan
Preterite
Hacer
I
Poner
etc.
made {did), did make {did do); Singular Plural

hice
hiciste
I put, did put;
etc.
Singular
puse
pusiste
Plural
pusimos
pusisteis
hicimos
hicisteis
hizo
hicieron
puso
pusieron
LESSON XXIII
Dar
7 gave, did give;
etc.
87
Singular
di
Plural
dimos
disteis
diste
di6
a.
dieron
The imperfect
of hacer, poner,
and dar
is
formed regularly.
111.
Present Indicative
Conocer, to \now, be acquainted with
I know, do know,
am
knowing;
etc.
Singular
conozco
Plural conocemos
conoceis
conoces
conoce
a.
conocen
The imperfect and
the preterite of conocer are formed regularly.
112. Most verbs ending in -cer or -cir preceded by a vowel are inflected like conocer (thus nacer, to he born; lucir, These are usually called Inceptive Verbs. to shine; etc.).
EXERCISES
abrir, to
open
(a),
la
mano, hand
nino, small boy, child; la nifla,
apresurarse
(to)
to
make
haste
el
small
el
girl, child;
los niilos,
los cabelloSji hair (of the head)

la
children
,
cara, face
capillar, to
ojo,
eye
brush
peinar, to
los polvos
comb
tooth-
el
cepillo,
brush; cepillo de dien-
dentifricos,^
tes,
toothbrush
(ie),
powder
despertarse
to
wake
up,
porque,
because,
for;
ipot
awaken
el el
que? why?
responder, to answer
saltar, to
diente, tooth
jabon, soap
lavar, to
jump
dry
(out)
wash
secar, to
la toalla,
limpiar, to clean
towel
en este momento, at this moment; es hora de, it is time to or for; hace frio, it is cold; tango frio, I am cold; tengo hambre, I am hungry.
^
Or
el pelo.
Or polvos para
los dientes.
88
A.
las
Contin'dese.

1.
Abrf
los
ojos.
2.
Me
(el
lav6 la cara
pelo).
4.
manos. 3. tenfa hambre.

Morales.
7.
Me
5.
cepill6
los
hice.
cabellos
6. 8.
Yo
No
el
lo
Yo
Le
conozco al senor
di el libro.
Me puse
sombrero.
despertaron y abrieron los ojos. cama porque ya eran las siete. 3. jLa familia se desayunaba a las siete y media! 4. Los ninos se lavaron la cara y las manos con agua y jab6n. 5. Y se las
B.
1.
Los dos
niiios se
2.
Saltaron de la
secaron con una toalla.

dientes con
cepillo
6.
En
7.
polvos.
8.
los cabellos (o el pelo).
En
9.
seguida se limpiaron los Se peinaron y se cepiUaron este momento entr6 en el

dfas,
cuarto la madre de
los ninos.
11. 10.
los ninos.
Buenos
mamd,
dijeron
Buenos
dlas, hijos mlos, respondi6 la
Ya
es hora del desayuno.
Vamos
13.
ninos se apresuraron a vestirse.

el
madre. Los Porque hacfa frlo en

al
comedor.
12.
cuarto
tenlan hambre.
se
C.
1.
iA qu6 hora
desayunaba
3.
la familia?
2.
Â qu^
hora se despertaron los ninos? 4. ^Saltaron de la cama? ninos?

la cara
i Abrieron los ojos los

5.
iCon qu6
se lavaron
7.
las
manos?
6.
iCon qu6
8.
se las secaron?
iCon
qu6 se limpiaron los dientes?

los cabellos (el pelo)?
el
9.
iSe peinaron
11.
se cepillaron
En
este
momento iqui6n
entr6 en
cuarto?
10.
la
madre?
iQu6 respondi6 iQu6 13. 12. iQu6 hicieron los ninos en seguida?
le
dijeron los ninos?
iPor qu6?
D. Traduzcase, y repUase con
1.
los sujetos
de los verbos en plural.
The
child op>ened his eyes.

2.
(El niflo abri6 los ojos.
Los
nifios
3.
abrieron los ojos.)
The
6.
cleaned
5. I
my
teeth with
brushed
8. I
my hair.
was born
M made You
child
washed
his face
4. I
toothbrush.
and hands. combed my

7.
hair.*
haste to dress.
You were
hungry.
^
in the United States.

(but in 5 the
Omit.
Me
pein6
is sufficient
noun
is
required).
LESSON XXIII
E.
1.
89
mother upon entering
said the children.
3.
Good
day,
my
2.
children, said the
(88, 4) the
room.
Good
day,
mamma,
was
The
4.
children
jumped out
of bed, for it
half-past seven o'clock.
And
wash
to
they had-breakfast (imperf.) at eight! 5. They their faces and hands with soap and water. 6.
7.
made haste Then they
brushed their hair and cleaned their teeth.

teeth they
To
(Para) clean their
powder.
made use of 8. They made

9.
(se sirvieron de) toothbrushes
haste to dress because
it
and tooth was breakfast10. When When they
time, {vease B, 11).
They were
12.
cold
and hungry.
11.
children are cold, they wish to
warm
themselves.
are hungry, they wish to eat.

appetite.
13. I
Children always have [a] good
knew
these children
and
their parents.
14.
They
were
all
born (= All were born)
in Spain.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
107.
1.
Empleo
del articulo determinado en vez
del posesivo.
Para
referirse a las diferentes partes del

el
cuerpo
humano o a
prendas de vestir se emplea en vez del adjetivo posesivo.

las diversas
2.
articulo determinado
Para evitar ambigiiedad se puede emplear im complement
indirecto pronominal.
a.
En
caxnbio se hace use del adjetivo posesivo cuando se trata del
Bujeto de la frase.
6.
Hay que
Use
notar
partes del cuerpo
el empleo humano.
del verbo tener con el
nombre de
las
108.
distributive,
Cuando se habla de objetos semej antes

del grupo,
de
los cuales
uno corresponde a cada individuo
en espanol
se emplea por regla general el singular.

110. a. El imperfecto de indicative de los verbos hacer, poner y dar se forma regularmente.
111. a. El imperfecto y larmente tambi^n.
el pret^rito
de conocer se forman regu-
112. La mayor parte de los verbos terminados en -cer o -cir despu6s de vocal se conjugan como conocer (tales como nacer,
lucir, etc.).
Estos verbos llevan
el
nombre gen^rico de
Incipientes.
90
LESSON XXIV
113.
1.
Negative Pronouns and Adverbs

nobody
none
ni, nor;
nadie, no one,
ni
ni,
neither
nada, nothing
nor
ninguno
(ningfin), -a, no,
tampoco, neither
nimca, never
iQuien vino? Nadie vino.
Nadie.
Who
No
came?
No
one.
Nada
tengo.
one came. I have nothing, or I haven't anything.
2.
it.
When such negatives foHow the verb, no must precede This means that then they are really affirmative in force.
No
conozco a
nada.
nadie en
know no
one, or I
do not know
Bxirgos.
anyone, in Burgos.
I
No tengo
No
have nothing, or I haven't anything.
tengo ni pluma ni papel.
have neither pen nor paper, or I haven't either pen or paper.
According to the Spanish 114. Changes in Spelling. system of orthography, it is sometimes necessary to change the spelhng of the stem of an inflected word, to show that the pronunciation does not change.
1.
The
rules for the
more common changes

k
c
are:
To
express the sound of:
hard g
g
gw
gu
gii
jota
zeta
z
c
Before -a or -o, or final, write Before -e or -i, write

-
qu
^^
gu
Sacar: saco, I take out; saque, I took out. Llegar: llego, I arrive; llegue, I arrived.
t.sf
Coger: cojo, I catch; coges, you catch. Empezar: empece, I began; empezaste, you began.
luces, hghts.
Luz, light;
LESSON XXIV
a.
91
trabajar: trabajo, I rvork;
But verbs in -jar keep the j throughout:
trabaje, / worked.
2.
When
the stem of a verb of the second or the third

a,
e,
conjugation ends in
follows:
or o, its preterite
is
written as
Singular
crei
creiste
Plural
creimos
creisteis
crey6
a.
creyeron
Note the unusual accent-marks in the second person singular and and second persons plural, and the change of -16 and -ie- to -y6 and -ye- in the third person. This is because stressed i, standing next to a, e, or o, requires the written accent; and y takes the place of
the
first
unstressed
between vowels.
115.
To
express an act or state that continues from the

is
past into the present, the present tense

while in English the present perfect
is
used in Spanish,
used.
Hace
veinticuatro
horas que
este libro esta sobre la mesa.
This book has been on the desk for twenty-four hours.
Hace dos
Madrid.
afios
que vivimos en
We
have
lived, or
we have been
for
living, in
Madrid
two years
hence the
(and we are stiU

present tense).
there,
Compare, Memos titido dos aflos en Madrid.
We have lived
years
in
Madrid
for
two
{we are not there now,
hence the perfect tense).

a.
Similarly,
if
the act or state continues from one period in the past

is
into another less remote, the imperfect tense

in
used in Spanish, while
EngUsh the
pr-perfect
is
used.
Cuando mi padre
aflos
murifi, hacia
dos
When my
been
years.
father died
we had
for
que viviamos en Madrid.
living in
Madrid
two
'
92
'UQAJc/d^/
EXERCISES
llevar, to carry
4f*
la
aguardar, to await, wait for americana, coat {of a man's btisi-
la
media, stocking, hose

mirar, to look at
*
nm suit)
el bolsillo,
la blusa, blouse
XAi VUUjQ/
JJ
/
la
los pantalones, trousers
pocket
prenda de
clothing
reloj
'
vestir,
article
of
el calcetin, sock, half-hose
la corbata, necktie, cravat

el
el
/
t
.
(de
*
cortaplumas, penknife
corto, -a, short C/p^/fh
reloj (de
bolsillo), watch; pared o de mesa),
SA,Cfy
la
clock
el
chaleco, waistcoat, vest

largo, -a, long
ropa, clothes;
ropa interior,
la chaqueta, (boy's) coat, jacket

y^
^
underclothes
el
zapato, shoe
la levita, frock coat
WVA>t^
creo que no, I believe not; digo que sf, I say yes; yo no, not I; acababa' de hablar, he had just spoken; acabd de hablar, he finished
speaking.
1. Dije que sf. 2. Empec^ a vestirme. Acab6 de vestirme. 4. No conozco a nadie en Caracas. 5. No pido nunca nada a nadie. 6. Hace tin ano que vivo 7. Hace un mes que estudio el espanol. aquf.
A. Continuese.
3.
Escribase.
rect;
8. Presente de indicativo de corregir

to
(i),
to cor-
veneer,
conquer; nacer, to he horn.
9.
Pretirito de
leer, to read;
olr, to
hear; pagar, to pay; sacar, to take out;
rezar, to pray.
B. 1. Despu^s de lavarse la cara y las manos los niftoa empezaron a vestirse. 2. Se pusieron la ropa interior y las medias (o los calcetines). 3. En seguida se pusieron los
pantalones, la blusa
*
la corbata.
4.
Como estos ninos tenfan
' * *
Also called saco in some Spanish-American countries. Also called bolsa {as in Mexico). Also used in the singular: el pantaldn, trousers. It is usually not necessary to express de bolsillo, de pared or de mesa. Only the present and the imperfect of acabar are used for English hate
Jutt
and had
just.
LESSON XXIV
el
93
anos y el otro nueve, no usaban pantalones Para ponerse los zapatos se sentaron en la cama. 6. Los hombres usan levita o americana (saco) y chaleco. 7. Los niiios usan chaqueta pero no usan chaleco. 8. Estos ninos llevaban en el bolsillo cortaplumas nuevos que su padre acababa de darles. 9. Ni el uno ni el otro tenia reloj. 10. Mientras se vestian, miraban la hora {the time) en el 11. A las siete y media acabaron de vestirse. reloj de pared. 12. Y se dirigieron al comedor donde los aguardaban sus
lino siete
5.
largos.
padres.
C.
siete
1. iCudles son las prendas de vestir de un nino de anos? 2. Ûsa pantalones cortos o largos? 3. iUsa
chaqueta o levita?
4.
Ûsa chaleco?
5.
Ên donde
6.
se
sentaron estos niiios para ponerse los zapatos?
Mientras se vestian, ên que miraban la hora? 7. Â que hora acabaron de vestirse? 8. Â d6nde se dirigieron en seguida? 9. ^Qui^nes los aguardaban en el comedor? 10. iQu6 llevaban los ninos en el bolsillo? 11. ^Qui^n acababa de darles los cortaplumas? 12. ^Tenlan ellos reloj es?
not any es igual a no one o none; not Haven't you anything to write with [ = with which (que) to write]]? 2. Not I. I have neither pen nor ink. 3. Nor I either. 4. I haven't anything. 5. I never have anything. 6. Haven't you any friends? 7. Yes, sir; I have some friends. 8. I haven't any. 9. We have not studied the lesson. 10. We have studied the lesson [for] two hours.
D. (Debe
tenerse presente que

etc.) 1.
anything a nothing;
1. Do boys ten years old (= of ten years) wear long trousers? beUeve not. Boys ten years old wear short trousers. 3. They never wear long trousers. 4. Men wear long trousers and coats
E.
2. I
and waistcoats
(vests).
5.
The two
children of
6. It
whom
(de quienes)
in the
we were speaking made
haste to dress.
was cold
room
and they were hungry. 7. They put on their underclothes, their stockings and their shoes. 8. They put on their blouses and neckties, and then their coats. 9. They would look often at the clock
94
to see the tims.
11.

10.
They did not carry watches
in their pockets.
Before entering the dining room, they combed [their hair] 12. At a quarter past eight o'clock they again {lisese volver).
finished dressing
had
just sat
down
minutes.
15.
and entered the dining room. 13. Their parents 14. They had been waiting fifteen at the table. All began (the) breakfast with [a] good appetite.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
113.
2.
Pronombres y adverbios negatives

lo cual quiere decir
1:
Cuando
estos vocablos negativos siguen al verbo, el adverbio
no debe precederle,
que dichos vocablos son
realmente afirmativos.
114.
Cambios
ortogr&ficos.
De
acuerdo con
el
el
sistema pro-
s6dico castellano, con objeto de conservar
sonido del radical de
una palabra. es necesario a veces cambiar su ortografla. 1. Cambios ortogrdficos que son necesarios para conservar
sonido de las consonantes
a.
c, g, gti, j, z:
. .
el
El verbo cuyo
infinitivo
termina en -jar, conserva la

la
j.
2.
Cuando
. .
el radical
de un verbo de
jugaci6n termina en
siguiente:
.
a, e,
o,
segunda o tercera consu pret^rito se forma de la manera
o. Obs6rvense Ids acentos grdficos excepcionales sobre la segunda persona del singular y primera y segunda del plural, y el cambio de las terminaciones -i6 y -ie- en -y6 y -ye- en la tercera persona. Esto Be debe a que la i acentuada junto a las vocales a, e, o requiere el acento escrito; pero la y substituye a la i no acentuada cuando va
entre vocales.
Para expresar una acci6n o estado que continua del pasado en espanol se hace uso del tiempo presente gramatical mientras que en ingl^ se requiere el presente perfecto.
115.
al presente,
a. Igualmente, si la acci6n o estado continu6 desde un perfodo de tiempo pasado hasta otro menos remoto, en espanol se expresa la idea mediante el tiemp>o imperfecto mientras que en ingles se usa el plus-
cuamperfecto.
LESSON XXV
95
LESSON XXV
116.
Future and Conditional.
The future and the coninfinitives:
ditional (or past future) indicative of all regular verbs are
formed by adding the following endings to the

Future: -e, -ds,
-.,
-emos,
-eis,
-dn
*
Conditional: -ia, -las, -ia, -iamos, -iais, -ian
117.
Future
Plural
shall be speaking;
etc.
Conditional
Singular
etc.
Singular
I.
Plural
/ shaU speak,
I should speak, should be speaking;
hablare
hablaremos
hablareis
hablaria hablarias hablaria
hablariamos
hablariais
hablaras
hablard
II.
hablardn
hablarian
I shall learn, shall be learning;

etc.
/ should learn, shoidd be learning;

etc.
aprendere aprender&s aprenderd

III.
aprenderemos
aprendereis
aprenderia aprenderias
aprenderia
aprenderiamos
aprenderiais
aprenderan
shall be living; etc.
aprenderian
should be living;
etc.
/ shaU
live,
I shoidd
viviria
live,
vivire
viviremos
vivireis
viviriamos
viviriais
viviras
viviri
vivirias
viviria
viviran
vivirian
118. All radical-changing verbs and many irregular verbs form the future and conditional indicative regularly. Thus, the irregular verbs ser, estar, and ir form these
tenses regularly.
>
The Spanish
indicative future tense
ia
formed by postfixing to the
infinitive the indicative present tense of haber, the conditional
by post-
fixing the imperfect tense.
hablar(h)e hablar(h)is hablar(h)&
hablar(h)emos
hablar(hab)eis hablar(h)an
hablar(hab)fa
hablar(hab)ias hablar(hab)ia
hablar(hab)iamos
hablar(hab)iais
hablar(hab)ian
Note the disappearance of hab-.
96
119.
Names
abril,
of the
Months
of the
Year: enero, febrero,

septiembre, octubre,
marzo,
mayo, junio,
julio, agosto,
noviembre, diciembre. All are of the masculine gender.

120. Days of the Month. The cardmal numbers are used to express the days of the month, with the one exception
of primero,
first.
El primero (o
el tres, etc.
el tmo), el dos.
The
first,
the second, the tlurd,
de enero.
etc., of
January.
EXERCISES
el
caballo, horse
la
semana, week
s61o, adv.,
los
el el
demis, the
lago, lake
rest,
others
el sitio, place, site
jardin, flower garden
only
adv., early
tarde, adv., late
nadar, to swim
necesario, -a, necessary
partir de, to leave, depart
temprano,
treinta, thirty;
treinta
y uno,
from
el
-a, thirty-one
pescar, to fish
la poblaci6n,i
el
rio, river
^timo, -a,
verauo,
last
town
summer
montar a
caballo,
hace buen (mal) tiempo, the weather

to ride on horseback.
is fine
(bad)
A. Continaese.
ver6
el
1.
Partir^ el primero de julio.

3.
2.
Vol-
quince de agosto.
Montar6 a
5.
caballo.
4.
No me
6.
gustarla
montar a
llegu^.
caballo.
7.
Me
equivoque.
Hace
echo dfas que

B.
1.
Hace quince
dias que estoy aquf.
pasaremos algunas semanas en el el primero (el uno) o el dos de julio. 3. Y volveremos el dltimo dfa de agosto. 4. Buscaremos una casa en un sitio hermoso. 5. No serd diffcil encontrar una casa con jardin. 6. En la poblaci6n me levanto tarde. 7. En el campo me levantar^ temprano. 8. Me
Este verano
2.
campo.
Partiremos de la poblaci6n
Also pueblo,
or, if small,
pueblecito or pueblito.
LESSON XXV
acostar6 temprano tambi^n.
varies libros.
10. Si llueve,
9.
97
Llevaremos con nosotros 11. Si hace 12. Yo buen tiempo, mi hermana montard a caballo. pescar6 o nadar6 en las aguas de algdn lago o rfo. 13. Crel que serfa necesario pasar el verano en la poblaci6n, pero me equivoque. 14. No me gustarla pasar los meses de julio y agosto en esta poblaci6n.
leeremos los libros. C.
4.
partirdn Vds. de la poblaci6n?
se
verano? 2. iCudndo iCudndo volverdn Vds,? iQu6 buscardn Vds. en el campo? 5. Ên la poblaci6n 6. Ên el campo se levanta Vd. temprano o tarde?
1.
iD6nde pasar dn Vds.
el
3.
7. ^Se acostard Vd. temprano 8. Si llueve, 9. Si hace tambi^n? iqu6 leerd Vd.? buen tiempo imontard a caballo su hermana de Vd.? 10-11. Si hace buen tiempo ien d6nde pescard (nadard) Vd.? 12. iCrey6 Vd. que serfa necesario pasar el verano en la poblaci6n? 13. iSe equivoc6 Vd.? 14. ^Le gustarfa a Vd. pasar los meses de juho y agosto en esta poblaci6n?
levantard Vd. temprano?
C. Aprindase de memoria:
Treinta dlas trae noviembre,
Con
abril,
junio
y septiembre;
De
veintiocho s61o hay uno;
Los demds de treinta y uno.

D. Trad'dzcanse al espafiol las seis primeras frames y despuis formMense las respuestas. 1-4. How many days has the month of January (February, March, April)? 5. How many days are there in a week? 6. How many weeks are there in a month? 7-9. The first (second, third) of May, 10, Shall you spend the simmier in 11. Shall you go to the country? (the) town? 12, Will he work this summer? 13. Will he swim in the lake? 14. Will they fish in the river? 15. I have just arrived (91), 16, John arrived two days ago,* 17. Mary has been here [for] ten days (115).
*
See vocabulary of Exercise
XX.
98
FIBST SPANISH COURSE
2. The E.V 1. The month of January has thirty-one days. month of February has twenty-eight days. 3. January has three days more than February. 4. February has four weeks: January has four weeks and three days. 5. We shall not spend this summer
in (the) town.
June.
8.
We
go to the country the twentieth of (the) town the tenth of September. shall try to find a house with [a] garden. 9. If the weather
6.
We
shall
7.
And we shall return to
is fine,
my brothers will ride on horseback.

11. If
10. I prefer to fish in
the
waters of some river or lake.

or write letters.
early.
13. 12.
Qt]
rains, I shall
read books
Sometimes in the
the year.
In the country we shall get up and go to bed city [it] would be necessary for-us14. I
to-go-to-bed (acostarnos) late.
should like to live in the
country
all
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
116.
se
El futuro 7
el condicional (o futuro
pasado) de indicativo
forman anadiendo
. . .
al infinitivo
de
los
verbos las siguientes de-
sinencias:
Todos los verbos que sufren cambios constantes en su como muchos verbos irregulares forman su futuro y conAsi los verbos irregulares ser, dicional de una manera regular. estar e ir forman estos tiempos de una manera regular.
118.
ralz asf
119.
culino.
Los nombres de
los
meses
del afio son del g^nero
mas-
120.
Los dfas del mes.
Para indicar
los dfas del
mes
se hace
uso de los numeros cardinales, con excepci6n de primero, que ea

ordinal.
LESSON XXVI
99
LESSON XXVI
121.
The
following verbs are
among
those that form the
future and conditional indicative irregularly:
Future
Querer Poder Tener: Poner
Venir:
Decir:
;
Conditional
querr-ia, -ias, etc.
querr-e, -As, etc.
podr-e,
-fis, etc.
podr-ia, -las, etc.

tendr-ia, -fas, etc.
tendr-e, -Ss, etc.
pondr-e, -ds, etc. vendr-e,

-fis, etc.
pondr-ia, -ias, etc. vendr-ia, -las, etc.

dir-a, -las, etc.
dir-6, -fis, etc.
Hacer:
122.
har-e, -ks, etc.
har-ia, -ias, etc.
Future and Conditional of Probability.

is
The future
indicative
often used to denote probability or conjecture
in present time,
and the conditional to denote probabiHty or

la una.
conjecture in past time.
Seri iQue hora era? Seria

iQue hora
as?
I
What
la una.
Sard posiblal
time is it? It is probably about one o'clock. What time was it? It was probably about one o'clock. Is it, or can it be, possible!
123.
The
definite article is required before expressions of

past, last (- past),
time modified by pr6zimo, next, pasado,
and the hke.^

El lunas pr6ximo. La samana pasada. El
Next Monday.
Last week.
mas que
viana (qua antra).
Next month.
of the
124.
Names
of the
Days
Week: domingo,
lunes,
martes, miercoles, jueves, viernes, sfibado.
All are of the
masculine gender.
>
They
usually take the definite article
There are
many
expressions for next
when
referring to time.
Tbua
be translated by el mes que viene, que entra, etc. In referring to a specific date prdximo may be used, but pr6zimo really means Note el mes pr6ximo pasado, nearest, either in the past or in the future.
next month
may
the last
month
past.
100
if
prdzimo or pasado be expressed or understood, or if used Those that end in -es have the same form in the plural as in the singular.
in a general sense (see 103, 1).
Lleg6
el
martes.
He
I
Yo
trabajo los sfibados.
arrived on Tuesday. work on Saturdays.
EXERCISES
acordarse (ue) de, to remember aparecer, to appear
el firbol, tree
la hoja, leaf
el
inviemo, winter
el otoiLo,
autumn,
fall
cuarenta, forty
el director, principal, director
la primavera, spring
principiar, to begin
recitar, to recite
durante, during
la estacidn, season
tenninar, to end, terminate

viejo, -a, old
excepto, except
la f echa, date
per,
o en, la maflana,^ in the morning; per, o en, la tarde, in the
afternoon, or in the early evening; per, o en, la noche, in the evening

(after
dark) or at night; el curso, school year; el dia de descanso, day
of rest; el dia
de trabajo, work day; el tiempo de las vacaciones, vacation time; a (en) la escuela, to (at or in) school; a (en) la iglesia,
to (at or in) church.
A. CordimXese.
3. el
1.
No
4.
lo
har^.
2.
Le
dirfa
5.
la
verdad.
Vendr6 a
sombrero.
las diez.
6.
No
podria venir.
Me
pondr6
No me
acuerdo de la fecha.
primavera es la primera estacidn del primavera aparecerdn las primeras flores en nuestros jardines. 3. Y los drboles se vestirdn de {with) hojas. 4. El verano es la estaci6n del calor. 5. Es tambi^n el tiempo de las vacaciones. 6. Ustedes no tendrdn lecciones que aprender ni ejercicios que escribir. 7. El otoiio es la estaci6n de las frutas. 8. En el otono principiard el nuevo curso. 9. Entonces irdn Vds. a la escuela todos los dias excepto los sdbados y los domingos. 10. Estos dfas serto
B.
1.
La
( 103, 1)
afio.
2.
En
la
The time
is
more
specific
when en
is
used.
LESSON XXVI
dfas de descanso, pero los
11.
101
demds serdn dias de trabajo. For la noche Vds. preparardn las lecciones. 12. For la maiiana y por la tarde las recitar^n. 13. El domingo por la manana Vds. iran a la iglesia. 14. iCudntos anos tiene el No es viejo: tendrd, treinta 15. director de la escuela? y cinco o cuarenta anos. 16. iCudndo termin6 el curso No me acuerdo de la fecha: terminarfa el pasado? 17. cuatro o seis de jiinio.
C.
1-4.
iCudl es
la
estacion del ano?
5.
En
primera (segunda, tercera, liltima) la primavera ique aparecerd en

se
nuestros jardines?
6.
iDe que
vestirdn
los
drboles?
9.
iCudI tiempo de las vacaciones? 10. ^Tendrd Vd. lecciones que aprender en el verano? 11. iEn qu^ estaci6n principiard,
la estacion?
7-8. El verano (El otono) ^de
que es
es el
semana icudles serdn los ^Cudndo preparard Vd. 16. iA d6nde 15. iCudndo las recitard Vd.? las lecciones? ird Vd. los domingos? 17. ^Cudntos anos tiene el director de la escuela? 18. ^Cudndo termino el curso pasado?
el
nuevo curso?
12-13. Durante la
dfas de descanso (de trabajo)?
14.
D. En
babilidad.
las
1.
respuestas
Usese
el
futuro o condicional de pro-
iQue hora es? 2. iQue hora era cuando Vd. 3. iQu6 hora era cuando Vd. Ileg6 a partio de Madrid? 4. iCudntos anos tiene Felipe? 5. iCudnBarcelona? 6. iD6nde estard tos anos tenia Carlos cuando muri6? mi sombrero? (traduzcase : It is probably in your room.) {traduzcase: They are probably 7. iD6nde estardn mis Ubros?
on
the table.)
2. Next year I 1. I studied (pret.) Spanish last year. study French. 3. The school year ended last month. 4. The new school year will begin next month. 5. Our vacations are not long. 6. My friends arrived last Tuesday. 7. They will leave next Friday. 8. Sunday ( 103, 1) is [a] rest day. 9. Monday is []a] work day. 10. Summer is the
E.
shall
warm
season
{vease
B.
4).
11.
Winter
is
the
cold
season.
102
12.
Autumn
is
the season of fruits.
13.
Spring
is
the season
of flowers. F. 1. Last year I studied Spanish. 2. Next year I shall study 3. The second year will be more difficult Spanish again (91).
than the first year, will it not? (ino es verdad?). 4. The new school year will begin the fifteenth of September. 5. The last school year ended the sixteenth of June. 6. The summer vacations (= vacations of summer) will last three months. 7. These will be months 9. COn] of rest. 8. I shall be able to fish or swim every day. Sundays I shall go to church. 10. In the autumn I shall go to school Mondays, Tuesdays, Wednesdays, Thursdays, and Fridays.^ 12. But [on] 11. The Saturdays and Sundays ^ wiU be rest days.
the Saturdays I shall study
are you?
my lessons at
I
night,
13.
The
principal
of our school will be forty years old next
I shan't tell
you how old
month. 14. How old am. 15. Shall you come

see
to see
17.
me What
room.
this afternoon?
time
is
[it]?
[It]
16. I shall
is is
come to
you
if
I can.
probably about eleven o'clock.
18. I haven't
my
watch.
[It]
probably on the table in (de)
my
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
121.
Los verbos que siguen son de
los
que forman de una manera

pasado)
:
irregular su futuro
y condicional
(o futuro
El futuro de Futuro y condicional de probabilidad. indicativo se usa a menudo para denotar probabiUdad o suposici6n en tiempo presente, y el condicional para denotar probabilidad o
122.
suposici6n en tiempo pasado.

123.
Es indispensable
etc.
de
las expresiones
el uso del artfculo determinado delante de tiempo modificadas por las palabras prdximo,
pasado,
124.
Los nombres de los dias de la setnana son masculinos, y generalmente van precedidos del artfculo determinado si se expresan las palabras prdximo o pasado o si se sobrentienden, o si Los que terlos nombres de los dfas se usan en sentido general. minan en -es tienen la misma forma para el plural que para el
singular.
*
Los lunes, martes,
etc.
Do
not repeat the
article.
LESSON XXVII
103
LESSON XXVII
Past Participles.
125.
If
the infinitive of a verb ends
in -ar, the past participle ends in
-ado
if
the infinitive ends
in -er or -ir, the past participle ends in -ido.
Hablar hablado, spoken. Aprender aprendido, learned.

:
:
Estar
estado, been.
Ser
Ir
:
sido, been.
Vivir : vivido, lived.
ido, gone.
126.
The
following verbs
are
among
those that have
irregular past participles:

1.
Otherwise regular verbs:

Cubrir: cubierto, covered.
Abrir: abierto, opened, open.

Escribir : escrito, written.
2.
Radical-changing verbs:
muerto, died, dead,^
Volver: vuelto, returned, turned,
Morir:
killed.
3. Irregular verbs:
Decir: dicho, said. Hacer : hecho, done, made.

4.
Poner: puesto, put, Ver : visto, seen.
set.
When
the stem of a verb of the second or third conju-
gation ends in a vowel, -ido receives the accent mark.

Creer: creido, believed.
Oir: o ido, heard.
is
127.
past participle used as an adjective
inflected like
an adjective.
Un libro
Una
>
bien escrito.
carta bien escrita.

to die;
A A
when
it
well written book.

well written letter.
Morir means
but the past participle, muerto, means either died

refers to persons.
or killed, according to the context,
104
128.
When used with estar, a past participle has the force an adjective and simply denotes a resultant state, rather than the passive voice. La carta esti escrita en caste- The letter is written in Spanish.
of
llano.
Don Pablo
129.
estaba muerto.
is
Don Pablo was
dead.
The
past participle
tenses of the passive voice.
used with ser to form the The participle agrees in gender

The
letter will
and number with the

La
Juan.
subject. be written by
carta seri escrita por don
Don
Juan.
fue muerto por
tin
Don Pablo
Iadr6n.
Don
is
Pablo was killed by a
thief.
130.
With
passive verbs, by
usually expressed
by por;
be expressed by de (instead of per) after some verbs that denote mental action. La puerta fue abierta por el The door was opened by the
but
it
may
criado.
servant. todos.
El es
a.
amado de
He is loved by all
(beloved of
all).
For the use of the
reflexive instead
of the passive, see 77, 3.
But the use of to be in English really indicates the passive voice in Spanish when an agent is expressed, and then ser must be used.
EXERCISES
el
arqmtecto, architect
grande, large, big

el ladrillo, brick
la clase, class,
kind
colocar, to place
la puerta, door
c6modo, -a, comfortable

construir, to build, construct
cubrir, to cover
la escalera, stairs, stairway
el gas,
subir, to
go up, ascend
el techo, roof
el
tejamani,i (wooden) shingle
el telefono,
telephone
gas
la sala (de recibo), reception
room, drawing-room.
A.
Contiwdiese.
1.
estaba cansado.
3.
Me
2. Yo Ful ensenado por mi padre. equivocaba. 4. Quiero ser amado
de todos.
I
A rooS of tiles
(tejas) is called tejado.
LESSON XXVII
B.
1.
105
Nuestra casa fu6 construida por un buen arquitecto. hermosa y comoda. 3. Las paredes estdn construidas de ladrillos. 4. El techo estd cubierto con
2.
No
es grande, pero es
pizarra (con tejamanles).

recibo), la biblioteca, el
5.
En
el
piso bajo estdn la sala (de

la
comedor y
cocina.
6.
Cuando
subimos por
la escalera al piso alto,
hallamos cuatro dormi7. Prefiero la bi-
torios (o alcobas)
el
cuarto de bano.
blioteca a todas las
demds
piezas porque tiene libros de
todas clases.
9.
8. Hay tambi^n un tel^fono en la biblioteca. Tenemos una buena cocina economica. 10. Se quema
carbon de piedra en
das.
calor
11.
ella
(it)
cuando
se preparan las comi12.
En
13.
invierno la casa se calienta por vapor.
El
el
se
produce en un calorffero central colocado en
s6tano.
En
todas las piezas hay luz el^ctrica que pre-
ferimos al gas.
C. 1. iPor qui^n fu6 construida la casa de Vds.? 2. ^De qu6 estdn construidas las paredes? 3. iCon qu6 estd cubierto 4-5. iQue piezas estdn en el piso bajo (alto)? el techo? 7. iPor 6. iCudl es la pieza que Vd. prefiere a las demds? qu6? 8. iD6nde estd el teWono? 9. iD6nde se preparan 10. ^Como se calienta la casa en invierno? las comidas? 12. iDonde estd colo11. iEn donde se produce el calor? cado el calorifero? 13. ^Tiene la casa luz electrica o de gas?
The door closed (se cerr6). 2. The door was closed by 4. The window 3. The door was (estaba) closed. opened (se abri6). 5. The window was opened by Mary. 6. The window was already open. 7. The book was written in Enghsh. 8. It was written by my brother. 9. This cooking-stove was made by Pereda and Company (Compaflia). 10. It is very well made, 12. The house was 11. It is said that Spanish is spoken here. 14, The roof well built. 13, It was built by a good architect, is covered with shingles, 15, The house is warmed with (por)
D.
1.
the servant.
steam,
16,
all.
Coal
is
burned in the furnace.
17.
Don Fehpe
is
loved by
106
E.
3.
1.
of eight rooms).
house (= a house very comfortable. All the rooms in (de) the house are warmed with steam. 4. And
2. It
is
My uncle has just bought an eight-room

not large, but
5.
it is
there
is electric
light in all the rooms.
There are four rooms on
the
first floor:
the reception room, the Ubrary, the dining room, and

6.
the kitchen.
On
the upper floor are four bedrooms and the

is
slate. 8. The The house was built by an architect who lives in Chicago. 10. The cooking-stove and the furnace were made by Ayer and Company, and they are well made. 11. Yesterday I went to see my uncle's new house. 12. The door was opened by my cousin who received me affectionately. 13. My uncle and aunt were not at home, but my cousin showed me (me
bathroom.
7.
The
roof of the house
covered with
walls are built of brick (vease B. 3).
9.
ensefl6) all the rooms.
14.
He
prefers the library to the other

1).
rooms, because he loves books (103,
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
125. Participios pasados (o pasivos).
Si el infinitivo del
;
verbo
termina en -ar, su participio pasado termina en -ado
si el infini-
tive termina en -er o -ir, el participio pasado termina en -ido.
Los verbos que siguen son de los que forman irregularmente 1. Verbos regulares en todas las demda formas: ... 2. Verbos que sufren cambios constantes en su ralz: ... 3. Verbos irregulares en varias formas: 4. Cuando el radical del verbo de la segunda o tercera conjugaci6n termina en a, e, u o, la terminaci6n -ido del participio pasado
126.
su participio pasado:
recibe el acento grdfico. 127.
Cuando Cuando
el
el participio
las alteraciones gramaticales propias
pasado se usa como adjetivo, sufre de estos illtimos.

pasado acompafia
al
128.
el
participio
verbo estar,
adquiere
car deter de verdadero adjetivo denotando
un simple
estado resultante
129.
y no
la
voz pasiva.
la
el
voz pasiva.
Bujeto.
El participio pasado se usa con el verbo set para formar El participio concuerda en g^nero y niimero con
LESSON XXVIII
130.
107
la
Con
los
verbos en pasiva hy se traduce por
palabra por
pero puede expresarse por de (en lugar de por) despu^s de alguno.s verbos que expresan acci6n mental.
use de la forma reflexiva en vez de la pasiva, vâse empleo de to be en ingles indica la voz pasiva en espanol cuando se expresa el agente, y entonces debe emplearse el verbo ser.
a.
el 77, 3.
En
cuanto Pero
al
el
LESSON xxvin
Spanish has two verbs meaning Tener and Haber. tener and haber. To have, meaning to poseess, is expressed by tener. As an auxihary verb to form perfect
131.
to
have:
tenses, to have is haber.
132. Perfect Tenses. The perfect tenses are formed by combining the auxihary verb haber, to have, with the past participle. When used with haber, the past participle is
invariable in form.
133.
Present Perfect
I have spoken, have been
Hablar
Pluperfect
^
I had spoken, had been speaking;

etc.
speaking;
etc.
Singular
Plttkal
Singular
habia hablado habias hablado habia hablado
Plural
habiamos hablado
habiais hablado habian hablado
he hablado has hablado ha hablado
hemes hablado
habeis hablado han hablado
Preterite Perfect
(when) I had spoken;
etc.
Singular
(cuando) hube hablado
hubiste hablado
Plural
(cuando) hubimos hablado
hubo hablado
" "
2
hubisteis hablado hubieron hablado

Perfect.
Or Past
Perfect.
Or Second Past
108

Futtire Perfect
Conditional Perfect *
shall have spoken,
shaU have
etc.
I should have spoken, should have

been speaking;
etc.
been speaking;
SiNOULAB
PliUBAL
SINGULAR
PlURAL
habr^ hablado habremos hablado habria hablado habriamos hablado habrias hablado habrfais hablado habr&s hablado habreis hablado habria hablado habrfan hablado habri hablado habrfin hablado
The
hablar.
perfect tenses of
all
verbs are formed like those of
134.
1.
/ had (you had,
etc.)
spoken
is
usually expressed
in Spanish
by habia
(habias, etc.) hablado.
l no habia venido. Yo no lo habia hecho.

2.
He had
I
is
not come.
it.
had not done
Hube
(hubiste, etc.) hablado
used after the temporal
conjunctions cuando, when, luego que, as soon as, and the

like.
But with
is
these conjunctions the simple preterite in-
dicative
the more
common
le
in colloquial Spanish.
Luego que hubo venido,

dije la verdad.
(Or,
As soon as he had come, him the truth.
I told
he came, I told
a.
more commonly: luego que him the truth.)
vino, le dije la verdad, as soon at
Note the following idiom: llegado que hubo, as soon
as he had
arrived.
135.
In Spanish
it
is usually best not to place the subject
or an adverb between the auxiUary and the past participle

of
a perfect tense.
IHa. venido Juan?
^Le ha hablado Vd.? Lo he pref erido siempre.
Has John come? Have you spoken

I
to him? have always preferred it.
Or Past Future
Perfect.
LESSON XXVIII
EXERCISES
alumbrar, to light
la azotea, flat roof.
el
109
la
lampara, lamp
luego que, as soon as lumbre, fire patio, (inner) courtyard petroleo, coal oil, petroleum
principal, main, principal
brasero, brasier
la
cada
(invariable),
each
el
el centre,
center
el
el clima, climate
el
la piedra, stone
cobre, copper
crecer (112), to
la
grow
la tienda, shop, store

tropical, tropical
la galeria, gallery,
el lado, side
chimenea, fireplace veranda
la vela, candle
el
zaguin, vestibule, passageway
dar
a, to face;
no m&s que,
only,
no more than; habia, there was,
there were
1. He vivido en Mdlaga. 2. Hace seis A. Contindese. meses que vivo en Mdlaga. 3. Hace seis meses que llegu^. 5. Yo lo habr6 hecho. 4. Yo no habia vuelto.
2. La 1. Hemos pasado este invierno en Mdlaga. en que vivfamos estaba construida de piedra y tenia casa azotea. 3. En el centro de la casa habia un patio donde Grecian flores tropicales. 4. Entrdbamos en el patio por el zagudn. 5. En el piso bajo habia una tienda en cada lado del zagudn y algunos cuartos para los criados. 6. En el piso principal ^ estaban la sala de recibo, el comedor, la cocina y 7. En el segundo piso no habia mds que el cuarto de baiio. alcobas que daban a la calle o a las galerlas del patio. 8. Se alumbraba la casa con velas y Idmparas de petr61eo. 9. Y
B.
floor is called
cities, the first the piso bajo or cuarto bajo, the second floor the piso principal or primer piso, the third floor the segundo piso, etc. If there is an entresuelo (a Soor between the piso bajo and the piso principal, with low ceilings, and
Leading from the street to the inner courtyard. In the larger houses of Spanish and Spanish-American
by the janitors and other servants), the third floor the piso principal, the fourth flaor the segundo piso, etc.
usually occupied
is
called
110
lumbre de las chimeneas o de Para guisar (o cocinar) habla en la cocina fogones^ en que se quemaba carbon de lefia. 11. El clima de Mdlaga durante el invierno ha sido casi
se calentaba la casa por la
los
braseros de cobre.
10.
perfecto.
C. 1. iD6nde ban pasado Vds. este invierno? qu6 estaba construida la casa en que vivfan Vds.?
clase
5.
el
2.
3.
^De
iQu6
de techo tenia la casa? 4. ^Donde estaba el patio? crecia en el patio? 6. iComo entraban Vds. en patio? 7-9. iQu6 habfa en el piso bajo? (piso princi-
iQu4
pal?
11.
segundo piso?)
10.
iComo
12.
se
alumbraba
se
la
casa?
iC6mo
se
calentaba?
iQu6
fogones?
el
13.
^Como ha
sido el
quemaba en los clima de Mdlaga durante
invierno?
Has your friend arrived? 2. Yes, sir; he has just (91) 4. He had not come this 3. Has Mr, Pereda come? morning. 5. Has the letter been (sido) written by John or by
D.
1.
arrived.
Charles?
6. It
it.
has not been written by Charles.

8.
it,
7.
Charles has
it.
not written
As soon as he had finished house has been built by a good architect.

(115) in this house [for] three years.
I read
10.
We
9. This have lived
11. It
{=
the weather)
has
not been cold this winter.
have lived in Burgos and the other towns of the north where the courtyards are covered. 2. And I have spent two winters in Granada and Mdlaga where many courtyards are (estdn) open (descubiertos). 3. I have always preferred the houses with the courtyards open and full of flowers. 4. I Uke to sit on the veranda of the main floor and look at the flowers. 5. Last winter
E.
1.
(del norte)
the
window
of
my
bedroom faced the
street.
6.
Some rooms
house had no windows. 7. But each one of these rooms had a large door that faced the courtyard. 8. I had an oil lamp (viase B. 8) to (para) hght my bedroom. 9. In some
(piezas) in (de) the
bedrooms there were only candles.

'
10. I
had a
fireplace in
my
See
XV,
Exercises, footnote 2.
LESSON XXVIII
111
room (cuarto) to warm me when it {= the weather) was cold. 11. I have never liked the Spanish brasiers in which charcoal is burned.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
131.
Tener y haber.
al espanol:
el
El
verbo
to
have
el
se traduce de dos
el
modos
por tener o por haber;
primero en
sentido
de " poseer " y

132.
segundo para formar

perfectos.
los
tiempos perfectos.
los
Tiempos
Para
formar
tiempos perfectos
de
los
verbos se hace uso de los tiempos simples del verbo auxiliar
haber y se les agrega el participio pasado del verbo que se conjuga. El participio pasado es invariable en su forma cuando se emplea con el verbo haber.
133.
En
el
modo
indicativo los tiempos perfectos son: presente

pret^rito perfecto;
perfecto;
pluscuamperfecto;
futuro perfecto;
condicional perfecto.
134.
1.
/ had (you had, etc.) spoken, por regla general, se

etc.)
traduce al espanol por habia (habias,

2.
hablado.
Hube
(hubiste, etc.) hablado se usa despu6s de las conjuncio-
nes temporales cuando, luego que, y otras semej antes. Pero con estas conjimciones se prefiere usar el preterite simple en el lenguaje
corriente.
135.
En
espanol, por regla general,

el participio
no
se
debe colocar
auxiliar.
el sujeto
el
adverbio entre
pasado y
el
verbo
112
LESSON XXIX
136.
1
Some Uses
of
Haber
Haber de
Ella
+ infinitive.
He must
She
is
l ha de tener hambre. ha de cantar esta noche.
to
be hungry. {or, she will) sing to-
night.
Compare, Tiene que hacerlo.

2.
He has
(got) to
do
it.
Impersonal haber.
hay, there
is (are)
habrd, there will be

habria, there would be
habia, there was (were)
hubo, there was (were)
ha habido, there has (have) been

etc.
Note that the present indicative

not ha.
o.
of impersonal
haber
is
hay and
The noun
or pronoun used with impersonal haber
is
the object
of the verb.
I'Sa.j
buenas tiendas en esta
poblacidn?
Si, sefior; las
Are there (some) good shops in this town?

Yes,
sir;
hay muy buenas.
there are (some) very
good ones.
3.
Hay
que and hay que
+ infinitive.
There
is
Hay mucho que estudiar. Hay que estudiar mucho.

137.
Saber, to
much
to study.
One has
to study much.
know
Present Indicative
/ know, do know,
SiNGTTLAB
s6
am
knowing;
etc.
PlURAL
sabemos
sab6is
sabes sabe
saben
LESSON XXIX
Preterite
113
I
138.
2.
I knew, did know;
etc.
SlNQULAB
supe
supiste
PLURAIt
supimos
supisteis
supo
supieron
1.
The
imperfect indicative of saber
is
regular.
The
future and the conditional of saber are irregular:

sabre,
-fis, etc.
sabria, -ias, etc.
139.
1.
Meaning
of
Saber and Conocer

how).
Saber
means to know, know how, can (= know
^Sabe Vd. la lecci6n? ^Sabe Vd. nadar?
Do you know the lesson? Do you know how to (Can

swim?
you)
2. Conocer
means
to
know {=he acquainted
with),
meet
(= become acquainted
iConoce Vd.
with).
al sefior Ortiz?
Do you know Mr.
Ortiz?
EXERCISES
el
aroma,^ perfume, aroma

cantar, to sing
ciego, -a, blind
el olfato,
sense of smell
el olor, odor,
el
smell
6rgano, organ
el
gusto, taste
la palabra,
word, 8p>eech
la importancia,
importance
percibir, to perceive
sin,
menos, less, least mudo, -a, dumb, mute

la nariz,
without
sordo, -a, deaf

la vista, sight
nose
hearing
el oldo, (inner) ear,*
esta noche, to-night

I *
Or el perfume, perfume. Note that aroma The outer, or visible, ear is called oreja.
is
masculine (see 174,
3).
114
A. Cordimlese.

1.
Yo
conozco
cion.
5.
al seiior Ortiz.
3.
he de cantar esta noche.^ No s6 nadar. 4. No supe
2.
No
la lec-
Tengo que estudiar mucho.

ver.
2.
1. El hombre tiene ojos para mucho que ver. 3. El hombre hay
B.
En
este
mundo
4. el
tiene ofdos para ofr.
Mi hermano
ofdo.
5.
cree
que
la vista es
el
de
mas
importancia que
6.
Pero yo preferirla
la miisica.
7.
ofdo a la vista.
ml me
gusta
olores.
mucho
8.
La
nariz sirve para percibir los
el oido.
El olfato es de menos importancia que la vista o 9. Pero ^qui^n no ama los aromas de las flores?
el
organo principal del gusto y de la palabra. seriamos mudos. 12. Sin lavista nopodrfamos ver: seriamos ciegos. 13. Sin 14. Y sin la el oldo no podrfamos ofr: serfamos sordos.
10. 11. Sin la
La lengua es
lengua no podrfamos hablar:
nariz
no podrfamos
Contestese.
3.
percibir los olores.
C.
1-2.
Para ver (Para
ofr)
hombre?
iQue
sirve para percibir los olores?
lqu6 tiene el 4. ^Cudl
es el 6rgano principal del gusto?

vista o el ofdo?
6.
5. iCudl prefiere Vd., la ^Le gusta a Vd. la miisica? 7. iCudl es de menos importancia, la vista o el oKato? 8. Âma Vd. los aromas de las flores?
Completense las siguientes frases.

ofdo, la lengua)
el ofdo,
9-11. Sin la vista (Sin el

.
no podrfamos
serfamos
12-14. Sin la vista (Sin

.
la lengua)
D.
3.
1.
And
Do you know Miss Ortiz? 2. She is to am to read. 4. Did you know the lesson?
it
sing to-night.
5.
had been
studying
7.
three hours (115, a).
6.
But
did not
know
it.
boy know how to read? (iSabe leer este niflo?). 10. Was there 9. But he can not write. 8. He can read a Uttle. much to do? 11. There were several lessons to study. 12. One had to study hard (mucho) in order to learn them.
Does
this
In colloquial Spanish yo voy a cantar (or yo canto) esta noche, would be

expressions.
commoner
LESSON XXIX
E.
115
1. We have eyes in order to see and ears in order to hear. Without eyes we could (podriamos) not see and without ears we could not hear. 3. I know a man who is blind. 4. He can not see, but he can bear very well. 5. Without a (la) tongue man could not speak. 6. The tongue is the principal organ of speech (vease B. 10), 7, I used to know a girl who was deaf and dumb.^ 8. That girl could (podia) not learn to speak because she could not hear. 9. Now the deaf learn to speak. 10. Which is of more importance, sight or hearing? 11. My sister would prefer hearing because she likes music. 12. Without a (la) nose man could not smell (percibir los olores). 13. Which should you prefer, taste or the sense of smell? 14. I hke perfumes, but I should prefer taste to the sense of smell.
2.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
136.
Algunos usos
del
verbo
Aaier.
1.
Haber de mds
el
infinitivo.
2.
Uso impersonal
del verbo haber.
Su presente de
a.
indicativo es
hay y no ha.
el
El nombre o pronombre usado con
verbo impersonal haber
resulta su complemento.
3.
Hay que mds
el infinitivo.
el
138.
2.
1.
Es regular
imperfecto de saber.
Son
irregulares el futuro
el
condicional de saber.
139.
Significado de
saber
y conocer.
1.
Saber
significa
to
know, know how, can.

2.
Conocer
^
significa to be
o become acquainted with.

(a deaf mute).
Sorda y muda, or una sordo-muda
116
LESSON XXX
140.
1.
Present Participles
Regular verbs:
Vivir: viviendo, living
Hablar: hablando, speaking Aprender aprendiendo, learning

:
2.
Radical-changing verbs of the third conjugation:

Sentir : sintiendo, feeling
Dormir durmiendo, sleeping

:
Pedir pidiendo, asking

:
Note that the

lively.
radical vowels e
and o are changed to
and u respeo*
first
The
present participles of radical-changing verbs of the
and
second conjugations are regular.

3.
Some
:
irregular verbs:
Venir : viniendo, coining
Decir : diciendo, saying Poder pudiendo, being able Ser: siendo, being
Ver viendo, seeing

:
But many
irregular verbs
form their present
participles regularly.
4. Change in Spelling. If the stem of a verb of the second or the third conjugation ends in a vowel, -iendo
becomes -yendo (but see 253).

Leer leyendo, reading
:
Ofr : oyendo, hearing

is
141.
Agreement. The present participle

tin
invariable in
form.
VI a
muchacho
and
(a
una mulibro.
saw a boy
book.
(a girl) reading
chacha) leyendo un
Review
142.
88, 3
4.
Progressive
Ir is
Forms
of
Verbs.
English
ir
to
be
{-
present participle often equals Spanish estar or

participle.
present
used to denote motion or change of condition.
LESSON
Estoy estudiando.
I
XXX
studying.
117
am
Estabamos trabajando.
We
He
Va
El
corriendo.
nifio iba creciendo.
^
were working. is running, or he goes on the run.
The
Se f ue
a.
poniendo pSlida.
child was growing. She was turning pale.
The
progressive forms are used to express an act or state as in
progress at the time to which the speaker refers.

often and are
6.
They
are used less
more emphatic
in Spanish
than in English.
Estar
is
not used with the present participles of ser, estar, haber,

tenses.
and tener to form progressive
143. Personal pronoun objects follow a present participle and are attached to it so that the verb and object or objects form one word. The participle then requires the accent mark.
Esti aguardandome.
He
is
waiting for me.
But one may
also say:
me
est& aguardando.
EXERCISES
la acogida, reception
el giiante,
glove
adi6s, goodbye, farewell
inclinarse, to
bow
knock, ring (a
anunciar, to announce
besar, to kiss
la
el
intimo, -a, intimate

llamar, to
doorbell)
call,
bondad, goodness, kindness caballero,* gentleman; ]cabaUero! Sir!

celebrar, to rejoice at, be very
la ocasi6n, occasion,
opportunity
el pie (pZ., pies), foot
presentar, to present
quitar, to take off
la reverencia,
segtiir
(i),
glad to have
correr, to run, hurry
bow
to continue, go on,
dispensar, to give, grant; to excuse,
pardon
keep on
gracias, thanks,
thank you
el sobretodo,
till
overcoat
hasta luego, farewell for a while, goodbye

vez, again; ponerse pdlido, to turn pale,
we meet
again; otra
grow
pale.
A. Continuese.
3.
1.
Voy
4.
corriendo.
2.
Estoy escribiendo.
5.
Yo
>
iba creciendo.
ia
Yo
estaba estudiando.
Me
ful
Fu6
'
Caballero
here the preterite of ir, not of ser. There is more formal than sefior.
is
no feminine form of
caballero.
118

6.
poniendo pdlido, -a.

gusto era mlo.
Â qui^n he de anunciar?
El criado
7.
E3
B.
1.
Llam6 a
la puerta.
3.
2.
me
abri6 la puerta,
y yo
entr6 en la casa.
4.
Le pregunt^
al criado:
SI, el
Êstd^
el
senor Gonzdlez?
El criado respondio:
senor estd
en casa. 5. ^Tendrd Vd. la bondad de decirme su nombre? 7. Quitdndome el sombrero, 6. iA qui^n he de anunciar? los guantes y el sobretodo, entr6 en la sala (de recibo).
8.
Don
Felipe
me
recibio cordialmente,
9.
y me
dijo:
iCorao
estd,
Vd., caballero?
Le respond!
Muy
bien, gracias,
lY Vd.? 10. Me presento a su esposa, dona Carolina Herrera de Gonzdlez. 11. Yo me incline y dije: Celebro la ocasi6n de conocer a Vd., senora. 12. Despu^s el senor Gonzdlez me presento a su hijo, don Carlos. 13. Inclindndome otra vez, yo le dije: Caballero, tengo mu14. Don Carlos respondi6: cho gusto en conocer a Vd. El gusto es mfo, caballero. 15. Al despedirme de la familia, yo di gracias por (for) la buena acogida que me habfa dispensado. 16. Haciendo una reverencia dije: A los pies de Vd., senora. 17. Beso a Vds. la mano, caballeros. 18. Que Vds. lo pasen bien {May you all keep well). 19. Cuando me despido de un amigo Intimo, le digo: Adi6s, o Hasta luego.
C.
Contestese.
2.
1.
llamo?
iQu6
le
iQui^n abrio la puerta cuando Vd. pregunt6 Vd. al criado? 3. lQa6 le

4.
respondi6 a Vd.
6.
el criado?
5.
iQu6
se quit6
entrar en la sala?
iC6mo
le recibio
de don Felipe? 8. Al inclinarse Vd., iqu6 le dijo a dona Carolina? 9. iCudl era el apellido de la sefiora? 10. Despu^s ia qui^n le present6 a Vd. don Felipe? 11. iQu6 le dijo Vd. a don Carlos? 12. iQu6 le respondi6 a Vd. este senor? 13. Al despedirse de la familia, iqu6
iCudl era
el apellido
Vd. antes de a Vd. don Felipe? 7. Â qui^n le pre-
sent6 a Vd. este caballero?
Note
this
common
omission of en casa.
LESSON
dijo Vd.?
14.
XXX
119
le
Al despedirse de un amigo Intimo, iqui
dice Vd.?
D. Repitase B., usando don Pablo como sujeto en lugar de yo. (Don Pablo Uamo a la puerta. 1 criado le abri6 la puerta y don Pablo entro en la casa; etc.)
E.
3.
1.
Open
6. I
(pi.)
your books.
4.
2.
Ferdinand, read the

5. 7.
first
page.
(pi.)
Go on
reading.
Close
(pi.)
your books.
9.
Were you
working?
8.
was writing a
all
letter.
My brother was
He
is
studying.
10. 12.
Your brother studies John, run and (a)

John
is
the time.
(buscar)
get
the doctor.
growing pale. 11. Hurry!
running.
taking
off his overcoat.
taking leave.
17.
Mary is reading a book. 14. He was He was making a bow. 16. He was Excuse me. 18. Have the kindness to excuse me.
13.
15.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
140. Participio
presente
(gerundio)
1.
Verbos
regulares:
hablar, hablando; aprender, aprendiendo; vivir, viviendo. 2. Verbos de la tercera conjugaci6n que sufren cambios constantes de su vocal radical: sentir, sintiendo
;
pedir, pidiendo
dormir,
durmiendo.
Obs6rvese que las vocales radicaies e y o se cambian en i y u respecEl participio presente es regular en los verbos de la y 2*^
tivamente.
conjugaci^n que cambian su vocal radical.

3.
Algunos verbos irregulares:

decir, diciendo;
irregulares
poder, pudiendo;
ser, siendo^
ver, viendo;
venir, viniendo.
Muchos verbos
manera
regular.
fonnan su participio presente de una
4. Cambios ortogr^ficos. Si el radical de un verbo de la 2* o 3* conjugacion termina en vocal, la terminaci6n -iendo del participio presente se cambia en -yendo leer, leyendo ; olr, oyendo.
:
141. 142.
to be
Concordancia. El
participio presente es invariable.

los verbos.
Formas progresivas de
el participio
La
expresi6n inglesa
la espaflola
con
presente equivale a
menudo a
120
fonnada con
verbo
ir

los verbos estar o ir y el participio presente. denota movimiento o cambio de condici6n.
El
a. Las formas progresivas se usan para expresar un acto o estado en ejecuci6n en el momento a que se refiere el sujeto de la oraci6n. Estas formas se usan menos y son mds enf dticas en espafiol que en inglfe.
b. El verbo estar no se construye con verbos ser, estar, haber y tener.
el participio
presente de los
143.
Los pronombres
61
personales
el
complementarios
siguen al
participio presente
y toman
cardcter de encliticos, es decir

sola palabra.
que van unidos a
formando una
En
este caso el
participio presente lleva el acento grdfico.
LESSON XXXI
144.
Imperative
Singular
Mood
Plural
I.
II.
Hablar: habla (tii), Aprender: aprende (td),

Vivir:
hablad (vosotros, -as), (you) speak aprended (vosotros, -as), (you) learn
vivid (vosotros, -as),
III.
vive
(tfi),
(you) live
The imperative mood

tive
is
used only affirmatively.

is
In nega-
conmiands the subjmictive

Subjunctive Mood.
I.
used.
145.
Present Tense:
II.
Hablar
Plural
hablemos
hableis
Aprender
Plural
aprendamos
aprend&is
Singular
hable babies
Singular
aprenda aprendas aprenda
III.
hable
hablen
aprendan
Vivir
Plural
vivamos
vivfiis
Singular
viva
vivas
viva
vivan
LESSON XXXI
146.
121
express
in sub-
The Present Subjunctive
(1)
direct
command
or wish;
or (2)
it
may be used tc, may be used
ordinate clauses.
147.
Forms
of
Hablar Used to Express a Direct Command or Wish.
Affirmative
SiNGULAB
Negative
^**
^^^
^^^ ] speak ^^^^^ hable Vd. J (que) hable 61/ let him speak
^"'' ^^^ ] do not speak ** ^ ^P^ no hable Vd. J (que) no hable el, let him not
speak
PlURAIi
hablemos, let us speak , hablad (vosotros, -as), 1 P^ hablen Vds., J (que) hablen ellos, let them speak
no hablemos, let us not speak no habl6is (vosotros, -as), 1 do not

jjq
(que)
hablen Vds. no hablen not speak
/ speak
ellos,
let
them
All regular verbs of the first conjugation are thus inflected. Regular verbs of the second and third conjugations use similarly the forms of aprender and vivir given in 144,
145.
a. In the third person, the que que the command is more direct.
may sometimes be omitted. Without
148. The Spanish present subjunctive used in commands is generally to be expressed in EngUsh by
direct
let
and
See
the infinitive,
if
the subject
is
not in the second person.
above.
a.
But
let
or permitir:
hable,
means aUmo or permit, it is to be translated by dejar dSjeme Vd. entrar, let me go in; permita Vd. que Jtum John speak, permit John to speak (Ut., permit that John speak).
if let
h. In the first p>erson plural one may say either estudiemos or vamos a estudlar, let vs study. Let its not study is no estudiemos.
Or que
1 hable,
que
ellos hablen, etc.
122
149.
1.
The final -d
of the plural imperative is lost before
the object pronoun os, you, yourselves: sentaos (for sentad-os), seat yourselves; except idos, go away,
from
irse, to
go away.
2.
The
:
final
is
subjunctive
ourselves
-s of the first person plural of the present omitted before the object pronoun nos, vs,
(for
sentemonos
sentemos-nos),
let
u^ seat ourselves.
150. For the position of the personal pronoun objects of a verb used to express a command or wish, see 85.
a. But if the verb is introduced by que, a personal pronoun object precedes the verb: que lo traiga ella desde luego, let her bring it at once. b. The present subjunctive, second person, with or without que, may also express a mere wish: que seas feliz, may you be happy;
I
viva el reyl long
live the
king!
EXERCISES
la shake amargo, -a, bitter la apetecer, to have an appetite la for, wish autom6vil, motor car, automobile la beber, to drink
agitar, to
dosis, dose
feliz,
happy
fiebre, fever
el
medicina, medicine observar, to observe

pildora, pill
la cucharadita, teaspoonful
el pulse,
el
pulse
deber, must, to be (expected) to

debil,
remedio, remedy
cold (o disease)
weak
pain, sorrow; dolor
el resfriado,
la dieta, diet
el dolor,
el rey,
king
de
telefonear, to telephone
cabeza, headache
2.
con el- verba en plural. 1. Habla mds alto. Hable Vd. mds alto. 3. Hable i mds alto. 4. Aprende la lecci6n. 5. Aprenda Vd. la leccion. 6. Que ella la aprenda.
A. Repltase
Repltase negativamente.
7.
Telefonea
al
medico.
8.
Come
todo
10.
que apetezcas (anything you vnsh). 9. T6mela Vd. Agftela Vd. 11. Sentaos. 12. Sentemonos.
lo
1.
B.
2.
Carlos,
telefonea
al
medico que estoy enfermo.

3.
Sf, senor; le telefonear^ desde luego.
Ya telefone6 al
LESSON XXXI
doctor Heredia.
viene
el
123
5.
4.
Dice que vendrd, desde luego.

7.
en su automovil.
8.
Estoy
senor;
muy enfermo.
me
siento
Vamos a ver
debil.
6.
Buenos
10.
Aquf
dias, senor doctor.
la lengua
y a tomar
9.
SI,
el pulso.
^Se siente Vd. (Do you
feel)
debil?
muy
Tengo dolor de
y no tengo apetito. 11. Creo que tengo fiebre. 12. no tiene mas que un fuerte (had) resfriado. 13. Aquf
Vd. algunas
pfldoras.
14.
cabeza Vd.
tiene
Vd. dos cada (every) cinco Y aqui tiene Vd. una medicina muy amarga. horas. 15. 16. Tome Vd. una cucharadita despu^s de cada comida.
17. Agftese
Tome
la
botella
(Let
18.
de tomar
19.
doctor.
Coma Vd. todo Hasta

Contestese.
el
1.
la medicina.
lo
iQue
the
bottle
be
shaken)
antes
dieta debo observar?

20.
lo
luego,
que apetezca. amigo mlo: que
Adi6s, senor
2.
pase bien.
C.
Â qui^n
telefoneo Carlos?
Ên qu6
vino
medico?
4.
3.
iQuiso ver la lengua del enfermo (pa-
tient)?
dolor de cabeza?
fuerte resfriado?
iQuiso tomar el pulso? 5. ^Tenia el enfermo 6. ^Tenla buen apetito? 7. ^Tenla un
fermo?
8. lQ,n6 remedios le di6 el medico al en^Cudntas pildoras debia tomar el enfermo cada 10. iEra amarga la medicina de la botella? cinco horas? 11. ^Debla agitarse la botella antes de tomar la medicina? 12. iCudl era la dosis de esta medicina? 9.
D. 1. Did you telephone to Dr. Heredia? 2. Yes, sir; I telephoned to him. 3. He will come at once. 4. Have you fever? 5. No, sir; but I have a headache. 6. You must have a cold. 7. Yes, sir; I have a bad cold. 8. Here is (Aqui tiene
Vd.) a bottle of medicine.
9.
Is the medicine bitter?
10. I
do not
hours.
16.
medicine (103, 1). 11. Shake the bottle. 12. Let the bottle be shaken. 13. Take a teaspoonful every two
like bitter
14.
Here are some

18.
pills.
15.
Take one
17. 19.
Do
not take the piU after the meal,
(103, 1).
Do not eat much.
do not Uke shan't eat much.

I
pill
before each meal.
pills
20. I haven't
[any] appetite.
124
E.
latter
1.
When I was ill,

came
to
Charles telephoned to Dr. Heredia,
2.
The
house in his motor car. 3. Charles opened the door for-him (le). 4. Taking oE his hat, his gloves, and his overcoat, he came into (entr6 en) my room. 5. I said to him: Good day, doctor; I am very ill. 6. He answered: Let (148, a) me see your (la) tongue and take your (el) piilse. 7. You have a cold, but you are not very ill. 8. But, I answered, I have [a] headache, and I haven't [any^ appetite. 9. You haven't ^smy} fever, said the good physician. 10. I took your (el) pulse and your temperature (la temperatura). 11. Here are twelve white pills. 12. Take one every two hours, and drink a great deal of water. 14. Take a teaspoonful 13. And here is a bottle of medicine. 15. In the morning you fifteen minutes before each meal. may (puede) eat anything you wish. 16. Do not eat much at
(ste)
(de) night.
my
KESUMEN GRAMATICAL
144.
Modo
imperativo.
El modo
imperativo 861o se usa en la
forma afirmativa.
el
En
expresiones de
mando
negativas se emplea
subjuntivo.
146. 146.
Modo
subjuntivo.
El presente de subjuntivo (1) se emplea para expresar

(2)
una
orden o deseo direct ; o

147.
puede usarse en cldusulas subordinadas.
Fonnas del verbo hahlar en expresiones de mando o

.
deseo:
Todos
los
verbos regulares de la primera conjugaci6n se con-
jugan como
el
verbo hablar.
Los verbos regulares de
las
tercera conjugaciones se conjugan igualmente
como
los
segunda y verbos
aprender y vivir {vkmse

a.
los 144, 145).
El vocable que se suprime algunas veces en la tercera persona. Sin que, la idea de mando resulta mds directa.
148.
se traduce generalmente al ingles

tivo,
a.
El presente de subjuntivo, en expresiones de mando directas, mediante el vocablo let y el infinicon tal que el sujeto no sea de la segunda persona.
Pero
si let significa
dejar o permitir, debe traducirse por estos
verboB.
LESSON XXXII
6.
125
En
la
a estudiar,
149.
let
primera persona plural se puede decir estudiemos o vamos us study. Let its not study equivale a no estudiemos.
1.
La -d
final
final
de
la
segunda persona plural del imperativo

os.
se pierde delante del

2.
pronombre complementario
primera persona plural del presente de subjuntivo se omite delante del pronombre complementario nos.
la
La -s
de
150. Para la colocaci6n del pronombre i)ersonal complemento de im verbo en expresiones de mando o deseo, vâse el 85.
a. Pero si el verbo va precedido de la voz que, el pronombre personal complementario precede al verbo. 6. El presente de subjuntivo, segunda persona, con la voz que o sin ella, puede tambi6n expresar im simple deseo.
LESSON xxxn
151. Radical-Changing Verbs.
1.
Imperative Mood:
Cerrar : cierra, cerrad, close Contar : cuenta, contad, count
Entender entiende, entended, imderstand

:
Volver : vuelve, volved, retium

Sentir : siente, sentid, feel
Dormir duerme, dormid, sleep

:
Pedir : pide, pedid, ask

2.
(for)
Present Subjunctive
Cerrar, to close
Contar, to count
SiNQtJLAR
cierre
Plural
cerremos
cerreis
Singulab
cuente cuentes cuente
Plural
contemos
conteis
cierres
cierre
cierren
cuenten
Entender, to understand
Volver, to return
Singular
ehtienda
entiendas
Plural
entendamos
entendais entiendan
SiNGTTLAR
PlTJRAL
entienda
vuelva vuelvas vuelva
volvamos
volvais
vuelvan
126

Sentir, /o/ee/
DorvaiTt to sleep
Singular
sienta
Plural
sintamos
sintdis
Singular
Plural
sientas
sienta
sientan
duerma duennas duenna
durmamos
dunnfiis
duennan
Pedir, to ask
Singular
pida
pidas
Plural
pidamos
pidais
pida
pidan
Note that in the present subjunctive, as in the present indicative, the radical vowel e changes to ie or i, and the radical vowel o changes to ue, when the root is stressed.
In the third conjugation (but not in the first or second), the radical vowel e changes to i, and the radical vowel o changes to u, in the first and second persons plural.
152.
Subjunctive in Substantive Clauses.^
The present
aconsejar,
like.
be used to express a direct command or wish (146, 147). It is also used to express an indirect command or wish, after mandar, to command, order; pedir (i),
subjunctive
to
may
ask; querer
(ie), to
wish; preferir
(ie), to prefer;
to advise;
fil
dejar, to
let,
allow; prohibir,
to forbid,
and the
manda que yo
puerta.
tti
cierre la
He
orders
me
to close (that I shall
close) the door.
Quiero que
seas
feliz.
I wish
you
to be (that
you may
he
be) happy.
Preferimos que
la escriba el.
We
prefer that he write (that

it.
should write)
Prohibo
que
td.
entres
en
I forbid
your entering (that you
aquella casa.
should enter) that house.
Note that
English by:
*
in these sentences the Spanish subjunctive is expressed in

(1)
the simple subjunctive (as in that he vnte);
(2) shall,
A clause that is the subject or the object of
a verb
ia
called a substantive
LESSON XXXII
should, or moj/
127
and the
infinitive;
(3)
the infinitive alone; (4) the pres-
ent participle (or gerund).

a.
Decir, escribir,
and the Uke, may be used as verbs
of
command:
me
escribe que vuelva en seguida, he writes
me
to
return immediately.
153.
If
the principal and the subordinate verbs of a senis
tence have the same subject, the infinitive

instead of the subjunctive.
Quiero ser feliz. Preferimos escribirla.
a.
used in Spanish
I wish to
be happy.
it.
We
prefer to write
used in EngUsh even when the principal different subjects (see 152). In Spanish the infinitive may be thus used only after a few verbs, such as mandar, dejar, and the like, chiefly when the subject of an affirmative subordinate verb is a personal pronoun.
infinitive is often
The
and the subordinate verbs have
Me mandd venir.
No
le
He
ordered
me
to come.
dejamos
entrar.
We
did not let him
come
in.
EXERCISES
la
caro, -a, dear, expensive casa editorial, publishing house

clSsico, -a, classic
la literatura, Uterature
el lujo,
luxury;
de
lujo,
de luxe,
elegant
complete, -a, complete

el
mandar, to command, send

mejor, better, best
necesitar, to need
la obra,
dependiente, clerk
desear, to desire
la edicidn, edition
el
work
{of
art,
literaiure,
ejemplar, copy (of a book, etc.) encuademar, to bind (a hook)

escoger, to choose, select
ilustrar, to illustrate
music)
el
peso, dollar
la poesia, poetry,
poem
importante, important
la libreria,
bookstore
el
pubUsh valer,^ to be worth volumen, volume

publicar, to
A.
2.
Aqul
1.
iDonde
estd.
*
estd,
la
hbrerla de Victoriano Sdnchez?
iQuiere
Irregular in
Vd.
que
entremos
en
ella?
some tenses
(273).
128
3.

Sf,
senor;
mi padre desea que

4.
de Espronceda.
libros.
6,
5.
Yo tambi^n
le
compre
las poesfas
necesito comprar varies

cldsicas.
En mi
biblioteca
ya tengo muchas obras
de Calderon de la Barca y las Obras escogidas de Lope de Vega. 7. El profesor de castellano me aconseja que busque (114) una buena edici6n del 8. Me dice que es la obra mds importante de la Quijote. AquI tiene Vd. un buen ejemliteratura castellana. 9.
Tengo
las Obras completas
plar, ilustrado
y bien encuadernado.
10.
Voy a
pedirle
al
dependiente que
Aqul tiene Vd. ima que acaba de publicar (91) la 11. mejor casa editorial de Madrid. 12. Es una edicion de lujo iCudnto vale la encuadernada en doce voMmenes. 13. Es cara; pero la edici6n? Vale veinticinco pesos. 14. Sf tomo. 15. iQuiere Vd. que la mande a su casa? 16. hdgame Vd. el favor de manddrmela a casa.
me
ensene otra edici6n mejor que 6sta.
B.
2.
Contestese.
1.
iQuiere Vd. que entremos en la libreria?

3.
iQu6
quiere su padre que le compre Vd.?
iYa
tiene
Vd. muchas obras en su biblioteca? 4. ^Tiene Vd. las Obras completas de Calder6n de la Barca? 5. iTiene Vd. las Obras 6. iCudl es la obra mds escogidas de Lope de Vega? 7. iQui^n escribi6 importante de la literatura casteUana? 8. iQui^n le (Miguel de Cervantes Saavedra.) el Quijotef aconseja a Vd. que busque una edici6n del Quijotef 9. iCom10. ^Cudntos pr6 Vd. una buena edici6n del Quijotef
voWmenes tiene? 11. iCudnto vale la mand6 el dependiente a la casa de Vd.?

esta obra importante?
14.
edici6n?
13.
12.
iLa
iHa
lefdo Vd.
iDesea Vd.
leerla?
C. Repitase, usando usted como

1.
sujeto de los verbos siibordinados.
Deseo
dormir
bien.
(Deseo que
3.
Vd. duerma
5.
bien.)
2.
Carlos desea cerrar la puerta.
Ana
prefiere escribirla.
4.
Quiere mandarla en esa casa. (Le a casa. 6. Te aconsejo que no entres aconsejo a Vd. que no entre, etc.) 7. Prohibimos que tii
Preferimos comprar otra edici6n.
PA PId) ^-lap
-oiA C*^^ ^1)
8^"^
^sy
"ST
'ps^snqnd
'ill
%s\ s,j
^PW 9^0
"a^nT
^MX
^<^^
iS3[aoM
I
^'^^'^
oq:^ SI qoTTiAi "91
op
^^^
BniJJOg JO sinaod 9q^ n'^ p'eai (op Busd 'tnaq^ p'eaj o:^ pnaûi ] q-ÔAS. %ovL St î -^f-x
-UJ02 ''Bpaouojdsa JO sraaod

'sa'^n'BAjaQ jo s^jjoai
dx{% p'eaj
%ou
s
''B
yCj8A aJB (soqanin sojjo) saaq'ô
^Cu'Eui pu'B
aq^
jts 'saj^ -gx
is-"^
'(^-^^
gîJOM
cûB:^JodTIII
(î
Xu'Bui aaaq"^
aoy
'XX
Snq
tn
pu'B
(ôaps o^ raiq î^b

tis
0% (jos9|Ojd
%i p'B9i
n^qs i -qx i.'^ b) jaqoâ^ JtioX 3isb (ôu no.

('^'Bq:^)
o^ 9UI ^nniad (ôu qiAv aq

p'Bai
}oxmQ uoQ
JO
-e
p[noqs j
'\'ev\}
sjajaad
aj:
nopipa
paq.'Bi'^snqi
W8
joj
:5{oo| o-^
ara sasiA]
-5
Xnq 0%
ara saqsiM jaqo'Ba:^

'B
Aj^
'(pp
puBOj I 'f 1%] iCnq noi ]pM. ifjaA XdoD araospu^q -b aA^q i fits 's djoxin^ UOQ JO iCdoo pooS 'B Xj'Baqq moA
-3iooq piJp'Bj\[
ui
î
ng) -BprnSos u 9p ajp'Bd la XI '('^?^ '^ÎP ^ ou 8nb Qoip 9:^ t:^ V "TI '^Jdraoo o\ an 'S9Jûa ou anb apid 9^ ajp^d la 'OT
'PA
"^
'Bpu'Bni Q\ aip'Bd
9\ u'Bnf
1^
<-îf*i-(^-^
soni'Bfep 91 ojj^)
J'BJÛ9
souiBrap 9^ o
62T
iixxx Nossai
; ;
130
162. Subjuntivo en clfiusulas substantivadas. El presente de subjuntivo puede usarse para expresar una orden o deseo directo Tambi^n se usa para expresar una orden o deseo (146, 147).
indirecto despu^s de los verbos mandar, pedir, querer, preferir,
aconsejar, dejar, probibir,
otros semej antes.

el
Obs6rvese que en estas
f rases
subjuntivo espafiol se traduce al
ingles por (1) el simple subjuntivo, (2) shall, should o

tivo, (3) el infinitivo solamente,
a.
may y
el infini-
(4) el
gerundio.
Decir, escribir,
otros verbos semejantes,
pueden usarse como
verbos de mando.
153.
Si
el
frase tienen
un mismo
verbo principal asf como el subordinado en una sujeto, en espafiol se usa el infinitivo en vez
del subjuntivo.
a menudo el infinitivo aunque el verbo prinsubordinado tengan diferentes sujetos (152). En este caso, en espafiol s61o se usa el infinitivo despu6s de determinados verbos, tales como mandar, dejar, y algunos otros, especialmente cuando el Bujeto de un verbo subordinado afirmativo es un pronombre personal.
a.
En
ingles se usa
cipal
el
LESSON xxxm
164.
Decir
:
Some
decid, say
(tell)
Irregular Imperatives
Venir : ven, venid, come : ve, id, go Ser : se, sed, be
di,
:
Hacer haz, haced, do (make) Poner pen, poned, put (place)

:
Ir
Tener: ten, tened, have

156.
Stem
of the
Present Subjunctive.
1.
The
present
first
subjunctive has, as a rule, the same stem as that of the
person singular of the present indicative.

Pres. Ind.
1st Pers. Sing.
Present Subjunctive
Conocer;
Decir:
conozc-o
dig-o;
conozc-a, -as, -a, -amos, -4is,

dig-a, -as, -a,
-an
Hacer: Tener
Venir:
hag-o
teng-o
veng-o;
-amos, -fiis, -an hag-a, -as, -a, -amos, -6is, -an teng-a, -as, -a, -amos, -fiis, -an veng-a, -as, -a, -amos, -fiis, -an
; ; ; ; ;
LESSON XXXIII
2.
131
The
exceptions to this general rule are the six verbs

first
whose present indicative,

in -o.
Pres. Ind.
1st Pers. Sing.
person singular, does not end
Present Subjunctive
Dar
It
:
doy
estoy
Estar :
voy
:
Ser
soy
:
Haber
Saber
3.
:
he
se
-emos, -eis, -en -emos, -eis, -en vay-a, -as, -a, -amos, -fiis, -an se-a, -as, -a, -amos, -dis, -an hay-a, -as, -a, -amos, -dis, -an sep-a, -as, -a, -amos, -iis, -an
d-e, -es, -e,
est-e, -es, -e,
Poder (ue) and querer
(ie)
are inflected in the present
subjunctive Uke radical-changing verbs of the second conjugation.
156.
1.
Subjunctive in Substantive Clauses, Continued.

is
ser
The subjunctive
to be
required after expressions of feeling

to
or emotion, such as temer,
fear;
esperar,^ to hope;
ale-
grarse de,
glad of;
sentir (ie), to regret, be sorry;
Ifistima, to be
pity, be too bad,
and the Uke.
Tememos que
tiempo.
el
no llegue a
We
I
fear that
he
will
not arrive in
ill.
time.
Siento que Vd. este enfermo.
am
sorry that you are
s l&stima que Juan no estudie

mfis.
It is
a pity that John does not study more.

fear that
But
(153),
Tememos no
llegar
a tiempo.
We
I
we
shall not arrive
in time.
Siento estar enfermo.
am
sorry to be
ill
(that I
am
ill).
a.
preposition
is
usually retained before a substantive clause in

:
Spanish, but omitted in English
me
alegro de eso, /
am
glad of thai;
it.
me
*
alegro de que Vd.
no
lo crea, I
am
glad that you do not believe
The
future indicative
is
implied.
may be used after esperar and temer See XXXVI, Exercises, E. 15.
if
certainty
132
2.
The subjunctive
sea
f eliz.
is
required after expressions of doubting

to doubt,
or denying, such as dudar,
and negar
will be)
(ie), to
deny.
is
Dudo que
I doubt that (whether) he
{or
he
happy.
it is true.
Niega que sea verdad.

167.
He
denies that
Expressions of beUeving or saying, such as creer,
to
believe, decir, to say, estar
seguro de,
to be sure of,
and the
like,
usually take the indicative; but
when they
are negative
or interrogative they
may
express doubt or denial, in which
case they take the subjunctive.

Creo que es
But,
feliz.
feliz.
No
creo que sea
iCtee Vd. que sea
feliz?
he ia happy. do not beUeve that he is happy. Do you beheve that he is happy?

I believe that I
{The
is
speaker
implies that
he
in doubt.)
a.
Similarly,
to stress a fact:
no dudo, no niego, and the like, may take the indicative no dudo que es feliz, / do not dovbt that he is happy;
no niega que es verdad, he does not deny that it is true. b. Note that the Spanish present subjunctive may express either present or future time, and that it is sometimes best translated into English by the present or the future indicative.
EXERCISES
apenas, scarcely, hardly
el el
extranjero, -a, foreign

el giro,
buz6n, mail box, letter box

centavo, cent
cerca, near
certificar, to register
money
order, draft
el
muchisimo, very pais, country

postage
much
seem
(o
letter,
parecer, to appear,
el porte,
package,
etc.)
el correo, mail,
post
oflBce"^
salir,^
costar (ue), to cost echar, to throw, put

enviar, to send
el sello,
to go out, leave stamp; sello de correo,
o sello postal, postage
stamp
creo que si (que no), I think so (not); esperamos que si (que no),
we hope
so (not).
>
Post
office is
also casa
de correos.
(see $274).
t *
Salir is irregular in
some tenses
Also called estampilla de correo in some countries.
LESSON XXXIII
A.
133
1. Acabo de escribir algunas cartas a mis amigos en Estados Unidos de America. 2. Tengo sobres, pero no tengo sellos de correo (o sellos postales). 3. Siento muchlsimo
los
no tener
5.
iQuiere Vd. que vaya a buscarlos? 4. tenga Vd. la bondad de ir a buscar diez sellos de cinco centavos cada uno. 6. Este es el porte de una carta iQuiere Vd. que lleve las cartas a un pais extranjero. 7.
sellos.
el
SI;
manana sale a las nueve, Vd. no llegue a tiempo. 10. Dudo que pueda llegar antes de las nueve. 11. iQuiere Vd. que certifique
al correo?
8.
SI;
correo de la
9.
Temo que
puedo creer que haya^ tiempo para eso. 13. Ponga Vd. los sellos y eche las cartas en el 14. Es Idstima que no tengamos sellos de correo buz6n. en casa. 15, Pero me alegro de que est6 cerca el correo. 16. iCree Vd. poder llegar al correo antes de las nueve? Sf, senor; creo que si. 18. Yo espero que sf; pero 17. no estoy seguro de que pueda hacerlo. 19. No me parece probable que llegue antes de las nueve. 20. Hagame Vd.
las cartas? 12.
Apenas
favor de traerme diez tarj etas postales de dos centavos cada una. 21. Manana enviar^ un giro postal de cuarenta pesos a una casa editorial de Bogotd. 22. Dudo que tengamos tiempo para hacerlo hoy.
el
Â quienes he escrito yo? 2. ^Donde 3. ^Tenemos en casa seUos de correo (o sellos postales)? 4-5. ^Cual es el porte de una carta (de una 6. Â qu6 hora sale tar eta postal) a un pals extranjero? el correo de la manana? 7. iCree Vd. que yo pueda llegar
B.
Contestese.
1.
viven mis amigos?
de las nueve? {respuesta : Si, senor; creo que No, senor; no creo que pueda, etc.). 8. iLe parece a Vd. probable que pueda llegar a esa hora? 9. Êstd, Vd. seguro de que no pueda llegar? 10. iQu^ enviar^ yo manana a una casa editorial de Bogotd? 11. iCree Vd. que tenga tiempo para hacerlo hoy?
al correo antes
puede,
etc.;
o,
Haya
is
here the present subjunctive corresponding to hay.
134

sujeto
del verho svbordinado.
C. RepUase, usando usted como

I.
a tiempo. (Temo que Vd. no Uegue a tiempo.) 2. Siento muchlsimo estar enfermo hoy. 3. Espero poder hacerlo. 4. Me alegro de poder hacerlo. 5. l estd seguro de poder llegar a tiempo. 6. lEsti 6\ seguro de poder
llegar
Temo no
llegar
a tiempo?
7.
Ella niega haberlo hecho.

sujeto del
RepUase con yo sobrentendido, pero no expresado, como

verho svbordinado.
8.
Siento que no tengamos
sellos.
(Siento
no tener sellos.) 9. Quiero que Vd. vaya a buscarlos. 11. Temo 10. Deseo que Vd. lleve las cartas al correo. que Vd. no llegue a tiempo. 12. Espero que Vd. pueda
hacerlo.
D.
(one).
1,
Bring
me
five postal cards.

3.
2. I desire
also ten postage stamps.

4.
The
postal cards cost
you to bring me two cents each
you
The postage stamps cost five cents each (one). 5. Have money order? 6. I am glad that you have sent 8. Please post 7. Your father wishes you to post ^ this letter. it. 9. We hope that you will buy some Spanish books it at once. 10. And we hope (that) you will read them. (libros en espaflol). 12. Do you beUeve II. I fear (that) you may not read them all. 13. No, sir; I do not (that) Ferdinand has read Don Quixote?
sent the postal
believe (that) he has read
read
E.
it.
15.
And
it. 14. He doesn't say (that) he has beUeve (that) he has not done so (lo).
1.
When
does the mail for
Cuba
(para Cuba) leave?
2. It
leaves every third
day (cada tres dias) at half-past four in the afternoon. 3. Will you (i Qui ere Vd.) post this letter? 4. If you have the time, please register it. 5. I prefer that you should register all
my
7.
letters.
6. Is
the post office near?
Yes,
sir;
it is
very near.
Good! I am glad (that) it is near. 8. But this letter hasn't Cany] stamp! 9. That is true. Please buy me five postage stamps. 10. Put one stamp on this envelope and bring me the others (los demfis). 12. What is 11. I have many other ^ letters to write. the postage of a letter to a foreign country? 13. The postage of a
1
To
See
post
= echar
al
correo or echar en el buz6ii.
XXXII,
Exerciaes.
D.
12.
LESSON XXXIII
letter is five cents
135
two No,
cents.
sir;
and that
(el)
of a postal card
15.
14.
Have
you written
have not written to her this week. 16. I am very sorry that you have not written to her. 17. I fear that you may not be able to write to her to-day. 18. I desire you to write if you can (puede) do so. 19. But 20. It is a pity that you do I doubt that you will have the time. not write to your family every Sunday (todos los domingos).
I
to your mother this week?
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
1. El presente 155. El radical del presente de subjuntivo. de subjuntivo tiene, por regla general, el mismo radical que la primera persona singular del presente de indicativo. 2. Las excepciones de esta regla general son las de los seis verbos cuya primera persona singular del presente de indicativo no termina
en -o. 3. Los verbos poder y querer se conjugan en el presente de subjuntivo como los verbos de la segunda conjugaci6n que cambian
su
ralz.
156.
el
Subjuntivo en clausulas substantivadas.
1.
Se requiere
subjuntivo despues de expresiones de sentimiento o emoci6n,
tales
a.
como temer,
esperar, alegrarse de, sentir, ser lastima, etc.
En
espanol se usa la preposici6n delante de la clausula substan-
tivada pero se suprime en ingles.

2. Se emplea el subjuntivo despues de expresiones de negaci6n o duda, tales como dudar y negar.
157. Expresiones
que implican ideas de creer o
decir, tales
al
como
indi-
creer, decir, estar seguro de, rigen,
por regla general,
modo
cuando son negativas o inter rogativas, pueden expresar duda o negaci6n y en este caso rigen al subjuntivo.
cativo; pero
a.
Del mismo modo,
las expresiones
regir al
modo
indicativo para expresar
no dudo, no niego, un hecho.
etc.,
pueden
b. Advidrtase que el presente de subjuntivo en espanol puede indicar o bien tiempo presente o future, y que se traduce algunas veces al ingl69 per el presente o el futuro de indicativo.
136
FIRST SPANISH COUBSB
LESSON XXXIV
168.
1.
The subjunctive
it is
Subjunctive in Substantive Clauses, Continued. is required after such impersonal expresit is
sions as es precise,
necessary;
importa,
it
is
important;
conviene,^
proper; es posible,
it is
possible,
and the Uke.

him
to (that
Es
preciso que el diga la verdad. It
is
necessary for
tell
he
should)
the truth.
Importa que lleguemos temprano.
It is important for us to (that
we
it.
should) arrive early.

It is not possible for
No
2.
es posible que yo lo haga.
me
to
do
After most of these expressions the infinitive

if
is
used,
it
as in English,
it
does not have a definite subject, and
may be used
if,
in Spanish, its logical subject is
an unstressed
personal pronoun object of the principal verb.

Importa llegar temprano. Nos importa llegar temprano.
It is important to arrive early. It is important for us to arrive
early.
No es posible hacerlo. No me es posible hacerlo.

159.
It is
not possible to do
it.
It is not possible for
me
to do
it.
Imperfect (or Past) Subjunctive.

all
Spanish has two

irregular,
imperfect tenses of the subjunctive mood.
be formed for
third person:
1.
verbs, both regular
and
These tenses may by adding
the following endings to the stem of the preterite indicative,

*
-ase, -ases, -ase, -asemos, -aseis, -asen

-ara, -aras, -ara, -firamos, -arais, -aran
2.
II
TT
and
J TTT III.
-lesemos, -leseis, -lesen f ! -lese, -leses, -lese, -lei .' n ieramos, -ierais, -ieran 2. -lera, -leras, -lera, -le
. (^
>
Convenir
is
inSected like venir (264).
LESSON XXXIV
Pret. Ind.
137
3d Pers. PL
,
Past Subjimctive Hablar

f <^,,, 2. habl-ara,
[
habl-aroii.
'
^,
1.
habl-ase, -ases, -ase, -^semos, -aseis, -asen

-aras, -ara, -aramos, -arais, -aran
-
Aprender
aprend-ieron,
f 1. aprend-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen o aprend-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran
Vivir
r 1. viv-iese,
-iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen -ieses, -iese, -ieran
viv-ieron,
ieramos, -ierais, 2. viv-iera, -ieras, -iera, -i
Pedir
.^
*^
.
Did-ieron. '
f 1.
s
pid-iese, -ieses, -iese, -iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen

.
{2. pid-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran
Tener
tuv-ieron, '
f 1. tuv-iese, -ieses, -iese,
>

{ 2.
-iesemos, -ieseis, -iesen o i_ tuv-iera, -ieras, -iera, -ieramos, -ierais, -ieran
...
...
a.
-ra
is
6.
In subordinate clauses either form may be used, but the form in more common in Spanish America. Note the absence of i in fueron, etc., and in dijeron, etc.
160.
Use
of the Imperfect Subjunctive.

is
is
1.
If the prin-
a sentence ordinate subjunctive verb

cipal verb of
past or conditional, the subusually in the imperfect tense.

I
Yo
queria que Vd. fuera

el
f eliz.
wished you to be (that you might be) happy.

feared
Temiamos que
no
llegara
We
He
It
that
he would not
temprano. Negd que fuese verdad. No seria posible que Pablo lo

hiciera.
arrive early.
(153), Yo queria ser f eliz. Temiamos no llegar temprano.
But
denied that it was true. would not be possible for Paul to do it. wished to be happy.
feared
We
It
that
we should not
it.
arrive early.
No
serfa posible hacerlo.
would not be possible to do
138
2.
The
present perfect or the imperfect subjunctive

if
is
used after the present tense
the time of the subordinate
verb
is logically past. I
Siento que Vd. haya estado en-
am
sorry that
you have been
ill.
fermo.
Dudo que
fuese
feliz.
doubt that he was happy.
EXERCISES
acudir, to
come
alin,
(to),
go
(to)
Uorar, to weep, cry

la
la aguja, needle
_
yet
mamA, mamma, mother

manga, sleeve remendar (ie), to mend
rogar (ue), to request, ask romper, to break, tear
aun, even;
el botdn,
la
button
la cajita,^ little
box
calzarse, to put
(boots)
on one's shoes
la ropa, clothes
roto, -a, broken, torn
castigar, to punish
cumplir, to
el dedal,
fulfil
subir a, to go
up
to,
climb
tijeras,
thimble
las tijeras, scissors;
unas
descoser, to rip
la gorra,
a pair of
el
scissors
cap
traje, suit {of clothes)
el hilo, thread, linen
usar, to use, wear

el
Juanito,*
Johnny
vestido, dress
dejd de llorar, he stopped crying; ayer cimiplid echo aflos, he was

eight years old yesterday.
A.
1.
Juanito se rompe siempre la ropa.
2.
Cuando
se
rompi6 la chaqueta al subir a un drbol, acudi6 a su mamd y le rog6 que le remendara en seguida la chaqueta. 3. La mamd hallo roto un bolsillo y descosida una manga. 4. Ella busc6 una aguja e (and) hilo, el dedal, las tijeras y la cajita de botones, y remend6 la chaqueta. 5. Para castigar a Juanito, la madre no le permiti6 llevar mds aquel dla su traje nuevo. 6. Juanito tuvo que ponerse una chaqueta usada, pantalones rotos y una gorra vieja. 7. Ayer cumpU6 Juanito ocho afios, pero es todavia muy {very much of a) niiio. 8. No puede
1
Diminutive of caja,
box.
Diminutive of Juan.
LESSON XXXIV
lavarse, vestirse ni
calzarse.
9.
139
Esta manana rog6 a su
mam^
jabon.
que
11.
le
pusiera la blusa
le
cuando su
cabellos).
mamd
12.
lava la cara
le
Llora cuando ella
y los zapatos. 10. Llora y las manos con agua y peina y cepilla el pelo (los
ella le cepilla los
llora
aun mds cuando
dientes con polvos.

1. iQui^n se rompe siempre la ropa? rompio al subir a un drbol? 3. Â qui^n acudio? iQu6 4. iQu6 le rogo a su mamd? 5. iQue hallo roto la mamd? 7. iQue busco ella 6. iQu6 liall6 descosido la mamd? para remendar la chaqueta? 8. ^Como castigo a Juanito? 9. iQu6 tuvo que ponerse Juanito? 10. iCudntos aiios cumplio Juanito ayer? 11. ^Puede lavarse, vestirse y calzarse? 12. iQu6 le rogo a su mamd esta manana? 13. iCudndo
B.
Contestese.
2.
se
llora 41?
C.
1.
iCvAles son las dos formas del imperfedo de svb-
juntivo de estar, haber, decir, hacer,
ir, venir? 2. iCudles son las dos formas del pluscuamperfecto de subjuntivo {usense
como
etc.)
verhos auxiliares hubiese, -eses,
etc.,
y hubiera, -eras,
de los verhos hablar, aprender, vivir?

Repitase, con el
1.
D.
cativo.
verba principal en
el
imperfecta de indi-
Importa que Ueguemos temprano. (Importaba que Uegdramos temprano.) 2. Nos importa Uegar temprano. (Nos importaba Uegar temprano.) 3. No es posible que yo lo haga. 4. No me es posible hacerlo. 5. ^Quiere Vd. que yo Ueve las cartas al correo? 6. Deseo que Vd. certifique las cartas. 7. Apenas puedo creer que haya tiempo. 8. No estoy seguro de que Vd. pueda hacerlo. 9. iCree Vd. que
sea posible?
Repitase, con
el
verba principal en el presente de indicativo,
despu^s en
el
futuro de indicativo.
10.
y Prohihi que Vd. entrase

etc.
en esa casa.
entre,
etc.)
(Prohibo que Vd. entre,

11.
Prohibir6 que Vd.

12.
Era
preciso
que dijera
la verdad.
Vd.
140

13.
neg6 que fuese verdad.

hiciera.
No
serfa
15.
posible
que yo
lo
14.
Yo
mos
tiempo.
El dud6 que tuvi^se16. Ellos sentlan muchisimo que estuvi^ramos

queria ser
feliz.
enfermos.
E. 1. It was not possible for me to go to the post office. 2. It was necessary that you should post the letter. 3. It was important that you should arrive early. 4. We feared that you could not do 5. Do you believe that he has put stamps on the envelopes? it. 7. I doubt 6. No, sir; I can scarcely believe that he has done so. that he has bought [any] stamps. 8. Did Johnnie tear h's coat? 9. Yes, sir; and he asked his mother to mend it. 10. Did she mend 12. Did she permit 11. I doubt that she has mended it yet. it? him to wear (Uevar) his new suit? 13. No, sir; she told him to put-on his old suit. 14. Did Johnnie cry? 15. Yes, sir; he cried a long time (mucho tiempo) and his mother punished him. 17. No, 16. Did he stop crying when his mother punished him?
air;
he cried even more.
F.
2.
1. Annie (Anita ^) is the daughter of Mr. and Mrs. Enrfquez. She was five years old last Monday. 3. She is a handsome
dark-complexioned-httle-girl (trigueflita^).
4.
But she
cries
when
her mother washes her face with water and soap. 5. And she cries even more when her mother brushes her teeth. 6. Yesterday Annie
tore her
her to
new dress. 7. She went weeping to her mother and asked mend it. 8. Her mother told her to go and get a needle and
9.
you (tii) cUmbing
While she was mending the dress she asked: ' How did 10. Annie answered: I tore it while 11. To (Para) punish Annie her (al subir a) a tree. mother told her to wear an old dress. 12. She forbade her (le) 13. She said that it was to cUmb (152) the tree C^ny] more. necessary that she should stop cUmbing trees (103, 1). 14. And that it was too bad that she had torn (hubiera roto) her new dress. 16. She told 15. Annie was very sorry that she had done so (lo). her mother that she would not chmb the tree again (otra vez). 17. The mother kissed Annie and the child stopped crying.
thread.
tear your dress?
Diminutive of Ana, Anna. Diminutive of trigueila.
Rogar or preguntar?
LESSON
XXXV
141
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
168.
Subjuntivo
en clausulas substantivadas.
1.
Se usa
el
subjuntivo despu^s de expresiones impersonales tales

precise, importa, conviene, es posible, etc.
como
es
infinitivo
Despu^s de la mayor parte de estas expresiones, se usa el como en ingles si carece de sujeto determinado, y tambi^n puede usarse si el sujeto 16gico es un pronombre personal no acentuado complemento del verbo principal.
2.
159.
Imperf ecto
(o
pasado) de subjuntivo.
el
El
espanol tiene
dos tiempos imperfectos en

formarse en todos
subjuntivo.
Estos tiempos pueden
los verbos,
tanto regulares
al
como
irregulares,
anadiendo
las
siguientes terminaciones
radical de la tercera
.
persona del pret^rito (pasado absoluto) de indicativo:

a.
En
las cldusulas
subordinadas puede usarse cualquiera de las dos
formas, pero en la America espanola prefieren la forma en -ra. 6. N6tese la falta de i en fueron, etc., y en dijeron, etc.
160.
Uso
del imperf ecto de subjuntivo.
1.
Si el
pal de una frase estd en tiempo pasado o condicional,
verbo princiel verbo sub-
el imperfecto de subjuntivo. El presente perfecto o el imperfecto de subjuntivo se emplean despu^s del presente si el tiempo de la acci6n indicada por el verbo subordinado es 16gicamente pasado.
ordinado generalmente estd en

2.
LESSON XXXV
161.
junctive
Subjunctive
is
in
Adjectival
Clauses.
^
The
sub-
used in adjectival clauses relative pronoun): 1. After a negative.
(introduced
by a
No
encontre a nadie que ha-
I did
not find anyone
who spoke
blase espailol.
Spanish,
A clause that modifies a noun or pronoun is called an adjectival clause.
142
2.

If the relative
pronoun has an
I
indefinite antecedent.
Yo buscaba un hombre que

hablase espailol. But, Yo conocia a tin hombre
que hablaba espafiol. Prometi6 dar im premlo alumno que escribiera mejor tema.
was looking for a man (.= any man) who spoke Spanish. knew a man (= some definite man) who spoke Spanish.
the
al el
But, Di6 tin premio al que escribid el mejor tema.
Todo
viajero
tren habrS de comprar

billete
que tome este tm

clase.
de primera
promised to give a prize to student (= any student) who should write the best theme. He gave a prize to the one (= some definite one) who wrote the best theme. Every passenger (whoever he may be) who shall take this train will have to buy a first-class ticket.
He
3.
In clauses containing whoever, whatever, however.

Quienquiera que sea. Sea lo que sea. Por bueno que sea.
Whoever he may be. Whatever it may be. However good it may

to fall,
be.
162.
salir, to
The
present indicative of caer,
oir, to hear,
go out,
and
valer, to be worth,
is:
Singular
Caer:
caigo
Plural
caemos
caeis
Salir:
Singular
salgo
sales
sale
Plural
salimos
sails
caes
cae
Ofr:
oigo
caen
salen
ofmos
ois
Valer:
valgo
vales
vale
valemos
valeis
eyes
oye
oyen
valen
(see 155)
What
163.
is
the present subjunctive of these verbs?
The
future indicative of salir and valer

Salir:
is:
saldr-6, -&s, -a,

-fis, -fi,
Valer: valdr-e,
-emos, -emos,
-eis, -fin -eis, -fin
What
is
the conditional tense of these verbs?
LESSON
164.
XXXV
and valer
is:
143
The imperative
of oir, salir,
Oir : oye, old
Salir: sal, salid
Valer : val, valed
All other forms of the above verbs are regular. Note, however, the orthography of caer and oir ( 114, 2, and 126, 4).
EXERCISES
el
algod6n, cotton
pagar, to pay
el pafluelo,
el
la cabritilla, kid
la camisa, shirt
la cantidad,
handkerchief
paquete, package
amount, quantity
el par, pair
cargar, to charge
la cosa,
la pechera,
bosom
{of
shirt)
thing
neck, collar
la pieza, piece, article

el puflo, fist, cuff
el cuello,
la cuenta, account, bill
la seda, silk
el surtido, supply,
desatar, to untie
la docena,
stock
dozen gastar, to spend mostrar (ue), to show
vender, to
sell
vistoso, -a, bright-colored,
showy
al contado, for cash; al fiado,
credit;
de moda, in fashion, fashionable; de color, colored
on
A. 1. Hoy gaste mds de {than) cincuenta pesos. 2. Fuf a una tienda y compre a (o/) un dependiente un par de guantes de cabritilla que me costaron dos pesos. 3. Tambien compre una docena de paiiuelos de hilo que valfan
cinco centavos cada uno. 4. Le pregunt^ al depeniTiene Vd. camisas del niimero quince que tengan la pechera y los puiios de hilo? 5. El me contest: Si, senor;
treinta
diente:
ilas quiere
Vd. blancas o de color?

7.
prefiero blancas.
6. Le respondf: Las Compre media docena de camisas y 8.
una docena de
plete
la
cuellos.
Despues
9.
me
dijo el dependiente:
iNecesita Vd. corbatas?
que hay en la ciudad. bondad de mostrarme (o, ensefiarme) algunas de seda.

:
Tenemos el surtido mds com10. Le contests Tenga Vd.
144
11.
Deseo dos o tres que no scan muy vistosas. 12. fil me No tenemos corbatas de color que no sean vistosas. 13. Este invierno las corbatas vistosas estdn de moda. 14. No encontr^ ninguna corbata que me gustase. 15. Pero compr6 diez pares de calcetines y alguna ropa interior. 16. Cuando hube escogido estas piezas, le dije al dependiente que me las cargara en cuenta. 17. Me contest6 que vendia siempre al contado y no al fiado. 18. Pagu6 la cuenta y rogue al dependiente que me lo mandase todo a casa. 19. For la tarde recibi los paquetes. 20. Los desat6 y encontr6 todas las cosas que habla comprado.
contest6:
Cordestese. 1. ^Cudntos pesos gast6 Vd. hoy? iCudnto costaron los guantes de cabritilla que Vd. cornpro? 3. ^Cudnto valian los panuelos de hilo? 4. iPrefiere Vd. los paiiuelos de hilo a los (those) de algodon? 5. iPrefiere Vd. las camisas blancas a las de color? 6. iPrefiere Vd. las camisas con pechera de hilo o con pechera de seda? 7. iCudntos cuellos compr6 Vd.? 8. iLe gustan a Vd. las
B.
2.
Êstdn de moda? 10. iQu6 color Vd. comprar al fiado o al contado? 12. Cuando Vd. compra un traje (un vestido), idesea Vd. que el dependiente se lo cargue en cuenta? 13. O iprefiere Vd. pagar la cuenta desde luego? 14. iPag6 Vd. la cuenta de hoy?
corbatas vistosas?
9.
le
gusta a Vd. mds?
11. ^Prefiere
C. Repltase, con
1.
el verho principal,
en
el
presente de indicaiivo.
buscaba una corbata que no fuese vistosa. (Yo busco una corbata que no sea vistosa.) 2. No encontrd ninguna que me gustara. 3. No tenfan corbatas de color que no fueran vistosas. 4. Si, senor; tenfan corbatas que no eran 6. Bused' vistosas. 5. Yo encontr^ una que me gustaba. bamos panuelos que no fueran de algod6n. 7. Por buenos que fuesen, no nos gustaban los (those) de algodon. 8. ^No no tenlan camisas que costasen menos? 9. No, senor;
Yo
LESSON XXXV
145
10. SI, senor; yo encontre ninguna que costara menos. encontr^ una docena que costaban menos. 11. iEncontr6
Vd. un dependiente que hablase ingles? 12. No encontr^ ninguno que hablara ingles. 13. Yo encontr^ a uno que hablaba bien el ingles.
D. 1. We are looking for a boy who speaks Spanish. 2. Do you know a boy who speaks Spanish? 3. I do know (Si conozco)
one who speaks Spanish very
to the student
well.
4.
He promised to give
a dollar
who should
6.
write the best exercise, whoever he
might
be.
5.
And
best exercise.
However good
7.
he gave the dollar to the one who wrote the it might be, an exercise would
not be worth a
que) he
dollar.
We
desire
you to hear
all
that (todo lo
it.
may say.
8, It is
necessary that you should hear
9.
We
heard
all
that he said.
cost that
10.
We
are looking for silk handkerchiefs

11.
(pafluelos de seda) that cost twenty-five cents each (one).
Have
you any that
No, sir; but I have some that cost thirty cents each (one). 13. I do not see any (ninguno) that I like. 14. I have some that you wiU like (fvi. ind.). 15. They are
amount?
12.
of white silk.
E.
1.
What
did you
buy to-day
at Rodrfguez's shop?
2. I
bought a ready-made suit (un traje hecho) and some underclothes. 3. The suit cost me twenty dollars and the underclothes ten dollars. 5. No, sir; I didn't 4. Did you not buy shirts and collars too? 6. I looked for some colored find any (ninguno) that I liked. shirts without cuffs, but I could not find them. 7. Do you know why white shirts (103, 1) cost more than colored ones (las de color)? 8. White shirts are of better hnen (de hilo de mejor clase), are they not (^no es verdad?)? 9. I asked the clerk if he had some red silk ties (= ties of red silk) that were not very
bright-colored.
10.
He
I
told
me
that bright-colored ties are in
bought one dozen white handkerchiefs that cost me ten cents each (one). 12. I do not know whether they are (si son) of cotton or of hnen. 13. If they cost ten cents each (one), I do not beheve that they are of hnen. 14. You will have to pay twenty or twenty-five cents for (por) each one if they are (of)
fashion this year.
11.
linen.
15.
Did you buy the
articles (cosas) for
cash or on credit?
146

them on account.
18.
bill
16, I told the clerk to charge
17.
He
answered
this
that they didn't

sold for cash.
sell
on
credit.
He
said (that) they always
19. I
paid the
and received the things
afternoon.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
161. Se usa el subjuntivo en clfiusulas adjetivadas (introducidas
por un pronombre relativo)

1.
2.
Despu^s de una expresi6n negativa. Siempre que el pronombre relativo tenga un antecedente
indeterminado.
3.
Con
las expresiones quienquiera,
como
quiera, etc.
LESSON XXXVI
165.
tive
is
Subjunctive in Adverbial Clauses.

^
The
subjunc-
used in adverbial clauses: 1. After the temporal conjunctions cuando, when, antes que, before, hasta que, until, luego que, as soon as, mientras (que), as long as, while, and the like, if future time is implied.
Cuando venga a verme,
recibire cordialmente.
le
"When he comes to see me, I

receive liim cordially.
shall
No
lo
venda Vd. antes que
Do
He
not
sell it
before I see
it.
yo
lo vea.
Dijo que esperaria hasta que

llegara el tren.
said that
he would wait imtil

arrived
(or,
the
train
should
arrive).
a. If future time is not implied, the indicative is used: cuando viene a verme, siempre le recibo cordialmente, when he comes to see me, I always receive him cordially; cuando vino a verme, le recibi cordialmente, when he came to see we, / received him cordially.
2.
After para que, in order

que, unless,
*
80 as, so that, con tal
menos
that, de modo (manera) que, que or siempre que, provided that, a aunque, although, even if, dado que, granted
clause.
A clause that modifies a verb is called an adverbial
LESSON XXXVI
that,
147
and the
like, if
the subordinate verb does not state

fact.
I gave
something as an accompUshed
Le
di papel, pltuna
tinta
him paper, pen and ink
in
para que escribiese la carta.
order that he should write the

letter.
Me escribi6 que
casa con
tal
compraria la que yo hiciese
He
las reparaciones necesarias.
me that he would buy house provided (that) I should make the necessary rewrote
the
pairs.
No
aprendere
esta
leccidn
I shall not learn this lesson

if
even
aunque
noche.
a.
estudie
toda
la
(although) I study
all
night,
After aunque, de
la
mode
que, and the

:
like,
the indicative
is
to state something as an accomphshed fact
no aprendi
la leccidn
used aun-
que estudie toda

all night.
noche, I did not learn
the lesson although
I studied
166.
tive
is
Conditional
Clauses.
1.
The imperfect subjunc-
used in a conditional clause (or if-clause) to imply that the statement is either contrary to fact in the present
or doubtful in the future.
Si
yo
luego.
tuviese
(o
tuviera)
If I
had money,
I should
buy
it
dinero, lo compraria desde
immediately.
(This impUes:
Si
No
tengo dinero.)
tuviera)
If I
yo
tuviese
(o
should have
money to-morrow,
it.
dinero
praria.
maflana, lo com-
I should
buy
(This impUes:
2.
Es dudoso
{doubtful)
que tenga dinero mafLana.)
In the conclusional clause of such a sentence the con-
ditional tense or, less often, the imperfect subjunctive in -ra

is
used, but not the imperfect subjunctive in -se.

Si
yo
tuviera,
tuviese.
If I
had money,
I should
buy
it.
dinero, lo compraria (o lo
comprara).
'
148
EXERCISES
la bota, high shoe, boot
(= high
la paja,
straw
shoe)
la pluinafuente,* fountain
el
pen
footwear el chanclo, rubber overshoe, goel calzado,
portamonedas, purse
las reparaciones, repairs

el sastre, tailor
losh
el dinero,
money
coat,
la sastreria, tailor
shop
el fieltro, felt
el frac,
la sombrererfa, hat shop, hatter's
evening
"dress"
el
coat
el
sombrerero, hatter, dealer in hats
hongo, " derby " hat, " bowler " *

lastimar, to hurt
la suela, sole {of
shoe)
la zapateria, shoe store

el zapatero,
la llave, la
key medida, measure

object
shoemaker
la zapatilla, slipper
el objeto,
la beta
de montar, riding boot;
el
sombrero de ala ancha, broadsuit;
brimmed hat; el traje de etiqueta, evening clothes, " dress " mande hacer vm traje, I had, or I ordered, a suit made; me
me
sienta (o
me
cae) bien,
1.
it fits
me
well
A.
traje,
Entr^ en una
el sastre
sastreria.
me tomo
levita
la
sastre
si
queria
Me mand6 hacer un 3. Me pregunto el americana (saco). 4. Me dijo

2.
medida.
que
la levita estaba
preferia la
americana
6.
moda
la levita.
5. Yo le contest! que aunque estuviera mds de Tambi^n me mand! hacer un traje de
mds de moda.
(el
saco)
etiqueta, frac
pantalon negros
y
8.
chaleco bianco.
7.
No
compro nunca
bien.
9.
los trajes hechos.
No me
sientan (caen)
Yo
necesito
el
muchos
el
muchos
paiiuelo,
^
objetos:
reloj,
un cortaplumas y
bolsillos. 10. Llevo en ellos portamonedas, las Haves, un un Idpiz o una plumafuente.
In most Spanish-American countries called zapato (o zapat&n) de goma,

Also called bombln (as in Mexico). Also pluma de fuente, or pluma estilogrifica (as in Spain). The sole of the foot is la planta del pie. Moorish alippers; without coimter, are babuchaik
or zapato de hule (as in Mexico).

'
*
'
LESSON XXXVI
149
11. Despu^s fill a una zapateria donde habfa un buen surtido de toda clase de calzado. 12. Compr6 al dependiente un par de botas, dos pares de zapatos y un par de zapatillas. 13. Tambi^n compre un par de chanclos (zapatos de goma) que me pondr6 cuando llueva. 14. Mand6 poner medias
suelas a
un par de zapatos
viejos.
15.
No me
gustan las
16.
botas de montar porque

le dije al
me
lastiman los pies.
Pero
dependiente que comprarfa un par de botas de
montar con tal que no me lastimaran los pies. 17. No las compr6 hoy, pero las comprar^ cuando vuelva otra vez, siempre que tenga dinero. 18. Ful tambi^n a una som19. Compr6 al sombrerero un hongo y un sombrererfa. 20. Comprar^ un sombrero de paja de ala brero de fieltro. ancha cuando llegue el verano. 2. Cuando Vd. mand6 B. 1. iEn d6nde entr6 Vd.? hacer un traje, lqu6 le tom6 el sastre? 3. iQu6 le pregunt6 a Vd. el sastre? 4. ^Cudl estaba mds de moda, 5. iCudl preferfa Vd. la levita o la americana (el saco)? aunque no estuviera de moda? 6. ^Cudles son las prendas (parts) de un traje de etiqueta? 7. iPor que no le gustan a Vd. los trajes hechos? 8. iQue lleva Vd. en los bolsUlos? 10. iQui^n vende el cal9. iEn donde venden el calzado? zado? 11. iQu6 clase de calzado compro Vd.? 12-13. En el invierno (En el verano) iprefiere Vd. las botas a los 14. iCudndo se pondrd, Vd. los chanclos (zapatos zapatos? de goma)? 15. iQu6 mand6 Vd. poner a un par de zapatos viejos? 16. iPor qu6 no le gustan a Vd. las botas de montar? 17. iComprard, Vd. un par con tal que no le lastimen los 18. iEn d6nde venden los. sombreros? pies? 19. iQui^n vende los sombreros? 20. ^Prefiere Vd. el hongo al sombrero de fieltro? 21. iCudndo comprard Vd. un sombrero de paja? 22. ^Quiere Vd. que sea de ala ancha?
C.
Lease A., usando la tercera persona de los verbos en lugar de
la primera.
150
D.
1.
When
4.
(Â que hora) will the train arrive?

3. I shall
2.
I shall
wait until the train arrives.

train arrives.
leave (Partire)
when the
waited
The
train arrived at three o'clock.

6.
5. I
until the train should arrive.
I left
sell
when the
train arrived,
7-8.
He
asks (He asked)

it.
him not to
it
the piano before

(viera)
it.
Mary
sees (saw)
shall
9.
He
sold
before
Mary saw
10.
We
speak so as not to offend anyone. 11. We spoke so that we did not offend anyone. 12. I shall buy the house provided you
Vd.)
make the repairs. 13. Will you (,;Quiere 14. They said (that) they would learn the
studied
all night.
make them?
if
lesson even
they
15.
But they did not learn the
lesson although
they did study all night. 16. If ready-made suits fitted him well, he would buy one. 17. If he had the money, he would have a good suit made. 18. If straw hats were in fashion, I should buy one. 19. If it were (hiciera or hiciese) cold, you would prefer a 20. Should you wear (Ûsarla Vd.) felt hat, would you not? riding boots if they did not hurt yom- feet? 21. If I rode on horseback, I should wear riding boots.
E.
1.
Mr.
(103, 2) Martinez
2.
is
best tailor shop in (the) town.

(161, 2)
When
a (74) tailor and he has the I wish a suit that will fit
3.
me
well, I
go to his
tailor shop.
1),
His suits cost more
than ready-made
4.
suits
(103,
but they are
much
better.
When
(the)
autumn comes
{usese Uegar), I shall
have a woolen
made. 5. Unless the suit fits me well, I shan't accept it. 6. And want a suit that has a-lot-of (muchos) pockets. 7. In one vest (waistcoat) pocket ( = one pocket of the vest) I carry my (el) watch and in another my (el) penknife. 8. I carry my (las) keys in a trousers pocket. 9. There are many kinds of men's suits: those
suit I
with
(los
de) frock coat, with (de)

10.
evening coat,
I
sack coat, sack coat
jacket, etc. (etcetera).
In the morning
use
[[a]
and
this
I use [a] frock coat in the afternoon;
is more suitable (propio). 11. morning a pair of high shoes (boots). 12. He told the shoemaker to put half soles on (a) the old shoes (botas). 13. In (the) summer he prefers low shoes and in (the) winter he prefers high
" dress " coat
but at night a (el) Mr. Gonzdlez bought
shoes (boots).
lIuTias) begins,
14.
he
will
As soon as the rainy season (la estacidn de buy a pair of rubber overshoes (goloshes).
LESSON XXXVI
15. I
151
buy (comprarfi) them before the rains you wear a straw hat when summer comes? 17. Do you like a broad-brimmed hat? 18. In (the) winter you prefer a felt hat, do you not? 19. Although a (el) " derby " may be more fashionable, I shall wear a felt hat this winter. 20. I shall buy it of (al) Mr. Herrera, because he's the
hope
(that)
he
will
(las Uuvias) begin.
16. Shall
best hatter in (de la) town.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
165.
Subjuntivo
en
cldusulas
adverbiales.
Se
emplea
el
subjuntivo:
1.
Despu^s de
las conjunciones temporales cuando, antes que,

etc.,
hasta que, luego que, mientras (que),
siempre que se impUque
tiempo futuro.
a.
Pero
si las
expresiones anteriores no implican tiempo futuro, se
usa
el indicative.
2. Despu^s de para que, de mode (manera) que, con tal que, siempre que, a menos que, aunque, dado que, etc., siempre que el
verbo subordinado no exprese algo ya sucedido.

a.
se usa el indicative para expresar algo
Despu^s de aimque, de mode que, y otras conjunciones semejantes, como un hecho ya sucedido.
1. El imperfect de subjuntivo Cldusulas condicionales. en cldusulas condicionales para indicar que la expresi6n es contraria a la verdad en el presente o dudosa en el futuro.
166.
se usa
2.
En
las cldusulas terminales
de tales frases se usan
el
con-
dicional o, con
-ra, pero
menos
el
frecuencia, el imperfecto de subjuntivo en
nunca
imperfecto de subjuntivo en -se.
162
LESSON XXXVII
167.
Use
{Ojal& (que)
of Ojal4 (que) with the Subjunctive

^
viva nul alios!
|Ojalfi(que)viviese(oviviera)
mil afios!
|Ojali
(que)
yo
pudiera
may {pr, I hope he a thousand years Oh, that he might {or, I wish he would) Uve a thousand years I wish I could do it!
Oh, that he
will)
live
hacerlol
168.
1.
Softened Statement
quisiera vender la casa.
I should like {or, I should
Yo
be glad)
to seU the house.
Yo quisiera que Vd. la comprase

(o
I wish
you would buy it.

to
(or,
comprara).
Vd. debiera hacer las reparaclones.
You ought
the
should)
make
repairs.-
o. These are milder expressions, and therefore more commonly used, than the following:
Quiero vender la casa. Quiero que Vd. la compre. Vd. debe hacer las reparaclones.
I want to
I wish
sell
the house.
repairs,
you to buy it. You must make the
2.
The
conditional
is
also thus used. be very glad to do so. She would prefer to go driving.
I should
Me
Ella
gustarfa
mucho
hacerlo.
preferiria
pasearse en
coche.
169.
Will
and Should
expressed
Will (= am,
-cs, -e, etc.
art, is, etc., willing) is
by
quier-o,
Should (=
oiight to) is
expressed
by
debier-a, -as, etc.

sell it?
iQuiere Vd. venderla? ^Debiera (o deberia) yo hacerlo?

1
Will you
Should I do
it?
Que
is
often omitted after ojal&.
LESSON XXXVII
170.
153
This tense Future (or Hypothetical) Subjunctive. be formed for all verbs by adding the following endings to the stem of the preterite indicative, third person:
may
I: -are,
-ares, -are, -firemos, -areis, -aren
II
and
III: -iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis, -ieren
S^P^r^Pl.
Hablar : habl-aron
Pedir:
pid-ieron;
;
Future Subjunctiye
habl-are, -ares, -are, -firemos, -areis, -aren
pid-iere,
-ieres,
-iere,
-ieremos,
-iereis,
-ieren
Estar:
estuv-ieron; estuv-iere, -ieres, -iere, -ieremos, -iereis,
-ieren
Note that the imperfect subjimctive tenses are

stem of the
171.
preterite, third person.
also
formed from the
Use
of the
Future Subjunctive.
The future
by the
if
sub-
junctive denotes a condition or hypothesis.
In the spoken
pres-
Spanish of to-day
expressions, etc.
it is
rarely used except in proverbs, legal
Its place is regularly taken
ent subjunctive, or
si, if.
by the present
como
indicative
used with
Donde
vieres.
fueres,
haz
Wherever you
(cf.
go,
"
When
in
do as you see. Rome, do as the
Romans
Si algtin accionista pidiere (o
pide)
If
do.")
que
la
reimi6n
se
any shareholder asks that the meeting be postponed, the majority shall decide.
difiera, decidirt la
mayor ia.
Traer,
to
172.
bring
Preterite Indicative
Present Indicative Singular Plural

traigo
Singular
traje
trajiste
Plural
trajimos
trajisteis
traemos
traeis
traes
trae
traen
trajo
trajeron*
Other forms of the indicative, and the imperative, are regular.
What
are the four subjunctive tenses of traer?

i
Since
ia
omitted from trajeron (the ending
is
it is
also omitted
:
from
trajese, trajera,
and
trajere.
-eron instead of -ieron), See also dijeron (from
decir)
dijese, dijera, dijere (277).
154
173.

-uir Verbs.
These verbs add

inflectional
u except before an
or
y.
y to th stem vowel ending that begins with i

.
Huir, loflcc
Present Indicative
Imperative
Singular
PLUKAii
htiimos
htiis
Singular
Plural
huid
huyo huyes huye

a.
huye
huyen
is
In huy6 and huyeron the y
a part of the inflectional ending
(114, 2).
What
6.
are the four subjunctive tenses of huir?

to
Like huir are inflected construir,
huUd, construct, instruir,
to
instruct, etc.
EXERCISES
aficionado,
el
-a
(a),
fond
(of)
manso, -a,
la nulla, mile
gentle,
tame
almid6n, starch
marcar, to mark
pasearse, to walk, drive, or ride
for pleasure
almidonar, to starch
la caballeriza, stable
el
coche, carriage encoger(se), to shrink
planchar, to iron
el precio, price
la espuela,
spur
hervir
el jinete,
(ie),
to boil
la raza, race, breed la silla, chair, saddle
horseman
kilometer (= | mile)
el kilfimetro,
subido, -a, high

tibio, -a,
el tiro, pull;
el
lavandero,
laundryman;
la
lavandera, laundress
ligero, -a, Ught, fast
lukewarm caballo de
tiro,
driv-
ing horse
hacer advertencies, to give directions; dar im paseo, to take a

walk, ride,
etc.
A.
2.
ropa,
1. Cuando el lavandero (la lavandera) venga por la yo quisiera que Vd. le hiciera las siguientes advertencias. Me gustarfa que estuvieran bien almidonados los cuellos,
los pufios
*
las pecheras
de
las camisas.
3.
Pero
la
ropa
Sptirs with a single sharp point are called los acicates.
LESSON XXXVII
interior la
^
155
lavarse con agua tibia
4. La ropa de lana debiera y no ponerse en agua hirviendo, porque se encoge. 5. La ropa de hilo y de algod6n puede 6. Tambi6n quisiera todas las lavarse con agua caliente. piezas bien planchadas. 7. Toda la ropa estd marcada.
quisiera sin almidon.
B.
1.
^No
quisiera Vd. venir a la caballeriza

2.
tros caballos?
los caballos
Con
mucho
gusto.
de silla (saddle horses). 3. hermosos caballos de tiro. 4. S6 que todos los caballos Sf, senor; mi padre paga de Vds. son de buena raza. 5. precios subidos por ellos. 6. Mi hermana tiene un caballo muy manso. 7. Ella monta a caballo casi todos los dias, 8. jOjald, que la mia hiciera lo si hace {it is) buen tiempo. mismo! 9. Pero prefiere pasearse en coche o en autom6vil. 10. Yo tengo un caballo muy ligero que puede correr veinte kilometros por hora (an hour). 11. Prefiero este caballo a todos los demds.
a ver nuesSoy aficionado a Tenemos tambi^n
C.
Coniestese.
1.
advertencias quiere Vd. que yo
iQui^n vendrd por la ropa? le haga?
2.
iQu6
Coniestese. 1. Ês Vd. aficionado (-a) a los caballos? iLe gusta a Vd. montar a caballo? 3. ^Son de buena raza los caballos de Vds.? 4. iPag6 su senor padre precios subidos por ellos? 5. iCudles -costaron mds, los caballos de 6. iCudles son mds hermosos? silla o los (caballos) de tiro? 8. ^Prefiere 7. iTiene la hermana de Vd. un caballo manso? montar a caballo o pasearse en autom6vil? 9. iTiene Vd. un caballo hgero? 10. iCudntos kildmetros (iCudntas millas) puede correr por hora?
D.
1.
would buy the house. like you to buy it (or,
We should like to sell the house. 2. We wish you (Vds.) 3. We should like to sell it. 4. We should We wish you would buy it). 5. Will you
(/.)
^ Note the personal pronoun la used here because the noun object precedes the verb.
156

it?
6. I
buy
should study more.
7. I
must study more.
8. I
have [gotj to study more. 9. I should study more if I had the time. 10. Bring me a glass of water. 11. Please bring it at once. 13. The house is built of 12. I wish you would bring it now. 15. Should brick(s). 14. I wish my house to be built ^ of stone. you like your house to be built ^ of wood (madera)? 16. Please have (= order) a new suit made. 17. The suit (that) you are 18. If the price of woolen (esti) wearing does not fit you well. suits (103, 1) were not so (tan) high, I should have one made.
1. Please teU the laundryman to come for the clothes [on] Mondays. 2. And teU him to bring the clean clothes on Wednesdays or Thursdays. 3. When he comes, I wish you would 4. The woolen underclothes give him the following directions. should not be put ^ in boiUng water, because they shrink. 5. But I should like ^ the hnen and cotton clothes to be washed ^ in hot water. 6. Tell him also that I should like the cuffs and collars of the shirts well starched. 7. But I should prefer less starch in the shirt bosoms. 8. And I don't want any starch in the underclothes.
F,
(the)
9. I
think (Creo que)

1.
all
the pieces are well marked.

fast saddle horse?
2. I
G.
Have you a very
should hke to
take a ride (pasearme a caballo) this afternoon. 3. Will you not come with us? We are going to take a drive in a (paseamos en)
motor
riding (88, 3)
No, thank you; I should prefer the exercise of on horseback. 5. But I should want a saddle horse: I shouldn't want to take a ride on a driving horse. 6. I wish you would choose a gentle horse, because I am not [a] good horseman. 8. I 7. I should like a good saddle, but I shouldn't want spurs. never put on spurs when I ride on horseback. 9. Should you like a fast horse? 10. Yes, sir; I should prefer a fast horse, provided
car.
4.
it is gentle.
it
Use reflexive construction. Note that I should like may mean wouid please me (me gustaila).
*
either / should vnsh (yo quisiera) of
LESSON XXXVIII
157
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
168.
1.
Quisiera, debiera, etc., son expresiones
mds
suaves
por lo
2.
mismo mds usadas que quiero, debo, etc. Tambien se usa el condicional en este sentido.
(o
los
170. Futuro forma en todos
hipotetico)
de
subjuntivo.
Este
tiempo se
verbos anadiendo al radical de la tercera persona
del pret^rito (pasado absoluto) de indicativo las siguientes termi-
naciones:
171.
...
indica
dfa,
El futuro de subjuntivo Uso del futuro de subjuntivo. una condicion o liip6tesis. En el espanol hablado hoy en rara vez se emplea esta forma except en proverbios, expreSe substituye en
el
si.
siones legales, etc.
el
lenguaje corriente por el

si
presente de subjuntivo, o por
presente de indicativo
se usa
con
la
conjunci6n condicional
173.
radical
Los verbos en -uir anaden a la vocal Verbos en -uir. u una y, excepto delante de las terminaciones que empiecen
y.
por
a.
b.
o por
La y de huy6 y huyeron forma parte de la terminaci6n. Se conjugan como huir los verbos construir, instruir, etc.
LESSON xxxvm
In
this
rules of
grammar
Lesson and in those that follow there given in preceding Lessons,

to the rules.
is
vrith the
a review of more
important exceptions
NOUNS
174.
Gender
of
Nouns. Nouns ending in -o are usually

1.
masculine, and those ending in -a are usually feminine.
Exceptions.
line,
The name
of a
male being
m.
is
is
mascu-
even
if
the noun ends in -a.

el artista, artist,
el cura, parish priest
2.
La mano, hand,
is
feminine, and el dia, day,
masculine.
158
3.

El mapa, map, and some words of Greek origin ending
or -ta, like el poema, poem, and el planeta, planet,
in
-ma
175.
are masculine.^
Number
plural.
adds -s, form the
Nouns. A noun ending in a vowel and a noun ending in a consonant adds -es, to
of
Exceptions.
1.
noun that ends
in
a stressed vowel
or diphthong adds -es to form the plural.

rubi, ruby; rubies, rubies
a.
rey, king; reyes, kings

all
But, mamfi,
mamma,
papi, papa, and
nouns ending in stressed

pie, foot,
-e,
add only -s: papS, pap&s;
cafe, coffee, cafes, coffees;
pies, feet.
2.
Nouns ending
in unstressed -es or -is
have the same
form
in the plural as in the singular.
lunes,
3.
Monday, Mondays
crisis, crisis, crises
Family names generally remain unchanged in the plural.

Martinez, los Martinez
Garcia, los Garcia
176.
Dative of Separation.
take from, a^k
of,
In
like,
Spanish, verbs
mean-
ing
to
and the
take the dative of the
person.
Pido un favor a mi padre. Lo compr6 al seiior Garcia.
I ask a favor of
my
father.
He
bought
of
it
of
Mr. Garcia.
Note
houghl
also:
le pido
un
favor, I ask
a favor
him; se lo compr6, he
it
from him.
177.
An
English noun used as an adjective
is
generally or para.
expressed in Spanish
by a noun preceded by de
Un reloj
Una
178.
de oro.
te.
taza para
>^
A A
gold watch.
teacup (una taza de te

of tea).
is
a cup
Study the
inflection of regular verbs of the first
conj ugation.
*
(237)
el
Thus
el clima, climate, el idioma, language,

el
diploma, diploma, el
exercise,
programa, program, el telegrama, telegram, el cometa, comet (but la cometa, kite), etc.
tema, theme, written
LESSON
xxxvm
159
EXERCISES
agitado, -a, rough, agitated
el
el
agradable, pleasant, agreeable

el
marinero, sailor muelle, wharf, dock
el
el
la
billete, ticket, ^ note buque, boat camarote, stateroom cubierta, deck desaparecer, to disappear
el oficial, oflficer
la ola,
el
wave
storm
pasajero, passenger
tranquilo, -a, calm, tranquil
la tormenta,
la distancia, distance
la litera,
el
la travesia, passage
el vapor,
berth
'^
mar,' sea
steam; steamship *
steamboat,
marearse, to get seasick
a bordo de, aboard; en ptrnto, promptly, exactly; ^que distancitt ? what is the distance from hay de ? how far is it from ?
. . .
.
. .
A.
1.
iCuando
sale el
vapor para Buenos Aires?
dos los dlas a las nueve de la maiiana. 3. iHay camarotes SI, senor; hay camarotes de primera de primera clase? 4.
2.
To-
Deme Vd. un billete (o boleto) y de segunda. 5. de primera clase. 6. Quisiera un camarote sobre cubierta Si, en que no haya md,s de (than) dos literas (o camas). 7. seiior; aqul tiene Vd. su billete. 8. iQue distancia hay Hay cerca de dosciende Montevideo a Buenos Aires? 9. tos (200) kilometros. 10. Vamos a bordo. Ya son las ocho y media. 11. iCudntos pasajeros hay a bordo?
clase
12.
Me
dijo
uno de
los oficiales
que habr^
14.
m^
15.
cientas personas a bordo sin contar los marineros.
pero que sea agradable la travesfa.
Yo
13.
temo una
tormenta.
Si el
mar
16.
estd agitado,
el
me
mareo.
Es Pero,
de dos-
hombre, ^no ve Vd. que

desaparecieron.^
mar estd tranquilo? Las olas ya Vamos a decir adios a nuestros amigos
is
boletero.
'
In several Spanish-American countries ticket is boleto, and ticket agent * Or la cama. * Also la mar. One also says buque de vapor for steamboat. Note the preterite used with ya with the force of the EngUsh present
perfect.
160

que saiga el buque. 17. jBueno! de Garcfa y a los senores de Gonzdlez jBuen viaje! jFeliz viaje! jAdios!
del {on the) muelle antes
Yo
en
veo a
el
los senores
18.
muelle.
iAdi6s!
B. ConUstese. 1-4. (Usense, como preguntas orales, A. 1, 3, 8 y 11.) 5, iPreferiria Vd. un camarote bajo (below) cubierta o sobre cubierta? 6. iCudntas literas (o camas) quisiera Vd. en el camarote? 7. ^Cudndo se marea Vd.? 8. iEst^
el
mar
tranquilo o agitado?
9.
^Ya desaparecieron
las olas?
^Cree Vd. que sea agradable la travesia? 11. iQui^nes ban venido al muelle para despedirse de Vds.? 12. ^Le gusta a Vd. la vida (life) a bordo de un buque? 13. ^Quisiera 14. ^Preferirfa Vd. ser pasajero? Vd. ser marinero?
10.
C. Usese
artlcvlo determinado correspondiente
los siguientes
nombres en ambos numeros, singular y plural: libro (por ejemplo, el libro, los libros), pluma, mano, dia, agua, artista (m.),
artista (/.),
hombre, mujer, hermano, hermana,

sofa), sinopsis (/.
carta, planeta,
papd,
seiior
mamd,
idioma, hacha, cuchara, cura, pie, ingles, martes,

:
canape (m.:
synopsis), rey, seiior Ortiz,

reloj, caf6,
Heredia, rubi, frac (114), luz, americana, espanola.
alma, aguja,
D.
arrive.
1,
I
2.
asked
I
the
asked him to give Did he buy the gold watch from Mr. Olmedo? 5. Yes, sir; he bought it from him. 6. Did you buy Charles' horse? 7. Did you buy this horse from Charles? 8. Did you take (usese quitar) it from your sister? 9. No, ma'am; I
asked the
man when (a que man for a ticket.

4.
hora) the train would

3. I
me
the ticket at once.
didn't take
it
from
her.
10.
Please bring
12.
me
11. Please bring
me
a cup of
coffee.
And
bring
me
a coffee cup. also a glass
of cold water.
E. 1. To-day we leave for Buenos Aires. Buenos Aires from Montevideo? (viase A. 8) 3.
1
2.
How
It is
far is
(Hay) two
Distinguish between preguntar, and pedir or rogar.
LESSON XXXVIII
161
hundred kilometers more or less (mfis o menos). 4. Is the steamship that you will take (tomard) large or small? 5. It is Have you akeady bought yoiu* not very large, but it is fast. 6. tickets? 7. Yes, sir; I have bought two tickets from the agent (agente o boletero), one for me and the other for my brother. I am glad that yoiu* brother is going also to Buenos Aires. 8. We have a stateroom on deck 9. Where is your stateroom? with two berths. 10. It is small, but it is very comfortable. 11. Do you get seasick if the sea is rough? 12. When the sea is rough I always get seasick, but my brother never gets seasick. When shall you go aboard the boat? 14. I should go 13. aboard now if I could. 15. I shall ask an officer if I may (puedo) go aboard now. 16. I shall ask him to let me go aboard at once. 17. But before going (88, 3) aboard I should like to take leave of my friends on the wharf. 18. I see the parish priest and his old mother. 19. Do you beheve (that) they have come to say goodbye to us? 20. No, sir; they have come to take leave of Mr. and Mrs. Nunez. 21. Do you fear a storm? No, sir; to-day there 22. The waves have aheady disappeared will not be [a] storm. and the sea is calm. 23. One of the sailors told me that there will be many passengers on the ship. 24. Yes, sir; I beUeve (that) there will be more than two hundred persons on board, without counting the officers and the sailors.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
Los nombres 174. GSnero de los nombres (o substantives). que en singular terminan en -o son, por regla general, mascuhnos; y los que terminan en -a son generalmente femeninos. Excepciones. 1. El nombre de hombre o animal macho es mascuUno aunque termine en -a.
2.
3.
Mano
El
es femenino, y dia es masculino. mapa y algunas palabras de origen
griego que terminan
en -ma o -ta son mascuhnos.

175.
Numero de
los
nombres.
Lo3 nombres que terminan en

y
los
vocal forman
el plural
afiadiendo una-s,
que terminan en
consonante afiadiendo -es.
162
Excepciones.
1.
(o diptongo acentuado)
El nombre que tennina en vocal acentuada forma el plural anadiendo -es.
a. Las palabras pap& y mam&, y todos los nombres que terminen en -4 acentuada, forman su plural afiadiendo solamente -s. 2.
en
el plural la 3.
Los nombres que terminan en -es o -is sin el acento tienen misma forma que en el singular. Los nombres patronfmicos, por regla general, no varfan en el
plural.
176.
Dativo
de separaci6n.
En
espanol los verbos quitar,
pedir, etc., rigen al dativo de la persona.
177.
al espanol
El nombre ingles usado en calidad de adjetivo se traduce mediante un nombre precedido de las preposiciones de
o para.
LESSON XXXIX
ADJECTIVES
179.
Apocopation of Adjectives.
1.
Bueno, good, malo,
bad, uno, one, an, or a, alguno, some, ninguno, no, none, pri-
mero, first, and tercero, third, lose the final -o of the mascuUne singular when they precede their noun. 2. Grande, great, santo, Saint, and ciento, one hundredf generally lose the final syllable before the word they modify:
Uaa gran
ciudad, a great city.
Cien pesos, one hundred dollars.

But, Ciento dos pesos, one hun-
San Pablo, Saint Paul.
dred and two dollars.

a.
beth.
Santa does not lose
its final syllable:
Santa Isabel, Saint Eliza-
180.
Position of Adjectives.
To the
rule that Spanish
descriptive adjectives usually follow their noun, there are
these exceptions:
1.
descriptive adjective usually precedes its
noun
if it
does not distinguish one object from another but merely
LESSON XXXIX
names a quality
Compare:
La casa blanca. La blanca nieve. Una voz ronca.
El ronco trueno.
2.
163
It is
characteristic of the object
then often
used in a figurative sense.
The white house. The white snow.
hoarse voice.
The hoarse thunder.
A few
adjectives have one
meaning
before,
and another
after their noun.
Un gran hombre. A Un hombre grande. A

Una pobre mujer. Una mujer pobre.
great man.
big man.
A A
Mi Un
caro amigo.
caballo caro.
poor woman. poor (poverty-stricken) woman. My dear friend. A dear (expensive) horse.
Several papers.
Varios papeles.
Papeles varios.
Miscellaneous papers.
181.
Agreement
of
Adjectives.
To
its
the rule that an
adjective agrees in
number with
noun, there are the
following apparent exceptions:

1.
If
plural
2.
an adjective modifies several singular nouns, the form of the adjective is used (see 38). Sometimes a plural noun is modified by several singular
This occurs when each adjective modifies only one of the individuals denoted by the noun.
adjectives.
Los
vohimenes
primero
The
jQrst
and second volumes,
segundo.
(For other rules for adjectives, see: Inflection,

99;
Position,
34;
Agreement,
tives
Comparison of Spanish adjecform their comparative of superiority by prefixing mds, more, to the positive, and their superlative by prefixing the definite article or a possessive adjective to the
182.
Adjectives. Most
35, 36,
37, 38.)
comparative.
164

Este hombre es rico. Este hombre es mils rico que
aquel.
This This
man is rich. man is richer

men
than that one.
Estos hombres son los
m&s
These
are the richest in the
mimdo. Juan es mi amigo m&s

ricos del
o.
world.
intimo.
John
is
my
may
most intimate
friend.
When
there
is
no
real comparison, most
or the suffix -isimo : es
muy
litil,
or es utilfsimo,
it is
be expressed by muy, most useful.
183.
Study the regular verbs of the second and third
conjugations (237).
EXERCISES
adem&s, moreover, besides
alii,
expreso, express
el ferrocarril,
there
(ie),
railway
to
atravesar
el batil,
el
to cross (over)
hasta,
la lona,
till,
barato, -a, cheap
trunk cochecama,! sleeping car el cochecomedor, dining car la comodidad, convenience el conocido, acquaintance
el el
canvas la maleta, vaUsc, (hand)bag meter en, to put in or into

la
pampa,
prairie, plain
sacar, to take out, get (a ticket)

la sierra,
mountain range, moun-
cuero, leather
tains
el tranvfa, street car,
departamento,^ compartment
tramway
el dril,
duck
(cloth)
one-way ticket; el billete de Ida y vuelta,* roundmafiana por la mafiana, to-morrow morning; pasado mafiana, the day after to-morrow; por supuesto, of course; est& haciendo (o arreglando) el batil, he is packing his trunk; hay de todo, there is everything; hace mucho calor, it is very warm; resulta mfis barato, it is cheaper;' tengo ganas de, I long to; iqu6 le parece a Vd.? what is your opinion? what do you think (about it)? si le parece a Vd., if
el billete sencillo,
trip
ticket;
you think best (approve).
A.
2.
El tren expreso
1.
iA qu6 hora
sale el tren
(o
para Santiago de Chile? rdpido) sale a las nueve y diez de

" Pullman "
'
Also
el
coche dormitorio,
el
(as in Mexico), or el " sleep-
ing."
* *
Literally, of going
Or compartimiento. and
Or
rSpido.
i^
returning.
Literally,
resuUa cheaper.
LESSON XXXIX
la mafiana.
3.
165
iQu4
le
parece a Vd.?
4.
tren maiiana por la mafiana?
No, senor;
iTomamos
ese
mafiana no
podre partir.
(arreglar)
el
5.
baiil.
Tengo que comprar varias cosas y hacer 6. Ademas, tengo que despedirme de
varios amigos y conocidos. 7. jBueno! Partiremos pasado mafiana si le parece a Vd. 8. iQu6 traje debe llevar uno en el tren, de lana o de dril, y que zapatos, de cuero o de lona? 9. Lleve Vd. traje de lana y zapatos de cuero, por supuesto. 10. El primer dia hard mucho calor cuando estemos atravesando las pampas. 11. Pero cuando atravesemos la sierra, hard mds frio que en el Labrador. 12. ^Podremos meter las maletas en los departamentos? 13. Sf; con tal que no sean muy grandes. 14 ^Lleva ese tren cochecama y (coche)comedor ^ ? 15. Si; hay de todo. El tren expreso tiene todas las comodidades que podamos apetecer. 16. iQue le parece a Vd.? ^Serfa mds conveniente (better) aar billete sencillo (de ida nada mds), o de ida y vuelta? 17.^ Si Vd. piensa volver_a Buenos Aires, le aconsejo que compre billete (o boleto) de ida y vuelta. 18. Resulta mds barato que dos billetes sencillos. 19. Yo sacar^ un billete sencillo hasta Santiago. 20. De Santiago paso a Valparaiso y de alii voy por (by) mar a los Estados Unidos. 21. Cuesta menos venir por mar desde Valparaiso a los Estados Unidos que desde Buenos Aires. 22. Ademds, hace mucho tiempo que tengo ganas de ver a Ijma y el canal de Panamd. jBueno! Mafiana a las ocho y media tomaremos el 23. tranvla para ir a la estaci6n del ferrocarril.
3, 8, 12, 14, 16.)
como preguntas orales, A. 1, tiene Vd. que despedirse 8. J,A donde va Vd. por ferrocarril? antes de partir? 9. Cuando Vd. parta de Santiago de Chile, i a d6nde ird a tomar el vapor? 10. De Valparaiso â donde ird Vd. 11. iQu6 ciudad tiene Vd. ganas de ver? por vapor?
B.
Contestese.
1-6. (Repitanse,
7.
^De qui^nes
Here comedor alone would be
sufficient.
166
12. 13. 14.

iHace mucho tiempo que Vd. piensa visitar a Lima? iQu6 otro lugar (place) tiene Vd. ganas de ver?
iTomard, Vd.
iin
autom6vil para
ir
la estaci6n del
ferrocarril? 15. iPreferiria Vd. tomar el tranvia? 16. Si Vd. 17. iCudJ es prefiere el tranvia, dlgame por qu6 lo prefiere.
la tarifa (fare) del tranvia?
(Respuesta:
La tarifa del tranvia
es de cinco centavos.)
1. ^Tiene Vd. algiln los nombres. Vd. alguno?) 2. Tengo un amigo. 3. No amigo? (iTiene tengo ningiin amigo. 4-6. Tenemos el primer (el tercer, el dltimo) volumen. 7. fil tiene cien pesos. 8. Vd. tiene un
C. RepUase, omitiendo
buen caballo (Vd.
tiene
uno bueno).
grados de comparacidn: aplicado, pere-
D. Pdngase
en
los tres
zosa, cansados, baratas, fuerte, inteligentes.
E. Formulense frases que contengan (1) un nombre modificado por rojo, -a; azul (blue); mal(o), -a; gran(de); mds fdcil;
(2) dos
mas nombres
modificados por blancos, -as; negros,
-as; pobres; caros, -as;
mds
pobres;
m^ caros, -as;
utiHsi-
mos, -as; varios, -as.

F.
1.
We shall leave Buenos Aires for Santiago

2.
de Chile the day
after to-morrow.
The
express train leaves at half-past ten in
3. Before departing we must take leave of all our and of some acquaintances. 4. My father will get our tickets to-morrow if they will permit him Qto do] so (si se lo permiten). 5. We shall take a carriage or a motor car to (para) go to the railway station. 6. The street (tram) car would be cheaper, of course. 7. But we have a lot (un mont6n) of parcels and handbags to carry with us. 8. I should prefer to pay more and take an automobile (motor car). 9. We must buy many things before we pack (153) our trunks. 10. I wish I could wear (Qtiisiera poder llevar) a duck suit and canvas shoes while we are crossing the plains. 11. It will be very warm all (the) day on the train. 12. But there will be much dust, and the suit would soon be soiled (sucio). 13. When we cross the mountains between (entre) Argentina and
the morning.
friends
'
LESSON XXXIX
Chile, it will
167
be very cold. 14. It is cold all (the) summer in mountains. 15. I shall wear a woolen suit and leather shoes the on the train. 16. We shall be in the sleeping car, although it is 17. There will be fewer people (menos gente) and (es) dearer. more conveniences. 18. I am glad that the train carries a dining car (lleve comedor). 19. When I am on the train, I like to take
(hacer) three meals a day. 20. I have [a] good appetite, but my poor father can not eat much. 21. My father will not get roundtrip tickets, because we shall not return to Buenos Aires this year. 22. After spending (pasar) two or three weeks in Santiago, we shall leave for Lima. 23. For a long time we have wished to see (el) Cuzco in the mountains of (del) Peru. 24. And, of course, we shall be glad to see the Panama Canal. 25. Then we shall go to New
York (Nueva York)
or to
San Francisco.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
179.
Adjetivos
apocopados.
1.
Bueno,
malo,
uno,
alguno,
ninguno, primero y tercero pierden la -o del mascuUno singular cuando preceden al nombre.
2.
Grande, santo y ciento pierden
la sflaba final
cuando pre-
ceden al nombre que modifican.

a.
Se exceptda santa de la regla anterior.

Colocacidn de los adjetivos.
180.
En
espanol los adjetivos
descriptivos (o caUficativos) siguen al

estas excepciones:
nombre que modifican, con
El adjetivo descriptivo, por regla general, precede al nomsimplemente sefiala una cuaUdad inherente al objeto, sin tratar de distinguirlo de otro. Dicho adjetivo tiene muchas veces
1.
bre
si
un sentido
2.
figurado.
Algunos adjetivos varfan de significado segdn precedan o sigan al nombre. 181. Concordancia de los adjetivos. A la regla que dice que el adjetivo debe concertar en g^nero y niimero con el nombre tene-
mos
1.
estas excepciones aparentes:

Si el adjetivo se refiere
a varios nombres en singular, se pone
en
plural.
168
2.
Algunas veces un nombre en plural va modificado por varies Esto acontece solamente cuando cada en singular. adjetivo modifica a uno de los individuos expresados por el nombre. 182. Grados de comparaci6n de los adjetivos. Casi todos los adjetivos espanoles for man su comparative de superioridad anteponiendo mis al positive, y su superlative antepeniende el artfcule determinado e un adjetivo posesivo al comparative.
adjetivos
a.
Cuando no
se trata de verdadera comparaci6n, la palabra moat
86 traduce por
muy o
mediants
la teniiinaci6n -isimo.
LESSON XL
184.
Comparison
of Adjectives, continued.
The
follow-
ing adjectives are compared irregularly:

bueno, mejor, el mejor, good, better, the best. malo, peer, el peor, bad, worse, the worst.
,
mis
grande,
el
el
mfis grande, large, larger, the largest.

large, larger or older, the largest or oldest.
(^
mayor,
mayor,
(mis
pequeiLo, el
el
mis
pequeiLo, small, smaller, the smallest,

or yoimger, the smallest or
menor,
menor, small, smaller
yoimgest.
mucho, mfis, much, more or most. poco, menos, Uttle (few), less (fewer)
a.
or least (fewest).
sions such as
larger and menor, smaller, in quantitative expresen mayor (menor) cantidad, in larger (smaller) quantity. When appUed to persons, mayor means older, and menor, younger. b. Most, used with a noun or pronoun, is generally expressed by la mayor parte (de) la mayor parte de mis libros, most of my books.
:
Mayor means
185. Spanish adverbs are

aprisa, mfis aprisa, (lo)
a.
compared
like
Spanish adjectives.
m&s
aprisa, fast, faster, (the) fastest.
article is used with a superlative adverb only when the adfollowed by posible or a like expression: Pablo es quien mfis estudia. Paid is the one who studies most; llegue lo mis pronto posible,
The
verb
is
/ came as soon as possible.
LESSON XL
186.
169
The
following adverbs are compared irregularly:

(lo)
bien, mejor,
mejor, well, better, (the) best.
mal, peor,
(lo)
peor, badly, worse, (the) worst.
mucho, mas, poco, menos,

187.
(lo)
(lo)
m&s, much (a great deal), more, menos, Uttle, less, (the) least.
. . .
(the) most.
Correlative the
the,
followed
.
by comparatives,
. .
is
usually expressed in Spanish

is
by cuanto
(tanto).
Tanto
often omitted.
Cuanto mfis gana,
gasta.
(tanto)
mas
The more he
spends.
earns, the
more he
he wants.
Cuanto menos
quiere.
tiene,
menos
The
less
he has, the
less
the may also be expressed by mientras . . a. The which tanto is never used: mientras mis gana, m&s gasta, earns, the more he spends.
. . .
the
with more he
,
188. Than.
1.
Than
is
usually expressed
by
que.
Juan es mis
2.
alto
que Maria.
John
is
taller
than Mary.
Before a numeral, more than and

de.
cien
less
than are expressed
by mis de and menos

Hemos
pesos.
Ella tiene
3.
gastado
mis de
We
menos de
diez afios.
have spent more than one himdred dollars. She is less than ten years old.
Before a clause (beginning with a verb), than is usually que; but than is del que (or, de la que, de los que, de de las que) when the noun object of the principal verb is underlo
stood after del
(or,
de
lo
la,
de
los,
de
las).
Hace mis
cree.
frio
de
que Vd.
It is colder
than (what) you think.
Tenemos mis
libros
de
los
We
que teniamos.
186.
have more books than (the books which) we used to have.
Study the
inflection of the radical-changing verbs of
the
first class
(244-245), including errar and oler (247),
and jugar (249).
170

EXERCISES
anoche, last tdght

asustar, to frighten
bajar(se), to descend, alight, get
equivaler, to
la esquina,
be equivalent comer
izquierdo, -a, left
out
el barrio,
luego, soon, then
bastante,
part (0/ a city), suburb enough; bastante
la neblina, fog
nevar
la nieve,
(ie),
to
snow
bueno, good enough

centigrado, -a, centigrade
snow
cuarenta, forty
el sol, adj.,
relampaguear, to Ughten sun

soportar, to endure, support
derecho,
right;
-a,
straight,
adv., straight
ahead
el
tanto, so
much, as much
temperatm-e
desagradable, impleasant, disagreeable
la temperatura,
termfimetro, thermometer tronar (ue), to thunder
desde, since (in time)

doblar, to turn (a comer,
etc.)
el viento,
wind
seguir derecho, to go straight ahead; la casa de huespedes, board-
ing house; hace buen (mal) tiempo, the weather

viento,
it is
is
good (bad); haco
windy; no mfis
que, only
iin buen hotel? mejor es el Hotel A. que da a la Puerta del Sol en la esquina de la calle de B. 3. Para ir al Hotel A., toma Vd. el tranvfa que pasa por aquf y baja Vd. en la Puerta del Sol. 4. O si prefiere ir a pie, Vd. sigue derecho hasta llegar a la iglesia. 5. Y luego dobla (la esquina de) la primera calle a su derecha (a su izquierda ^). 6. Si Vd. busca una casa de huespedes, haUard las mejores en C, el barrio mds de moda de la poblaci6n. 7. Yo vivl muchos anos en la casa niimero 18 de la calle de D., a poca distancia de la Puerta del Sol. 8. Me gusta mucho Madrid, pero no me gusta su clima. 9. En el verano hace mucho calor y en el inviemo mucho frfo. 10. No puedo soportar los calores * del verano ni los frfos del inviemo. 11. Mds me
A.
2.
Con mucho gusto.
1.
iMe
hace Vd.
el
favor de indicarme
En mi
opini6n,
el
>
Mano
is
understood.
in this sense.
Note the plural forms when used
LESSON XL
gusta
12.
el
171
clima de Mdlaga, donde no hace ni frfo ni calor.
opinion, la primavera es la mejor estaci6n del ano en Espana. 13. Hay menos neblina que en el otono y no llueve tanto. 14. El invierno de Nueva York es tambi^n mallsimo. 15. Ayer hizo un tiempo bastante bueno. 16. Pero anoche no hizo mds que relampaguear, tronar y Hover toda la noche. 17. Hoy hace mal tiempo. Nieva desde la manana, y ahora hace tanto viento que no puedo saHr a la caUe. 18. El viento y la nieve son muy desagradables. 19. Manana el term6metro centfgrado marcar^ (will show) diez y ocho grados bajo cero. 20. Diez y ocho grados centfgrados bajo cero equivalen aproximadamente (approximately) a cero Fahrenheit.
En mi
mejor hotel de la pobla^Puedo tomar el tranvla para ir a ese hotel? 4. Ên d6nde he de bajar? 5. Si prefiero ir a pie, iqu6 direccion debo tomar? 6. ^Donde podrla hallar una buena casa de hu^spedes? 7. iCudl es el ntimero de la casa en que vivio Vd. tantos anos? 8. Êstd cerca de la Puerta del Sol? 9-10. iSabe Vd. por qu6 no me gusta (por qu6 me gusta) el clima de Madrid (Malaga)? 11. iCudl es la mejor estacion del ano en Espana? 12. iPor 14. iRelampague6 13. iHizo buen tiempo ayer? qu6? anoche? 15. ^Le asustan a Vd. los reldmpagos (lightning)? 17. ^Le asustan a Vd. los truenos 16. iTambi^n tron6? (thunder)? 18. iY llovio despues? 19. Cuanto mds relampagueo y tron6, (tanto) mds. Uovi6, iverdad? 20. ^Le gusta a Vd. la Uuvia? 21. Êstd nevando hoy? 22. Pues (Well then), hoy hace mds frio de lo que hacfa ayer, iverdad? 23. iLe gusta a Vd. la nieve? 24. iCudntos grados bajo cero (o sobre cero) marca ahora el term6metro? 25-26. lA qu6 temperatura Fahrenheit (centfgrada) hierve
B.
1.
En
su opini6n ^cudl es
plaza da?
el
ci6n?
2.
lA qu6
3.
el
agua?
212
" (100) ".
172
27.
lA qu^ temperatura Fahrenheit

el
(centfgrada) se congela
nueve grados Fahrenheit equivalen a cinco grados centfgrados, ^no es verdad?

(freezes)
agua?
28. Conqiie
(So that)
C.
Dense
los ires
grados de comparaddn de los adjetivos grande,

ricos,
fuerte,
malo, hermosa, buena,
y pequenas;
is
y de
loa
adverbios bien, pronto,
y mal.
2.
D.
1.
Most men
are lazy.
all.
This
the most interesting

4.
(interesante) lesson of
is taller
3.
And it is the most useful.
Charles
is is
than Anna. 5. She is older than he. 6. But he than she. 7. She is more than twenty years old. 8. It than I thought. 9. It is warmer than it was yesterday.
colder
it is,
larger
colder
10. The The more it thunders, the more 12. The more I have, the more I want. 13. The less you it rains. study, the less you will know. 14. The earlier he comes (llegue), the better. 15. The faster she wrote, the more mistakes she made.
the more I like
it.
11.
16. John has fewer friends than he had (tenia) last year. 17. Mary has more friends (/.) than she used to have. 18. We receive more 19. We received more than letters than we received last summer.
ten this morning.

prefer a boarding house to a hotel? 2. Yes, a boarding house because it is less dear. 3. And in my opinion the cooking (la cocina) is better in a good boarding house. 4. Do you believe that Mrs. Hernandez's boarding house 5. It i^ one of the best; but I do not is the best in (de la) town?
E.
1.
Do you
sir;
I prefer
say (that)
it is
the best of
is
all.
6.
As a
rule, the
7.
more you pay, the
better the cooking
(.= is
the cooking).
Please direct
me
to
Mrs. Hernandez's boarding house. 8. With great pleasure. You go straight ahead until you come (usesc Uegar) to the church that 9. Then you turn the corner is on the corner of Preciados Street. and follow Preciados Street until you come to a large house that 10. The number of the house is 25. is on the corner of M. Street.
11.
You
will find the
boarding house (that) you are looking for

12.
on the main
floor of this house.

1
The rooms
(las habitaciones)
32
" (cero).
LESSON XL
and the bed
is
173
and the cooking Muchisimas gracias!)
14. Yes, sir;
linen (la ropa de cama) are clean,
good.
I
13.
Thank you very much!

15.
(|
Can
take the street car to go to that (esa) house?
the street car passes near the house.
corner of
M.
Street.
16.
In (the)
You get out summer it is warm

in
at (en) the
in Madrid,
17.
but
I believe (that) it is still (aun)
warmer
New York.
The
heat does not trouble (usese molestar) me so much as the thunder and lightning during the electric storms. 18. But I like the rains
in (the)
19.
summer, because
it
after raining there
is less
dust (polvo).
all
Last night
lightened
and thundered and rained
(the)
night.
20. I should prefer (the) snow, as (pues) it doesn't
and thunder when it snows. 21. showed a temperature of thirty degrees centigrade. 22. It is warmer than it was last sunmier. 23. The warmer it is, the more I Uke it.
hghten This morning the thermometer
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
184. Grados de comparaci6n de los adjetivos, continuaci6n. Bueno, malo, grande, pequefio, mucho y poco forman su comparativo de una manera irregular.
a. Mayor significa " mds grande " y menor " mds pequefio " tratdndose de expresiones de cantidad. Cuando se aplican a personas, el mayor significa el " de mayor edad " y el menor el " de menor edad." b. Most, usado con un nombre o pronombre, se traduce al espanol
por la mayor parte (de).

185.
En
espanol los adverbios

los adjetivos.
forman su comparative del
mismo modo que

a.
cuando
El artlculo se usa con el adverbio en grade superlative solamente el adverbio va seguido de la palabra posible u otra expresi6n
semejante.
186.
Bien, mal,
irregular.
mucho y poco forman su comparative de una

the
.
manera
187.
El correlative
. .
the seguido
traduce por cuanto

a.
(tanto).
de un comparativo se Tanto se omite generalmente.
The
the
puede expresarse tambi^n por mientras ...
174
188.
1. Than se traduce generalmente por que. Than. Las expresiones more than y less than antepuestas a un adjetivo numeral se traducen por mfis de y menos de. 3. Ante una clausula (conteniendo verbo), than se traduce pcfir del que (de la que, de los que, de las que) cuando la comparaci6n se hace con un nombre de la clausula principal; o de lo que cuando la comparaci6n se refiere a un adjetivo o adverbio.
2.
LESSON XLI
PERSONAL PRONOUNS
190.
The Spanish
personal pronouns used as the subject
or object of verbs are:
Singular
Sttbjecjt
DiBECT Object
Indirect Object
yo, I
tfi,
[
me, me
te,
me, to
te,
me
thou
he, it
thee
lo,'
to thee
to him, to her
m.
/.
61,
(le or
lo, it
him,
it
ella, she, it
la, her, it
le
to
it (la,
to her)
In. ello, it
Plural
Subject
nosotros, -as,
Direct Object
Indirect Object
nos, to us
OS, to
les, to
we
nos, us
OS,
vosotros, -as, ye
ellos, -as,
you
they
m. los
/.
them
you them
/.)
(las,
to
las
them,
a.
Ello is rarely used as the subject of a verb, except in the expres.

.
sion ello es que

(J.) when a statement or
.,
the fact is that.

all in
English
it,
as subject,
is
usually not expressed at
Spanish.
or la
it
refers to
a definite
As direct object, it is lo (m.) thing, and lo (n.) when it refers to
idea.
Relampaguea,
Halle
el libro
:
llueve, nieva.
lo halle.
1
It Ughtens, rains, snows.
found the book:
found
it.
See 79, footnote.
LESSON XLI
Vendi
175
I sold
it. it.
No
6.
lo
la casa : la vendi. creemos.
I sold the house:
We
do not believe
The feminine
dative formB
is
la, to her,
and
las, to them, are often
used, but their use
not sanctioned by the Spanish Academy.
See also 42, 51, 75-77, 79, 80.
191.
Usted, -es
Singular
SuBJEcrr
Direct Object
m.
/.
Indirect Object
'^ le aa)
usted,
you
le or lo
la
you
}to you
Plural
Subject
ustedes, you
Direct Object
m. los
/.
Indirect Object
les
you
\,
las
lesaas)ry^
a.
Usted and ustedes are of the second person in meaning, but they
require the verb in the third person.
192.
Se,
himself,
herself,
oneself,
itself,
yourself;
them-
selves, yourselves (see 77).

1.
Se, with a singular verb, sometimes has the force of

etc.,
English one, people,
used as indefinite pronouns.
Se dice. Se cree que es verdad.

2.
One
says.
it is
People beUeve that
true.
Some
intransitive verbs
may
be used as
reflexives,
with change of meaning.

Ir,
to go
dormir, to sleep
irse, to
go away
dormirse, to
fall
asleep
193.
of the second
Study the inflection of the radical-changing verbs and third classes (250-251).
176

EXERCISES
el aceite, oil el
el jarro, jug,
lift,
"pitcher"
ascensor,
elevator
la lechuga, lettuce
el aziicar, el
sugar
carnero,
bizcocho, biscuit ^
la
la pasta
came de
mutton
la cucharita, teaspoon
walnut de guayaba, guava marmalade la pimienta, pepper

la nuez, (English)
descansar, to rest
el
la sal, salt
el servicio, service
el vinagre,
despacho,
oflSce
el f 6sf oro,
match
pea *
vinegar
fresco, -a, fresh

el guisante,
el vino tinto,
red wine
"
en buen orden, in good order; en primer lugar, in the first tengo (mucha) hambre, I am (very) hungry; tengo (mucha) am (very) thirsty; tengo (mucho) sueflo, I am (very) sleepy; cmdado, I am careful; itenga Vd. cuidadol be careful! look out!
Vd. cuidado, do not worry
place;
sed, I
tengo
pierda
A.
al
1.
mucha hambre.
comedor.
4.
Despues de pasearnos a pie toda la tarde tenfamos 2. Entramos en un hotel y nos dirigimos
3. El mozo (camarero) vino y nos di6 la hsta. Mientras lefamos la lista, el mozo puso sobre la mesa un mantel limpio, servilletas, platos, vasos, cuchillos, tenedores, cucharas para sopa, cucharitas, sal, pimienta, aziicar, aceite y vinagre. 5. En primer lugar pedimos los platos siguientes: sopa, pescado y ensalada de lechuga. 6. Despues pedimos carne de carnero asada, papas (patatas) y
guisantes.
7.
For regla
general, prefiero la carne de

8.
(de res) a la carne de carnero.
que came de carnero. 9. pan y vino tinto sin pedirlo nosotros (without our ordering). 10. Para mi (For my part) lo mds diffcil es escoger los pos* *
vaca Pero hoy no habfa mds El mozo (camarero) nos trajo
Or el elevador (as in Mexico). The little wax matches, so common

Or chlcharo
(as in
'
Or
galleta.
in Latin countries, are generally
called cerillas in Spanish (but are called cerillos in Mexico).

*
Mexico and some other Spanish-American
countries).
LESSON XLI
tres.
177
11.
Hoy
pedi pasta de guayaba, bizcochos, queso,

12.
Despues de la comida pagamos la cuenta 13. Fuimos al despacho y al mozo. pedimos un cuarto. 14. Estdbamos cansados y querfamos 15. Pedimos un cuarto grande y comodo con descansar. ventanas que dieran a la plaza, con dos buenas camas, con sus sdbanas blancas y limpias, almohadas de pluma y frazadas (mantas) de lana. 16. Subimos al tercer piso en el ascensor y entramos en el cuarto. 17. El criado lo habia puesto todo en buen orden. 18. Nos trajo una vela y fosforos, un 19. Se dice que la comida, las jarro de agua fresca y vasos. habitaciones y el servicio de este hotel son excelentes.
nueces y caf6.
y dimos una propina
B.
2.
3.
5.
Contestese. 1. ^Por qu6 tenfan Vds. mucha hambre? iEn donde entraron Vds. y a donde se dirigieron? ^D6nde se sentaron Vds.? 4. iQu6 les di6 el mozo?
6. iQue pidieron Vds. en ^Qu^ pidieron Vds. despues? 8. ^Prefiere Vd. la carne de carnero a la carne de vaca (de res)? 9. ^Qu6 cosas les trajo el mozo sin pedirlo Vds.? 10. ^Qu6 postres 11. Despues de pagar la cuenta, ^que le pidieron Vds.? dieron Vds. al mozo? 12. Â donde fueron Vds. en seguida? 14. Ên que subie13. ^Que clase de cuarto pidieron Vds.? ron Vds. al tercer piso? 15. ^Que les trajo el mozo? 16. ^Se dice que son excelentes la comida, las habitaciones y el serel
iQu6 puso
sobre la mesa?
primer lugar?
7.
vicio de este hotel?
C.
1.
it.
It is true.
5.
2.
It
is
raining.
doubt
sell
Did you buy the horse?

(la bicicleta)?
is
the bicycle
8.
es) true.
Spanish
steam.
10.
Coal
is
I sold it. 7. It is said to be (que spoken here. 9. The house is warmed with burned in the furnace. 11. We went to bed
3. I
don't believe
it.
4. I
bought
it.
6.
Did you
at ten o'clock.
12.
We
(4)
got up at seven o'clock.

tix,
D.
Tradiizcase coda frase cuatro veces, usando (1)
(2) usted,
(3) vosotros, -as,
ustedes, o los pronomhres complementarios
178
correspondientes.
3.
6.

1.
You
(m.)
are
4.
tired. I
2.
You
(/.)
are
ilL
He saw you
(m.) yesterday.
We
told
fell asleep.
8.
you the truth. 6. We Did you go away?
saw you (/.) this morning. gave you a present. 7. You
E. 1. I am very tired and I am very hungry. 2. We have walked about (por la) town all (the) day. 3. It is said that they serve excellent meals in the restaurant of this hotel. 4. Should you like to dine here, or should you prefer to go to another No, sir; I am tired of walking about town, restaurant? 5. I am coming and I should prefer to dine here. 6. Waiter! What do the gentlemen wish? (vease XVIII, D. 2 y 3), sir. Bring me soup and fish, and let (148) the soup be hot. 7. 8. Wouldn't the gentlemen wish salad? To-day we have a good Bring us salad after the fish, and bring us lettuce salad. 9. oil and vinegar. 10. I like a lot of oil on (en) the salad, but I don't like pepper. 11. Do the gentlemen wish beef or mutBring us beef and fried (fritas) potatoes. ton? 12. Very
well! (lEsti bien!), sir; soup, fish, lettuce salad, roast beef, fried potatoes.
13.
and
wine?
15.
14.
the gentlemen wish red wine or white I Uke (the) red wine, but my friend prefers (the) white.
Do
Bring us a small cup (una of As [a] how much and cheese and we give The diimer cost two the waiter? Let us give Let us go to the hotel him twenty (= the of On the second the hotel) and ask for a room. we have there a large room, with two beds, that faces the square. hotel? No, am sorry to say [an] elevator in
wish dessert?
17.
16.
Here
Waiter! Please bring

is
me
another napkin:
sir.
this [one] is torn.
(Aqui tiene Vd.) another,
Do
the gentlemen
*
tacita)
coffee,
biscuits.
18.
tip
shall
19.
will
dollars.
cents.
20.
office
office
21.
floor
22.
Is
this
sir;
(that)
you a good room on the 24. Very well! Let's go to bed; first floor if you would prefer it. I am very sleepy. 25. Please send (mandar) to the room a jug of Very well, sir, and I shall also send water and glasses. 26. some matches and a candle. 27. Good night, sirs. May (150, b: Usese que) you sleep well.
there isn't any elevator.
23. I could give
Diminutive of taza.
LESSON XLII
179
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
190.
panoles usados
a.
Los pronombres personales Pronombres personales. como sujeto o complemento son los sigiiientes:
.
es.
EUo
rara vez se usa
ello es que.
El
it
ingl6s,
como como
it
sujeto del verbo, excepto en la expresi6n

sujeto, casi
nunca
se traduce al espafiol.
el maaculino) y la a una cosa determinada y concreta, y lo (para el neutro) cuando se refiere a una expresi6n o idea. b. Las formas femeninas del dativo la y las se usan a menudo; pero Bu uso no esti sancionado por la Real Academia.
Como complemento
(para
el
directo,
equivale a lo (para
femenino) cuando se
refiere
191.
o.
Usted, -es:
Usted y ustedes son, por su

el
significado,
de
la
segunda persona,
pero piden
192.
1.
verbo en
la tercera persona.
Se, usado con
un verbo en
en
ingles,
singular, equivale frecuen-
temente a
indefinidos.
one, people, etc.,
usados como pronombres
2. Algunos verbos intransitivos pueden usarse como cambiando entonces de significado.
reflexives,
LESSON
194.
XLII
Spanish objectPronouns, continued. pronouns usually precede their verb. But an object-pronoun follows its verb and is attached to it when the verb is an infinitive, a present participle, or an affirmative imperative (or subjunctive used imperatively).
Personal
See 88,
a. If
2;
143; 85, 1
and
2.
noun may
the sentence or clause begins with the verb, the object-profollow, but this rarely occurs in colloquial Spanish:
pl&ceme, dice
el juez, it pleases
me, says the judge.

al-
195.
Reflexive se, whether direct or indirect object,
ways precedes another object-pronoun.

Se
me
2.
figura.
It seems to
me.
See also 80,
180
196.

Prepositional
Forms
of the Personal
Pronouns.
When
1,
personal pronouns are governed
by a
preposition, the
following forms are used:

SiNQULAB
ml,
ti,
PlUBAIi
nosotros, -as, us
vosotros, -as,
me
it
thee
you
m.
/.
el,
him,
ella, her, it ello, it
alios, -as,
them
n.
2.
Usted, -es, you, and
si,
himself, herself, etc., are also
used with prepositions. a. With me is conmigo ;

self,
vnth thee
is
contigo ; and toith himadf, her-
etc., is
consigo.^
See also 81-82.

If English myself, thyself, himself, etc., are emphatic, they are to be expressed in Spanish by the reflexive pronoun
197.
in the prepositional form, modified
by mismo
(-a, -os, -as).
Me
198.
engailo a
ml mismo
(-a).
1 deceive myself.
Ella se burla de si
misma.
She makes fun of
herself.
In the plural a reflexive verb

is
may become
reciprocal.
Usually no distinction of form

reflexive
made
in Spanish
between
and
reciprocal verbs;
thus, nos engafiamos
may
mean we
another.
deceive ourselves,
or
we
deceive each other or one
use of
el
But a reciprocal verb may be made explicit by the uno al (del) otro, unos a (de) otros, etc.
al otro.
Se engafian el uno Se burlan unas de

199.
otras.
They deceive each other. They make fun of one another.
The
definite article is required before a
noun used
in apposition with a personal pronoun.

Nosotros los alumnos de-
We
students desire a vacation.
seamos ima vacacidn. Ustedes las sefioras nunca murmuran unas de otras.
1
You women never gossip about one

another.
tigo,
Latin mecum, tecum, and aecum became migo, Spanish, and later the preposition con was prefixed.
and
aigo in
Old
"
LESSON XLII
200. Study the inflection of the inceptive
181
and the ûir
verbs (255, 256).
EXERCISES
el
acr6bata, acrobat
actor;
la actriz, actress
la galeria/
gallery-
balcony
{in
theater),
el actor,
el
el
anuncio, advertisement
artista, la artista, artist
la
butaca (de patio), seat in " Orchestra " or " pit
el
cinematografo
la
" cine "), motion pictures ("movies") comedia, comedy, play desocupado, -a, unoccupied
(el
ocupado, -a, occupied

el palco,
box
(news) paper
el peri6dico,
quedar, to remain
el
divertirse (ie), to enjoy oneself

la entrada, entrance,
sainete, farce
admission
el telon,
curtain {of theater)
estrenar, to perform or give (a

play, etc.) for the first
la fila,
la tragedia, tragedy
time
la zarzuela, operetta, musical
row
performance
comedy
la fimci6n,
el teatro
say so! no tardara en volver, hace tarde, it is getting late
de variedades, vaudeville theater; jya lo creol I should it will not be long before he returns; se
A.
1.
iQu6
3.
le
parece a Vd.?
2.
6pera esta noche?

divertirme.
iiana:
Carlos,
iVamos
el
al teatro
ir al
o a la
Si, seiior;
yo quisiera
teatro a
trdigame
periodico de la
4. Si
maVd.
quiero leer los anuncios de los teatros.
quiere divertirse, lo mejor serd que no vaya a ver ninguna

tragedia.
sainete, o
le
5.
una zarzuela
7.
parece?
vamos a ver una comedia o un 6. iQu6 Vamos a un teatro de variedades donde haya
seiior;
si le
No,
gusta a Vd. la musica.
el
acr6batas.
No,
seiior;
entre nosotros prefiero
mat6grafo (el "cine") al teatro de variedades. 8. jBueno! Aqul tengo el anuncio de una funcion en el Teatro de Calder6n. 9. Esta noche se estrena una nueva comedia de los her-
cine-
manos Alvarez Quintero.

11.
10. Si le parece a Vd., iremos, êh? cudnto cuesta la entrada? 12. Butaca con entrada cuesta dos pesos; asiento en la galeria (el
^Sabe Vd.
Or
anfiteatro (as in Madrid).
182

un
peso.
14. 13.
anfiteatro) con entrada,
costaria mds, por supuesto.
para
a palco. 15. iY a qu6 hora se levanta el tel6n? 16. ocho en punto. iY hay buenos actores jYa lo creo! los mejores del pafs. 17. (o artistas)? jEstd bien! Vamos a tomar los billetes, porque ya son las siete y cuarto. 18. Yo preferirfa una butaca de la primera fila si
ir
No
Un asiento de palco somos bastante ricos
las
19. Temo que no quede no estdn todas ocupadas. desocupada ninguna butaca de la primera fila, pero vere-
mos.
cenar,
20.
si
Y
le
despu^s del teatro iremos

21.
parece.
{for) se
hace tarde!
1.
No
al Caf6 Real a jVamos! jApresurese Vd., que tardard en levantarse el tel6n.
^Le gusta a Vd. ir al teatro? 2. iA qu6 3. iEn d6nde se pueden leer los 4. iQu6 quiere Vd. ver, tragedia, anuncios del teatro? 5. iPor qu6? 6. ^Le gusta a Vd. ir sainete, o zarzuela? 7. ^Por qu6? 8. iLe gusta a Vd. al teatro de variedades? 9. ^Por qu6? el cinematografo (el "cine")? 10. ^Habrd funci6n esta noche en el Teatro de Calder6n? 11. ^Se estrena una nueva comedia? 12. iQui^nes son los autores {authors) de la comedia? 13. iCudnto cuesta la entrada? 14. Â qu6 hora se levanta el tel6n? 15. ^Hay buenos actores (o artistas)? 16. Ên d6nde preferirfa Vd. sentarse? 17. iCree Vd. que queden desocupadas algunas butacas de la primera 18. Despu^s del teatro, ia d6nde iremos? 19. Â qu6? fila? 21. ^Tardard en levantarse el tel6n? 20. ^Se hace tarde?
B.
Contestese.
teatro quisiera Vd. ir?
C.
give
6,
it
it
1.
Give
it
to Ferdinand.
4.
2.
Give
it
it
to him.
5.
3.
Do
it
not
to Ferdinand.
Do
not give
to him.
Give
to me.
it to me. 7. Tell the truth to we. 8. Do not tell Bring me a napkin. 10. I shall bring it to you at once. 11. Do not bring me a torn napkin, 12. Hehkesit. 13. She does not Uke it. 14. I wish to do so (lo). 15. You are (estfi) doing 80 now. 16. He presented himself to me. 17. Does it seem {tlsese 18. Come with me. figurarse) to you that it is possible? 19. I
Do
not give
9.
to her.
LESSON XLII
can't go with
21. I haven't
183
himself. other.
23.
you (Sa pers. fam.). 20. Have you a letter for me? any letter for you (3a pers. fam.). 22. John deceives Charles makes fun of himself. 24. They deceive each
of each other.
26.
25.
They make fun

27.
You
upon
students ought
(Insisto en) it.
to study more.
Men
should never gossip about one another.

it.
28. I agree to (Convengo en)
29. I insist
D.
paper.
1.
Have you read

2.
afternoon paper?
3.
the advertisements of the theaters in the have read all [of] them in the morning
At (En) the Calderon Theater a new tragedy by Jacinto is given for the first time to-night. Should you like to No, sir; I want to enjoy myself, and I should prefer see it? 4. Well (Pues) a musical comedy is given a comedy or a farce. 5.
Benavente
there,
/ don't the music of musical prefer [grand] opera. All Let's go and comedies. enjoy greatly see a farce by the Alvarez Quintero brothers. Will muchfsimo con) comedies and (Me should say [a] performance to-night? There there be noches). Should [a] performance every night (todas we aren't rich enough to take to take a box? No, you
if
(se representa) to-night at the Lyric (Lfrico) Theater.
We'll go
you think
I
best.
6.
like
7.
right!
(a)
divierto
their
farces.
8.
so!
9.
is
las
like
sir;
a box.
10. Let's 11.
take an orchestra seat or a seat in the
first
the balcony.
How much does a seat
13.
in the first
row of row [to-
gether] with admission cost?

it is
dearer to-night.
12. As a rule it costs a dollar, but According to the advertisement, it will
And when (a que hora) cost a dollar and [a] half to-night. 14. Promptly at half-past eight. 15. Then does the curtain rise? (Pues) we must hurry. It will not be long before the performance
begins.
16. Yesterday I went to a vaudeville theater. The per17. There was a Spanish formance was wretched (malisima). actress who sang very well, and a Japanese (japones) acrobat
who
did well enough.
18. 19.
But the
rest (lo demfis) of the perform-
ance was not good.

I prefer
tell the truth, between us, motion pictures to a vaudeville performance (= a per-
To
(Para)
formance of vaudeville).
getting late,
20. All
right!
Let's
hurry, for
21.
it's
and
want a
seat in the first row.
We
haven't
taken tickets yet.
I fear that all the best seats
may
already be
184
occupied.
is

22.
Let's catch (-Asese tomar) the street (tram) car that

street.
coining
up the
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
194. Pronombres personales, continuaci6n. En espanol los pronombres complementarios preceden generahnente al verbo. Pero el pronombre complementario sigue al verbo y va unido a 1 si estd en infinitivo, participio presente, o imperativo (o subjuntivo usado con el car deter de imperativo) afirmativo.
a. Si la frase o clausula empieza con el verbo, el pronombre complementario puede seguirle, pero esto ocurre rara vez en el lenguaje usual.
195.
El reflexivo
se,
recto, siempre precede
ya sea como complemento directo o indilos otros pronombres complementarios.
los pronombres personales con preposicidn. pronombres personales van regidos por una preposicion se usan las siguientes formas: 1. mi, ti, el, ella, ello, no-
196.
Formas de
los
Cuando
sotros -as, vosotros -as, ellos -as.

2.
Usted y
si
tambi^n
se usa
se
usan con preposiciones.

ti,
a.
Cuando con
con mi,
si, la
se
imen formando una
sola palabra,
la
prep)osici6n y el pronombre combinacidn termina con la
ellaba -go.
197.
Si las expresiones inglesas myself, thyself, himself, etc., son
enfdticas,
reflexivo
deben traducirse al espanol mediante el pronombre con preposici6n, modificado por mismo (-a, -os, -as).
reflexivo
de forma entre los verbos recfprocos y reflexivos; asl, por ejemplo, nos engafiamos puede significar " nos engafiamos a nosotros mismos " o " nos engafiamos
expllcito
el
198. En el plural un verbo Por regla general, en espanol no
puede volverse reclproco.
se hace distincion
uno
al otro."
mediante
las expresiones el
Pero un verbo recfproco puede hacerse uno al (del) otro, unos a (de)
otros, etc.
199. El artfculo determinado se requiere ante un nombre usado en aposici6n con un pronombre personal.
LESSON xLin
185
LESSON
201.
XLIII
Definite Article
Masculinb
Sing.
PI.
el
Femininb
la (el)
Nbtjtbb
lo
los
las
1. The feminine el is used only immediately before a noun beginning with stressed a- or ha- (96).
2.
Neuter
lo is
used with neuter adjectives that have the
nouns (98); with neuter pronouns (lo mismo, the same, lo cual, which, etc.); with adverbs (por lo menos, at least, lo mds aprisa posible, as fast as possible); and in such idiomatic expressions as sabemos lo buena que es, we know how good she is.
force of abstract
202.
The
definite article is required:
1.
With an
adjec-
tive of nationaUty used to denote a language, except after
hablar or en (100) with a noun used in a general sense to denote all of the thing or kind it names (103, 1); with a
;
proper noun modified by a
title
or a descriptive adjective,
except in direct address (103, 2); instead of a possessive adjective, when speaking of parts of the body or articles of
clothing, etc. (107);
with expressions of time modified by
prdximo, pasado, and the like (123).
With some names of countries. These include all geographic names modified by an adjective, such as los Estados Unidos, the United States, and also some others including the
2.
following
el Brasil, Brazil el
el
el
a.
Canadd, Canada Ecuador, Ecuador
el
Jap6n, Japan Peru, Peru
Names
rule, la
of cities, as a rule, do not take the article, but to Habana, Havana, and a few others are exceptions.
this
186
And the article may be used 3. To modify an infinitive or a

El hablar demasiado es un vicio. Me enfada el que Vd. no qulera
hacerlo.
subject clause.
To
It
talk too much is a vice. angers me that .you are not
willing to
do
it.
4.
To
express measure.
Diez centavos la docena. A peso el metro.
Ten
cents a dozen.
(At) a dollar a meter.
203.
Study the changes in

239-243)
spelling that occur in the in-
flection of verbs (
EXERCISES
amarillo, -a, yellow
la avena, oats
daro, -a,
el corral,
clear, bright
Undo, -a, pretty maiz, maize, Indian corn la manzana, apple

el
la
el
yard detr&s de, behind en frente de, before gallina, hen
la naranja,
el
orange
nido, nest
el pfijaro,
bird
la pera,
pear
grano, grain
el pez, (living) fish el
la
hacienda, large farm, plantation
pl&tano,
la huerta,
el
garden ^ huevo, egg
el trigo,
banana wheat
watch over, guard
las verduras, fresh vegetables

vigilar, to
la legtimbre, vegetable
cayera, he almost
echar de menos, to miss (a person or thing) ; poco falt6 para que se fell; poner huevos, to lay eggs; ^qu6 ha sido de ^1?
of
what has become
him?
A.
1.
No
ci6n de los calores.
nos gusta la vida de la ciudad durante la esta2. Nuestra familia tiene una hacienda
3.
a quince kil6metros de
todos los anos.
en la ciudad. 4. seamos a caballo casi todos

*
la ciudad y alll pasamos el verano Nos divertimos mds en el campo que Tenemos caballos de silla y nos palos dfas.
5.
Mi hermana no
is
In some countries, as in Mexico, a
vegetable garden
called hortaliza.
Jardls usually means flower garden.
LESSON XLIII
tiene caballo, porque
187
6.
no
le
gusta montar.
La primera
vez que monto a caballo poco falt6 para que se cayera, y no ha querido montar despues. 7. A poca distancia de la
casa hay
y
9.
clara.
muchos peces en un hermoso lago de agua fresca 8. Nos divertimos mucho pescando en este lago.
jardin en
f rente
En un
de
la casa
y hay una huerta en la cual (in which) se cultivan muchas 11. En mi opinion, clases de frutas y legumbres (verduras). 12. Siento las manzanas y las peras son las mejores frutas. mucho que en este clima no se produzcan frutas tropicales como la naranja, el pMtano y la guayaba. 13. En un corral hay galHnas blancas a las cuales echamos grano. Ponen muchos huevos. 14. Los pajaros hacen su nido en un drbol muy grande que estd cerca de la casa. 15. Los labradores, que cultivan los campos, se levantan temprano y
blancas, amarillas, azules
rojas.
10.
tenemos lindas flores Detrds de la casa
trabajan todo
el dia. el
16.
Cultivan varias clases de cereales,
como
maiz y la avena. 17. El ano pasado teniamos un hermoso perro que vigilaba la casa. 18. El pobrecito (poor thing) murio, y ahora le echamos de menos. 19. En la hacienda hay vacas Jersey que nos dan leche.
el
trigo,
20.
21.
En el verano la vida del campo es muy agradable. Pero cuando llegue el otono, tendremos ganas de volver
Contestese.
la ciudad.
la estacion
1-2. iQue vida le gusta a Vd. durante de los calores (de los frios), la (that) del campo o la de la ciudad? 3. Â que distancia de la ciudad tiene su famiUa la hacienda? 4. ^Se pasea Vd. a caballo? 5. iPor que no quiere montar a caballo su hermana? 6. iDonde se 7-8. ^Donde estd, el jardin (la divierten Vds. pescando?
B.
m^
huerta)?
11.
9-10. iQue se cultiva en

se
el
jardin (en la huerta)?

12.
En
su opinion ^que frutas son las mejores?
iPor
qu6 no
13.
pueden producir aUl

tropicales?
14.
las
frutas
tropicales?
las galli-
iQu6 frutas
Ên donde estdn
188
nas?
15.
nido?
iQu6 ponen? 16. iD6nde hacen los pdjaros su lA qu6 hora se levantan los labradores? 18. iTra20. iQui^n 19. iQu6 cereales cultivan? bajan mucho? vigilaba la casa el ano pasado? 21. iQu6 ha sido de 61? 23. iQu6 raza de vacas 22. iLo echan Vds. de menos? 25. iCudndo tendrdn Vds. tienen Vds.? 24. iDan leche?
17.
ganas de volver a
la ciudad?
C. 1. Avoid (Evitad) the bad (n.) and seek the good. 2. Men do not comprehend (no comprenden) the infinite. 3. We shall do the same. 4. I prefer mine (n.) to yours. 5. Write as fast as possible. 6. Study at least two hours. 7. I know how good she is. 8. We know how ill you are. 9. We are studying Spanish. 11. Do you speak Spanish? 12. This 10. Spanish is not diflScult.
14. Horses worth more than iron. 17. Mr. P^rez left yesterday. 18. Good day, Mr. Martinez. 19. Captain (usese capitfin) Trevino is a Mexican. 20. I took off my gloves. 21. I washed my hands. 22. The children washed their faces. 23. John has lost his hat. 24. We arrived last month. 25. We shall leave next Friday. 26. Is Argentina a richer country 27. Mexico has more inhabitants (habitantes) than Mexico? than Argentina. 28. He was born in Spain. 29. His wife was born in Peru. 30. Havana is the largest city in (de) Cuba. 31. To eat too much is a vice. 32. Oranges cost thirty cents a dozen. 33. This cloth (paflo) is sold at two dollars a meter.
letter is written in Spanish.

15.
13.
Women
16.
love flowers.
is
are strong.
Dogs are
useful.
Gold
D.
1.
My
2.
father has a large-farm (at) fifty kilometers from
Boston.
We
spend
all
our summer vacations (= vacations of

it is
the summer) on (en) the farm, because
cooler there.
4.
3.
My
7 do not (like it). The first time (that) I rode on horseback I almost fell [off]. 5. Since then (entonces) I have not ridden (no monto) on horseback. I prefer to ride on (en) [a] bicycle. 6. I used to have a dog that I loved dearly (tiernamente), but the poor thing died a year ago. 7. At night he used to guard the house, and during the day (de dfa) he followed me everywhere (per todas partes). 8. There
brothers like to ride on horseback every day.
LESSON XLIII
is
189
a large lake near the farm where we go fishing (a pescar). 9. The waters of the lake are cool and clear. 10. We have a lot of horses and cows. 11. The Jersey cows are the best we have. 12. They
13. The farm laborers have to work early and late in order to cultivate the fields. 14. They grow (= cultivate) many kinds of cereals, such as (tales como) oats, wheat, and Indian corn. 15. We have a garden for (jardin para) flowers before the house, and behind the house a garden for vegetables. 16. In the flower garden beautiful (usese bello) 17. There flowers of every color (de todos los colores) are grown. are large flowers and little [ones]. Some are red and white, and others are blue or yellow. 18. My mother prefers tropical fruits, such as bananas and oranges, to northern fruits (las frutas del 19. But my father thinks that apples and pears are the norte).
give better milk than the other cows give.
best fruits in the (del) world.

21.
20.
My
little
sister loves birds.
In a large tree before the house the birds make their nests. 22. We climb the (al) tree to look at the eggs, but we do not take them away from (no se los quitamos a) the birds. 23. Our hens lay many eggs and we take them from the hens and eat them up
(nos los comemos).
24.
We shall
be glad to return to (the) town
when September comes
{usese Uegar).
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
201.
se usa
1. La forma femenina el s61o inmediatamente delante de un nombre que empieza por a-
El articulo determinado.
o ha- acentuada. 2. La forma neutra lo se usa con adjetivos neutros usados como nombres abstractos; con pronombres neutros; con adverbios; y en algunas expresiones idiomdticas.
202. El articulo determinado se requiere 1. Con un adjetivo de nacionaUdad cuando denota idioma, excepto despu^s de hablar o en con un nombre usado en sentido general para denotar toda la cosa o especie que nombra; con un nombre propio modificado por un
:
tltulo
o un adjetivo descriptivo,
si
aqu61 no estd en vocativo; en
lugar del adjetivo posesivo cuando se refiere

partes del cuerpo
a las diferentes prendas de vestir, etc.; con expresiones de tiempo modificadas por pr6zimo, pasado, etc.
humano o a
las
190
2.

Con
los los
nombres de algunos
paises.
Entre
ellos se
cuentan
todos los nombres geogrdficos modificados por
un
.
adjetivo, asl
.
como
a.
Estados Unidos, y tambien
los siguientes:
sin
Los nombres de ciudades, per regla general, no Uevan el artlcnlo; embargo, la Habana y algunos otros son excepciones de esta regla.
:
El articulo puede usarse

3.
4.
Para modificar a un infinitivo o una clausula sujeto de verbo. Para expresar medida.
LESSON XLIV
204. Omission
article is
1.
of
the
Definite
Article.
The
definite
omitted in Spanish, though required in EngUsh Usually before a noun in apposition.

Santiago, the capital of Chile.
title.
Santiago, capital de Chile.

2.
Before a numeral modifying a

Carlos Quinto.
Charles the Fifth.

Alfonso the Thirteenth.
Alfonso Trece.
205.
Omission
of the Indefinite Article.
It is regularly
omitted
1.
2.
Before an unqualified noun in the predicate (74). Before a noun in apposition.

Lima, ciudad del
Peril.
Lima, a city of Perd.
3.
Before
cierto,
certain, otro, another, ciento,
a hundred,
mil, a thousand;
4.
and
after tal, such a.
In
many
idioms, such as:
Nunca
lleva chaleco.
No dice palabra. listima I Que

1
He never wears a waistcoat He doesn't say a word. What a pity
(vest).
LESSON XLIV
POSSESSIVES
191
206. 207.
Possessive Adjectives.
Study 52-55.
Possessive Pronouns
Singular
el
mio
tuyo suyo
(la
mia, lo mlo, los mios, las mias), mine

tuya, lo tuyo, los tuyos, las tuyas), thine
el
(la (la
el
suya, lo suyo, los suyos, las suyas), his, hers,
its,
yours
Plural
el el
nuestro
vuestro
(la
nuestra, lo nuestro, los nuestros, las nuestras), ours

vuestra, lo vuestro, los vuestros, las vuestras), yours
(la
el
suyo
(la
suya, lo suyo, los suyos, las suyas), theirs, yours

I prefer yoxir
Prefiero la casa de Vd. a la mia.
house to mine.
La de Vd. es mis grande que

mia.
la
Yours
is
larger than mine,
The possessive pronouns require the definite Spanish though not in Enghsh.
a.
article in
But the
definite article is
used with a possessive in the predicate
only in a question beginning with which, or in answer to such a question.
Compare
^De quien Es mfo. iQue libro
es este libro?
Whose book
Which book
is
is
es el de Vd.? Este es el mio. ^Cual de las plumas es la Esta es la de Vd. mia?
is
mine.
is
Which pen
yours.
mine. yours? This one mine?

this?
It is
Tliis
61,
is
208.
etc.,
The
definite article
may be
used with de
de
ella,
instead of suyo, etc., to

(see also 83).
el libro
ella.
make
the meaning clear or
emphatic
Tango
el
de
el
no tengo
I have his book:
I haven't hers.
de
Prefiere la casa de Vd. a la de

ellos.
He
prefers
your house to
theirs.
192

and
209. Study the inflection of haber (257), ser (259),
ir(261).
EXERCISES
agradecer, to be grateful for;
agradecido, -a, grateful
anhelar, to long for
atento, -a, devoted, courteous
el
el el
la molestia, trouble
el
monumento, monument, imposing public building
la oporttmidad, opportunity
borrdn, blot
cariflo, affection
permanecer, to remain
prestar, to lend,
show
compromise, engagement
corriente, present (month), in-
pues, well, for

querido, -a, dear, beloved
el respeto, respect;
stant
respetos, re-
dentro de, within

Enrique, Henry
estimable, esteemed
evitar, to avoid, help
(
gards
saludar, to salute
el servidor, la
servidora, servant
= avoid)
subscribir, to subscribe, sign
historico, -a, historic (al)
Muy
seLor
mio,
My
dear
Sir;
su apreciable carta, your favor; no
hay novedad,
hallo mejor, I
all is well;
sin novedad, without accident, as usual;
me
am
better;
esta de vuelta, he has returned, he

are
is
back;
ique
one;
tal
sigue Vd.?
how
dan
las dos (tres,
etc.),
para nada, it is good for devoted and faithful servant
you getting on? da la una, it is striking it is striking two (three, etc.); no sirve nothing; su atento y seguro servidor, your
^
A.
1.
Hotel Grande, Granada 15 de Junio de 1918 ^
Querido Pablo:
Hoy
llegu6,
aqui ocho dias.

tiene
Uegud a Granada sin novedad, y pienso permanecer La verdad es que estaba cansado cuando pero ya me siento mejor. He oido decir que Granada
historicos
muchos monumentos
el
y deseo
verlos todos.
Hdgame Vd.
favor de decir al senor Veldzquez que estar6
de vuelta dentro de quince dias. Bien s6 que le doy a Vd. mucha molestia, pero no puedo evitarlo. iQu^ tal sigue
This may be translated: very sincerely yours. Mil novecientos diez y ocho.
LESSON XLIV
Vd.?
193
Espero que ya se halle mejor. Ahora no puedo esmds, pues tengo un compromiso a las dos y media, y ya dieron las dos. Dispense Vd. el borr6n. jEsta plumafuente (pluma estilogrdfica) no sirve para nada! Le saluda con carino su amigo
cribir
Enrique.
2.
Calle de
San
Crist6bal,
55/ Barcelona
10 de
Sr.
Marzo de 1918
D.2
Tomds Hidalgo y
Rivera,
Calle del Arenal, 35,
Madrid.
Muy
me
senor mfo
y amigo:
8 del corriente
hijo durante
Acabo de
(that
recibir su apreciable carta del
y
su
apresuro a contestarla.
which)
Mucho
agradezco todo lo que
Vd. ha hecho por
(for)
mi
enfermedad.
Deseamos que cuente con que (he assured of the fact that) Vd. y todos los suyos (all your family) tienen en esta ciudad amigos muy agradecidos que anhelan la oportunidad de corresponder a los buenos servicios que Vd. ha tenido la bondad de prestar a nuestro querido hijo. Con mi familia presento mis respetos a su estimable seiiora esposa, y me subscribo de Vd. muy atento y seguro
servidor
y amigo,
Carlos Pereda
y Gald6s.
B.
4.
lleg6?
1. Â d6nde llego Enrique? 2. iC6mo iCudnto tiempo pensaba permanecer alll? ^Como estaba cuando lleg6? 5. iC6mo se sentfa cuando
ContSstese.
3.
escribi6 la carta?
6.
iQu-5 habfa ofdo decir?

al seiior
7.
rogo a Pablo que dijera

'
Veldzquez?
ia
8.
iQu6 le iQu6 sabfa
name
*
In letter heads the number of the houae of the street. Sr. D. Seiior Don.
usually placed after the
194 Enrique que

le
daba a Pablo? 9. iPor qu6 no pudo Enrique iQu6horadi6? 11. iPor qu6 le pidio Enrique a Pablo que le dispensara? 12. iQue cosa no servfa para nada? 13. iComo acabo Enrique la carta? 14. iDonde estaba Carios Pereda y Gald6s cuando escribio la carta a Tomds Hidalgo y Rivera? 15. iCudl es
escribirmds?
10.
la fecha
de esa carta?
17.
16.
Hidalgo?
18.
iQue acabo de
20.
iCudl es la direccion del senor recibir el senor Pereda?
iQu6
se apresuro a hacer?
senor Hidalgo?
se subscribio?
19. iQu6 le agradeci6 al iCon qu6 deseaba que contase el senor
Hidalgo? 21. iQu6
le
present al senor Hidalgo?
22.
iComo
C.
1-3.
He
5.
lives
in
Lima (Bogotd,
4.
is
Caracas), the capital of

is
Peni (Colombia, Venezuela).

of Spain.
7. 9.
Alfonso the Thirteenth
king
is a tailor. His brother is a carpenter (carpintero). 10. Both are Italians. 11. They used to live in Pisa, a city of Italy. 12. A certain friend of mine (amigo mio) told me so (lo). 13. Another friend of mine denied it. 14. He did not beheve such a story. 15. That man
a physician. 6. uncle Both (Los dos) are Americans. 8. Mr. Carducci

father
My
My
is
a lawyer.
never wears a necktie.

('dsese
16.
17.
What
vestirse) better!
18.
Present
a pity that he does not dress my regards to your people
(a los suyos).
He
presented his regards to
my
He
people.
Traduzcanse
nombres.
19.
las siguientes
frases, y
20.
repltanse despues omitiendo los
He has
22.
his books.
She has her books.

23.
21.
Have
letter.
you your books? 24. She read his

prefer
28.
We have
25.
our books.
read her
letter.
my house to yours.
*
27.
Did you read their letters? 26. I Do you prefer your house to mine?
Which house
1.
is
yours? 29.
Whose house is that one
(aquella)?
D.
Hotel Grande, Granada.
AprU
Dear Charles:
Granada
large,
is
25, 1918.
more
interesting than Seville (Sevilla).

is
It is not so
but
*
it
has the Alhambra which

is
the most interesting hisia cu&l.
Note that which house
quS casa, while which alone
LESSON XLIV
torical
195
monument
tired
in Spain.
It
was
built
by the Moors (moros)
many
I
centuries ago.
and nearly ill when I arrived yesterday, but I are you getting on? I hope that you are feeling much better. Tell Mr. P^rez that I shall be back in a week. I can't stay longer (mas tiempo) this time (vez), but I hope to return next year. It has struck half-past three and I have an engagement at four o'clock. Yours affectionately (vease A. 1), was very
am
better now.
How
Ferdinand.
2.
33 San Crist6bal Street, Barcelona.
May 5,
Mr, Henry Valera
50 Arenal Street,
Ortiz,
1918.
Madrid.
Dear
Sir:
We have just received your favors of the 2nd and 3rd instant and we make haste to answer them. We are very grateful to you and your wife (estimable senora) for all that (lo que) you (Vds.) have done for our daughter during her illness, and we hope that we shall-be-able (153) some day to repay you [for] the many good services that you have had the kindness to show our beloved
daughter.
We
we
present our respects to
you
(Vd.)
and
all
your family, and
are very sincerely yours,
Paul Martinez Tamayo. Anna Herrera de Martinez.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
204. Supresi6n del articulo determinado. El artfculo determinado, aunque necesario en ingles, se suprime en espanol:
1.
2.
Generalmente ante el nombre en aposici6n. Ante el adjetivo numeral que modifica a im
tltulo.
196
206.

Supre8i6n
del
artfculo
indetenninado.
Generalmente
sesuprime:
1.
2. 3.
4.
Ante el nombre no calificado que sirve de predicado (atributo). Ante el nombre en aposici6n. Ante las voces cierto, otro, ciento, mil y despu^s de tal. En diversas expresiones idiomdticas, tales como:
;
. . .
207. Pronombres posesivos. pronombres posesivos requieren requieren en ingl6s.
Obs6rvese
el artlculo
que en espanol los determinado y no lo
a. Pero el artlculo determinado se usa con el posesivo como predicado (atributo) solamente en las preguntas que empiezan por cuAl o qu6 (adj.) o en la contestaci6n a estas preguntas.
208. El artfculo determinado puede usarse con de

etc.,
en vez de suyo,
etc.,
#1, de ella, para dar mayor claridad o 6nfasis a la
expresi6n.
LESSON XLV
210.
a.
Demonstratives.
of, the
Study 59-62.
are usually expressed
That
one
of,
etc.,
by
el (la, lo, los,
las) de.
La pluma de acero y la de oro.
The
steel
(lit..
The pen
pen and the gold one of steel and that
of gold).
Lo de
211.
que,
.
ayer.
The
affair of yesterday.
Relative Pronouns
which, that
1
who (whom),
1
el cual (la cual, lo cual, los cuales, las cuales) 1
el
que n que, (la
lo que, los que, las que)
IN
that
f j
i. \ v who (whom), which ^ "

,
!.
quien (-es), who (whom) cuanto (-a, -os, -as), all who,
all
cuyo
(-a, -OS, -as),
whose
212.
Uses
of the Relative
Pronouns.
1.
Que, the most

invariable.
It
common
of the Spanish relative pronouns,
is
LESSON XLV
is
197
persons or things.
used as subject or object of a verb, and it may refer to After a preposition, whom is quien (-es).
1 alunmo que parti6 hoy.
The student
to-day.
(m.)
who
(that) left
La alumna que
nana.
vi esta
ma-
The student
saw
this
(/.)
whom
(that)
morning.
of
Los alumnos de quienes habl&bamos.

2.
The students
speaking.
whom we
were
(la cual, etc.), el que (la que, etc.), or quien be used to avoid ambiguity. El cual and el que Quien indicate the gender and number of the antecedent. makes clear that the antecedent is a person and indicates the number.
El cual
(-es),
may
He
escrito
al hljo
de dofia
have written to Dona Francisca's
Francisca, el cual estudia
para medico.
Ayer vi
quien
3.
al duefio
estS.
de
la casa,
en
la ciudad.
son who is studying to be a physician. Yesterday I saw the owner of the house, who is in town.
etc.,
He
who, she who, the one who,

or
are expressed
by
el que, la que, etc.,
by quien
(-es).
1 que desea mucho siempre

es pobre.
He who
poor.
desires
much
is
always
stos muchachos son los que Vd. buscaba.
These boys are the ones that you were looking for.
Quien
calla, otorga.
He who
apply.
is silent
gives assent.
No
tengo a qixien dirigirme.
I haven't
any one to
whom
to
4.
Neuter
that
which or what (= that which), referring to a

is lo
statement or idea,
lo cual.
que, and neuter which
is
commonly
^Sabe Vd. lo que quiere? Prometi6 estudiar mas, lo cual agradd mucho a su padre.
Do you know what he wants? He promised to study more, which

greatly pleased his father.
198
5.
A
it
Spanish relative pronoun can not be omitted, nor

precede
its
can
the
preposition,
as in English.
el
man we
were talking about with
Compare hombre de quien
habllbamos.
213. Study the and andar (262).
inflection
of tener (258), estar (260),
EXERCISES
afectisimo,
-a {ahao, -a), most
ofrecer, to offer
affectionate (ly)
pedir
(i)
prestado, to ask the
agradar, to please
apixrado, -a, without
la culpa, fault, guilt
el duefio,
loan
of,
borrow
money
el placer,
pleasure
privar, to deprive (of)
owner
procurar, to attempt, try
la falta, lack
el guia,
prometer, to promise
guide
falta, I lack, I
si
tomar prestado, to borrow
need; no puedo menos de hacerlo, I can't Vd. tiene inconveniente en hacerlo, if you have any objection to doing it; ^que hay de nuevo? what is the news? lo logre, I succeeded (in doing so); no es mia la culpa, it is not my fault; Vd. tiene la culpa, it is your fault; no deje Vd. de hacerlo, do not fail to do so; no hay nada de particular, there is nothing im usual
me
hace
help doing
it;
A.
1.
Calle de Preciados, Matanzas,
Cuba
8 de Enero de 1918
Querido Juan:
Me hace falta dinero. iPuede Vd. enviarme un giro postal de cincuenta pesos oro? Si me presta esta suma, prometo No me agrada pagdrsela el primero del mes que viene. pedir prestado el dinero que necesito, pero esta vez no puedo menos de hacerlo. Siento muchfsimo molestar a Vd. y si
tiene inconveniente en prestdrmelo,
la culpa
no
lo haga.
No
es
mla
de hallarme apurado (sin dinero) en esta poblacion. Se lo expUcar^ a Vd. cuando le vea. He procurado tomar prestado aqul el dinero que me falta, pero no lo logr^. La verdad es que no tengo a quien dirigirme. iQu6 hay de
LESSON XLV
nuevo en la Habana? Aqul no hay nada de deje Vd. de escribirme.
particular.
199
No
Suyo afmo,
Felipe.
2.
Calle de Francos, 85
Serior
Don
Carlos
Tamayo y Baus,
Sol, 10.
Puerta del
Muy
senor mio:
Tendrlamos gran placer en que nos hiciese Vd. el honor de comer con nosotros manana por la noche. Espero que no tenga Vd. ningun otro compromiso que nos prive de su companla en esta ocasion. Mi marido tendrd el gusto de hacerle una visita hoy para saludarle y para ofrecerse a acompanarle {accompany you) manana cuando venga a nuestra casa. Quedo de Vd. S. S.,
Q. S.
M.
B.,1
Mercedes Garcia de Niinez.
A 21
B.
la
4.
de diciembre de 1918.
1.
Contestese.
quien escribio Felipe?

3.
2.
^Cudl es
fecha de su carta?
iQu6
le
hacia falta a Felipe?
prometio pagarselo?
le enviase Juan? 5. ^Cudndo ^Le agradaba a Felipe pedir prestado 7. ^No pudo menos de hacerlo? el dinero que necesitaba? 8. iTenia Felipe la culpa de hallarse apurado (sin dinero)? 9. ^Cuando se lo explicaria a su amigo? 10. ^Donde procure tomar prestado el dinero que le faltaba? 11. ^Lo logro?
^Cud,nto dinero queria que

6.
> S. S. Q. S. M. B. here is to be read segura servidora que su mano besa. This very formal expression is now little used except in invitations, announcements, etc. When a man thus addresses a woman, the corresponding formal expression is S. S. Q. S. P. (pies) B. Instead of de Vd. S. S. Q. S, M. (P.) B., one also finds S. S. S. Q. B. S. M. (P.) = su seguro servidor que besa su mano (sus pies). In ordinary social and commercial correspondence, it is now customary to omit Q. B. S. M., or to use in its place Q. E. 5. M. = que estrecha su mano, who clasps your hand.
200

13.
iHabia algo (anything) de particular estd Matanzas? 15. iA qui6n escribio la senora dona Mercedes Garcfa de 16. ^Cual es el nombre de bautismo (de pila) Niiiiez? de esta senora? 17-18. iCual es el apellido de su padre (de su marido)? 19. Ên qu^ tendrian gran placer la senora y su marido? 20. ^Para cudndo invito ella al senor Tamayo a comer con ellos? 21. ^Para qu6 tendria el marido el gusto de hacer una visita al senor Tamayo? 22. ^Cudl es la fecha de la invitacion?
12, iPor qu^ no? en Matanzas? 14.
iD6nde
C. 1. The lady who arrived yesterday. 2, The lady to whom I 3. The young lady whom I saw this morning. was speaking. 4. The book that he borrowed from me (me pi diSprestado). 5. The man that borrowed the book. 6. The book of which we were speaking. 7. The house he bought. 8. The house in which he lives. 9. I have written to Mr. Herrera's daughter who is in New
10. I have written also to Mrs. Martinez's son who is in Havana. 11. Do you know a book which is (161, 2) more interesting than this [one] ? 12. Do you know the author of this book, who is [a] great poet in my opinion? 13-14. This boy (This 15-16. These men (These women) girl) is the one who told me so. are the ones who took it (se lo llevaron). 17. What do you want? 19. I believe you don't know what 18. Tell me what you want. you want, 20. What did he buy? 21. He will (qixiere) not tell me what he bought. 22. He is working harder (mas), which pleases me greatly (mucho). 23, He told us the truth, which (n.) sur-
York.
prised (sorprendi6) us.
D.
1.
Calle de
San Fernando,
15,
Buenos
1918,
Aires.
May 5,
Dear Ferdinand:
Will you send
I
a postal money order for (de) seventy-five I have spent the last dollar that I had. I tried to borrow some money from (a) an acquaintance, but he would (queria) not lend it to me. I haven't C^ny] friends If you will lend me that (esa) amount, I promise in this town.
dollars?
me
am
without money.
LESSON XLV
to pay
201
If you it back (= pay it to you) the first of next month. have any objection to lending me so (tan) large an amount (= an amount so large), send me fifty dollars. I am sorry to trouble you, but it isn't my fault that I am without money. I haven't any one here to whom to apply. I tried to find some friend, but I didn't succeed. What's the news in Montevideo? I hope you and all your people are well. There is nothing unusual here. Do not fail to write me as soon as possible, because I need money.
Most
2.
affectionately yours,
Paul.
Mrs.
Mary
Herrera de L6pez, Puerta del Sol, 15.

seflora ma)
if
Dear
Madam (Muy
We
should be greatly pleased
(vease
the honor of dining with us Thursday night
A. 2) you would do U3 (el jueves por la noche)
We hope that you have no engagement that will deprive us of your

company. (The) dinner will be served at seven o'clock. My husband will have the pleasure of sending you (de mandar a Vd.) our motor car, at the hour mentioned (seflalada), to bring you to our
house.
I
am very
sincerely yours (vease A. 2),
Anna Rodriguez de
January
12, 1918.
Ulloa.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
210. Demostrativos
a.
:
Thai
of, the
one
of, etc.,
se expresan generalmente per el
(la, lo,
los, las) de.
212.
Uso de
los
pronombres
relatives.
1.
Que,
el
mds
comiin de los pronombres relatives espanoles, es invariable. Se usa como sujebo o complemento verbal, pudiendo referirse a per-
Despu^s de una preposici6n, whom es quien (-es). Para evitar la ambigiiedad en las expresiones se hace uso de El cual el cual (la cual, etc.), el que (la que, etc.), o quien (-es). y el que indican el g^nero y el niimero del antecedente. Qmeo indica que el antecedente es una persona e indica su niimero.
Bonas o cosas.
2.
202
3.
He
etc.,
who, she who, the one who,
etc., se
traducen por
el
que, la
que,
o por quien (-es).
4. Las expresiones neutras that which o what (= that which) que hacen referenda a una manifesta,ci6n o idea, se traducen por lo que, y el neutro which es comunmente lo cual. 5. El pronombre relativo espanol no puede omitirse, ni puede preceder a su preposici6n, como en ingl6s.
LESSON XLVI
214.
Interrogative Pronouns
cufil (-es),
quien (-es), who (whom) de quien (-es), whose

que, what (which)
All except quien (-es)
a.
is
which
cuinto (-a, -os, -as),
how much
(many)
may be
used as pronominal adjectives.
que
h.
In questions, which used as an attributive (or adherent) adjective ^que libro quiere Vd.? which book do you wish ? In exclamations, what (a) or how is que: jque bonita niilal whai
:
pretty girl!
jque p&lida estdsl how pale you are!
215. Indefinite Pronouns and Pronominal Adjectives

.
.
some one, somebody any one, anybody
alguno (-a, -os, -as), some, any, a few
ninguno (-a, -os, -as), none, no ningima cosa 1 cosa alguna [ nothing
nada
alguna cosa
|
^^^^^
some
j^
mucho
todo
(n.)
(-a,
^s.
-os,
-as)
-as),
much many
all,
xmo
(-a, -OS, -as), one,
(-a,
every;
self
cada {adj., invar.), each, every cada uno (-a), each one
everything
(-a, -os, -as),
mismo
same,
ambos
(-as) \
..
otro (-a, -os, -as), other, another
los (las) dos / los (las) dem&s, the rest
tanto (-a, -os, -as), as (so)
much
(many)
cualquiera
(one) at
(cualesquiera),
all,
any
tal,
such, such a
whatever
quienquiera (qmenesquiera), whoever
nadie, no one,
nobody
LESSON XL VI
M&s
vale algo que nada.
203
Todo hombre debe cumplir

con su deber.
Something is better than nothing. Every man should do his duty.

All the boys were plajdng ball.
Todos los muchachos jugaban

a
la pelota. al teatro
Va
todas las noches

tren.
He goes to the theater every

night.
(each)
(cada noche).
Cada dos horas sale un Nos quiere a los dos. Murio el mismo dia. l mismo me lo dijo.
Quisieramos otros dos.
train leaves every
two hours.
He He He
Ukes us both.
died the same day.
told
me
so himself.
We
I
should like two others.
Hay
tantos
hombres como
tal
There are as many men as women.

never passed such a night.
mujeres.
Nunca pase
o.
noche.
is
An
unemphatic some or any
usually not expressed in Spanish.
i Quiere Vd. uvas?
iTiene Vd. peras?
No tengo.
Do you want some

Have you any
any.
grapes?
pears?
haven't
^puede Vd. prestarme b. A ZMe (denoting quantity) is un poco de un poco de dinero? can you lend me a little money f
:
c.
Cualquiera (cualesquiera)
it
may
lose the final
-a when
it
precedes
the noun
modifies.
Cualquier
eso.
hombre
es
bueno para
Any man
that.
is
good (enough)
for
But, Para eso cualquiera es bueno.

d.
For that any one
(at all) is good.
Review
113.
216. Study the inflection of poner (265), saber (268),
caber (269), and poder (270).
201

EXERCISES
adjunto, -a, adj., adjunto, adv.,

enclosed, herewith
asistir, to
participar, to
announce
to forward
reexpedir
(at),
(i),
be present
at-
religiose, -a, religious
tend
bonito, -a, pretty
remitir, to remit, send

resfriarse, to catch cold
casarse con, to marry, get married

la ceremonia,
simpdtico, -a, charming, pleaa-
ant
ceremony
el
suplicar, to
beg
el enlace, union,
marriage enojarse, to get angry; enojado, -a (con), angry (with) fijamente, with certainty
Francisco, Francis
la tardanza, delay
temple, temple, church

verificarse, to
be held or per-
formed
la noticia,
cias,
news news
(item);
las noti-
^cuindo tuvo Vd. noticias de el? when did you hear from him last? de estar aqui, after being here a few years; ^que hay? what's the matter? ^que tiene Vd.? what's the matter with you? no tengo nada, there's nothing the matter with me; de vez en cuando, from time to time; tuvo lugar, it took place; si mal no me acuerdo, if I remember rightly; guarda cama, he stays in bed; tengo miedo, I
los pocos alios
am
frightened; se
me
olvid6, I forgot.
A. 1. Querido Carlos:
Mexico/ 5 de
noticias de
Julio de 1918.
iCudndo tuvo Vd.

estar en
Pedro?
los
pocos dfas de
Mexico
recibi
escribirme despu^s.
una carta de 61, pero no ha vuelto a iQu6 tendrd que no quiere escribirme?
iCree Vd. que est6 enojado conmigo? Yo le escribo de vez en cuando, pero no contesta a mis cartas. ^Ha ofdo Vd. que Francisco se cas6 con la hija de los seiiores de Montoya? La ceremonia religiosa se verific6 en
> Within Mexico itself, the word " Mexico " usually means the city of Mexico. The country as a whole is usually spoken of as la Repiiblica Mexican*, but officially it is called los Estados Unidos Mexicanos. The official spelling is Mexico and mexicano, but the pronunciation is always M6jico and mejicano.
LESSON XLVI
el
205
templo de Santa Teresa el 15 de abril. La ceremonia ^ tuvo lugar la manana del mismo dia, si mal no me acuerdo. Yo no pude asistir por {on account of) haberme Tuve que guardar cama ocho dlas. Dona Julia, resfriado. la esposa de Francisco, es bonita y simpatica; y, lo que es de mayor importancia, su padre es rico. Adjunta * le remito a Vd. la invitaci6n que recibf de los senores de Montoya. Como no s6 fijamente su direcci6n, me permito remitir esta carta a casa de su padre, quien la reexpedird si Vd. no Le ruego perdone' la tardanza con que estd ahl (there). correspondo a su carta. Crâme siempre su buen amigo, Juan. Felipe Montoya y Carranza 2. y Maria Galdos de Montoya tienen el honor de participar a Vd. el pr6ximo enlace de su hija
civil
Julia
con
el
Senor
Don
y
le
Francisco
Tamayo y Baus
(to he kind enough) asistir a ceremonia religiosa que se verificard en el Templo de Santa Teresa el dfa 15 del presente a las 11 de la
suplican se sirva
la
maiiana.
Mexico, abril de 1918.

B. Contestese. 1. Â quien escribi6 Juan? taba cuando escribio la carta? 3. iCudl es
carta?
*
2.
iD6nde
de
esla
la fecha
4.
^De qui^n
queria noticias?
ceremony
is
5.
iCudndo
recibi6
In most countries a
civil
requisite to
make a marriage
legal.
'
Instead of adjunta, adjunto may here be used adverbially. After rogar, suplicar, and the like, the conjunction que may be omitted
as here.
206
Juan una carta de Pedro? 6. ^Ha vuelto Pedro a escribirle despu^s? 7. iSabfa Juan lo que tenfa Pedro? 8. iTemfa que Pedro estuviera enojado con 61? 9. iCudndo le es10, iContestaba Pedro a las cartas de Juan? cribfa? 12. Ên donde se 11. iCon qui^n se cas6 Francisco? 13. iCudndo se verified? verified la ceremonia religiosa? 15. iPudo asis14. iCudndo tuvo lugar la ceremonia civil? 16. iPor qu6 no? 17. iCudnto tir Juan a las ceremonias? 18. Ês bonita o fea tiempo tuvo que guardar cama?
(homely) la esposa de Francisco?
19.
Ês
rico
o pobre
22.
el
padre de
21.
ella?
20.
iQu6 cosa
le
remitio Juan a su amigo?
Â casa de quien
remitio Juan la carta?

23.
^Que
le
rogo a su amigo que perdonase?
iComo
se subscribi6
Juan?
24, ^Qui^nes son los
padres de doiia Julia?

26.
25, lQ,u6
tenian
el
honor de participar a Juan?
iQu6
le
suplicaron
que
C.
se sirviera hacer?
1.
What a
6-7.
pretty
girl!
2.
But how
pale she
is!
3.
What a
handsome horse you have!

have you?
10. I
4.
How gentle
one) told
he
is!
5.
8.
Some one (No

9.
me
any
so.
Whose horse Have you any

(allfi).
friends in Guadalajara?
I haven't
friends there
do not know any one there. 11. Have you anything that is 12. I haven't anything better. (161, 2) better than this (n.)? 14. No, ma'am; we haven't 13. Have you any apples to-day? any to-day. 15. We have neither apples nor pears. 16. Every
man
ought to get married. 17. All men ought to work. 18. They ought to work every day except Sundays. 19. I beUeve every20-21. A train leaves every hour thing (212, 5) he says (dice). (every two hours). 22. A Uttle (pequefio) boy asked me for a httle money. 23. I gave him a few (unos pocos) cents. 24. He Ukes us both. 25. He doesn't hke either one of us (No nos quiere ni a uno ni a otro). 26-27. Did you buy another (the other) house? 28. They received many other (otras muchas) invitations. 29. She told him so herself. 30. Mr. Hidalgo arrived the same day, 31, He ought not to do such a thing, 32. I never passed such a day.
LESSON XLVI
33.
207
it.
Whatever amount he may

(at all).
offer
me, I shall accept
34. I
should be very glad to (Tendria
mucho
placer en) accept
any
amount
36.
Are there as many women as There are not so many men as women.
35.
1.
men
here?
D.
Guadalajara, Mexico.
June
12, 1918.
Dear
Philip:
Do you know that Paul Palacio married the daughter of Mr. and Mrs. Hidalgo last month? The reUgious ceremony was performed in the church of Saint Anne, May 5j at 10 o'clock in (de) the morning, if I remember rightly. The civil ceremony took place the same day. As I was ill, I couldn't go (= attend). I caught cold and had to stay in bed several days. Paul's wife is pretty, and her friends say that she is very charming. I hope to have the pleasure of knowing her soon. I send you herewith the invitation that the Hidalgos were good enough to (tuvieron la bondad de) send (enviar)
me.
I forgot to tell
you that the
lady's father
is
exceedingly-rich
(riquisimo).
When did you me Cany3 more.

he
is
hear from Ferdinand last?
He
doesn't write to
After having been here a few months I wrote to
him, but he didn't answer
my
letter.
Do you
think {usese creer)
angry with me?
haven't done anything that could offend
him, so far as I
know (que yo sepa). Can you tell me what is the matter with him (lo que tiene)? I have [got] to send this letter to your father's house, as I don't know your address. Pardon the delay with which I answer your letter. Don't fail to write me all the news of Guanajuato. Nothing has happened here (Aqui no hay novedad), except Paul's marriage
(la
boda).
Beheve
me
ever your cordial friend (vease A.

Charles.
1),
2. Escribase, siguiendo el modelo de A. 2. Mr. and Mrs. Henry Hidalgo y Bazdn ^ have the honor of announcing the approaching marriage of their daughter Mercedes to Mr. Paul Palacio Vald^s,
1
The
lady's
maiden name was Maria
Ortiz.
208
and they beg you to be kind enough to be present at the religious ceremony which will be performed in the church of Saint Anne the fifth day of next month at 10 o'clock in the morning.
Guadalajara, April, 1918.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
214. Pronombres interrogativos . , . Todos except pueden usarse como adjetivos pronominales.
:
qtii^n (-es)
a.
En En
las interrogaciones, el adjetivo which,
antepuesto
al
nombre
que modifica, se traduce per

b.
la palabra que.
las exclamaciones, las palabras
what o how se traducen per la
palabra que.
216. Algunos pronombres indeterminados y adjetivos prono-
minales:
a.
Per regla general
si
some o any no son enfdticos, no se expresan
en espanol.
6.
c.
fica,
A little, denotando cantidad, es im poco de. Cualquiera (cualesquiera), cuando precede al nombre que modipuede perder la -a final.
LESSON XLVn
217.
1 im(o), -a
Cardinal Numerals
11 once 12 doce
2 dos 3 tres 4 cuatro

5 6 7 8 9 10
cinco
seis
siete
echo
nueve
diez
>
diez y 20 veinte
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
trece
catorce
quince
diez
seis
diez y siete diez y ocho
nueve
Or
diecisfiis, diedsiete, etc.
LESSON XLVII
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
veintiun(o),
209
ochenta noventa
cien(to)
-a
vemtid6s
veintitres
veintictxatro
veinticinco
veintiseis
veintisiete
28 veintiocho 29 veintinueve 30 treinta 31 treinta y un(o), -a 40 cuarenta 50 cincuenta 60 sesenta 70 setenta

a.
80 90 100 200 300 400 600 600 700 800 900 1000 2000
1,000,000
doscientos, -as
trescientos, -as
-as -as seiscientos, -as setecientos, -as ochocientos, -as novecientos, -as
ciiatrocientos,
qiiinientos,
mU
dos nul
un
mill6n
2,000,000 dos millones
For the apocopation of uno and ciento, see 179. Note also the un and una in such expressions as veintiiin dias, twenty-one days, veintiuna semanas, twenty-one weeks. b. For the omission of un before cien(to) and mil, see 205, 3.
use of
But note
c.
veintifin mil, 21,000;

is
etc.
its plural is
it
Mill6n
a masculine noun;
millones.
It requires
the preposition de before the word
multiplies:
un mill6n de
pesos,
million dollars.
d. In compound numbers, y, and, is placed before the last niuneral, provided the numeral that immediately precedes is less than 100. Thus: ciento noventa y cinco, 195; but doscientos cinco, 205.
e.
Ck)unting
Spanish;
by hundreds is not carried above nine himdred in beginning with ten hundred, mil is used: mil novecientos
diez y siete, 1917.
218.
1st
Ordinal Numerals
6th 7th 8th 9th 10th
sexto, -a, -os, -as
primer (o), -a, -os, -as ' -a, -os, -as 3rd tercer(o), -a, -os, -as 4th cuarto, -a, -os, -as 6th quinto, -a, -os, -as
2nd segundo,
septimo, -a, -os, -as

octavo, -a, -os, -as noveno, -a, -os, -as decimo, -a, -os, -as
Also written veinte y uno, veinte y dos,
etc.,
but not pronounced thus.

l^t etc.
Veintiun requires the accent mark.

*
These
may
be abbreviated to
(l^"").
1*.
i^,
210
a.
b.

For the apocopation
of primero
and
tercero, see 179, 1.
is
The Spanish ordinals above decimo usually taken by the cardinals.

Alfonso Trece.
are Uttle used.
Their place
Alfonso the Thirteenth.
1 capitulo cincuenta.
The
fiftieth chapter.
219.
,
Fractions
i
medio, -a
\ la mitad
tres cuartos;
y,
/ ^"* tercio 1 1^ tercera parte
I,
un quinto
etc.
(or la quinta parte); iV,
un decimo
(or la
decima parte);
From xr to ^?, fractional numerals are commonly formed by adding -avo to the cardinal after dropping a final vowel, except the -e of
-siete
and -nueve:
is
veintavos; etc.;
jhs
r\, dos dozavos; ^^, cinco tt, un onzavo; but ^7, un diecisieteavo ^, tm veintinueveavo. la centesima (parte) ; tsjWj la milesima (parte).i
;
a. Half (a half, one half, half a) as substantive, mitad; as adjective, by medio (-a).
is
expressed by la
La mitad de mis
bienes.
One
half of
my
goods.
Trabajd medio dia.
He worked
Arithmetical Signs
a half day.
220.
mfis o y
X
(igual a),
(multiplicado) por
menos
,
: ,
dlvidido por
a).
= es
,
son (iguales
2+3 = 5-3 =
9
:
5,
dos
2,
cinco
mis (o y) tres son cinco. menos tres son (o es igual

tres son tres.
a) dos.
3x3-9,
3 =
3,
tres (multiplicado) por tres son nueve.
nueve dividido por
221. Study the inflection and querer (271).

1
of venir
(264), hacer (266),
One may
also say
una tercera
parte, dos quintas partes,
una milesima
(parte), etc.
LESSON XLVII
EXERCISES
el
211
alrededor de, around, about centimo, centime

chico, -a, small, little
el
mercado, market
la
moneda, coin
multiplicar, to multiply
la compra, purchase
el niquel, nickel (metal)
desde, since, from

dividir, to divide
el dolar, dollar (of
la onza,
oimce
la plata, silver
U. S. A.)
el
el
dure, -a, hard;

(of
dure, dollar
Spain)
" real," (in Spain) " nickel "; " (in Mexico, etc.) " shilling " or " bit
estadounidense,^ of the United

States
la tierra, earth,
land
la unidad, unity
el valor,
gordo, -a, stout, fat
value; courage
hispanoamericano, ish-American
-a,
Span-
variar (243), to vary
da una
vuelta,
it
makes a
sets;
it
tiu-n,
revolves; el sol sale, the sim rises;

la.
el sol se pone, the
sim
pot todo, altogether;
cdmo
se vende?
is
how
is it
sold?
shining (also
what is hay luna)
sold at? hace sol (luna), the sun (moon)
A. 1. El ano es el espacio de tiempo en que la tierra da una vuelta completa alrededor del sol. 2. El ano se divide en 4 estaciones, en 12 meses, en 52 semanas, y en 365 dias. 4. La semana es 3. El mes tiene poco mas de 4 semanas.
liltimo el
el primero es el lunes y el domingo. 5. El dla se divide en 24 horas; la hora se divide en 60 minutos; y el minuto se divide en 60 segundos. 6. En el verano el sol sale temprano y se pone tarde. 7. En el invierno sale tarde y se pone temprano.
el
espacio de 7 dIas, de los cuales
vale poco
es la peseta, que menos de 20 centavos norteamericanos (estadounidenses). 2. La peseta se divide en 100 centimos. 3. La moneda de plata de 5 pesetas se llama popularmente "duro";
B.
1.
La unidad monetaria de Espana
> Estadounidense (or estadunidense) is a new word that has not met with general acceptance. In Spain and in South America the Americans of the United States are usually called norteamericanos or yanquis.
212
25 centimes son iin "real." 4. A veces la moneda de cobre de 10 c^ntimos se llama vulgarmente "perra gorda" (o "perro gordo"), y la de 5 centimos "perra chica" (o "perro
chico").!
5. El peso es la unidad monetaria de la Argentina, Chile, Cuba, Mexico y algunos otros palses hispanoamericanos. 6. El peso se divide en 100 centavos. 7. El valor del peso varfa desde 40 centavos norteamericanos (estadounidenses) hasta 50 centavos. 8. En Mexico la moneda de 25 centavos se llama tambi^n popularmente "dos reales."
C. CovUstese.
1.
iQu6
es el ano?
3.
ciones se divide el ano?
iCudles son?
meses se divide el ano? 5. cudntas semanas (Ên cu^ntos dias) se divide el ano? 8. iCud.ntas semanas tiene el mes? 9. iQu6 es la semana? 10-11. iCudl es el primer (el liltimo) dla de la semana? 12. iCudles son los dIas de la semana? 13. Ên cudntas horas se divide el dla? 14. Ên cudntos minutos se divide la hora? 15. iEn cudntos segundos se divide el minuto? 16-17. iSale el sol y se pone tarde o temprano en el 18-19. ^Cudl es la unidad verano (en el invierno)? monetaria de Espaiia (de Mexico)? 20-21. Ên qu6 se 22-26. iC6mo se llama tamdivide la peseta (el peso)? bi^n la moneda de plata de 5 pesetas; (la moneda de cobre de 10 centimos; la moneda de cobre de 5 centimos; la moneda 27-28. iCudl es el valor en de plata de 25 centavos)? centavos norteamericanos (estadounidenses) de la peseta
espanola?
Ên cudntas esta4. Ên cudntos 6-7. Ên iCudles son?

2.
D.
Contestese.
2.
S35.50?2
1. ^Cudl es la suma (sum) de $23.25 y Side $95.35 quito $33.15, icudntoqueda? 3. Si
1 Because the image of a lion on the coin is humorously assumed to resemble a dog. * In these problems read $ as " peso " or " pesos." In some countries the $ is sometimes placed after the number: thus, 15$ 15 pesos.
LESSON XLVII
multiplico $21.75 por
7, el
213
4. Si
icual es
el
producto?
5.
divido
$84.20 por
4,
icual es
resultado?
Una
persona ha he-
cho 3 compras, y ha gastado sucesivamente $14, $34 y $68. ^Cud.nto ha gastado por todo? 6. Un nino nacio el 5 de febrero de 1910. iCuando cumplio 5 afios? 7. Si Juan tenia $10 y gast6 $6.60, icudnto dinero le queda? 8. Si Vd. pago $18 por 8 metres y medio de un genero de seda, ia como se vendla el metro? 9-19. Si damos a una peseta espanola el valor de 20 centavos norteamericanos (estadounidenses), ^cud,nto vale en moneda norteamericana (estadounidense):
175.70;
Ptas.:
28.15;
15.10;
35.75;
93.35;
118.60;
225.25;
280.20;
350.75;
500.35;
1,000?
(Por
ejempio, 28 pesetas con 15 centimes valen 5 pesos
y 63 cen-
tavos norteamericanos [êstadounidenses]]).^

E.
98;
Lease
escrlbase en espanol.
21; 32; 43; 54; 65; 76; 87
123;
234;
345;
456;
567;
678;
789;
1,240;
2,357
5,962;
el
15,749;
100,154;
1,000,000; 2,100,150; el ano 1492
1920
el
ano 1808; el ano 1892; el ano 1917; el aiio 1919; el ano la pdgina 35; el capltulo 175; Carlos V.; Luis 14 volumen 8; Alfonso 12; 1/2; 2/3; 1/4; 2/5; 5/8
;
9/10;
1/50; 5/75; 9/100; 25/1000; 3

45; 48:16
(El)
+5
8;
8-2 =
3x15 =
F.
1.
3.
spring,
summer, autumn
the
warm
divided into four seasons, namely (a saber) (o " fall "), and winter. 2. Summer is season (vease XXVI, B. 4), and winter is the cold season.
year
is
3. It is
is
cold in winter because the days are short (cortos)

sunshine.
4.
and there
are
not
much
The days
are short because the sun rises
late
and
sets early.
is
5. It is
warm
in
summer because the days
long and there
much
sunshine.
6.
(El)
year
is
divided into
twelve months, namely: January, February, March, April,
May,
* The abbreviation of peseta is pta. Note the use of con before the number of centimes. The easiest method of reducing pesetas to dollars is to multiply the number of pesetas by two. and move the decimal point
one
digit to the left.
214
June, July, August, September, October, November, December.

7.
Some months
are longer than the others (los demfis).
8.
For
instance (Por ejemplo), January has thirty-one days while (en

tanto que) February, as a rule, has only (no tiene mfis que) twenty-
February has only four weeks, while January has 10. The days of the week are Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday. 11, In Spain and in the Spanish- American countries Monday is the first day of the week and Sunday is the last day. 12. Sunday is the day of rest, and the others are work days (= days of work). 13. An (La) hour is divided into sixty minutes, and a (el) minute
eight days.
9.
nearly four weeks and a half.
is
divided into sixty seconds.
G.
1.
The monetary unit of Spain is different from
(diferente de)
2.
is
that (210, a) of the Spanish-American countries. stance, in Argentina and in Mexico, the monetary unit
For
it is
in-
the dollar,
which
silver
is
divided into one hundred cents, while in Spain

is
the
peseta, which
divided into one hundred centimes.
3.
The Spanish
" duro " has approximately the same weight as (que) the Mexican dollar. 4. A Spanish "real," as a rule, is worth less than a Mexican " real," because the Mexican " real " is of silver. 6. In Spain there are copper coins of one centime, and of five 6. In Spanish America the smallest coin, as and ten centimes.
a
rule, is that of
one cent.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
217. Numerales cardinales
a.
:
Obs^rvese el Para el ap6cope de vmo y ciento, vâse el 179. USD de un y una en expresiones como veintifin dias y veintiuna semanas. b. Para la supresi6n de un ante las palabras cien(to) y nul, v&ise el 205, 3. Obs^rvese sin embargo veintiiin mil. su plural es millones. Requiere c. Milldn es nombre masculine:
la preposici6n
d.
de ante el nombre que multiplica. niimeros compuestos, y se coloca ante el liltimo numeral, con tal que el niimero que le preceda sea menor de ciento.
En
e.
En
espanol s61o se cuenta por cientos hasta SOO;
de 1,000 en
adelante se emplea mil.
LESSON XLVIII
218. Numerales ordinales
a.
6.
:
215
Para
el
ap6cope de primero y tercero, vâse
el 179, 1.
En
espanol se hace poco uso de los ordinales despufe de decimo.
En
su lugar se usan los cardinales.
Numeros quebrados: Desde l/ll hasta 1/99 se forman numeros quebrados anadiendo -avo al ndmero cardinal despu6s de suprimir la vocal final excepto la -e de -siete y -nueve.
219.
los
a.
la
Half (a half, one half, half a) como substantive se traduce por mitad ; como adjetivo, por medio (-a).
220.
Signos aritmeticos :
LESSON
XLVIII
ADVERBS
222.
1.
Aqui,
alii,
acfi, here,
allfi,
hither; ahi, there (near the person

thither
addressed);
there,
(more remote).
Aqui and alii denote a more than do acd and alld.

Yen Yen
2.
acH.
specific
and limited place
Come
here.
aqui.
Glome right here.
Mucho,
mitch,
great deal; mtiy, very.
Ha
estudiado mucho.
He
She
has studied
is
much
(a
great
deal).
Estfi
muy
enferma.
is
very
ill.
a.
Muy, not mucho,
used before a past participle not occurring
in a perfect tense: le estare

to
muy
agradecido, / shall be
much
obliged
him.
b.
Very,
when standing
alone,
alone: ês interesante el libro?

yes, very.
is
mucho, as
muy
can never stand
si,
mucho;
i$ the book irUerestingt
216
3.

Both
no
si,
if,
and
si,
yes,
may
be used as intensive
adverbs.
I
Si
lo creo!
Si parti6 esta maflana!
Ahora si lo creo. Eso si que as bueno.

4.
Indeed I don't believe it! Why, he left this morning! Now I do beUeve it. That is indeed good.
Ya, already, now, in due time, indeed; ya no, no longer,
no more.
Ya acabl. Ya entendemos. Ya volvera.

jYa lo creo! Ya no tengo dinero.
5.
I have already finished.
Now we understand.
He
will return in
due time.
I should say so! I have
no more money.
-mente.
In
of
Spanish, adverbs
may
be formed from
to the femi-
many
nine
descriptive adjectives
by adding -mente
as
singular
the
adjective,
correctamente (from
correcto), correctly, fdcilmente (from fScil), easily, etc.

a.
is
When
several adverbs in
all
omitted from speak dearly and
but the
last:
-mente modify the same word, -mente hable Vd. clara y distintamente,
distinctly.
223.
Agreement
subject in
tfi
of Subject
and Verb.
person.
verb agrees
with
its
number and
Yd soy, I am;
eres,
you are; Vd. y Juan son, you and John
are; etc.
a. When subjects are of different persons, the verb is in the first person plural if any of the subjects is of the first person; and it is in the second person plural if the subjects are of the second and third
persons.
Tii y yo somos.
l y yo somos.
T<i
el sois.
You and I are. He and I are. You and he are.

of
224.
Study the
inflection
dar
(263),
valer
(273),
saUr (274), and ver (279).
LESSON XLVIU
EXERCISES
la altura, height la la hectfirea, hectare
217
anchura, width, breadth

firido, -a, arid,
hondo, -a, deep

la libra,
el 4rea, /., are
pound
hter
dry; los dridos,
el lltro,
dry objects ascender (ie)

la caja,
el
la longitud, length
a, to
amount
to
box
el
comercio, commerce, business cuadrado, cuadrado, square;

-a, square
espeso, -a, dense

el
gramo, gramme
-a, bulky, thick
to measure weight (with which fo weigh objects) pesar, to weigh la profundidad, depth servirse (i) de, to use el suelo, ground, floor
(i),
medir
la pesa,
el grueso, bulk, thickness; grueso,
la superficie, surface
el
tamaflo, size
^Cufil es la longitud (la anchtira, la altura, la profundidad, el grueso)?
what
is the length (width, height, depth, thickness)? es de tin metro, o tiene un metro, de largo (ancho, alto, hondo, grueso), o de longitud (anchura, etc.), it is one meter long (wide, high, deep, thick); dos veces mAs grande que, twice as large as; ^cuinto cabe en esta caja? how much does this box hold (contain)? es decir, that is to say
A.
1.
Espana y todos
el
los pafees
hispanoamericanos han
adoptado
mds
2.
f dcil
sistema m^trico de pesas y medidas, que es que el sistema ingles por (on account of) ser decimal.
Por ejemplo, 10 centimetros hacen un decfmetro y 10 decfmetros hacen un metro, que es la unidad de longitud. 3. Para medir las grandes distancias se emplea el kilometro, que es igual a mil metros o aproximadamente 5/8 de una milla inglesa. 4. Los terrenos se miden por dreas (el drea es un cuadrado de 10 metros de lado) o por hectdreas ( = 100 dreas, o aproximadamente 2 1/2 ''acres" ingleses). 5. La unidad de capacidad para Hquidos es el litro, que tiene el volumen de un decfmetro ciibico, y es igual a poco mds de un "quart" ingles. 6. Por regla general, en los paises espanoles los dridos se pesan y no se miden.
218
7. La unidad de peso del sistema m^trico decimal es el gramo, que es igual al peso de un centimetro ciibico de agua
destilada (distilled). 8. Un gramo es equivalente aproxi9. En el comercio la madamente a 15 granos ingleses. pesa mds usual es el "kilo" o kilogramo, que tiene mil gramos, y equivale a poco mds de dos libras inglesas.^
es
El suelo Es suelo asciende a 25 metros cuadrados? Tienen paredes? altura de senor. ^Y cudl es
B.
1. iCudl es el tamano de este cuarto? un cuadrado de 5 metros de lado. 3.
2.
decir, ^la
4.
SI,
superficie del
la
las
5.
El techo, por supuesto, tiene la misma que el suelo. 6. iTiene Vd. una caja grande en que quepan todos mis libros? Tengo unos 100 libros, poco mds o menos. 7. Aqul tengo una. El tamano de esta caja es de un metro de largo, 75 centfmetros de ancho y 50 centfmetros de hondo. ^Cree No, senor; necesito Vd. que sea bastante grande? 8. No tengo otra una caja dos veces mds grande que ^sa. 9. mds grande. Los libros de Vd. deben de ^ ser muy grandes. 10. Ya lo creo. La mayor parte de los volumenes son
3 metros de altura.
superficie
gruesos.
C. CorUestese. 1. iQu6 sistema de pesas y medidas han adoptado Espana y los palses hispanoamericanos? 2-4. iCudl es la unidad de longitud (de capacidad para llquidos, de peso) en el sistema m^trico decimal? 5. ^Cudl es mds largo, el metro o la vara inglesa? 6. ^Cudntas pulgadas inglesas tiene un metro? 7. iQu6 medida se emplea para medir las
grandes distancias?
8.
iCudl es
mds
largo, el
kil6metro
la milla inglesa?
9.
iA qu6
fraccion (fraction) de milla

still
Several old
names
of weights
and measures are
occasionally heard
in Spanish-speaking countries, viz.: legua, league (about 3 miles, or 5 kil-
ometers);
*
milla, mile; vara, yard (32 inches); pie, foot; pulgada, inch; tonelada, ton; quintal, hundredweight; arroba, $5 pounds; libra, pound; etc.
See deber de in General Vocabulary.
LESSON XLVIII
equivale
el
219
iQu6 medida se emplea para Â cudntos "acres" equivale la hectarea? 12. iCudl es el voluraen de un litro? 13. Â qu6 medida inglesa es aproximadamente igual? 14. En Espana 15. El peso del gramo la. ise miden o se pesan los aridos? qu6 volumen de agua destilada es igual? 16. Â cudntos
kil6metro?
10.
medir
los
terrenos?
11.
granos
17.
ingleses
equivale
aproximadamente
libras
el
gramo?
el
iCudl es
la pesa
mds
usual de que se sirven en

inglesas
es
comercio?
18.
Â cudntas
hs
aproxima-
damente
igual?
adverbios de
siguierUes adjetivos descriptivos
D. Formense
afectuoso, agradable, amargo, aproximado, atento, ciego, claro,
c6modo, completo,
E. 1-3.
is
cordial, d^bil, fuerte, igual, real, triste.
What
is
the length (width, depth) of this box?

7-9.
is
4r-6.
It
one meter long (wide, deep).
What
is
the length (width,

14. It is
height) of this
13.
room?
15.
10-12. It
3 meters long (wide, high).
What
is
the thickness of this woolen goods?
one
centimeter thick.
16. It is
What
is
the thickness of this board (tabla)?

17.
3 centimeters
thick.
What
is
the distance from
(Hay) about 1,000 kilometers. 19. How far is it from New York to Cddiz? 20. It is about 6,000 kilometers. 21. How far is it from Boston to San Francisco in a straight Une (en linea recta)? 22. It is about
18. It is
Havana
to Santiago de
Cuba?
23. How far is it from Philadelphia to Chicago? about 1,500 kilometers. 25. If the floor of a room is four meters square, how many square meters are there? 26. Contestese
5,000 kilometers.
24. It
is
la
pregunta anterior.
1.
is
F.
4.
He is not here.
not there.
5.
2.
Come here.
3.
Come right-here
(aquf).
There (Alii) in Havana it is warmer than here (acfi). 6. Is she very ill? 7. Yes; very. 8. Why, I saw her this morning! 9. Indeed I don't beheve it. 10. I also have seen her to-day. 11. Now I do believe it. 12. I don't (Yo sf que no). 13. Have you already finished? 14. I have already finished. 15. When will he return? 16. It will not be long before he returns. 17. He will return in due time. 18. I should say so! 19. Now we
She
220
understand each other. 20. Will you lend me a dollar? 21. I can't; 22. John and I study a great deal. I haven't any more money.
23.
You and John do not study much.
G. 1. Has Mr. Morales a plantation in Cuba? 2. I should say so! He bought five hundred hectares of fertile land (terrenos) for which (los cuales) he paid only fifty dollars gold a hectare.
He
intends to grow tobacco (sembrar tabaco).
3.
How many
hundred hectares equal to {digase: To how many acres, etc.)? 4. You have only to (No tiene Vd. que hacer mis que) multiply the number of hectares by two and a half and you will have the number of acres. Do you understand (it)? 5. I didn't understand (it), but now I do (ahora si lo entiendo). 6. It is easy, if one (uno) knows (sabe) the rule! 7. Do they use the metric system in Cuba? 8. Yes, sir; they use it in all the
acres are five
Spanish-American countries. 9. What is the size (tamaflo) of Mr. Morales's house? It is twenty-five meters long by ten meters
10. What is the height? 11. There are only two but the ceiUngs of the rooms are high. 12. It is-probablyabout (122) eight meters high and it has a flat roof. 13. How
wide.
stories,
from his plantation to Havana? 14. de) one hundred kilometers in a straight hne. miles are one hundred kilometers equal to?
far is
it
It is
15. 16.
How many About

sixty.
about (Es cosa
To
reduce (Para reducir) the kilometers to miles, we multiply the nimiber of kilometers by six and strike off (quitamos) the last digit
(digito)
of the product.
17.
The
result is not exact (exacto),

18.
19.
but
it
does pretty well (sirve bastante bien).
liquids
bought and sold by Uters?

(fanegas) or
Yes,
by bushels
by kilograms?
all
By
sir.
In Cuba are wheat sold

Is
kilograms.
20.
In
the western (occidentales) states of the United States that formed
part of Mexico before 1848

as, for instance, in
grains are sold
still
by
(the) weight,
Colorado and CaUfornia.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
222.
Adverbios.
1.
Aquf, ac&;
ah{;
allf, allfi.
el
AquI y alll senalan un lugar mds determinado y circunscrito que que senalan ac& o alU.
LESSON XLIX
221
2.
Mucho
signifioa
much, a great deal;
muy
significa very.
si
a. Se usa muy, y no mucho, ante un participio pasado, forma parte de un tiempo perfecto.
b.
6ate
no
Very, cuando
ir solo.
va
solo, equivale
a mucho, ya que
muy no puede
Dunca
3. 4.
Tanto
si
como
si se
usan como adverbios intensivos.
Ya
significa
now, in due time, indeed; ya no significa no
no more. -mente. En espanol se pueden formar adverbios de muchos adjetivos descriptivos, anadiendo la terminaci6n -mente al femenino
longer,
5.
singular del adjetivo.

a.
la
Cuando varios adverbios en -mente modifican al mismo nombre, temiinaci6n -mente se omite en todos menos en el liltimo.
223.
Concordancia de sujeto y verbo.
El
verbo concierta
con
a.
el
sujeto en
numero y persona.
los sujetos son de distintas personas, el verbo se pone primera persona pliu-al si alguno de los sujetos es de la primers persona; y se pone en la segunda persona plural si los sujetos son de la segunda y tercera persona.
Cuando
en
la
LESSON XLIX
PREPOSITIONS AND CONJUNCTIONS
225.
The
Prepositions Por and Para.

If for
it is
For
of,
is
expressed
by por
or para.
means
for the sake
in exchange for,
or destination,
it is
by por; expressed by para.

expressed
ella.
if it
on account of, or denotes purpose
Yo Le
daria la vida per
would give
a
lie.
my
life
for her.
castig6 por haber dicho
He
punished him for having told

paid two hundred dollars for
ima mentira. Pagamos doscientos pesos por

el caballo.
We
I
the horse.
I sent
Le envie por el medico. Tengo im paquete para Vd.

Mafiana parto para la Habana.
him
for the physician.
have a package for you. To-morrow I leave for Havana.
222
a.

Pot
also
means
through, by, " per."
El ladr6n entr6 por la ventana.
The
thief
entered
through the
the hand.
Me cogi6 per la mano. Me pagan cinco mil pesos

aflo.
window. He caught
por
lars
me by
five
They pay me
thousand dola year (per year).
Ganamos
afio.
6.
seis por ciento por
We
earn six per cent per annmn.
Before an
infinitive, to,
meaning for
is
the sake of, in exchange for,
is
por,
and meaning in
order to
para.
Pugnando por entrar. Lo hizo para engafiarme.

226.
Fighting to enter. He did it to deceive me.

1.
Conjunctions.
Y, or e before initial i- or hiinitial
(not before hie-), and.
O, or u before
o- or ho-,
and
or.
Padre y madre, father and mother. Cinco o seis, five or six.

But, helechos y hiedra, ferns and ivy.
2.
Padre e
Siete
hijo, father
son.
ocho, seven or eight.
Pero, mas, sino, bvi.

is
pero
the more common.

is offset
statement that
fil
Pero and mas are synonyms, but Sino is used after a negative by an affirmative statement.
lo dice,
pero
(o
mas) yo no
He
I
says
so,
but I do not believe
lo creo.
it.
No
voy a Caracas sino a Bo-
am
not going to Caracas, but
got&.
to Bogota.
3.
Donde
explicit
(interrogatively, d6nde), where, is often
made
more
by
prefixing a, en, or de.
La casa en donde vive. lA d6nde va Vd.? iDe d6nde viene el ?

227.
The house in which he lives. Where are you going? Where does he come from?
1.
a verb precedes both its subject and a noun object or predicate adjective, the subOrder.
Word
When
LESSON XLIX
ject is placed before the object or predicate adjective
if
223
the
subject be the shorter, but
if it
be longer
Did your
it
follows.
iComprd
padre?
la
casa su sefior
father
buy the house?

all
iComprd su padre todas estas

casas?
Did your father buy

houses?
Is the
these
iEs
Ês
2.
facil la lecci6n
de caste-
Spanish lesson easy?
llano?
la leccion facil o dif fell ?
Is the lesson easy or difficult?
verb
if
In a subordinate clause, the subject often follows the there be no noun object.
Esperaremos hasta que llegue

el tren.
We
shall
wait
until
the
train
arrives.
228. Study the inflection
of
asir
(272),
caer
(275),
and
olr (276).
EXERCISES
abonar, to credit
acusar, to acknowledge
el
el
importe,
amount
(ie),
la libreria, bookstore
apartado
office
(de
1
correos),
post-
manifestar
to advise (of),
box
inform
(of)
arrojar, to throw, cast

el cantar, song,
la orden, order
particiilar, especial, private
poem
la conformidad, approval
el
pr6ximo pasado,
el recibo, receipt,
last
(month)
cheque, check, draft

detallar, to itemize
reception
reiterar, to repeat
la espera, expectation
el extracto,
la
summary, statement
el
la factura, bill
remesa, remittance respecto de, with regard to retirar, to retire, take out
saldo, balance
grate, -a, pleasing, kind
en
Sirs;
rdstica, in paper covers,
unbound;
Muy
senores mios, Dear
sirvase Vd., please; arroja
un saldo a mi
favor, there is (shown)
a balance in
my
favor
Casilla. in Chile
and some other Spanish-American
countries.
224
A.
1.

Librerfa General de Luis Contreras
*
Correos: Apartado 55
Tel^fono 1695*
Madrid, 10 de Junio de 1917.

Sr.
D. Felipe Heredia.
Muy sefior mlo:

Contesto a su grata (carta) de fecha 20 de mayo ppdo. (= pr6ximo pasado) para manifestarle que el precio de la obra de Rodriguez Marin, Quijote, publicado en la Colecci6n de "Cldsicos casteUanos," es de 3 ptas. en nistica cada tomo, siendo ocho la obra completa {the complete work being eight). Respecto de la edicion critica del mismo autor, estdn ya publicados 5 tomos ^ y el que f alta, para completar los 6 de que se compondrd, dicha obra, se publicard dentro de este
ano.
En espera de sus gratas y nuevas 6rdenes, se reitera de Vd. atento y seguro servidor,
Q. E. S. M. Luis Contreras.
2.
Muy
seiiores
mios:
Tengo
el
gusto de acusar a Vds. recibo de su apreciable
me apresuro a conenviarme por correo las obras que Sirvanse Vds. testar. siguen, todas encuadernadas: Poem of The Cid, edici6n de Archer M. Huntington. Cantar de Mio Cid, edicion de Ram6n Men^ndez Pidal. Don Quijote, edicion critica de Rodriguez Marin.
carta de fecha 10 del actual, a la cual
De
^
Vds. atento
seguro servidor,
Fehpe Heredia.
This
may be freely translated

is
Lewis Contreras, Publisher and Bookseller.
pvblishing house
publisher is
un
editor ;
usually called una casa editorial (o editora). an editor of a review or newspaper is un redactor.
is
When
telephoning, this
generally read either mil seiscientos nov<nta
y cinco or diez y seis nueve cinco.

*
For the distinction between volumen and tomo see volume in the Eng-
lish-Spanish Vocabulary.
LESSON XLIX
3.
225
Muy senor mfo:

el
Tengo
25 de
gusto de acusar a Vd. recibo de su grata de fecha
abril liltimo,
de
la
orden) por ptas.:

ticular.
125.50,
cual retir6 cheque a m/o (= mi que he abonado en su cuenta par-
Por contra (Against you) cargo en

ptas.:
la
misma
(cuenta)
36.25, importe de las obras detalladas en la factura
adjunta, remitidas en cinco paquetes certificados.
Se repite a las ordenes de Vd. atto

servidor),
s. s.
(= atento seguro
Luis Contreras.
4.
Muy senor mlo:

el
Tengo
el
gusto de remitir a Vd. con la presente (carta)
el 30 de julio de 1916. Vd. observard,, arroja en la indicada fecha un saldo a mi favor de ptas. 136.45, que le cargo en cuenta nueva, rogdndole me manifieste su conformidad si lo halla exacto. Con este motivo se reitera de Vd. atento servidor, Luis Contreras.
extracto de su cuenta cerrada
Como
iCudl es el niimero del apartado de correos de Luis Contreras? 2. ^Cud,l es el niimero de su tel^fono? 3. Â quien escribe 61 en su carta fechada (dated) el 10 de junio de 1917? 4. iQu6 manifiesta al seiior Heredia? 5. Si cada tomo del Quijote cuesta 3 pese6. ^De cudntas en riistica, ^costard mds encuadernado?
B. ConUstese.
1.
(el
niimero de la
casilla)
tos
7.
tomos
se
compondrd
la
edicion
crftica
8.
del
Quijotef
Ês mds barata 9. ^Cudntos tomos la edici6n de "Cldsicos castellanos"? hay en esta edici6n? 10. Si el precio de cada tomo es de 11. iCudnto 3 pesetas, ^cudnto cuestan los ocho tomos? valen en moneda norteamericana (estadounidense) 24 pesetas 12. ^C6mo se dice en castellano: I have pleasespaiiolas?
^Cud,ntos tomos estdn ya publicados?
ure in acknowledging the receipt of your kind letter?
13.
iC6mo
226
se dice
to
:

PUdse send me by mailf
15.
14. 7 have credited five pesetas / charge five pesetas to your account. Dear Sir, Dear Sirs, Dear Madam, etc.
your account.
16.
iC6mo
se dice:
17.
(etcetera)?
iC6mosedice:
Yours
truly. Sincerely yours,
Affectionately yours, etc.?

2. He bought it for was written by Mr. Gonzalez. 5. I will give you (Le doy a Vd.) my watch for your bicycle. 6. I paid $35 for the bicycle. 7. I bought it for my brother. 8. To-
C.
1.
He
paid 100 dollaxs for that horse.
his son.
3. I
have a
letter for you.
4. It
morrow
six
I leave for
Santiago de Chile.
9. I
am
going for (por)
months.
10. I shall 12.
the door.
He
go by steamer. 11. He entered through caught me by the arm (brazo). 13. I fought
14.
(Yo pelee) for

15.
my
(la) hfe.
He went
16.
out through the window.

three dollars
They earn
17.
eight per cent.
They pay him
a day.
18.
Mother and daughter, father and son, all were ill. The father and his son died. 19. There are nine or ten volumes.
There are ten or eleven.
22.
21. Was it (iEra) []a] woman or [a] Mary or Anna? 23. Was it Henry or Octavius (Octavio)? 24. He is not a Spaniard but a Frenchman. 25. But he has studied the Spanish and English languages. 26. He is not going to Buenos Aires but to Montevideo. 27. He talks of nothing 20.
man?
Was
it
but (of) Montevideo. 28. Where do they Hve? 29. The house in which they Uve is near the post office. 30. Where do they come from? 31. Where are they going? 32, We are waiting until the
train arrives.
34. Is the
33.
You
will
wait as-long-as (mientras)
life lasts.
book
interesting?
35. Is the Spanish exercise difficult?
37. Did John sell all his horses? Did your brother buy a horse? 39. Did Mary write an interesting letter? 40. Did Mary's sister write a letter? 36. Is the exercise easy or difficult?
38.
D.
1.
Lewis Contreras, PubUsher and Bookseller,

Post-office
Box
55,
Madrid, Spain.
Dear Sir: I have pleasure
of the 10th inst., in
your kind letter which you advise me that the critical edition of the complete works of Calder6n de la Barca costs ten pesetas
in acknowledging the receipt of
LESSON XLIX
227
each volume (tomo) unbound, or twelve pesetas and sixty centimes bound. Please send me by mail this edition, bound, and also the
following books:
Lope de Vega,
Please send
I shall send
Selected
Works
Tirso de Molina, Complete Works
me
with the
bill
(el)
statement of
it.
my account,
and
you a check to balance
(saldar)
Very truly yours, Phihp Heredia.

2.
Dear
Sir:
of,
I have pleasure in sending you herewith a (el) statement your account brought-up-to (cerrada) June 30, 1919.
1918.
Debit (Debe)
(a)
Credit
(Haber)
July 1st (Julio 1) Balance in Dec. (Dbre.) 5 biU
my
favor
139.55
My
33.30
1919.
March 24
June 30
Your
(Su) remittance
100.00
Balance in
my favor
72.85
172.85 172.85
72.85
As you
advise
will observe, there is
a balance in
my
favor of 72.85
pesetas which I charge to you on a
new
account, begging you to
me
if
you do not
find
it
correct (exacto).
Very sincerely yours,

Luis Contreras.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
226. Las preposiciones por y para. For puede traducirse mediante por o para. Si la voz inglesa for significa for the sake of, on account of o in exchange for, se traduce mediante por si significa prop6sito o destino, se traduce por para.
;
Por tambi^n significa through, by, " per." Delante de im infinitive, la preposici6n inglesa to se expresa en espafiol mediante por cuando significa for the sake of o in exchange for, y mediante para cuando significa in order to.
a.
b.
228
226.

Conjunciones.
;
1. Y, e ante i- o hi- iniciales (y, y no u ante o- u ho- iniciales. 2. Pero, mas, sino, significan but. Pero y mas son sin6nimo6; Sino se usa despu^s de una exse usa pero con mds frecuencia.
e, 8e
usa ante hie-)
o,
presi6n negativa, contradicha por

3.
una expresi6n afirmativa.
Donde
(en forma interrogativa d6nde) se hace a

las preposiciones antepuestas a,
menudo mds
expllcita
mediante
en y de.
1. Cuando el verbo precede al complementario o al adjetivo predicado (atributo), el sujeto precede a cualquiera de 6stos dos con tal que sea mds corto, pero le sigue si es mds largo. 2. En cMusulas subordinadas el sujeto sigue muchas veces al verbo con tal que no haya ningiln substantivo complementario.
227.
Orden de
las palabras.
sujeto,
y tambi^n
al substantivo
LESSON L
AUGMENTATIVES AND DIMINUTIVES
229. There are
many augmentative and
diminutive suf-
fixes in Spanish, which occur
guage.
caution.
it is
The
It
foreigner
is
commonly in colloquial lanshould use them with the greatest

become
generally safe to use -ito (-cito, -ecito), but
best to avoid the other suffixes until one has
familiar with their use.
The
suffixes are
stem of a word after it has dropped a final A few of the more conunon suffixes are given below.
attached to the unstressed vowel.
6n (-ona) and -azo (-a) 230. Augmentative Suffixes. denote largeness, with or without grotesqueness. Feminine nouns usually become masculine upon adding the suffix
-6n, unless sex
is
indicated.
Aquel hombrdn es montaiils. Aquella mujeraza es su her-
That big man is a mountaineer. That large woman is his sister.

Bring
mana.
Trfiigame Vd.
xm cuchar6n.
me
a large spoon.
an
8A'Bq
'Yexi'\
9soq:j
q;m
piiB *a- in
3mpn9
spjoi
SOJ
p9Sn
Ql'B
Q0%d *0pnZ8- *0n|38- '0jp9-)

aoxrB:)jodraT
on
'Bpu
niOJOjt
JO Joq-^nB A%%ad v
8J9q'j
sr
q-^noX ;^'Bqx
sjreqouu'B o^'^^q 88jq^ 8JB
asnoq
91^'jq
sâqôp jaq uj
J- JO
'B^mbsui
u-
UT
Smpua
a^q'Bqj
'oijio
q-jXM Xpio
pasn 8jb
dqs
(-o^ja
*0]anz- 'onr^-
a^-j-^q 'B
iCpio
sbm
(jj
onippo'
-efBd sc
spjiq
Am%
[BJ8A9S ajB ajoq'^ aSco aq-^ uj

aq'^
^j^Hmoo
SI
ux a3B^:ÔD b
aAcq
a^
jCj\[
odureo
iCunqof
anTBu
s^jaq'ôjq
a^^jiq
-Btif bi
ûrepBui
'ja-^qSn'Bp ap'^q (JBap) jnOiC sr
mojj
iBJOuas
mi
UIOOS JO OjT
piTB 'ssauii-Bras sa'ôuap (v- 'optizsajnoipij 10
f'
9!
A-Bui ipwe 'ssdu\\i3ms S8:ôn8p (b- 'onpsiCBra
puB
'ssarqi^ras sa-ônap (b- *o;p8-
ssx^ng QApnunn
6ZZ
T Nossai
f#;
^'
'^fifi
230

(267),
232. Study the inflection of decir and conducir (278). EXERCISES

anticipado, -a, in advance
traer (277),
la firma, signature
asegurar, to assure, insure

el el
firmar, to sign
los impresos, printed nxatter la letra
banco, bank
banquero, banker
cobrar, to collect (a
(a check)
bill),
el cajero, cashier
cash
la
de cambio, change madera, wood

otorgar, to grant
bill
of ex-
el
descuento, discoimt
efectuar, to effect,
el page,
el
payment
time limit
make
pedido, order (of goods)

prospecto, announcement
endosar, to endorse
el envio,
el plazo, el
ezigir,
shipment to demand,
insist
on
reducido, low {price)

suelto, loose, single
la expedicidn, sending, shipping
perdone Vd., pardon me; a vuelta de correo, by return mail; franco de porte, postage prepaid
hacer efectivo, to cash
(o check);
A.
1.
Voy
al
Primer Banco Nacional a sacar $50 (a
cobrar un cheque de $50). 2. iConoce Vd. al banquero? 3. No, seiior; pero conozco al cajero. 4. Strvase Vd.
hacerme efectivo este cheque. 5. Se le olvid6 a Vd. Perdone Vd. 7. Escriba Vd.: endosar el cheque. 6. "Pdguese a la orden del Primer Banco Nacional," y ponga Estd bien. Ya lo firm^. 9. su firma aquf. 8. iQuiere Prefiero los billetes de Vd. billetes de banco u oro? 10. Ahf los tiene Vd. Muchas gracias. banco. 11.
B.
1.
Muy
seiioE
mio:
la
Deseo tenga Vd.

correo
el
bondad de remitirme a vuelta de

servidor.
y Soy de Vd. atento seguro

Prospecto
2.
otros impresos de esa universidad.
Muy seiior
mfo:
Adjunto le remito a Vd. en giro postal $5.00 imports de un ano de subscripci6n a La Esfera, que le ruego me envfe a
esta direcci6n.
Crâme de Vd. atento seguro
servidor..
LESSON L
Precios de subscripcion, franco de porte.
231
Por mes, Por ano,
$0.50
$5.00
suelto,
Numero
3.
$0.10
Muy
senores mios:
Sfrvanse Vds. remitirme su catdlogo
lista
de precioa
Espero que
me
concedan
los precios
mds
reducidos.
D indoles las gracias

4.
anticipadas, soy de Vds. S. S.
Muy senor mfo

el
Tengo
en
gusto de remitir a Vd. por este
mismo
correo
nuestro ultimo catdlogo.

61 est an
Todos
los articulos
mencionados
hechos de los mejores materiales.
Le concedemos a Vd, un descuento del 5% (por ciento) en caso de pago al contado, o un descuento del 3% si el
pago se efectua a 30 dlas desde la expedicion del envfo. Si Vd. exige un plazo de 3 meses, no podemos otorgar ningiin
descuento de los precios corrientes. Podemos asegurar a Vd. que haremos cuanto sea posible
para servir sus pedidos a su entera satisfaccion. El importe de ellos puede ser enviado en letra de cambio, cheque o giro
postal.
En
y
s. s.
espera de sus gratas 6rdenes, quedo de Vd. atto.

.
q. e. s.
m./
Juan Rodrfguez.
5.
Muy
senores mlos:
gusto de acusar a Vds. recibo de su apreciable Tengo el catdlogo de su casa. carta y

el
Sfrvanse Vds. enviarme los articulos detallados en la lista que les remito adjunta. Al recibo de su factura les remitiremos el importe en cheque sobre Nueva York. Rogamos
Some
business houses prefer the small letters here to capitals.
232

los artfcu-
a Vds. se sirvan hacer embalar {have packed) bien los en cajas de madera. Se reitera de Vds. atento y seguro servidor.
C.
Contestese.
2.
1.
Â donde i\i6 Vd. a

al
sacar dinero (a cobrar
banquero? 3. iQue le dijo Vd. al cajero? 4. iQu6 se le olvido a Vd. hacer? 5. iQu6 le dijo a Vd. el cajero que escribiera? 6. ^Tuvo Vd. que firmar 7. iPrefiri6 Vd. los billetes de banco al oro? el cheque? Para las respuestas a las siguientes preguntas vSase B. 4, supo-
un cheque)?
iConocfa Vd.
niendo que
le
el
senor Rodriguez
le escribid
a Vd.
la carta.
remiti6 a Vd. por correo
el
senor Rodriguez?
materiales dijo que estdn hechos los artfculos?
8. iQu6 ^De qu6 10-12. iQu6
9.
le concede a Vd. en caso de pago al contado? (si pago se efectiia a 30 dias desde la expedici6n del envfo? si Vd. exige un plazo de 3 meses?) 13. iQu6 le asegur6 a Vd.? 14. iC6mo puede remitirse el importe de los pedidos? 15. iC6mo se subscribi6 el senor Rodrfguez?
descuento
el
D. Las palabras en
tivos
letra bastardilla
1.
dehen tradudrse por diminv^
Johnny was crying. 2. His mother spoke to him. 3. Little-son, what is the matter with you? (ique tienes?). 4. Alas! (lAy!) dear-little-mother, he answered. 5. Last week the little-bird (-ito) died. 6. Now the kitten is dead. 7. And the little-child kept on crying (sigui6 Uorando). 8. My little-sister' name is Mary (Mariquita). 9. She has a little-houê. 10 In the 11. In a little' little-house there are little-chairs and a little-table.
aumentativos.
cage there are several tiny-birds (-illos).
little-house.
12.
dollie lives in
the
13.
In
a
a' little-garden
there are
many
tiny-flowers.
14.
Very-near the little-house there

little-horse,
little-dog,
are a
is a yard. 15. In the yard there and some tiny-hens. 16. In this yard
a teaspoon would seem a large-spoon. 17. Any (Cualquier) man would seem a big-man. 18. Any (Cualquiera) woman would seem a large-woman. E.
spent
1.
must go to the bank and

3.
(a)
my last dollar this morning.
Do you know the cashier?
draw some money.
2.
LESSON L
4.
233
mejor dicho) he
(acompafiarme)
No, I do not (No

know
me.
5.
le conozco), or rather (o
doesn't
to the
Will you come with
me
bank to identify me (para identificarme)? 6. I shall be greatly (sumamente) obliged to you. 7. This is the First National Very well, sir. Bank. 8. I should like to cash this check. 9. 11. Please write on the back (al 10. But you forgot to endorse it. dor so) " Pay (= Let it be paid) to the order of the First National Bank," and sign it here. 12. Thank you. Do you wish gold or paper money (= bank notes)? 13. Please give me paper money. 14. I am not used to (No estoy acostumbrado a) carrying gold coins in my pocket, and I fear I may lose (153) them.
F.
1. Sir:
Enclosed I
to
.
am
sending you $3.00 for a year's subscription

it
Please send
to this address.
For a long time

street,
have
been buying (115) single copies in the

receive
it
but
I prefer to
at
my
residence (en
mi
domicilio).
Very truly yours.

2.
Dear
Sir:
am
sending you (escrihase : I have the honor of sending you)

I can assure you that we your orders to your entire
herewith our catalogue and price Ust.

shall
do everjrthing in our power to
fill
satisfaction.
this
We
offer {usese conceder)
market (de esta

if
plaza).
if
Moreover, we can
is
you the lowest prices in offer you a dis-
count of 6 per cent,

or 3 per cent,
you pay cash (=
in case of cash payment),
from time of shipIf you insist on more than 30 days' time (= on a time limit of more than 30 days), we can not grant any discount from current prices. Hoping that we may have your kind orders, I am very sinthe payment
in 30 days
made
ping the goods
= from the
sending of the shipment).
cerely yours.
RESUMEN GRAMATICAL
Aumentativos y diminutivos. Hay muchos sufijos en espafiol para formar los aumentativos y diminutivos, sobre todo en el lenguaje corriente. El extranjero debe emplearlos con la
229.
mayor
-ecito),
cautela.
Lo mds seguro
es
usar
el
sufijo
-ito
(-cito,
evitar los otros hasta estar familiarizado con su use.
234
Los

sufijos se afiaden al radical
final
de
la
palabra despu^s de haber
quitado a 6sta la vocal
no acentuada.
230. Stifijos aumentativos : -6n (-ona) y -azo (-a) aumentan simplemente la idea del positivo, con o sin idea de monstruosidad. Los nombres femeninos se vuelven masculinos al anadirles el
sufijo -611, salvo el caso
de indicarse
el sexo.
231.
Stifijos
diminutivos : -ito, -illo

significaral
pequefiez,
y pueden
y -uelo expresan idea de mismo tiempo: -ito, sentimientos
de carino o conniiseraci6n; -illo, indiferencia o menosprecio; -uelo, menosprecio o burla. a. Los sufijos mds largos (-cito, -cillo, -zuelo, etc.) se usan con voces de mds de una sllaba que terminan en -n o -r. 6. Las formas aun mds largas (-ecito, -ecillo, -ezuelo, etc.) se usan con monosllabos, con palabras que terminan en -e, y con aquellas que
diptongo radical ie o ue. los diminutivos se usan principalmente con nombres; pero tambi^n se usan con adjctivos, participios y adverbios, para expresar
tienen
c.
el
Todos
pequenez de calidad o grado.
THE VERB
233.
The Spanish verb system, being derived from

shows and number:
flexional endings characteristic of
that
of Latin,
mood,
tense, person,
habl-ar, to speak
habl-amos,
we speak
habl-ando, speaking
habl-o, I speak
habl-aba, I (he) was speaking,
used to speak
The
of the
perfect tenses are
compounded by adding to the

the invariable past participle
auxihary verb haber,
to have,
main verb:
I
he hablado,
234.
classes:
have spoken
Iiabfa hablado, I (he)
had spoken
The Spanish verb may be divided
into five leading
(1) the regular verb, (2) the radical-changing verb, (3) the verb with inceptive endings, (4) the -uir verb, (5)
the irregular verb.
235.
all
The
future of the indicative and the conditional of
verbs are based upon their infinitive form.
This
may
suffer
some modification
'
in the case of irregular verbs:

hablar-e, I shall speak , > , , t u i hablar-ia, I should speak
hablar, to speak <
decir,
tosay<
I
( dir-fin,
,.
'
dir-ian,
they will say ,, they would say

,
a.
The endings
of the future of the indicative
and the conditional

respectively, of the
are derived from the present

indicative of haber, to have
and the imperfect,

116, footnote).
(cf.
236.
1.
For regular verbs the stem
may be found by cut-
ting off the ending -o of the first person singular of the
present indicative, or the ending -ar, -er, -ir of the infinitive:
236
habl-o, I speak

habl-ar, to speak
aprend-o,
I learn
aprend-er, to learn
escrib-ir, to write
is
escrib-o, I write
In regular verbs this stem

2.
the basis of
all
forms except
those of the future of the indicative and of the conditional.
In the case of radical-changing and irregular verbs the

of the third singular (or plural) of the preterite indicais
stem
tive
the same as that of the two imperfect (or past) sub-
jimctives
and
etc.,
of the future (or hypothetical) subjunctive:
Pedir, to ask: pid-id (pid-ieron), he asked (they asked); imTpf. subj.,

pid-iese,
pid-iera, etc.; fiU. subj., pid-iere,
etc.
Saber, to know:
sup-o (sup-ieron), he
knew
(they knew);
impf,
subj., sup-iese, etc., sup-iera, etc.; fut. subj., sup-iere, etc.
237.
The Regular Verb.
There are three regular conjuby the vowels

first
gations in Spanish characterized

infinitive endings,
of their
namely, -at for the

-ir for the third.
conjugation, -er
for the second,

fact,
and
But, as a matter of
the endings of the second and third conjugations are

is,
the same except in four out of their numerous forms, that
in the infinitive, in the first and second persons plural of the present indicative, and in the second person plural of the
imperative.
PARADIGMS
II
III
INFINITIVE
Present
habl-ar, to speak
MOOD
Present
learn
viv-ir, to live
Present
aprend-er,
to
PARTICIPLES
Present (Jerund)
habl-ando, speaking
Present (Genmd)
aprend-iendo, learning
Present (Gerund)
viv-iendo, living
Past
habl-ado, spoken
Past
aprend-ido, learned
Past
viv-ido, lived
THE \^RB
INDICATIVE
Present
/ speak, do
speaJc,
etc.
237
MOOD
Present
Presoit
am
learn,
do learn,
etc.
am
live,
do
live,
am
speaking;
learning;
living; etc
habl-o
habl-as
habl-a
aprend-o aprend-es aprend-e
viv-o
viv-es
viv-e
habl-amos
habl-&is
aprend-emos
aprend-eis
viv-imos
viv-is
habl-an
aprend-en
viv-en
Imperfect
Imperfect
Imperfect^
/ spoke,
used
teas speaking,
learned, uxis learning.
lived, toas living.
to
speak;
etc.
used
to learn; etc.
used
to live;
etc
habl-aba habl-abas habl-aba

habl-fibamos
habl-abais
aprend-Ia
aprend-ias
viv-a
viv-Ias
aprend-ia
viv-Ia
aprend-famos
aprend-iais
viv-famos
viv-iais
habl-aban
i^rend-ian
viv-fan
Preterite
Preterite
Preterite
I spoke, did speak;

etc.
7 learned, did learn;

etc.
lived,
did
live;
etc.
habl-e
habl-aste
aprend-{
aprend-iste
viv-1
viv-iste
hahl-6
aprend-i6
viv-i6
habl-amos
habl-asteis
aprend-imos
aprend-isteis
viv-imos
viv-isteis
habl-aron
^
aprend-ieron
viv-ieron
also in the conditional of all three conjugations the accent remains
In the imperfect indicative of the second and third conjugations and on the same vowel throughout all the forms and is always written.
238
Future
/ shall speak;
hablar-e
etc.

Future
/ shall learn;
aprender-6
etc.
Future
/ shaU
live; etc.
vivir-6
hablar-4s
aprender-ds
aprender-fi
vivir-48
vivir-4
habIax-&
hablar-emos
hablar-eis
hablar-fin
aprender-emos
aprender-#is
aprender-fin
vivir-emos
vivir-is
vivir-fin
Conditional
Conditional
etc.
Conditional
etc.
/ should speak;
hablar-ia
hablar-fas
I should learn;
aprender-ia
aprender-ias
/ should
live;
etc
vivir-la
vivir-Ias
vivir-ia
hablar-ia
aprender-ia
hablar-iamos
hablar-iais
aprender-iamos
aprender-iais
vivir-iamos
vivir-iais
hablar-ian
aprender-ian
vivir-Ian
IMPERATIVE MOOD
speak
Sing.
PI.
learn
live
2 habl-a
habl-ad
aprend-e
viv-e
viv-id
aprend-ed
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD
Present
(that
(let
Present
(tfiat
Present
(thai
(let
I may) speak, me) speak; etc.
(let
I may) learn, me) learn; etc.
I may) me) live;
live,
etc.
habl-e
habl-es habl-e
aprend-a aprend-as aprend-a
viv-a
viv-as
viv-a
habl-emos
habl-is
aprend-amos
aprend-iis
viv-amos
viv-iis
habl-en
aprend-an
viv-an
'I'HK
VERB
-se Imperfect
(that
239
-se Imperfect
(that
-se Imperfect
(that
or if I might)
or if I might)
learn;
etc.
or if I might)
live; etc.
speak;
etc.
habl-ase
aprend-iese
aprend-ieses
viv-iese
habl-ases
habl-ase
viv-ieses
viv-iese
aprend-iese
habl-Ssemos
habl-aseis
aprend-iesemos
aprend-ieseis
viv-iesemos
viv-ieseis
habl-asen
aprend-iesen
viv-iesen
-ra Imperfect
-ra Imperfect
or
-ra Imperfect
7 should
if
live, (that
/ should speak,
if
(that
I should
learn, (that or
or
I might) speak;
etc.
if I might) learn; etc.
I might)
live; etc.
habl-ara
habl-aras
aprend-iera
aprend-ieras
viv-iera
viv-ieras
habl-ara
habl-firamos
habl-arais
aprend-iera
viv-iera
aprend-ieramos
aprend-ierais
viv-ieramos
viv-ierais
habl-aran
aprend-ieran
viv-ieran
Future
(or Hypothetical)
Future
(or Hypothetical)
Future
(or Hypothetical)
/ (mny or
speak;
shall)
etc.
I (may or
shall) learn;
I (may or shall)
etc.
live;
etc.
habl-are
aprend-iere
aprend-ieres
viv-iere
habl-ares
viv-ieres
viv-iere
habl-are
aprend-iere
habl-aremos
habl-areis
aprend-ieremos
aprend-iereis
viv-ieremos
viv-iereis
habl-aren
aprend-ieren
viv-ieren
PERFECT TENSES OF HABLAR PARTICIPLE INFINITIVE (GERUND)

to
have spoken
having spoken
haber hablado
habiendo hablado
240
INDICATIVE
Present Perfect
/ have spoken;
etc.
Preterite Perfect
/ had spoken;
etc.
he hablado
has hablado;
etc.
hube hablado
hubiste hablado;
etc.
Pluperfect
Future Perfect
/ had spoken; etc. habia hablado; etc.
shall have spoken; etc.
habr^ hablado;
etc.
Conditional Perfect
I should have spoken;

habrla hablado;
etc.
etc.
SUBJUNCTIVE
Present Perfect
(That I may) have
spoken;
etc.
-ra Pluperfect
I should have spoken;

etc.
haya hablado;
etc.
hubiera hablado;
etc.
-se Pluperfect
(That I might) have spoken; etc,
hubiese hablado;
etc.
Future (or Hypothetical) Perfect
/ (may or
shall) have
etc.
spoken;
hubiere hablado;
etc.
The following tables of moods and tenses give (1) the English names and the Spanish names, to which preference is given in this book, and (3) the names given in the Oramdtica de la tengua castellana (Madrid, 1913) published by the Royal
a.
(2)
Spanish Academy.
Infinitivb
hablar:
iNFINinVO
presente
perfecto
Infinitivo
presente
pret6rito
present
perfect
hdber hablado:
Pabticiplks
hablando:
hablado:
Participios
presente
present
gerundio
participio (pasivo)
paat
pasado
THHl
Indicative
K<Mo:
hablaba:
hable:
VERB
Indicattvo
presente
pret6rito imperfecto pret^rito p)erfecto
241
Indicattvo
presente
present
imperfect
preterite
imperfecto
preterite
hablari:
future
conditional
futuro
condicional
futuro imperfecto
pret^rito imperfecto
hablaria:
(de subjuntivo)
he hablado:
habia hablado:
present perfect pluperfect

preterite perfect
presente perfecto
pret6rito perfecto pret^rito pluscuamperfecto
pluscuamperfecto
preterite perfecto
hube hablado:
habri hablado:
?iabria hablado:
pret6rito perfecto
future perfect
futuro perfecto
futuro perfecto
(de subjuntivo)
conditional perfect condicional perfecto preterite pluscuamperfecto
habla:
Imperative
Subjunctive
Impebattvo
Impbrativo
SUBJUNTIVO
presente
Subjuntivo
presente
pret^rito imperfecto
hable:
present
hablase\ hablara)
hablare:
imperfect
future
imperfecto
futuro presente perfecto
futuro imperfecto
pret^rito perfecto pret^rito pluscuamperfecto
haya hablado:
hubieraj
present perfect
pluperfect
...
V hablado:
pluscuamperfecto
futuro perfecto
hubiere hablado
future perfect
futuro perfecto
In the nomenclature of the Spanish Academy the three tenses habli, he hablado,
and hube hablado have the same name: preterito perfecto de indicatlvo. Likewise fiablase, hablara, and hablaria are called the preterito imperfecto de subjuntivo; and hubiese hablado, hubiera hablado, and habria hablado are called the preterito pluscuamperfecto de subjuntivo. Confusion of names may be avoided in part, aa follows: habU, preterito perfecto simple; he hablado, preterito perfecto compuesto (con
he, has, etc.).
6.
The
tense
names recommended
is
in the Report of the Joint Committee on
mcUical Nomenclature (University of Chicago Press, 1913), which differ
Oramfrom those to
which preference
perfect;
given in this book, are:
absolute; hablaria, past future; habla hablado, past perfect;

habria hablado, past future perfect;
habU, past hube hablado, 2nd past hablase or hablara, past subjuncttve.
hablaba, past descriptive;
238.
Compound
Progressive Tenses.
The present parauxili-
ticiple of
a principal verb
may
be combined with the
ary estar (never set) to form a progressive construction.

estamos hablando, we are speaking
Certain verbs of motion or rest such as

to
ir, to
go,
quedar,
remain,
may
appear instead of estar in this construction.
242
It is a regular tendency of 239. Changes in Spelling. Spanish verbs to preserve throughout their conjugation the consonantal sound at the end of the stem (found ordinarily by cutting off the infinitive ending -at, -er, -ir). Hence, before certain vowels of the flexional sufiix a change in spell-
ing of the end of the stem

for regular verbs
is
necessitated.
This
is
so not only
but for
many
others also.
240. Before flexional -e these changes occur:

1.
Verbs in -c-ar change ("hard" c sound):

,
c to
qu to keep the k sound
Buscar, to
Pret. Indie., \
1st Sing.
,
5eei^
r"^"^
busque busques busque busquemos busquîs busquen
Pres. Svbj.
2.
Verbs in -g-ar add to the g an unpronounced u to keep the "hard" g sound:

Pagar, lo
pay
Pret. Indie.,
1st
Sing.
jP^S^^
pague
pagues
Pres. Subj.
pague
paguemos
paguîs
paguen
3.
Verbs in -gu-ar take a diaeresis over the u to show

that this u of the stem has always a pronounced value:
Averiguar, to ascertain
Pret. Indie., 1st Sing.
averigu6
averigiie
averigiies
averigiiîs
c,
Pres. Stibj.
averigile
averigiiemos
4.
averigiien
Verbs in -z-ar change z to

difference in sound:
without involving any
Cazar, to hunt
Pret. Indie., \
Ist
.
Sing.
Pres. Svbj.
cace
caces
cace
cacemos
cacîs
cacen
inflexion
be noted that only seven forms of the verb are concerned in the four cases just mentioned.
It is to
N. B,
THE VERB
243
241. Before flexional o or a the following changes occur:

1.
Verbs in -c-er and -c-ir preceded by a consonant

c to z:
change
Veneer,
Pres. Indie., 1st Sing,
to
conquer
Pres. Stibj.
venzo
Zurcir, to
venza,
etc.
darn
Pres. Subj.
Pres. Indie, 1st Sing,
zurzo
zurza,
etc.
N. B. Most verbs
in -cer or -cir preceded
by a vowel belong
to the
class with inceptive endings.
See 255.
2.
All verbs in -g-er or -g-ir, regular or not, change

Coger, to catch, gather
g to
j:
cojo
Elegir, to choose
Pres. Svbj. coja,
etc.

3.
elijo
Pres. Subj.
c,
elija, etc.
Verbs
is
in -qu-ir
change qu to
as qu (denoting the
i:
k sound)
written in Spanish only before e or

Delinquir, to be delinquent

4.
is
delinco
Pres. Svbj.
delinca,
etc.
Verbs in -gu-ir omit their unpronounced
u,
which
not needed to indicate a "hard" g before o or a:

Distinguir, to distinguish
Pres. Indie,
1st.
Sing,
distingo
Pres. Svhj. distinga,
etc.
N. B.
It is to
be noted that only seven fonns of the verb inflexion
are concerned in the four cases above.
242.
1.
Diphthongal ending -16 and -ie-
Verbs of the second and third conjugations (regular or not), whose stem ends in a vowel, change the i of the
244

y,
diphthongal endings -16 and -ie- to
as unaccented
can-
not stand between vowels in Spanish:

Cre-er, to believe;
cre-yendo (/or cre-iendo);

cre-yese cre-yere {for cre-iere),
etc.
cre-y6 {for cre-i6);

cre-yera
cre-yeron
{for
cre-ieron);
{for cre-iese), etc.;
{for cre-iera), etc.;
Conclu-ir, to conclude; conclu-yendo; conclu-y6; conclu-yeron;

2.
all
ete.
The
of the endings -i6

11
verb stems ending in
or
and -ie- disappears after n and after certain irregular
preterite stems ending in
j:
Bull-ir, to boil; bullendo; bull6;
Gnifl-ir, to grunt; grun-endo; grun-6;
buUeron; buUese; etc.; etc. gnm-eron; etc.; etc.

etc.; etc.
Tra-er, to bring; traj-o; traj-eron; traj-ese;
and -uar. A certain number of verbs and -uar (to be learned by practice) take a written accent on the i or u of the three persons of the singular and
243. Verbs in -iar
in -iar
the third person plural of their present tenses (indicative, subjunctive, imperative):
Criar, to bring up:
crio, erf as, crla,
crie, cries, crie,
crfan
crfen
cria
Continuar, to continue: continiio, continiias, continiia, contindan

contintie, continues, continlie, continiien
continria
Among
the conunonest verbs with this peculiarity are aliar,
to ally,
ataviar, to adorn, confiar, to confide, contrariar, to oppose, vex, desafiar,

to challenge, desconfiar, to distrust, desvariar, to rave, desviar, to divert,
enviar, to send, espiar,
to-
spy, ezpiar, to expiate, fiat, to trust, guiar, to
guide, inventariar, to take
an inventory
of, liar, to
bind, porfiar, to persist,
resfriar, to chill, telegrafiar, to telegraph, vaciar, to empty, variar, to
vary; acentuar, to accentuate, atenuar,

ceive,
to attenuate,
conceptuar,
to
con-
efectuar, to effectuate, exceptuar, to except, graduar, to graduate,

to habituate, to
habituar,
insinuar, to insinuate, perpetuar, to perpetuate,
puntuar,
a.
punctuate, situar, to situate, valuar, to appraise.
considerable
number
of verbs
do not take
this accent;
cf.
afiliar, to affiliate, afilio;
anunciar, to announce, anuncio;
apremiar,
to
THE VERB
press,
245
diferencio;
apremio; cambiar, encomiar, to

to vntness,
to
change, cambio; diferenciar, to differentiate,
extol,
encomio; estudiar,
premiar,
to
to
stvdy,
estudio;
inidar,
to initiate, inicio; lidiar, to fight, lidio;
reward, premio;
etc.
presenciar,
presencio; principiar,
to begin, principio;
244.
tions
or
Radical-changing Verbs. Under certain condisome verbs change their radical (root) vowels e to ie and o to ue or u. The conditions are such as to make
three classes thus represented

I.
If
accented
the radical vowel e becomes ie

the radical vowel o becomes ue
II.
If
accented
the radical vowel e becomes ie the radical vowel o becomes ue

before a following
f
If
unaccented
the radical vowel e becomes
-a-, -ie-, or -i6

of the
flexional
\ the radical vowel o becomes
ending
III.
If accented the radical If
vowel e becomes i unaccented the radical vowel e becomes -a-, -ie-, or -id of the flexional ending
before a following
245.
Class
I.
This comprises only

The change
jugation verbs.
o to ue can occur in
and the third plural subjunctive and the second singular of the imperative; all other forms show the original e or o. The endings are regular.
and second conand accented only nine forms, viz., aU the singular of the present indicative and present
first
of accented e to ie
These verbs
illustrate the class:

1.
Cerrar, to close
Participles
cerrando cerrado
cierro
cierre
Pres. Indie, Pres. Sut^.
cierras
cierres
cierra cierran
cierre cierren
Imperat.
cierra
But cerramos cerrdia But cerremos cerr6ia BiU cerrad

cerrar^,
etc.
Impf. Indie,
Pret. Indie.
cerraba,
etc.
Fut. Indie.
cerr6, etc.
Cond. Indie.
Fut. or
cerrarla, etc.
Impf. Subj.
j cerrase, \cerrara,
ete.
Hyp. Subj.
cerrare,
ete.
etc.
246

2.
Entender,
to
understand
Participles entendiendo entendido
Pres. Indie, entiendo entiendea entiende
entienden
Pres. Svbj. entienda entiendas entienda
But entendemos entenddis

But entendamos entenddis But entended
entiendan
Imperat.
entiende
All other forms with the radical vowel e are perfectly
regular as of the second conjugation.

3.
Contar, to count
Participles
contando contado cuentas cuenta cuentan Bui contamos contdis Pres. Indie, cuento cuente cuentes cuente cuenten But contemos contîa Pres. Subj. Imperat. cuenta Bui contad
Impf. Indie,
Pret. Indie,
contaba,
cont^,
.
etc.
Fvi. Indie.
contar6,
contaria,
efc.
etc.
etc.
Cond. Indie.
Fui. or
j contase, etc. '.' Impf. Subj. < contara, etc. {

4.
Hyp. Subj. contare,
etc.
Volver, to return
Participles
volviendo vuelto
Pres. Indie, vuelvo Pres. Subj.
vuelva
vuelves vuelve vuelven Bui volvemos volvîs vuelvas vuelva vuelvan But volvamos volvdis
Imperat.
vuelve
But
volved
All other forms with the radical vowel o are perfectly
regular as of the second conjugation.

N. B. The past participle of this verb and of other verbs in -olver So devolver, to give back, devuelto; envolver, to wrap up,
to stir,
is irregular.
envuelto; revolver,
to absolve,
revuelto; solver,
to dissolve,
to loosen,
suelto; absolver,
absuelto; disolver,
etc.
disuelto;
resolver, to resolve,
resuelto;
Most radical-changing verbs

to
of this class
etc.;
participles;
thus mover,
move; muevo, / move,
have regular movido.
246.
The changes
in spelling of the
end of the stem,

cf.
already Usted for regular verbs, occur here also;

241.
239-
THE VERB
1.
247
Before
e, c
becomes qu:
Revolcar, to wallow: Pret. Indie., 1st Sing. revolqu6 Pres. Svbj. revuelque, etc.
2.
Before
e,
g becomes gu:
Pret. Indie., 1st Sing.
Negar, to deny:
negu6
Pres. Subj. niegue,
etc.
3.
Before
e, z
becomes
c:
Pret. Indie., Ist Sing.
Empezar, to begin:
empec6
Pres. Subj. empiece,
etc.
4.
Before o or
a, c
becomes
Torcer, to twist:
Pres. Indie., 1st Sing, tuerzo Pres. Subj. tuerza,

etc.
5.
After
g,
ue from o takes a
diaeresis:
etc.
Degollar, to behead: Pres. Indie, degiiello degiiellas,

Pres. Svbj. degtielle,
etc.
Imperat. degiiella
247.
When
initial,
the stressed e and o of radical-changing
verbs become ye and hue respectively, as Spanish does not

write ie
and ue
1.
at the beginning of words:

Pres. Indie, Pres. Subj.
Errar, to err:
yerro
yerre,
yerras,
etc.
etc.
Imperat.
2. Oler, to smell:
yerra
Pres. Indie,
Pres. Subj.
huelo
huela,
hueles,
etc.
etc.
Imperat.
a.
to
huele
also; thus desosar,
In derivatives the change of o to hue occurs

to
remove the bones from, deshueso, etc.; desovar, etc. (cf. hueso, bone, and huevo, egg).
spawn, deshuevan,
248.
Being based on second conjugation
(-er) verbs,
some
derivatives of the third (-ir) conjugation have their stemstressed forms treated as of this first radical-changing class.
These are concernir,

^
to
concern,^
and
discernir, to discern
Concernir has only third person forma in the finite tenses.
248
(cf.

the simple verb cerner,
to sift, cierno, etc.), adquirir, to
acquire,
and
inquirir, to inquire (cf. the
simple verb querer,

i
to wish, quiero, etc.).
Adquirir and inquirir have
in the
unstressed stem everywhere.

1.
Discemir, to discern
disciernen
Pres. Indie, disciemo disciernes discierne
But discemimos discemis
Pres. Subj.
discierna disciemas disciema
disciernan But discemamos discemdis
Imperat.
discierne
2.
But
discemid
Adqixirir, to acquire
Pres. Indie, adquiero adquieres adquiere Pres. Svhj. adquiera adquieras
adquieren adquiera
But adquirimos adquirfs But adquiramos adquirdis But adquirid
adquieran
Imperat.
adquiere
249.
jocari).
Jugar,
to
play,
had
originally
an o stem
ue,
(cf.
Latin
others
The
stem-stressed
forms
juegan
show
the
have u:
Pres. Indie, juego Pres. Subj.
juegas
juega
juegue
juegues juegue
jueguen
Imperat.
juega
But jugamos jugdis But juguemos juguîs Bui jugad
250.
Class
II.
This includes only verbs of the third consufl&x;
jugation with the radical vowel e or
As in Class I, the e o. and the o becomes ue when accented. Unaccented, the e becomes i and the o becomes u before an
becomes
ie
immediately following -a-, -ie-, or -i6 of the flexional otherwise the unaccented e and o remain.
1.
Sentir, to feel
Participles
sint-iendo sentido
sientes
Pres. Indie, siento
sicnte
sienten
Pres. Svbj.
But sentimos
eentlt
sienta
eientas
sienta
sint-amos sint-dis
Imperat.
siente
sientan
Bvi
sentid
THE VERB
Impf, Indie,
Pret. Indie,
249
sentia, etc. (reg.)
sentf
sentiste
smt-i6 sentimos sentisteis

sint-i4semos
sint-ieron
eint-ieseis
-se Impf, Subj.
sint-iese
sint-ieses sint-iese
sint-iesen
-ra Impf. Subj. sint-iera, Put. or ^

,
etc.
Hyp.
sint-iere, etc.
SvJbj.
2.
Donnir,
to sleep
Participles
durm-iendo
Pres. Indie,
duermo
Pres. Subj.
Imperat.
duerma dunn-amos durm-dis duerme

etc. {reg.)
dormido duermes duerme duermen But dormimos dormfa duenna duennas
duennan
But
donnid
Impf. Indie, donnia,

Pret. Indie,
donnl donnimos
^
donniste
donnisteis
se
Impf. Subj. dunn-iese
dunn-ieses
dunn-ieseis
dunn-i6 dvmn-ieron dunn-iese dunn-i^semos dunn-iesen
-ra Impf. Svbj. dunn-iera, Put. or \ J TT a r f dunn-iere,
etc.
Hyp.
etc.
Svijj. J
dormir and morir, to die; form muerto. In perfect tenses this, if intransitive, means died: el hombre ha muerto, the man has died; if transitive with a personal object, it means killed han muerto al hombre, they have killed the man. But in the perfect tenses of the reflexive verb matado, past participle of matar, to kill, must be used: el hombre se ha matado, the man has killed himself. With the verb to be, and equivalent verbs, muerto (-a, -os, -as) naturally means dead : la mujer esta muerta, the woman is dead.
a.
The only simple o verbs
in Class II are
in the past participle morir has only the inegular
251.
Class
III.
As
in Class II, so here only third con-
jugation verbs are concerned, and, furthermore, only those
with the radical vowel
e.
cases as in Class II, except that here the e
This changes in precisely the same becomes i both
under the accent and when unaccented and followed by

^
As
to the
stem of the imperfect and future forms of the subjunctive
of radical-changing verbs, see 236, 2.
250
-a-, -ie-, or -16.
cases in which
it
The
original e maintains itself here in the
persists in Class II.

Pedir, to asl^
Participles
pid-iendo
pides
pedido
pide
Pres. Indie, pido
piden
Pres. Svbj.
But pedimos pedis
pida
pidas
pida
pidamos piddis pidan

Imperat.
pide
etc. (reg.)
But
pid-i6
pedid
Impf. Indie, pedia, Pret. Indie, pedl
pediste
pedimos
pid-i6semos
pedisteis
pid-ieron
-se Impf. Svbj. pid-iese
pid-ieses
pid-iese
pid-ieseis
pid-iesen
-ra
Impf
Subj.
1
pid-iera, etc.
-J
Fut. or
Hyp.Svbj.]'^'^-'^'^^'*^'
252.
Changes
in spelling of the
end of the stem occur
here in accordance with the rules previously stated (241):

1.
(i,
e)
becomes
before o or a:
Corregir, to correct: Pres. Indie., 1st Sing, corrijo

Pres. Subj. corrija,
etc.
2.
gu
(i,
e)
drops the u before o or a:

Pres. Indie, 1st Sing, sigo Pres. Subj. siga,
etc.
Seguir, to follow:
3.
After
fi,
-ie- and -16 lose their

.
Ceiiir, to gird:
Pres. Part, cin-endo

Pret. Indie., 3rd Sing, cifi-6, 3rd PI. cifi-eron
-se Impf. Svbj. cin-ese, etc. -ra Impf. Subj. cifi-era, etc. Fut. or Hyp. Subj. cin-ere,
etc.
253. Verbs in -eir are of Class III. In them the 1 of the stem ending and that of the -Ie- and -16 in the flexional
endings following coalesce:
THE VERB
Relr, to laugh: riendo
ieron);
ri-iere),
251
rieron {for
ri-
U<^
ri-iendo);
ri6 {for ri-i6);
riese {for ri-iese), etc.;

etc.
riera (/or ri-iera), etc.; riere {for
254.
The verb
erguir, to erect,
either Class II or Class III with

spelling of the
may be conjugated as of due attention to changes in

(cf.
stem ending; thus yergo

etc.
247, 1) or irgo,
yergues or irgues,
N. B. Class
to boil,
I contains
all
many
verbs of the -ar and -er conjugations.
Class II contains
and
its
verbs in -ntir, -erir, and -ertir, as well as hervir, derivative rehervir. Class III contains all verbs in -ebir,
-edir, -egir, -eguir, -eir, -emir, -enchir, -endir, -eflir, -estir,
and -etir,
as well as servir,
to serve,
and
its
derivative deservir, to do a disservice.
255.
-cir,
Verbs with Inceptive Endings. Verbs in -cer and having a vowel before these infinitive endings, insert a
z before the c in their present indicative
and present sub-
junctive,
wherever the verb ending begins with o or a. All the other forms are perfectly regular, and the -zc- or inceptive forms are only seven in number, viz., the first person singular of the present indicative and all six forms of the present subjunctive. There is no obvious inceptive meaning in the verbs of this class. While certain of them have relations to Latin inceptive verbs (cf. Spanish conocer and Latin cognoscere), others have no such connections.
1.
Conocer,. /o
^now
Participles
'
conociendo
''
conocido
>
conozco (All other forms reg.)
Pres. Svbj. conozca conozcas conozca
conozcamos conozcdis conozcan
The
rest of the verb regular as of the second conjugation

2.
Lucir, io shine
Participles
_.
luciendo
'
>
lucido
luzco (All other forms reg.)
Pres. Subj.
luzca
luzcas
luzca
luzcamos
luzc^
luzcan
The
rest of the verb regular as of the third conjugation
262
a. The c is simply changed to z in mecer, to rock, and its derivative remecer, which are regular verbs, and in cocer, to boil, and its deriva-
tives recocer, to boil again, and escocer, to smart, which are radicalchanging verbs of the first class. Hence the forms mezo; meza, etc.; cuezo; cueza, etc. The irregular verbs hacer, to do, make, and decir, to say, with their derivatives, have no inceptive endings, but irregular
verbs in -ucir (conducir,
etc.)
have them (condtizco,
etc.).
class comprises only verbs with a pronounced u (huir, argiiir, etc., but not seguir and the like). In their present forms (indicative, subjunctive,
256.
The
-uir Verb.
This
etc.),
and imperative) they add y to the u of the stem (hu-yo, except where the flexional ending begins with i. AH
In accordance with the rule
(cf.
the other forms are regular.

stated previously
will
i between vowels be written y in the third person of the preterite indicative, in all the forms of the two imperfects and the future
242) an unaccented
of the subjunctive,
and
in the present participle (gerund):
Huir, /oêe
Participles
hu-yendo
Pres. Indie, huy-o
huido huy-es
huy-as huy-dis huy-e
Pres. Sitbj.
huy-a huy-amos
hxm6,
huy-e huy-en huy-a huy-an
But
huimos
huis
Imperat.
Fui. Indie.
But
huid
etc. (reg.)
etc. (reg.)
Cond. Indie, huiria,
Impf. Indie, hula, etc. (reg.) - Pret. Indie, hui huiste hu-y6
-se Impf. Subj.
huimos huisteis hu-yeron

etc.
hu-yese
etc.
hu-yeses,
-ra Impf. Svbj. hu-yera, Put. or \ ,
Hyp. Svbj.
^''-^^''''''-
I
-gfiir retain
N. B. Verbs in
argiiir, to argue, argiiido, argliimos, argiifa, argtii,
the diaeresis only before a written i: etc.', but arguyendo,
arguyo, arguyes, arguya,
etc.
THE VERB
IRREGULAR VERBS
267
Participles
253
Haber,
hab-iendo hab-ido
io
have
Pres. Indie.
he
Pres. Stibj.
has
hay-as
(he)
ha
hay-a
hemos
hay-amos
hab-îs
han
hay-an
hay-a
Imperat.
Put. Indie.
hay-dis
hab-ed
habr-d,
habr-^ Cond. Indie.

habr-ia
habr-ds
habr-Ias
habr-emos
habr-îs
habr-dn
habr-Ian
habr-ia
habr-iamos habr-iais
hab-Iamos,
etc. (reg.)
Impf. Indie.
hab-Ia
Pret. Indie.
hab-Ias
hub-iste
hab-fa
hub-e
-se Impf. Subj.
hub-o
hub-imos
hub-isteis hub-ieron
hub-iese
hub-ieses hub-iese hub-i6semos, etc
-ra Impf. Svbj. hub-iera

Put. or
hub-ieras,
etc.
Hyp.
Subj.
hub-ieres,
etc.
hub-iere
and conditional have a contract infinitive he is a part of haber; it occurs most often with the adverb aquf, here; he aqui, behold. Haber is also the impersonal verb (there) to be, and as such it employs only the third
a.
The
indicative future
basis.
It is not absolutely certain that
singular of its finite forms.
In the impersonal use the third singular
present indicative (and only this one form) appends the otherwise
obsolete adverb y, here, there: hay, there is (are). Note that haber has in the first and third singular of the preterite
i.e., forms stressing the stem and not the flexional ending. This is a marked characteristic also of the irregular verbs tener, estar, andar, querer, poder, caber, saber, hacer,
indicative so-called "strong" forms,
venir, poner, traer, decir,

ducir, deducir,
etc.).
and the derivatives
in -ducir (aducir, con-
254
258.
Participles

Tener,
ten-iendo
ten-ido
tien-e
to hate,
hold
Pres. Indie.
teng-o
Pres. Svbj.
tien-es
ten-emos
ten-îs
tien-en
teng-a
Imperat.
Fut. Indie.
teng-as
teng-a
teng-amos
teng-dis
teng-an
ten
tendr-ds
ten-ed
tendr-6 Cond. Indie.
tendr-d
tendr-emos
tendr-îs
tendr-dn
tendr-ia tendr-Ias tendr-Ia tendr-I>unos
tendr-fais tendr-lan
Impf. Indie.
ten-la
Pret. Indie.
ten-las 0"eg.)
tuv-e
-se Impf. Subj.
tuv-iste
tuv-o
tuv-imos
tuv-i6semos,
tuv-isteis
tuv-ieron
tuv-iese tuv-ieses tuv-iese
etc.
â Impf. Subj.
tuv-iera
Ftit.
tuv-ieras, etc.
or Hyp. Subj.
tuv-iere
tuv-ieres,
etc.
and conditional have a contract infinitive basis with a phonetically developed d: tendr-; for the same phenomenon, cf also venir, poner, salir, and valer. Certain present forms show
a.
The
.
indicative future
radical-changing pecuUarities.
and
decir, tener
Like venir, poner, valer, salir, hacer, has no flexional ending in the imperative singular.
259.
Participles
Ser,
s-iendo
se-a
s-ido
to be
Pres. Indie. soy

Pres. Subj.
eres
se-as
es
se-a
somos
se-amos
ser-emos
ser-iamos
sois
BOH
se-an
ser-dn
ser-Ian
se-dis
Imperat.
Fvi. Indie.
ser-6
s6
ser-ds
ser-ias
sed
ser-d
ser-Ia
ser-îs
ser-Iais
Cond. Indie, ser-Ia Impf. Indie, era

,
eras
fu-iste
era
fu-6
fu-ese
etc.
^ramos
fu-imos
fu-68emos,
erais
fu-isteis
etc.
eran
fu-eron
Pret. Indie.
se
fu-i
Impf. Svbj. fu-ese -ra Impf. Subj. fu-era

Fut. or
]
>
fu-eses
fu-eras,
Hyp. Subj.
fu-ere
fu-eres, etc.
THE VERB
260.
Participles
255
Estar,
est-ando
est-oy
est-6
to he
est-ado
est-ds
est-4s
Pres. Indie.
est-d
est-6
est-amo8 est-dis est-dn

est-emos est-îs est-^n
est-ad
Pres. Svbj.
Imperat.
Put. Indie.
estar-4
est-d
estar-ds
estar-d
estar-emos,
etc.
(reg.)
Cond. Indie. estar-Ia Impf. Indie. est-aba

Pret. Indie.
estar-Ias, ete. (reg.)
est-abas
estuv-iste
est-aba est-dbamos,
etc. (reg.)
estuv-e
estuv-o estuv-imos
estuv-isteis
estuv-ieron
~se Impf. Subj.
estuv-iese estuv-ieses estuv-iese estuv-i^semos,
etc.
~ra Impf. Svhj. Put. or
estuv-iera estuv-ieras,
estuv-iere estuv-ieres,
etc. etc.
Hyp. Subj.
a.
be.
This
is
the Latin
stare,
It is regular, as of the
first
whose sense has weakened from stand to conjugation, in its present tenses and in
the future, conditional, and imperfect of the indicative except for the y added in estoy. This y is found also in soy from ser, voy from ir,
and doy from

present tenses.
dar.
Note the frequency
of the written accent in the
261.
Participles
Ir, to
go
Pres. Indie. Pres. Svlij.
yendo voy vay-a

ir-4
ir-la
ido
vas
vay-as
va
vay-a
vamos
vay-amos
(vamos)
vaia
van
vay-an
vay-dis
id
Imperat.
Put. Indie.
ve
ir-ds, etc. (reg.)
ir-Ias, etc. (reg.)
Cond. Indie,
Pret. Indie.
Impf. Indie, iba

fu-I
ibas
iba
fbamos
ibais
iban
fu-iste, ete. (as for ser)
-se Impf. Subj.
fu-ese
fu-eses, etc. (as for ser)

fu-eras, etc. (as
-ra Impf. Subj.

Put. or
fu-era
fu-ere
for ser)
Hyp. Svbj.
a.
fu-eres, etc. (as for ser)
This verb
is
very irregular;
ire,
its
different Latin verbs,
vadere,
and
esse.
forms are related to those of three It is obvious that it borrows
from ser the forms of
its preterite
indicative
and
its
future of the subjunctive.
The grammars
usually register for
two imperfects and it a
256
first

plural of the imperative,
vamos,
let
jection,
first
come now,
etc.),
which
is strictly
us go (also used as an interspeaking an older form of the
plural of the present subjimctive.
Vayamos
is
restricted to the
purely subjunctive use in clauses that are clearly subordinate;

occurs only in clauses that are independent or apparently so.
vamos
262.
Participles
Andar,
and-ando and-o
and-e
andar-6
to go,
walk
and-ado
and-as,
and-es,
etc. (reg.)
etc. (reg.)
Pres. Indie. Pres. Subj.
Imperat.
Put. Indie.
anda,
etc. (reg.)
etc. (reg.)
etc. (reg.) etc. (reg.)
andar-ds,
Cond. Indie. andar-Ia, Impf. Indie, and-aba,

Pret. Indie,
anduv-e anduv-iste anduv-o anduv-imos anduv-isteis

anduv-ieron
anduv-ieses,
etc.
-se Impf. Svbj. anduv-iese
-ra Impf.
-.-
Siibj.
,
anduv-iera
\
,
.
anduv-ieras,
anduv-ieres,
etc.
FlU.OT
Hyp. Subj.
a.
ct
anduv-iere
etc.
This verb
is
perfectly regular as of the first conjugation in its
infinitive, participles,
present tenses, and future, conditional, and im-
perfect of the indicative.
With the stem anduvit.
it
is
of the second
or third regular conjugation in the preterite indicative and the three
subjunctive tenses that follow
263.
Participles
Dar,
d-ando d-oy
d-6
to
give, strike
d-ado
d-as
d-es
Pres. Indie
Pres. Svbj.
d-a
d-4
d-amos, d-emos,
etc. etc.
Imperat.
Put. Indie.
d-a
dar-6
dar-ds.
etc. (reg.)
d-ad
(reg.)
Cond. Indie. dar-Ia
dar-ias, etc. (reg.)
Impf. Indie. d-aba

,
d-abas,
d-iste
etc. (reg).
Pret. Indie.
-se
d-i
d-i6
Impf. Svbj. d-iese

d-iera
d-iero
J
d-ieses
d-iese
d-imos d-isteis d-i&emos, etc.
d-ieron d
ra Impf. Subj.
Put. or
1
d-ieras. etc.
d-ieres, etc.
Hyp. Subj.
THE VERB
a.
257
first
With the stem
d-, this verb
is
regular as of the
indicative;
conjugation
(save for the y of doy) in its infinitive, participles, present tenses,

future, conditional,
and
and imperfect of the

it.
and
it is
regular
as of the second or third conjugation in the preterite indicative
and
the three subjunctive tenses that follow
264.
Participles
Venir,
vin-iendo ven-ido
io
come
Pres. Indie.
veng-o
Pres. Subj.
vien-es
vien-e
ven-imos
ven-Is
vien-en
veng-a
Imperat.
Put. Indie.
veng-as
veng-a
veng-amos
veng-dis
ven-id
veng-an
ven
vendr-4 Cond. Indie.

vendr-Ia
vendr-ds vendr-d vendr-emos vendr-îs vendr-dn

vendr-Ias vendr-Ia
ven-Ias,
etc.
Impf. Indie.
ven-Ia
Pret. Indie.
ete. (reg.)
vin-e
vin-iste
vin-o
vin-imos
vin-isteis
vin-ieron
-se Impf. Subj.

vin-iese
vin-ieses, ete.
-ra Impf. Subj.

vin-iera
vin-ieras, etc.
Put. or
Hyp. Subj.
vin-ieres, etc.
vin-iere
a. This is one of several irregular verbs which add g or ig to the verb stem in the first singular of the present indicative and in all six forms of the present subjunctive; the others are tener, poner, asir,
salir,
and
valer,
is,
which add
g,
and
caer, oir,
and
traer,
which add
-ig.
In part venir
like tener, of
the radical-changing
to
class.
265.
Participles
Poner,
pon-iendo
put
puesto
Pres. Indie.
f)ong-o
Pres. Subj.
pon-es
pon-e
pon-emos
pon-îs
pon-en
pong-a
pong-as
pong-a
pong-amos
pong-dis
pong-an
258
Imperat.
Fvi. Indie.

pon
pon-ed
pondr-^
pondr-ds ix>ndT- pondr-emos pondr-îs

etc.
pondr-^
Cond. Indie. pondr-ia pondr-Ias,

Impf. Indie. pon-ia
Pret. Indie.
pon-Ias,
ete. {reg.)
pus-e
-se Impf. Svbj.
pus-iese
pus-iste pus-o
pus-imos
pus-isteis
pus-ieron
pus-ieses, etc.
-ra Impf. Subj.

pus-iera
Fut. or
pus-iere
a.
pus-ieras,
etc.
Hyp. Subj.
pus-ieres, etc.
The
and future of the subjvmctive have

266.
Participles
past participle, the preterite indicative, and the imperfects irregular formations.
Hacer,
hac-iendo
to do,
make
hecho
hac-es
Pres. Indie.
hag-o
Pres. Svbj.
hac-e
hac-emos
hac-is
hac-en
hag-a
Imperat.
Fut. Indie.
hag-as
hag-a
hag-amos
hag-dis
hag-an
haz
hac-ed
har-d
har-4
har-^
har-emos
har-îs
har-6n
Cond. Indie.
har-Ia
har-Ias, etc.
Impf. Indie.
hac-ia
Pret. Indie.
hac-Ias,
ete. (reg.)
hic-e
hic-iste
hiz-o
hio-imo8
hio-isteis
hic-iero
-e Impf. Suij.
hic-iese
hic-ieses, etc.
-ra Impf. Subj.

hio-iera
hic-ieras, etc.
tt
Fut. or
Hyp. Svbj.
hic-ieres, etc.
hic-iere
THE VERB
259
a. This verb, like decir, has many irregularities; notable are the formation of the past participle, the -g- in certain of the present forms, the contract infinitive basis, har-, of the future and conditional of the
indicative,
and the
preterite
stem hie-, hiz-.

Decir, say
267.
Participles
to
dic-iendo dicho
dig-o
dic-es
Pres. Indie,
Pres. Svbj.
dic-e
dig-a
dig-as
di
dig-a
dec-imos dec-fs dig-amos dig-dis

dec-id
dic-en
dig-an
dir-dn
Imperat.
Fut. Indie,
dir-6
dir-ds
dir-d
dir-emos
dir-6is
Cond. Indie. dir-Ia Imp/. Indie, dec-la

Pret. Indie,
dij-e
dir-Ias, ele.
dec-las, ete. (reg.)

dij-iste
dij-o
dij-imos
dij-isteis
dij-eron
-se Impf. Svbj.
dij-ese
dij-eses, ete.
-ra Impf. Subj. dij-era Fut. or \ ... -, c ,. } dii-ere '
dij-eras, etc.
...
Hyp. Subj.
dii-eres, etc.
a. Leading peculiarities are the irregular past participle, a -gstem and radical-changing forms in the present tenses, the contract infinitive basis of the indicative future and conditional, and the preterite stem dij- with the loss of i in the diphthongal endings after it
(dijeron, dijese, etc.).
268.
Participles
Saber,
sab-iendo^
sab-es sep-as
to
know
sab-emos
sab-4is
sab-ido
sab-e
Pres. Indie. 86 Pres. Subj.
sab-en sep-an
sep-a
sabr-6
sep-a
sâmos
sep-dis
Imperat.
Fut. Indie,
sab-e
sab-ed
sabr-ds sabr-d sabr-emos sabr-dis

etc.
sabr-dn
Cond. Indie. sabr-Ia sabr-ias,
Impf. Indie. sab-Ia Pret. Indie, sup-e

-se Impf. Subj.
sab-las, ete. (reg.)
sup-iste sup>-o
sup-imos
sup-isteis sup-ieron
sup>-iese sup-ieses, etc.

ete.
,
-ra Impf. Subj. sup-iera sup-ieras, Fut. or \

. .
Hyp.SvId.]'^^'^'^
sup-ieres, efc.
260
269.
Participles

Caber,
cab-iendo
cab-ido
cab-ea
to be contained, fit
Pres. Indie.
quep-o
Pres. Subj.
cab-e
cab-emos
cab-îs
cab-en
quep-a Imperai
FiU. Indie.
quep-as
cab-e
cabr-ds
cabr-Ias,
quep-a
quep-amos
quep-dis
quep-an
cab-ed
cabr-d
cabr-6
cabr-emos
cabr-îs
cabr-^
Cond. Indie.
cabr-ia
ete.
Impf. Indie.
cab-ia
Pret. Indie.
cab-ias,
etc. (reg.)
cup-e
-se Impf. Siibj.
cup-iese
cup-iste cup-o
cup-imos
cup-isteis
cup-ieron
cup-ieses, etc.
-ra Impf. Subj.

cup-iera
Fut. or
cup-iere
cup-ieras,
etc.
Hyp. Subj.
cup-ieres,
etc.
a. Saber and caber are exactly alike in their peculiarities, except that saber has a reduced form se (instead of sepo) in the present indicThe interchange of -pative, first singular, where caber has quepo.
ative future
and -b- in the present stem, the contract infinitive basis for the indicand conditional, and the irregular preterite stem, sup-,
cup-, are to be noted.
270.
Participles
Poder,
pud-iendo
to be able
pod-ido
Pres. Indie.
pued-o
Pres. Subj.
pued-es
pued-e
pod-emos
pod-îs
pued-en
Imperat.
pued-a pued-as (None)

podr-6
pued-a
pod-amos
pod-^
pued-an
Fut. Indie.
podr-ds
podr-d
podr-emos
podr-îs
podr-dn
THE VERB
Cond. Indie.
podr-Ia
podr-Ias,
etc.
261
Impf. Indie. pod-la

Pret. Indie.
pod-las,
etc. {reg.)
pud-e
~se Impf. Subj.
pud-iste
pud-o
etc.
pud-imos
pud-isteis
pud-ieron
pud-iese pud-ieses,
-ra Impf. Subj. pud-iera pud-ieras,

Fvi. or
etc.
Hyp.
Sitbj.
etc.
pud-iere pud-ieres,
a.
Poder has certain features of the radical-changing verb and a contract stem in the future and conditional of the indicative. Its preterite stem is pud-. Its sense precludes its having a real imperative.
271.
Participles
Querer,
quer-iendo
to wish, be
fond of
quer-ido
quier-e
Pres. Indie.
qmer-o
Pres. Subj.
quier-es
quer-emos
quer-îs
quier-en
quier-a
qmer-as
quier-e
quier-a
quer-amos
quer-dis
qmer-an
Imperat,
Fvi. Indie.
quer-ed
querr- querr-emos
querr-6is querr-iln
querr-e
querr-ds
Cond. Indie.
querr-ia
querr-Ias, etc.
Impf. Indie.
quer-Ia
Pret. Indie.
quer-ias,
etc. (reg.)
quis-e
-se Impf. Subj.
quis-iste
quis-o
quis-imos
quis-isteis
quis-ieron
quis-iese quis-ieses,
etc.
-ra Impf. Subj.

quis-iera quis-ieras, etc.
Fui. or
Hyp. Svbj.
quis-ieres, etc.
quis-iere
a.
infinitive in
erite
Querer has features of the radical-changing verb, a contract the future and conditional of the indicative, and a pretstem quis-.
262
272.
Participles

Asir, io grasp
as-iendo
as-ido
as-es
Pres. Indie, Pres. Siibj.
asg-o
as-e
as-imos
as-Is
as-en
asg-a
asg-as
asg-a
asg-amos
asg-dis
asg-an
All the other fonns are perfectly regular as of the third conjugation.
273.
Participles
Valer,
val-iendo
to be
worth
val-ido
val-e
Pres. Indie valg-o Pres. Subj.
val-es
valg-a
valdr-4
valg-as
valg-a
val-emos val-4i8 val-en valg-amos valg-dis valg-an

val-ed
Imperat.
Fvi. Indie,
val or vale
valdr-ds valdr-d valdr-emos valdr-4is valdr-dn

etc.
Cond. Indie, valdr-ia valdr-Ias,
Impf. Indie, val-la

Pret. Indie,
(reg.) (reg.)
val-Ias, etc. (reg.)
-se Impf. Svbj.
-ra Impf. Svl^. Fut. or
(reg.)
(.reg.)
Hyp. Svbj.
274.
Participles
Salir, to go out,
sal-iendo
ealg-o
eal-ido
sal-es
come otd
Pres. Indie. Pres. Svbj.
sal-e
sal-imos
sal-Is
sal-en
salg-a
salg-as
sal
salg-a
salg-amos
salg-dis
sal-id
salg-an
Imperat.
The
275.
other forms follow the model of valer.
C&eTytofall
ca-yendo
caig-o
Participles
oa-Ido
ca-es
Pres. Indie,
ca-e
Pres. Svbj.
caig-a
caig-as
caig-a
ca-emos caig-amos
ca-^s
caig-dis
ca-en
caig-an
Imperat.
ca-e
ca-ed
i
The other forms are regular; they show the change of unaccented between vowels to y, as in cay6, cayeron, cayese, etc.
a.
The
noticeable pecuUarity here, as in the case of the two verba
following, is the addition of -ig- to the present
stem
for the 1st singular
of the present indicative
and
for all of the present subjimctive.
Tim VERB
276.
Participles
263
Oir,
to
hear
o-yendo
oig-o oig-a
o-Ido
Pres. Indie.
Pres. Svbj.
oy-es
oig-as
oy-e
oig-a
o-fmos
o-is
oy-en
oig-an
oig-amos
oig-dis
Imperat.
oy-e
o-id
i
The other forms are rûlar; they show the change of unaccented between vowels to y, as in oy6, oyeron, oyese, etc.
a.
Note the three present stems: oig- before -o and -a; oy- before
-i.
-e: and o- before
277.
Participles
Traer,
tra-yendo
tra-ido
to
bring
Pres. Indie.
traig-o tra-es
tra-e
tra-emos
traig-amos
tra-4is
tra-en
Pres. Sidy.
traig-a
traig-as
tra-e
(reg.)
ireg.)
traig-a
traig-dis
traig-an
Imperat.
Put. Indie.
tra-ed
Cond. Indie. Impf. Indie.

Pret. Indie.
traj-e
(reg.)
traj-iste
traj-o
traj-imos
traj-isteis traj-eron
86 Impf. Svbj.
traj-ese
traj-eses
traj-ese
traj-êmos
traj-eseis
traj-esen
-ra Impf. Svbj.

traj-era
traj-eras traj-era
traj-^ramos traj-erais traj-eran

traj-^remos
traj-ereis
Put. or
Hyp. Svbj.
traj-eres
traj-ere
a.
traj-ere
traj-eren
Traer and verbs in -ducir have a preterite stem in -j- after which
is lost.
the -i- of a diphthongal ending
278.
Participles
Conducir,
to
conduct
conduc-ido
conduc-es
conduc-is
conduc-iendo Pres. Indie, conduzc-o conduc-imos conduzc-a Pres. Svbj.
conduzc-as
conduzc-dis
conduzc-amos
conduc-e conduc-en conduzc-a conduzc-aa
264
Imperat.
Fut. Indie.

conduc-e conduc-id
{reg.)
(reg.)
Cond. Indie.
Impf. Indie.
Pret. Indie.
(reg.)
conduj-e
conduj-iste
conduj-isteis
conduj-imos -se Impf. Svbj. conduj-ese conduj-^semos -ra Impf. Svbj. conduj-era
conduj-o conduj-eron
conduj-ese
conduj-eser
conduj-eses
conduj-eseis
conduj-eras
conduj-erais
conduj-era
conduj-^ramos
Fvi. or
1
conduj-eran
conduj-ere
conduj-ere
conduj-eres
conduj-ereis
Hyp. Svbj.
a.
Jf
conduj-^remos
conduj-eren
aducir, deducir, inducir, producir, reducir, seducir;
Like conducir are conjugated the other derivatives in -ducir; in the present tenses they show inceptive endings.
279.
Participles
Ver,
v-iendo
ve-a
ver-^
visto
to see
Pres. Indie. ve-o Pres. Svbj.
v-es
v-e
ve-as
ve-a
v-emos ve-amo8
v-eis
ve-dis
v-en ve-an
Imperat.
Fvi. Indie.
v-e
ver-ds,
ete.
v-ed
Cond. Indie. ver-ia

Pret. Indie.
v-i
ver-ias, ete.
v-iste
v-i6
v-imos
v-isteis
v-ieron
-se Impf. Svbj.
v-iese
v-ieses, ete.
-â Impf. Svbj. v-iera 1 Fvi. or

1
v-ieras, etc.
v-ieres, etc.
Hyp. Svbj.
a.
>
^
v-iere
The
full
v-er, v-es, etc.; the preterite
stem ve- of the present is reduced to v- before -e, as in stem is v-.

e.g.,
The derivatives in -ver,

Proveer,
to provide,
antever, prever, are conjugated as above.

full
has the
ular in its conjugation.
It has,
stem prove- throughout and is reghowever, both proveido and provisto as
the past participle.
280.
Irregiilar
conjugation,
write,
Past Participles.
to to 'print,
abrir,
open, cubrir, to cover,
and imprimir,
Four verbs of the third impress, have only irregular

escribir,
to
THE VERB
past participles;
265
these are abierto, cubierto, escrito, and
impreso.
second
Otherwise these verbs are entirely regular. conjugation verbs, prender, to catch, arrest,
to break, tear,
Two
and
romper,
are perfectly regular throughout, but
they have irregular past participles beside the regular ones;

the irregular forms, preso and roto, are preferred for the perfect tenses
and
in the literal sense.
281. Defective Verbs.

yacer, to
lie,
The verbs
placer, to please,
and
are
now used
chiefly in the third person forms,
place, yace, etc.

is
Perhaps the commonest form of placer
the imperfect subjunctive pluguiera, employed especially
in i pluguiera a
inscriptions, aqui
Dios would to God; yacer figures in tombstone yace (yacen), here lies (lie), and occasionI
ally in other uses in higher style.
The
radical-changing
verb concernir,
third singular
to concern,
occurs only in the forms of the

tenses.
is
and plural of the various

soler,
to
The
radical-
changing verb
as follows:
Buelo
Bolla
be accustomed,
used frequently
only in the forms of the indicative present and imperfect,
sueles
solias
suele
solemos
soliamos
solîs
solfaia
Buelen
soliau
soUa
282.
LIST OF VERBS
following
list
The
verbs.
embraces radical-changing,
-uir,
and
irregular
The verbs with
inceptive endings (-cer or -cir preceded
by a
vowel) are not included: they simply follow the models given in 255. In the case of derivatives, reference is made to the conjugation of the simple verbs, which they follow. Radical-changing verbs are indicated by (ie), (ue), or (i) placed after the verb. The numbers refer to paragraphs.
abnegar 246,2
abrir, to
(ie),
to renounce: 240, 2;
irr.,
afollar (ue), to
aforar (ue),
to
blow with bellows give a charter:
open: p.p.
to
280
p.p.
absolver (ue),
irr.,
absolve:
245, 4
irr.,
abstenerse, to abstain:
abstraer, to abstract:
abuilolar (ue),
irr.,
258 277
fritter-
to
make
aforar, to gauge, reg. agorar (ue), to divine, prognosticate: 246, 5 alebrarse (ie), to squat, cower alentar (ie), to breathe, encourage aliquebrar (ie), to break the wings
shaped:
acertar
cf.
abufluelar, reg.
(ie),
to hit the
mark
aclocarse (ue),
to stretch out, brood: 240, 1; 246, 1 acordar (ue), to resolve, remind, tune; se (ue), to remember
almorzar (ue), to breakfast: 240, 4; 246, 3 alongar (ue), to lengthen: 240, 2;
acostar (ue), to lay down;

(ue), to lie
se
246,2 amoblar (ue), to furnish: amueblar, reg. amolar (ue), to whet
also
down
to increase
to guide: oZsoadies-
amover
(ue),
to remove, dismiss
irr.,
acrecentar
adestrar
trar, reg.
(ie),
andar, to go, walk:
(ie),
antedecir, to foretell:
irr.,
262 267
anteponer, to put before, prefer:

to adhere to acquire: 248, 2
irr.,
adherir
adquirir
(ie),
265
irr.,
adormir (ue), to make drowsy

(ie),
antever, to foresee:
279
apacentar
(ie),
to graze
adudr,
advertir
to
adduce:
irr.,
278;
apercollar (ue), to collar, snatch
255, o; 242,
(ie),
apemar
(ie),
to seize
by the lâ
281
to observe, advise
aplacer, to please:
irr.,
LIST OF VERBS
apostar (ue), to bet, post: apostar,
to post troops, reg.
267
caber, to be contained, find room:

irr.,
269
irr.,
apretar
(ie),
to squeeze, press
caer, to fall:
275
aprobar (ue), to approve argiiir, to argue: 256 arrendar (ie), to rent, hire arrepentirse (ie), to repent ascender (ie), to ascend asentar (ie), to seat, set down
asentir
(ie), (ie),
calentar
(ie),
to
warm
242, 2;
252,
cegar
(ie),
to blind: 240, 2; 246,
ceflir (i),
to gird: to
sift;
cemer
cerrar
(ie), (ie),
bud
to close to found, establish
cimentar
(ie),
to assent, acquiesce
to
circuir, to encircle:
256
240,
1;
aserrar
saw
272
clocar (ue),
to
cluck:
asir, to seize, grasp: irr.,
246, 1
asolar (ue),
to level to ground,
raze
cocer (ue), to boil, bake: 255, a. coextenderse (ie), to be coextensive
asoldar (ue), to hire
asonar (ue),' to assonate, be assonance asosegar: see sosegar atender (ie), to attend, mind
atenerse, to abide, hold:
irr,
in.
colar (ue), to strain, filter

colegir
(i),
to
collect:
241,
2;
252, 1
colgar (ue), to
258
atentar
aterrar
atestar
(ie),
to try:
atentar, to
attempt a crime,
(ie),
reg.
to
fell:
aterrar,
to
terrify, reg.
(ie),
hang up: 240, 2; 2 comedirse (i), to behave comenzar (ie), to commence: 240, 4; 246, 3 competir (i), to compete
246,
to cram, stuf:
ates-
complacer,
irr.,
to
please,
content:
tar, to attest, reg.
atraer, to attract:
irr.,
277; 242,
281 componer, to compose:
irr.,
266
con-
atravesar
(ie),
to cross
comprobar
256
firm
(ue),
to
verify,
atribuir, to attribute:
atronar (ue), to
ing din, stun
make a thunderirr.,
concebir
(i),
to conceive to concern: 248,

1,
concemir
264
240,
(ie),
avenir, to reconcile:
aventar (ie), to fan, winnow avergonzar (ue), to shame:

4; 246, 3; 246,
footnote 1; 281 concertar (ie), to concert, regulate
azolar (ue),
5 to shape with the
concluir, to conclude: 256; 242, I
adze
bendedr, to
bruilir, to
bullir,
bless: irr., 267; 242, burnish: 242, 2
concordar (ue), to accord, agree condescender (ie), to condescend condolerse (ue), to condole conducir, to conduct: irr., 278;
255, a;
conferir
242,2
to confer
toboil: 242,2
(ie),
268
confesar
(ie),

to confess
decir, to say:
irr.,
267;
255, a;
confluir, to join:
conmover
conseguir
consentir
(ue),
(i),
256 to move,
obtain,
242, 2
affect
deducir,
to
deduce:
irr.,
278;
to
attain:
255, a; 242,
2
to defend
241, 4; 252, 2
(ie),
defender
deferir
(ie),
to consent
(ie),
to defer
consolar (ue), to console
degollar (ue), to behead, cut the

throat: 246, 5
consonar (ue), to be in consonance,
rhyme
constituir, to constitute:
256
con-
constrefLir
(i),
to
compel,
demoler (ue), to demolish demostrar (ue), to demonstrate denegar (ie), to deny: 240, 2;
strain: 242, 2; 252, 3
246,2
256
denostar (ue), to insult dentar (ie), to tooth, indent;
teethe
to
construir, to construct
contar (ue), to count, tell contender (ie), to contend

contener, to contain:
writhe: 241, 1
contradecir,
irr.,
258
deponer, to depose, depone:
irr.,
contorcerse (ue), to be distorted,

to
contradict:
265 derrengar
derretir
(ie),
to sprain the hip,
irr.,
cripple: 240, 2; 246,

(i),
267; 242, 2; 255, a.

contraer, to contract:
242, 2
irr.,
to melt
277;
irr.,
derrocar (ue), to pull down, demolish: 240, 1; 246, 1
contrahacer, to counterfeit:
demur,
256
to
cast
down, destroy:
266;
255, a.
contraponer, to oppose, compare:

irr.,
desacertar
(ie),
to blunder, err
265
irr.,
contravenir, to contravene:
264
contribuir, to contribute:
256
desacordar (ue), to make discordant; se (ue), to forget desaferrar (ie), to loosen, unfurl desalentar (ie), to put out of
controvertir
(ie),
to controvert
fit:
breath, discourage
convenir, to agree,
convertir
corregir
(ie),
(i),
irr.,
264
desamoblar
(ue), to unfurnish, re-
to convert 241, 2;
move
furniture:
also
desamue-
to correct:
262, 1 costar (ue), to cost

creer, to believe: 242, 1
cubrir, to cover:
-p.-p. irr.,
War, reg. desandar, to retrace steps, imdo: irr., 262

desapretar
(ie),
to slacken, loosen
280
desaprobar (ue), to disapprove desarrendarse (ie), to shake off

the bridle
dar, to give:
irr.,
263
irr.,
decaer, to decay:
276
desasentar
please;
decentar
(ie),
to begin to use
se
(ie),
to disagree, disto get
(ie),
up
LIST OF VERBS
desasir, to let go, release hold:
irr.,
269
272
(ie),
desasosegar
to disturb, dis-
desengrosar (ue), to make lean desentenderse (ie), to disregard, feign not to notice
desenterrar
(ie),
quiet: 240, 2; 246, 2
to disinter
desatender
lect
(ie),
to disregard, negto perturb, per-
desenvolver (ue), to unfold, imravel: p.p. irr., 245, 4

deservir
(i),
desatentar
plex
(ie),
to neglect duty,
do
a disservice
desflocar (ue), to
(of wool):
desavenir, to discompose, disconcert:

irr.,
remove
flocks
264
to descend
242,
2;
240, 1; 246, 1
descender
descefiir
(ie),
(i),
to ungird:
252, 3
unhang, take 2 descollar (ue), to stand forth, excel descomedirse (i), to be disrespectful, behave ill
descolgar (ue), to
(ie), to derange the government, misgovern deshacer, to imdo, destroy: irr., 266; 255, a
desgobemar
down: 240,
2; 246,
deshelar (ie), to thaw desherbar (ie), to pluck

herbs
desherrar,
to
uniron,
out
remove
descomponer, to disconcert, decompose: irr., 265

desconcertar
(ie),
horseshoes
desleir
(i),
to dilute: 253
(ie),
to
disconcert,
deslendrar
to
remove
nits
confound
desconsentir
solate
(ie),
(Jrom hair)
to dissent
desconsolar (ue), to
make
discon-
desmajolar (ue), to uproot vines desmedirse (i), to go beyond boimds, be unreasonable
descontar (ue), to discoimt

desconvenir, to disagree, be unlike:
irr.,
desmembrar
(ie),
to dismember
264
descordar (ue), to remove cords descomar (ue), to remove horns

descubrir, to uncover,
p.p. irr.,
discover:
desmentir (ie), to belie desnegar (ie), to retract denial: 240, 2; 246, 2 desnevar (ie), to melt away (o/ snow)
desobstruir,
280
irr.,
to
remove obstruc-
desdar, to untwist:
242,
263
irr.,
desdecir, to gainsay:
267;
2
(ie),
256 desoir, not to heed, feign not to hear: irr., 276

tion:
desdentar
to remove teeth to xmpave to release from to
desolar (ue), to
make
desolate
desempedrar
desencerrar
(ie),
desoldar (ue), to imsolder

desollar (ue), to flay
(ie),
confinement
desencordar (ue),
strings, loosen
remove
desosar (ue), to remove bones: 247, a desovar (ue), to spawn: 247, o
270
despedir
(i),

to dismiss;
to
se
(i),
disminuir, to diminish: 256

disolver (ue), to dissolve: p.p.
irr.,
to take leave
despemar
cripple
(ie),
remove
legs,
245,4
disonar (ue), to be in dissonance
dispertar:
see
despertar
(ie), (ie),
to
awaken
despertar
irr.,
despezar
to arrange (stones)
displacer, to displease:
at intervals, taper at the end:

240, 4; 246, 3
disponer, to dispose:
trr.,
281 265
277;
distender
distraer,
(ie),
to distend
irr.,
desplacer, to displease: 281
to
distract:
desplegar
(ie),
to unfold, imfurl:
242,2
distribuir, to distribute:
240, 2; 246, 2
256
despoblar (ue), to depopulate desproveer, to leave unprovided,

deprive
242, 1
desteflir
(i),
divertir (ie), to divert
dolar (ue), to plane, smooth {wood,

etc.)
of
supplies:
279,
a;
doler (ue), to pain, grieve

to discolor, fade: 242, to exile
dormir (ue), to sleep

educir, to educe, bring out:
irr.,
2;
252, 3
(ie),
desterrar
office:
destituir, to deprive,
remove from
278; 255, a; 242, 2

elegit
(i),
256
to elect: 241, 2; 252,
destorcer (ue), to untwist: 241, 1;
246,4
destrocar (ue), to retiu-n a bartered object: 240, 1; 246, 1
destruir, to destroy:
embestir (i), to invest, attack emparentar (ie), to be related by marriage
empedrar
(ie),
to pave
to
256
empeller, to urge, push: 242, 2
desventar (ie), to vent, let out air desvergonzarse (ue), to be shameless or impudent: 240, 4; 246,
3;
empezar
246, 3
(ie),
begin:
240,
4;
emporcar
encender
encentar
first
(ue), to
sully,
befoul:
246,
5
irr.,
irr.,
240, 1; 246, 1
detener, to detain:
detraer, to detract: 245, 4
258
(ie), (ie),
to light, kindle
277; 242, 2
devolver (ue), to give back: p.p.

irr.,
to begin to use for time encerrar (ie), to shut up, confine
diferir (ie), to defer, delay, differ
enclocar (ue), to cluck:

246, 1
240, 1;
digerir (ie), to digest

diluir, to dilute:
256
encomendar
(ie),
to
commend
discemir
(ie),
to discern: 248, 1
disconvenir: see desconvenir
encontrar (ue), to meet, find encorar (ue), to cover with leather,
discordar (ue), to disagree, be dis-
renew the skin

encordar (ue), to string {musical
instruments), lash
cordant
disentir (ie), to dissent
LIST OF VERBS
encovar (ue), to put into a cave
or cellar, lock
271
smart:
255,
a;
escocer (ue), to
241, 1; 246,
up
4
280
encubertar (ie), to cover over endentar (ie), to mortise in engorar (ue), to lay addled eggs: 246, 5 engreir (i), to elate, puff up: 253 engrosar (ue), to fatten, strengthen enhestar (ie), to erect, set upright enmelar (ie), to honey, sweeten
escribir, to write: p.p. irr.,
esforzar (ue), to strengthen;

(ue), to
se
attempt: 240,4; 246,3

irr.,
estar, to be:
260
256
estatuir, to establish:
estregar
(ie),
to rub, scoiu", grind:
240, 2; 246, 2
estrefiir
(i),
to
bind,
restrain:
enmendar
(ie),
to
enrodar (ue), to wheel ensangrentar (ie), to cover with blood entender (ie), to hear, imderstand
enterrar
(ie),
amend, correct break on the
242,2
ezcluir, to exclude:
256
irr.,
expedir
(i),
to expedite, despatch
exponer, to expose:
265
irr.,
extender
extraer, 242, 2
(ie),
to extend
extract:
to
277;
to inter
entortar (ue), to
make crooked;
ferrai
irr.,
to deprive of one eye

entredecir, to interdict:
(ie),
to put
on iron
points,
267;
etc.
242, 2; 255, a
fluir,
to flow: 256
entremorir (ue), to
p.p. irr., 250,
pine
away:
foliar (ue), to
blow with bellows

force:
a entreoir, to hear indistinctly: irr., 276 entrepemar (ie), to put the legs in between {something else) entreponer, to interpose: irr., 265
entretener,
irr.,
forzar (ue),
to
to
240,
4;
246,3
fregar
2;
freir
(ie),
rub, scour:
240,
246, 2
(i),
to fry: 253
to
delay,
entertain:
258
gemir (i), to groan, moan gobernar (ie), to govern

gruir, to cry like cranes:
gruflir, to
entrever, to see imperfectly, catch
256
a glimi>se of: irr., 279 envolver (ue), to involve, wrap up, complicate: p.p. irr., 2A5, 4 eqtiivaler, to equal, be equivalent: irr., 273
erguir (ie or
i),
grunt: 242, 2; 252, 3

irr.,
haber, to have:
257
prop266;
in
hacendar
erty
(ie),
to
transfer
to
erect:
254;
hacer,
255,
to
do,
make:
irr.,
241,4
errar (ye-), to err, wander: 247, 1
facer)
heder
(ie),
{thus
derivatives
escarmentar (ie), to give warning example, learn by experience
to
have
stench,
stink
272
helar
(ie),

to freeze to stuff,
invertir (ie), to invert, spend,
in-
henchir
(i),
cram
ir,
vest
investir
(i),
hender
herbar
herir
(ie), (ie),
to cleave, split to dress skins
to invest, gird
to go:
irr.,
261
(ie),
to
wound
jugar (ue), to play: 249
leer, to read:
hervir
(ie), (ie),
to boil, bubble
herrar
to shoe {horses), brand 242, 1

llover (ue), to rain
(caMe) holgar (ue), to rest, cease working: 240, 2; 246,
maldecir,
to
curse;
irr.,
267;
hollar (ue), to trample on, tread
242,2
malherir
(ie),
on
huir, to flee:
to
256
malsonar
242,
(ue), to
wound seriously make cacophony

irr.,
maltraer, to maltreat:
277;
imbuir, to imbue: 256
2
(ie),
impedir (i), to impede imponer, to impose: irr., 265 imprimir, to print: p.p. irr., 280
manifestar
to manifest
improbar
sure
(ue), to disapprove, cen-
mantener, to maintain: irr., 258 mecer, to rock, lull, mix: 255, a medir (i), to measure melar (ie), to boil to honey, deposit
incensar
cense
(ie),
to
perfume,
in-
honey
(ie), (ie),
(of bees)
mentar
256
disin-
to mention
lie
incluir, to include:
mentir
to
indisponer,
cline:
irr.,
to
indispose,
265
irr.,
merendar (ie), to lunch moblar (ue), to furnish:

mueblar, reg. moler (ue), to grind
also
inducir, to induce:
a; 242,
278; 255,
2
to
inferir (ie), to infer
morder
256
248,
(ue), to bite
irr.,
infemar
(ie),
damn, vex
influir, to influence:
mortr (ue), to die: p.p. mostrar (ue), to show
250, a
ingerir (ie), to graft, insert

inquirir (ie), to inquire:
instituir, to institute:
mover
2
negar nevar
267;
(ue), to
move
2
instniir, to instruct:
256 256
irr.,
(ie), (ie),
to deny: 240, 2; 246, to snow, impers.
iaterdecir,
to indict:
242,
2
irr., irr., irr.,
obstruir, to obstruct:
interponer, to interpose:
intervenir, to intervene:
265 264
278;
obtener, to obtain:
ofr, to
irr.,
256 258
hear:
irr.,
276
smell,
introducir, to introduce:
oler (hue-),
to
have
265
an
255, a; 242, 2
odor; 247, 2
inyemar
(ie),
to winter
opener, to oppose:
irr.,
LIST OF VERBS
pedir
(i),
273
256
264
to ask
prostituir, to prostitute:
pensar
lieve
(ie),
to think, mean, beto lose, spoil, destroy

(ie),
proveer, to provide: 242,1; 279, a

provenir, to proceed:
irr.,
perder
(ie),
pemiquebrar
perseguir
pervertir
(i),
to break the legs
quebrar
(ie),
to break
irr.,
to
pursue,
perse-
querer, to wish, like:
271
cute: 241, 4; 252, 2

(ie),
to pervert
irr.,
reapretar
(ie),
to squeeze again
irr.,
placer, to please:
plafiir,
281
rebendecir, to bless again:
to lament, bewail: 242, 2; to fold: 240, 2; 246, 2

fill
252,3
plegar
(ie),
267; 255, a; 242, 2 recaer, to fall back, relapse:
irr.,
275
recalentar
(ie),
poblar (ue), to found, people, poder, to be able; can:

poner, to put:
irr.,
to heat again
irr.,
270
recentar
(ie),
to leaven
265
recluir, to
shut up, seclude: 256

255,
poseer, to possess: 242, 1
recocer (ue), to boU again:

a; 246,
posponer, to place after, postpone:

irr.,
4
(ie),
265
to
predict:
irr.,
recolar (ue), to strain again
predecir,
242, 2
267;
irr.,
recomendar
to
recommend
predisponer, to predispose:
recomponer, to recompose, mend: irr., 265

reconducir, to renew lease or contract:
irr.,
265
preferir (ie), to prefer
278; 255, a; 242, 2
prender, to arrest, catch: 280 preponer, to put before,

irr.,
reconstruir, to reconstruct:
256
prefer:
recontar (ue), to recount

reconvenir,
to
accuse,
265
(ie),
rebuke:
presentir
to forebode, foresee
irr.,
irr.,
264
presuponer, to presuppose:
recordar (ue), to remind

recostar (ue), to lean against, recline
265
prevalerse, to prevail:
irr.,
273
irr.,
prevenir, to forestall, prevent:
redargiiir, to reargue:
256
278; 255,
241,
2;
264
prever, to foresee:
irr.,
reducir, to reduce:
irr.,
279
a;
242,
2
to
reelect:
probar (ue), to prove, try, taste producir, to produce: irr., 278; 255, a; 242, 2
reelegir
(i),
252,
referir (ie), to relate, refer

refiuir, to flow
pronounce promover (ue), to promote preponer, to propose: irr., 265

preferir (ie), to utter,
back: 256
reforzar (ue), to strengthen, fortify:
240, 4; 246, 3
(ie),
proseguir
(i),
to
pm-sue,
prose-
refregar
to rub over again:
cute: 241, 4; 252,
240, 2; 246,
274

253
240,
refrefr, to fry again:
requebrar
(ie),
to court,
to
make love
re-
regar
regir
(ie),
to
water:
requerir
(ie),
investigate,
246 2
(i),
quire, request
to rule, direct:
to
belch,
241, 2
resalir, to project,
irr.,
be prominent:
240,
252, 1
274
(ie),
regoldar (ue),
246, 5
eruct
resegar
2;
to reap again:
246, 2
(ie),
(ie),
rehacer,
irr.,
to
make
to
to
fill
again,
mend
resembrar
resentirse
to
to
sow again
begin to give
irr.,
266; 255, a
(i),
rehenchir
reherir
again, restuS
way, resent
resolver (ue), to resolve: p.p.
(ie),
to
wound again
shoe
(horses)
reherrar
(ie),
245,4
resollar (ue), to respire
again
rehervir
foot
rehuir, to withdraw, deny: 256
reir, to
(ie),
to reboil to
rehollar (ue),
trample under
resonar (ue), to resound resquebrar (ie), to crack,

burst
restittiir,
split,
to restore,
reestablish:
laugh: 253
256
restregar
(ie),
remendar
(ie), to repair, patch rementir (ie), to Ue again remoler (ue), to grind again
to scrub:
240, 2;
246,2
retemblar
(ie),
to shake, tremble
remorder (ue), to bite repeatedly, cause remorse remover (ue), to remove, alter
rendir
(i), (i),
much, brandish
retener, to retain:
irr.,
258
retentar
(ie),
to subdue, render;
se
to threaten (with a
relapse)
retefiir
(i),
to surrender
(ie),
to
dye
to
over
again:
contort:
renegar
to
deny,
disown:
242, 2; 252, 3
240, 2; 246,
retorcer (ue),
241, 1; 246,
twist,
renovar (ue), to renovate, renew

refiir (i),
to quarrel, scold: 242, 2;
retostar (ue), to toast again, scorch well
252,3
repensar
repetir
(ie),
to think over again to

refold,
retraer,
to to
retract:
irr.,
277;
(i),
to repeat, recite
242,2
double
retribuir,
replegar
(ie),
make
retribution,
again: 240, 2; 246, 2
repoblar (ue), to repopulate

reponer, to put back, replace:
irr.,
recompense: 256 retronar (ue), to thunder again

retrotraer,
irr.,
to
make
retroactive:
265 reprobar (ue), to

reproducir,
reject,
condermi
irr.,
277; 242, 2 revenirse, to be consumed gradually, sour,
to
reproduce:
ferment:
to burst
irr.,
264
278; 265, o; 242, 2
reventar
(ie),
LIST OF VERBS
rever, to see again, review, revise:
irr.,
275
sobrevenir, to happen, supervene:

irr.,
279
(ie),
(i),
264
(ie),
reverter
revestir
to revert
sobreverterse
sobrevestir
to overflow
to put
on vestments
240,
(i),
to put
on an outer
revolar (ue), to fly again
coat
sofreir
(i),
revolcarse (ue), to wallow:

1;
to fry slightly: 253
246, 1
to
stir,
solar (ue), to floor, pave, sole
revolver (ue),
p.p. irr., 245,
revolve:
soldar (ue), to solder,

soler (ue), to be
mend
or accus-
wont
rodar (ue), to
roll
tomed: 281
soltar (ue), to untie, loosen
rogar (ue), to entreat, ask: 240, 2; derivatives (abrogar, 246, 2;
solver (ue), to loosen:
p.p.
irr.,
derogar)
reg.
245,4
sonar (ue), to soimd
irr.,
saber, to know:
salir,
268
irr.,
to go out,
come out:
salpimentar
(ie),
274 to season with
(i), to smile: 253 sonrodarse (ue), to stick in the
sonrefr
mud
sofiar (ue), to
pepper and salt sarmentar (ie), to gather prunings

of vine
satisfacer,
dream
to change channels:
sorregar
(ie),
240, 2; 246, to satisfy:

irr.,
2
to
266;
sosegar
(ie),
appease,
rest:
255, a
240, 2; 246, 2 to reap: 240, 2; 246, 2
segar
(ie),
sostener, to sustain:
soterrar
(ie),
irr.,
258
seguir(i), to follow: 241,4; 252,2
to put imderground,
sembrar (ie), to sow sementar (ie), to sow

sentar
ser,
(ie),
bury
subarrendar (ie), to take a sublease, subrent 9ubentender (ie), to subintend subseguir (i), to be next in sequence: 241, 4; 252, 2
substituir:
see sustituir
to seat, set, suit
sentir (ie), to feel, regret
tobe:
(ie),
(i),
irr.,
259
serrar
servir
to
saw
(ie),
to serve
to be un-
sobre(e)ntenderse
derstood
substraer:
see sustraer
sobreponer, to put above, add:

irr.,
265
sobresalir, to rise above, surpass:

irr., 274 sobresembrar
subtender (ie), to subtend subvenir,to aid, give a subvention: irr., 264 subvertir (ie), to subvert
sugerir
(ie),
to suggest
irr.,
(ie),
to
sow over
superponer, to superimpose:
again
sobresolar (ue),
to
265
pave again,
supervenir,
to
supervene:
irr.,
put on new sole
264
276

irr.,
suponer, to suppose:
sustituir, to substitute:
265 256
irr.,
trasponer,
to
se,
yond
irr.,
transpose,
to
set
go
be-
(of
sun)
sustraer, to subtract:
277;
265
242,
2
to ring, peal, touch: 242, 2
trastrocar (ue), to change about,
invert order: 240, 1; 246, 1

taller,
trasverter
(ie),
to overflow
temblar (ie), to tremble tender (ie), to stretch tener, to have, hold irr., 258
:
trasvolar (ue),
to
fly
across
or
beyond
travesar
(ie),
to cross
tentar
(ie),
to
feel,
try
trocar (ue), to exchange, barter:

240, 1; 246, 1
tefiir (i),
to tinge, dye, stain: 242,
2;
252, 3
tronar (ue), to thimder

tropezar
(ie),
torcer (ue), to twist, bend: 241, 1;
to stiunble: 240, 4;
246, 4
tostar (ue), to toast
traducir, to translate:
irr.,
246,3
278;
valer, to
255, a;
242,2
242, 2
venir, to
traer, to bring: irr., 277;
transcender: see trascender

transferir (ie), to transfer
be worth: irr., 273 come: irr., 264 ventar (ie), to blow ver, to see: irr., 279 verter (ie), to pour, shed
(i),
transfregar:
see trasfregar
vestir
to dress, clothe
fly, rise,
transponer: see trasponer
volar (ue), to
246, 1
blow up
240, 1;
trascender
(ie),
to transcend
volcar (ue), to overturn:
trascolar (ue), to filter through
trascordarse (ue), to forget

trasegar
(ie),
volver (ue), to return,

p.p. irr., 245,
come back:
to
to
upset,
decant:
240,
240, 2; 246, 2
trasfregar
(ie),
rub:
2;
lie: irr., 281 yuxtaponer, to put in juxtaposi-
yacer, to
246,2
trasofr,
tion: irr.,
265
to
misunderstand,
irr.,
hear
za(m)bullirse, to dive: 242, 2
imperfectly:
276
trasoiiar (ue), to
dream
zaherir
(ie),
to reproach, censure
283.
REFERENCE LIST OF VERBS

Taking a Direct
Infinitive Object, or
Requiring a Preposition
Infinitive.
Before a Subordinate
If the principal verb is followed by a direct infinitive object, without the interposition of a preposition, this fact is indicated by a dash querer -, to wish to. (-) placed after the principal verb, thus If a preposition is required before the subordinate infinitive, the
:
preposition
If the
is
given after the principal verb, thus: empezar a,

to.
to
begin
to; tratar de, to try
be used instead of a subordinate infinitive, this continuar a or ger. After many verbs in the list, the infinitive is used only when the principal and the subordinate verbs have the same subject. This is gerund
fact is indicated thus:
may
true of verbs of affirming, denying, believing, doubting, knowing, etc.

(afirmar, asegurar, confesar, creer, dudar, negar, reconocer,
saber,
sostener, etc.), verbs of willing or wishing (anhelar, desear, querer,

etc.),
and verbs that express

etc.).
feeling or emotion (alegrarse de, sentir,
temer,
The
an
(e.g.,
fficil,
infinitive is
list does not include verbs and expressions with which used only as subject of the sentence, such as importar me importa hacerlo), ocurrir (e.g., se me ocurre hacerlo), ser necesario, etc. (e.g., es facil hacerlo), tocar (e.g., me toca ha-
following
cerlo), valer
mas
(e.g.,
vale mfis hacerlo), etc.
Nor
is
reference
made
(e.g.,
to the use of an infinitive subject with such verbs as convenir
me
conviene hacerlo), gustar
(e.g.,
me
gusta hacerlo),
etc.
abandonar
(se) a, to give (oneseK)
acudir a, to go, come, hasten to
up
to
acusar de, to accuse of

finish,
abstenerse de, to refrain from
acabar de, to
por, to
have
just;
adherir(se) a, to stick to
end by
agree to
a, to
afanarse por, to exert oneself to aficionarse a, to become addicted

to
acceder
a, to accede,
acomodarse
conform to
afirmar -, to
aflfirm,
declare
aconsejar -, to advise to
afligirse de, to
acordarse de, to remember
lament agraviarse de, to be grieved at

ajustarse a, to agree to
acostumbrar
-,
to
be used to;
(se)
a,
to
make (become)
alcanzar a, to reach, attain to,

alegrarse de, to be glad to
used to
278
amenazar

-, to threaten to;
consistir en, to consist in
con, to threaten with
conspirar a, to conspire to
anhelar -, to long to animar a, to encourage to aplicarse a, to apply oneself to
consumirse en, to be consumed in contar con, to count on

contentarse con, to content oneself
aprender
a, to
leam
to
with;
de, to be satis-
apresurar(se) a, to hurry, hasten to
fied to
aprovecharse de, to profit by

apurarse per, to exert oneself to arrepentirse de, to repent of
arriesgar con, to risk
aspirar a, to aspire to
continuar a or
(to)
ger.,
to continue
contribuir a, to contribute to
by
convenir(se)
- en
or a, to agree to
asegurar -, to assure, claim to

asustarse de, to be terrified at
atreverse a, to dare to
autorizar a, to authorize to
convidar
a, to invite
to
correr a, to
nm
to
creer -, to believe, think
dar
a, to give to;
se
a,
to give
aventurarse
a, to
venture to
oneself
up
to
avergonzarse de, to be ashamed of ayudar a, to aid, help to

bastar con, to be enough, suffice to
cansar(se) de, to
tire,
deber -, should, ought to; ought to (supposition)

decidir(se)
de,
or a, to decide, deter-
mine to
declarar -, to declare
dedicar(se) a, to dedicate
self)
make
(grow)
(one-
weary of
celebrar -, to be glad to
to
let,
dejar -, to
cesar de, to cease to
de, to leave
allow, permit to;

off,
cease to
comenzar a, to begin, commence to

complacerse en, to take pleasure in comprometer(se) a, to engage (oneself), agree to condenar a, to condemn to condescender a, to condescend to
conducir a, to lead, conduct to
confesar -, to confess
confiar en, to trust,
deleitarse en, to take deUght in
desafiar a, to challenge to
descender
a, to descend to descuidar de, to neglect to
desdeiiar(se)
to
or de, to disdain
desear -, to desire to
desesperar(se) de, to despair of
desistir de, to desist
hope to
from
conformarse
a, to
conform, agree
destinar a, to destine to
to consagrar(se) a, to devote (oneself) to conseguir -, to succeed in consentir en, to consent to
detenerse
a, to
stop to
detenninarse a, to determine to dignarse - or de, to deign to disculpar(se) de, to excuse oneself for
LIST OF VERBS
dispensar de, to excuse from disponer(se) a, to get ready, prefingir -, to
279
pretend to
forzar a, to force to
pare to
disuadir de, to dissuade from
divertirse en, con or ger., to
gozar(se) de, to enjoy;
(se) en,
amuse
hesi-
or ger., to take pleasm-e in
oneself
by
or with
guardarse de, to guard against
dudar
-, to doubt;
en, to
tate to
haber de, to have to habituaT(se) a, to accustom one(self)
echar(se) a, to begin to
elegir -, to choose to
to
hacer
-, to
make, have;
per,
empefiarse en, to insist on empezar a, to begin to encargarse de, to undertake to

ensefiar a, to teach to
to try to
hartarse de, to be sated with

humillar(se) a, to hmnihate (oneself)
to
entrar a, to enter on, begin to entretener(se) a or ger., to entertain oneself
by
or with
enviar a, to send to eqmvocarse en, to be mistaken in
imaginarse -, to imagine impedir -, to prevent, hinder impeler a, to impel to

incitar a, to incite to
escuchar -, to listen to
esforzar(se) a, en, or per, to at-
inclinar a, to induce to;
se
a,
to be inclined to
tempt, endeavor to esmerarse en, to take pains in esperar -, to hope to per, estar para, to be about to; to be inclined to evitar -, to avoid
incomodarse de, to be annoyed at; per, to put oneself out to indignarse de, to be indignant at
inducir a, to induce to
insistir en, to insist
on
inspirar a, to inspire to
excitar a, to excite to
intentar -, to try, attempt
excusar(se)
self)
de, to
excuse
(one-
invitar a, to invite to
ir a,
from
a,
to go to
exhortar
to
to exhort to
jactarse de, to boast of

jurat -, to swear to
justificar(se) de, to justify (oneself) for
exponer(se) a, to expose (oneself)
fastidiar(se)
de,
to
weary,
be
librar de, to free
weary of
fatigar(se) de, to tire, be tired of
felicitar(se)
from
limitar(se) a, to limit (oneself) to
de,
to
congratulate
lograr -, to succeed in
(oneself)
on
fijarse en, to
pay attention to
Uegar
a, to
come
to,
succeed in
280
mandar
a, to

-, to
command, have;
preciarse de, to boast of

preferir -, to prefer to
send to
matarse per, to try hard to meditar en, to meditate upon merecer -, to deserve to meterse a, to midertake to
mezclarse en, to take part in mirar -, to look at, watch morirse per, to be dying to
necesitar -, to need,
preparar(se) a, to prepare,
make
ready to presumir -, to presume to pretender -, to claim, try to

principiar a, to begin to
privar(se)
de, to deprive, be de-
prived of
probar
a, to try to
negar
-, to
deny;
se
want to
a, to de-
proceder a, to proceed to procurar -, to try to

prohibir -, to forbid
cline, refuse to
obligar(se) a, to oblige (oneself) to
obstinarse en, to persist in
ocupar(se) en, to busy (oneself)
prometer -, to promise to proponer -, to propose, purpose to provocar a, to provoke to pugnar per, to strive, struggle to
quedar(se) a, to remain to; en, to agree to; por, to remain
with
odiar -, to hate to
ofrecer(se) -, to offer, promise to;
(se) a, to offer to
to (be
.)
ofr -, to hear
olvidar -, to forget to;

to forget
(se) de,
quejarse de, to complain of querer -, to wish to

rabiar per, to be crazy to
recelarse -, to fear
oponerse a, to be opposed to ordenar -, to order to

pararse
a,
recomendar
to stop to
-, to reconamend to reconocer -, to acknowledge, confess to
parecer -, to seem to
particularizarse en, to specialize in
recordar -, to remember
recrear(se) en or
(oneself)
ger.,
pasar a, to proceed, pass to pensar -, to intend to; en, to think of

.
to divert
by
reducir(se) a, to bring (oneself) to
permitir -, to permit to
rehusar(se) - or a, to refuse to
perseverar en, to persevere in

persistir en, to persist in
renimciar a, to renoxmce resignarse a, to resign oneself,
persuadir(se) a, to persuade (oneself)
submit to
resistirse a, to resist
to
poder poner
-, can,
a, to
may, to be able to
put to;
se
resolver(se), a to resolve, decide
a, to
to
begin to
reventar por, to be bursting to
LIST OF VERBS
saber -, to can
saJir a, to
281
know how, be
{or
sit
able to,
tardar en, to delay, be long in
temer
come) out to
-, to fear to
go
sentarse a, to
ser de, to be
down
to
terminar en, to end by tomar a, to return to;

again
tratar de, to try to
to
sentir -, to regret,
be sorry to
servirse -, to please, be so kind
as to
sobresalir en, to excel in solar -, to be wont, used to
soltar a, to start to
urgir a, to urge to
vacilar en, to hesitate to
valerse de, to avail oneself of
someter(se)
self)
a,
to
submit
(one-
venir a, to
to
come to; come from, have just
de, to
soSar con, to dream of sospechar de, to suspect of sostener -, to maintain, aflfirm

subir a, to go
ver -, to see
volar a, to fly to
up
to
volver a, to return to; again
to
sugerir -, to suggest
GENERAL VOCABULARY
SPANISH-ENGLISH
actual, present, instant,
el
from, abogado, lawyer, attorney. abonar, to credit. a bordo (de), aboard.

a, to, at
;
acudir, to
come
(to),
go
(to),
hasten
to.
acusar, to acknowledge,
el acusativo, accusative.
abril m., April.
abrir 280, to open, a, grandfather, el abuelo, la
ademfis, moreover, besides; de, besides, in addition to. adentro, within, inside.
adi6s, goodbye, farewell,
el adjetivo, adjective.
grandmother;
grandparents.
los
abuelos,
acA, here. acabar, to finish; yaacabe, I
adjunto, -a
la admiracifin,
adj.,
adjunto adv.,
enclosed, herewith.
have
finished,
it's
I'm done; se
acab6,
finished or done;
acaba (acababa) de hablar, he has (had) just spoken; acabd de hablar, he finished
speaking,
el aceite, oil.
exclamation, admiration, wonder; signo de

,
exclamation mark,
aceptar, to accept. acertadamente, accurately.

aclarar, to
adoptar, to adopt. adquerir (ie), to acquire, el adverbio, adverb, las advertencias, instructions. advertir (ie), to note; adviertase, note.
make
clear,
afectisimo,
most
afifection-
la acogida, reception.
ateOy).
af ectuosamente, afifectionately.
aficionado, -a (a), fond (of), afmo: see afectlsimo.
el
acompaiiar, to accompany, go with, come with. aconsejar, to advise. acontecer, to happen. acordarse (ue) de, to remember; si mal no me acuerdo,
if
agente, agent. agitado, -a, agitated, rough {as

the sea).
remember
rightly.
agitar, to shake,
wave,
acostar (ue), to lay down, put to bed; se, to Ue down, go to bed. acostumbrado, -a, (a), used
agosto m., August, agradable, pleasant, agreeable, agradecer, to be grateful for; grateful, agradecido, -a,
obliged, agregar, to add. el agua /., water.
(to),
el
acrdbata, la
acrobat,
la actriz, actress.
at^seq asi^ra
o;^ '(b)
asjBJnsaidB
JOA'BJ
UJB9I o% 'japuajdB
moX
bîbo
ns
aq
*
ca^qBtoaidB
0!j
(ûapnfjs
ua'^joqs
'jedooodB
J95{JOM
iiûaS
pjBq B
SI
'joj
sa
pn
-qrp 'snoiJ'^snpTn *b- 'opBoqdB

a'^T'âdd'B
'ojiiadB
-sfBaiq
((
Suoj 'JOJ a(^T!}add'B ub aA'eq <y\ 'jaoajadB iC^pj'Bq 'jCâoj'Bos 'sBuadB
ÛBA
auTBuXiTui'Bj'aui'BUJns'opTnadB xoq aoigo
p
p p
'iCpoqaui'
SuTq:jjî
-ôd
(soaxioo
ap)
(y\
opB^BdB
Bun3p
'id
'jaoaiBdB pjBoqapis 'jopBJBdB

jBadd'B
IXui
Ma^
*OAanTi
'o^b pp'B O:} 'jTpBUB (juauiasT'jjaAp'B 'oputiuB

'J'â^
ogy
fSurq-jjCir
aounouu'B o(j 'gf'2 JBpunxiB aOTTBApB UT *B- 'opBdlOpUB

aiojaq '-fuoo
op
anb
mo
(pn
'-dajd
'saîiB
(am? m) ajojaq
Smpaoaad 'jouajUB aiojaq paoîd 'b- 'ojsandajtiB

ajoj
-po UOSJi
JOJ
-JTI
-oq aoB^d
(y\
'992 jauodajuB
(avoid ui) ajojaq 'a^TiB
AHVinavooA ivna
284
trunk). la arroba,

pack
(o
arreglar, to arrange,
bastardllla: la letra
la bateria
el batU, el
italics,
de
cocina,
cooking
25 pounds.
utensils,
arrojar, to throw, cast; arroja un saldo a mi favor, there

is
trunk.
a balance in
my
favor,
bautismo, baptism; nombre de given or Christian name. ,
el articulo, article,
el artista, la
besar, to kiss,
la biblioteca, Ubrary.
la bicicleta, bicycle.
artist.
asar, to roast.
ascender
el
(ie) a,
to
amount
to.
bien, well; o bien
o, either
ascensor, lift, elevator. asegurar, to assure, insure. como, as well as. asf, thus;
... or.
el billete, ticket,
el asiento, seat.
asistir,
note; de ida y vuelta, round-trip ticket; sencillo, one-way ticket,
el
to be present
(at), at-
tend.
asustar, to frighten. la atencidn, attention. atento, -a, devoted, courteous. atravesar (ie), to cross, pass
el
el
la
la
el
through. aiimentar, to increase. aun, even; afin, still, yet. aunque, although, even if. autom6vil, motor car, automobile, autor, la a, author, avena, oats. ayer, yesterday. azotea, flat roof, azficar, sugar.
bizcocho, biscuit, " cracker." bianco, -a, white, la blusa, blouse, la boda, marriage, el boletero (<Spon. Am.), ticket agent. el boleto (Span. Am.), ticket. la bolsa, purse, pocket,
el bolsillo, p>ocket.
la
bondad, kindness, goodness,

bonito, -a, pretty.
borrar, to erase,
el
borrdn, blot,
la bota, boot,
high shoe; montar, riding boot,
de
la botella, bottle,
el botdn, button, el brasero, brazier, el Brasil, Brazil,
el brazo,
azul, blue.
la
azumbre, two quarts.
arm.
B
bajar(se), to aUght, descend.
breve, short. bueno, -a, good; estar

el
to
bajo, -a, low. el balc6n, balcony,
be well. buque, boat,
vessel,
banco, bench, bank, el banquero, banker. baflarse, to bathe, take a bath, el bafio, bath, bathtub. barato, -a, cheap. el barrio, ward, psul; (of a city). bastante adj., enough; adv., enough, rather.
el
burlarse de, to
make fun
of,
mock.
buscar, to seek, look for;
ir
to go
and
get.
la butaca,
easy chair, seat (in " orchestra " or " dress circle "
of theater).
el
buz6n, letter box.
pajJJBUI 'b- 'op'BSBO

'ê U9 faraoq V [asnoq-Smpa'Boq 'S9p -adsanq op faoô !^sod fasnoq bsbo *S03XI03 ap
auioq
aot
'q
3u
^JTP<
J8!J!J9|
*B;JB0 Bl
ja-ûadrBo 'ojajmireo
p
^Baq
9m|0J'BQ 'BunojBO 9Aisu8dxa 'jâp *b- 'ojbo

*
uo'^'^nra
ap aiUBO
BOBA ap
'ojaxuBO jaaq *(saj ap) fqsag '^Baut 'aiuBO Bi saiJBqQ 'soiJBO

fda9t[9
aajgoo 'a
sX'Bp 0^
o^
's
jaoBq
'âd
fuoT'joajjB
o'^
'oguBO
'jbSjbo
pBO^ 'aSjBqo
jô'E^ o(^
lauo qoi
*ap jaoajBO
qBoojBqo
i flBoo
*BjpaTd ap
'Bijaj
ap
aojoj 'ja'ô'Bj'Bqo
lupqjBO *japfjbo
p p
'B^
xoq
^BfBO
aOBJ *BJBO
jQ'^d'Bqo 'opiîdBO
UTB'^d'BO
aq B
'npidBO
p p
B^
fpauTBiû
iC-jpcdBO
î 'jo%WBO Xiî'^trenb '(nmouTB *pBpt;ireo
aaSuTs *B
'pBppBdBO
9^J
fo)
p
'b^
-pu
*Bni
'JJ
MOJO 'SmS 0% 'jBJtTBO maod 'Suos 'jbjitbo pajT^ 'B- 'OpBSUBD
9SZ
AHvinavooA ^vHa
286
el
centimo, centime {100

1 peseta),
=
la
Col6n, Colianbus.
el color, color,
el centre, center.
cepillar, to brush,
el cepillo,
brush; de dientes, toothbrush. cerca adv., near; de pre-p., near, nearly, about, la ceremonia, ceremony,
el
comedia, play, comedy, comedor, dining room, comer, to eat, dine; dar de
to feed,
comercio, commerce, business, cometa, comet, la comida, (prepared) food, meal,

el el
la cerilla,
wax match.
dinner,
las comillas, quotation la
cerrar (ie), to close, shut, bruig {an account) up to. certificar, to register (a letter, package, etc.). ciego, -a, blind, el cielo, sky. el cinematografo (" cine "), moving pictures, "movies." circunscrito, -a, limited, circumscribed.
citar, to quote,
marks. como, as, about; ic6mo? how? c6moda, chest of drawers,

"chiffonier."
la
comodidad, convenience, comodo, -a, comfortable, convenient,
la compaflia,
company,
la comparaci6n, comparison,
el
la ciudad, city,
mention, Garge) town,

el
compartimiento, compartment. complementario, -a, {iised as)

object.
la claridad, clearness.
claro, -a, clear, bright, la clase, class,
complemento, complement, object.
de
kind,
classroom;
class.
espafiol,
Spanish
cl&sico, -a, classic,
la clausula, clause,
el clima, climate.
cobrar, to collect (a biU), cash

(a check).
completar, to complete, completo, -a, complete, componer 265, to compose; se de, to be composed of. la compra, purchase, comprar, to buy.
comprender,
include,
el
to
comprehend,
copper. cocer (ue), to bake, boil {food). la cocina, kitchen, cooking; modem iron econ6mica,
el cobre,
compromise, engagement, compuesto, -a {p.p. of componer), compound,

con, with.
kitchen range.
el cocinero, la
el coche,
cook. coach; cama ( dormitorio), sleepcomedor, dining ing car; , to car; ir (pasearse) en
a,
carriage,
drive,
conceder, to give, offer, concertar (ie), to agree, la concordancia, agreement. concordar (ue), to agree, concrete, -a, concrete, la cenf onnidad, conformity, approval. cengelarse, to freeze, la cenjugaci6n, conjugation,
coger, to catch.
la coIecci6n, collection,
la colocaci6n, position,
colocar, to place.
conmige, with me.
GENERAL VOCABULARY
to know, be acquainted with, make the acquaintance of, meet. acquaintla el conocido, a,
287
conocer,
el
cortaplumas, (pen)knife.
cortar, to cut.
la Corte, Court. cortes, polite, courteous,

corto, -a, short,
la cosa,
ance.
conservar, to retain, keep. consigo, with himself, herself,

etc.
thing,
of,
matter ;
de,
conslstir en, to consist of.
about. costar (ue), to cost. crecer, to grow,

el credito, credit.
matter
la consonante, consonant.
constante,
consistent,
regu-
larly recurring.
la construcci6n,
order {of words in a sentence). construir, to build, make, construe, use (with). contado: al , for cash. contar (ue), to count; con, to count on, be assured
jya lo ; creo! I should say so ! [ant. el criado, la a, (domestic) serv-
creer, to believe, think
la crisis, crisis.
Crist6bal, Christopher,
critico, -a, critical,
el
cuademo, notebook,
book, cuadrado,
square;
exercise
el
cuadrado,
{that).
contestar, to answer,
el contexto, context.
-a, square, el cuadro, picture. cual, which; el

(las)
contigo, with thee,

la continuacidn, continuation.
(la, lo)
los
es,
who
(whom),
continuar 243, to continue. contra, against; per , against you (your account). contradicho, -a, contradicted,
la cualidad,
which; cual interrog., which, quaUty. cual(es)quier(a), any(one) at all, whatever. cuando, when; cuiindo interrog.,
offset.
contrario, contrary; al
el
when,
por
cuanto, -a,
on the contrary, on
en
all
a,
who, all that; with regard to;

interrog.,
the other hand. conveniente, suitable, well. convenir 264, to be proper, la corbata, cravat, (neck) tie. cordialmente, cordially, el corral, yard. correctamente, correctly. el correo, mail; casa de s, post
cuinto,
-a
how
(many). la cuarta (= J vara), 8 inches,

el cuartillo, pint. el cuarto,
much
room; bathroom.
deck
{of
de
baflo,
cubico, -a, cubic,

la cubierta,
a ship).
office.
correr, to run.
cubierto, p.p. of cubrir. cubrir 280, to cover,
corresponder, repay.
corriente,
to
correspond,
la cuchara, spoon,
la cucharadita, teaspoonful.
la cucharita, teasp>oon.
el cuchillo, knife,
cvurent,
present
(month), instant, usual, of every day.
el cuello,
neck, collar.
288

a
la cuenta, account, bill;
on
el
debil,
weak,
account, el cuero, hide, leather, , I am el cuidado, care; tango 1 look careful; itenga Vd. do not , out! pierda Vd. worry. , it la culpa, fault; no es vaia. la
decimetro, decimeter,
decir 267, to say, tell; querer , to mean,
el dedal,
is
not
,
my
fault;
Vd. tiene la
it is
your
fault.
cultivar, to cultivate, grow.
ocho alios, cumplir, to fulfil; to be eight years old. el cura, parish priest, el oiTso, school or college year,
cuyo, -a, whose.
thimble. deducir, to deduce, definido, -a, definite, dejar, to let, allow; de, to stop; no de, not to fail to. delante de, before. dem&s, rest, others; per lo f otherwise. demostrativo, -a, demonstra-
tive.
el
departamento,
department,
compartment,
el
Ch
chaleco, waistcoat, vest. overshoe, rubber el chanclo,
el
dependiente, clerk. derecho, -a adj.,

(ahead).
straight,
right; derecho adv., straight
"golosh." la chaqueta, boy's coat, jacket, el cheque, check, draft.

chico, -a, small, httle.
el
desagradable, impleasant, disagreeable.
desaparecer, to disappear, desatar, to untie.

desajTimar, to breakfast.
el desajruno, (early) breakfast.
chicharo (Span. Am.), pea.

chileno, -a, Chilean,
la chimenea, fireplace,
el chocolate, chocolate.
el
da, gives.
dado que, granted

dar 263, to
face;
it is
that.
give;
a,
to
descansar, to rest. descanso, rest. descoser, to rip. descubrir 280, to discover, el descuento, discount. desde, since, from; que, from the time when, since;
striking one (two) ;
da la tma (dan las dos), de
comer, to feed;
to
el dativo,
a conocer,
make known,
dative.
de, of, from, by, than. debajo de, below, vmder.
deber, to owe, must; debiera, should, ought to; debe,

debit;
luego, at once, desear, to desire, el deseo, desire, wish, la desinencia, ending. desocupado, -a, unoccupied, el despacho, office. despedirse (i), to take leave, despertarse (ie), to wake up,
de, must
;
awaken,
despues, afterwards, since; de, que, after. detaUar, to itemize, detr&s de, behind.
{accord-
ing to opinion) esto se debe a que, this is due to the fact

that.
GENERAL VOCABULARY
ddia, day; buenos
daily.
diario, -a, daily.
el
289
s,
good
day, good morning; al
el dril,
duck
(cloth),
la
duda, doubt. dudar, to doubt, duefio, owner.

durante, during. durar, to last, endure. duro, -a, hard; el dure, dollar
(in gold or silver).
diciembre m., December, dicho (p.p. of decir), said;
major
rather,
el diente, tooth,
la dieta, diet.
diferente, different.
dificil, difficult,
>,
e, and.
hard,
la dificultad, difficulty,
el digito, digit, el dinero,
money,
el
diploma, diploma,
echar, to throw, cast, put, pour; en el buzdn, al correo, to post; una gallina est& echada, a hen is sitting.
la direcci6n, direction, address,

el director, la
la edicidn, edition.
el edificio, building.
a, director, prin-
cipal,
dirigir,
se to direct, address; (a), to make one's way (to),

(to).
editorial, publishing.
efectivo: hacer
go
, to cash (a check for someone). efectuar 243, to effect, make,
dispensar, to give, grant, excuse,

la distancia, distance.
la ejecucidn, execution, progress.
ejecutar, to execute,
order).
el
el
fill
{an
distinto, -a, several, distinct,
divertir (ie), to
amuse;
enjoy oneself;
enjoy.
dividir, to divide,
se
se, to
ejemplar, copy {of a book, etc.). ejemplo, example, instance,

electrico, -a, electric.
con, to
el ejercicio, exercise.
doblar, to comer).
el dfilar,
double,
turn
(a
embalar, to pack. Emilia, Emily.
empaquetar, to pack.
la docena, dozen,
empezar
U. S. A.).
(ie),
to begin.
doUar
{of
el dolor, pain,
sorrow; beza, headache,
de ca-
el
emplear, to use, employ, empleo, employment, use.

en, in, into, on.
enclitico, -a, enclitic,
el domicilio, residence, el
attached
domingo, Sunday.
don
(dofia),
Mr. (Mrs.).
interrog.,
donde, where; d6nde where,

dormir, to sleep;
sleep,
el dormitorio, el dorso,
se, to
go to
el
to a preceding word. encoger(se), to shrink. encontrar (ue), to meet, encounter. encuademar, to bind. endosar, to endorse.
bedroom,
{of check).
enemigo, la
a,
enemy.
back
dos, two; los

la dosis, dose.
both,
enero, m., January. enfadarse, to get angry.

enf&tico, -a, emphatic.
290
la

la espuela, spur. la esquina, corner; las cuatro
enfermedad, illness. enfermo, -a, ill, sick; el enf ermo, la a, the patient.
s,
{game
of) puss-in-a^corner.
enfrente de, in front

engailar, to deceive.
of, before.
la estacidn, season, station,

el estado, state;
enjugar, to wipe, dry. el enlace, union, marriage. enojarse, to get angry; enojado con, angry with. Enrique, Henry. la ensalada, salad. en segiuda: see seguida.
enseflar, to teach, show.
la
Estados Unidos, United States. estad(o)unidense, of the United Staties, American, estampilla, stamp.
estar 260, to be.
el este, east.
entender
(ie),
to understand.
entero, -a, entire.
entonces, then.
la entrada, entrance, admission.
estimable, esteemed. estrechar, to press, clasp. estrenar, to jjerform or give (a play, etc.) for the first time, el estribor, starboard (= right). estudiar 243, to study,
la estufa, stove.
etc.
entrar en (o a), to enter (into),
go
(into),
come
(into).
etcetera,
clothes,
entre, between,
among.
la etiqueta, etiquette; traje
entregar, to hand, deliver. enviar 243, to send.

el
evening
suit.
de f "dress"
enô, shipment
{of goods).
evitar, to avoid.
equivalente, equivalent. equivaler 273, to be equivalent.
exacto, -a, exact, correct. excelente, excellent. ezcepto, except.
equivocarse, to be mistaken. errar (ye-) 247, 1, to err, la escalera, stairs, stairway. escoger, to choose, select. escribir 280, to write.
escrito
{irr.
exceptuar 243, to except. excusar, to excuse.

exigir, to
demand,
insist on.
la expedicidn, sending, shipping.
explicar, to explain.
p.p.
of escribir),
expreso, -a, express.

el extracto, extract,
written.
el escritorio, writing desk.
summary.
escuchai, to listen.
la escuela, school,
el espacio, space.
fficil,
F
easy,
bill.
la factura,
Espafla/., Spain.
el espaiiol,
la
lafalta, lack, mistake;

a,
Spaniard;
espaflol,
me
hace
I lack, need,
Spanish
woman;
faltar, to lack; le falta,
ola, Spanish.
poco
el espejo, mirror, looking-glass,
para cayera, he almost

faltd
he lacks; que se
fell,
la espera, expectation.
la familia, family, la fanega,
esperar, to hope, wait, espeso, -a, thick.

el esposo, la
IJ
to.,
bushels;
de
tierra, 1| acres.
a,
husband, wife.
febrero
February.
GENERAL VOCABULARY
la fecha, date.
f echar,
291
to date.
la galeria, gallery,
Felipe, Philip.
happy. femenino, -a, feminine. feo, -a, homely, ugly. Fernando, Ferdinand,
feliz,
balcony, veranda. la gallina, hen. el ganadero, cattle raiser, stock-
man.
ganar, to earn, win. ganas: tengo de, I long
el f errocarril, railway,
la fiebre, fever,
el fieltro, felt.
to.
el gas, gas.
figurarse, to seem, app>ear.
fijamente, with certainty,

la fila, row. la firma, signature.
el
el gatito, la
gastar, to spend, use up, take, a, kitten.
genero, gender, goods.
firmar, to sign.
flexible, soft, flexible,
el genitivo, genitive.
la gente, people. la geografia, geography.

girar, to revolve.
el giro,
la flor, flower,
el
fog6n, fireplace fonetico, -a, phonetic. formular, to formulate,
order,
draft;
postal,
post-office
money
order,
el f6sforo, el frac,
match, evening coat,
gordo, -a, stout, fat.
"dress"
la gorra, cap.
coat.
elfrances, la francesa, Frenchman, French woman; fiances, -esa, French. Francisco, Francis; a, Fran-
thank you. grado, degree. grafico, -a, graphic, written, la gramitica, granamar.
gracias, thanks,
el
el
gramo, gramme.
grande, large, big, great, grano, grain.
grato, -a, pleasing, kind,
franco (-a) de porte, postage prepaid. la frase, phrase, sentence, la frazada, blanket. fregar (ie), to scour {pots, etc.), scrub {floors). el frente, front; la , forehead.
fresco, -a, fresh, cool,
el frio, cold;
el
griego, -a, Greek,
hace
cold,
frito,
tengo
it is
grueso, bulk, thickness; grueso, -a, bulky, thick. el guante, glove. guardar, to keep; cama, to stay in bed.
el
am
cold;
la
guayaba, guava.
guide,
cold; frio, -a,
la guerra, war.
el guia, el gxiisante,
-a
{irr.
p.p. ofbeic), fried.
pea.
la(s) fruta(s), fruit.
guisar, to cook.
fuerte, strong,
la f imci6n, performance.
gustar, to please;
like,
me
gusta, I
funda (de almohada),

case.
(pillow)
el gusto,
taste,
buen
taste.
pleasure; tener to have (a) good
future, -a, futiu*e.
292

el
la
Habana, Havana. haber 257, to have, there

be; hay, there
is
el
.
. .
la
(are);
hay
el
hombre, man. hondo, -a, deep, hongo, "derby" hat, "bowler." hora, hour; ique es? what time (o'clock) is it? es de,
que, one must; ^que hay? what is the matter? la habitacidn, suite of rooms,
it is
time to
(for),
homo, oven,
hoy, to-day.
room,
habitante, inhabitant. hablar, to speak. el hacendado, planter, farmer, hacer 266, to do, make; frio (calor), to be cold, el haul, to pack (warm) ; ejercicio, to the trunk;
el
la huerta, garden,
el
el
huesped, la huespeda, guest; casa de es, boarding house, huevo, egg.
huir, to flee,
el
hule {Mex.), rubber.
take exercise; hace echo dias, a week ago; higame Vd. el

favor de, please. la hacienda, large farm, plantation,
el
identificar, to identify,
el
idioma, language,
igual, equal.
la iglesia, church.
igualmente, equally.
axe.
ilustrar, to illustrate,
hacha /.,
I
hallar, to find;
me hallo mejor,
am better.
/.,
d hambre
hay:
see
hunger; tengo
que, imtil. haber. la hectdrea, hectare (= aboÛ 2\

acres).
I am himgry. hasta, till, to;
imperative, imperative. imperfecto, -a, imperfect. implicar, to imply, denote, la importancia, importance. importante, important. importar, to be important,
el
amount
el
to.
el el
hecho, act, fact.
henoano, la a, brother, hermoso, -a, handsome.

hervir
(ie),
sister,
to boil,
importe, amount, cost, los impresos, printed matter. inclinarse, to bow, be inclined. incluir, to include. el inconveniente, impropriety; si
el hierro, iron. el hijo, la
daughter; los hijos, children (= sons and

a, son,
Vd. tiene en hacerlo, if you have any objection to doing so.

indefinido, -a, indefinite.
indicar, to point out, indicate,
el indicative, indicative.
daughters).
el hilo, thread; (fine)
Unen.
hipotetico, -a, hypothetic.
hlspanoamericano,-a, SpanishAmerican,
la historia, history, story.
hist6rico, -a, historic (al).
indio, -a, Indian,

el
individuo, individual,
infinito, -a, infinite.
member,
el infinitivo, infinitive.
hizo, pret. of hacer.

la hoja, leaf.
la inflexi6n, inflection,
Inglaterra/., England.
GENERAL VOCABULARY
el ingles, la inglesa,
293
Englishman,
ingles, -esa,
labrar, to
el lado, side,
till,
Englishwoman;
English. inmortal, immortal.

instruir, to instruct.
el ladrUlo, brick, el lago, lake,
la limpara,
lamp,
inteligente, intelligent.
la lana, wool;
de
woolen,
interesante, interesting.
interrogativo, -a, interrogative.
el lapiz, pencil.
largo, -a, long,

la listima, pity; es (una)
Ultimo, -a, intimate. invertido, -a, inverted,

el
it is
a
el
pity, it is too bad.

la
inviemo, winter,
invitar, to invite.
ir
lastimar, to hurt,
la invitaci6n, invitation.
lavandero,
â,
laundry-
creciendo, 261, to go; to be growing. Isabel, Elizabeth, Isabel.

Italia/., Italy.
man, laimdress.
lavar, to wash,
la leccidn, lesson, la lectura, reading,
la leche, milk,
la lechuga, lettuce.
leer, to read,
left.
italiano, -a, ItaUan.
izquierdo, -a,
la legua, league (= about
miles
or
el el
el el
kilometers).
el
jab6n, soap. Jap6n, Japan. jardin, flower garden. jarro, jug, "pitcher." Juan, John. Juanito, Johnny, jueves, Thursday. jugar 249, to play; pelota, to play ball.
Julio m., July.
la legimibre, vegetable. la lengua, tongue, language,
la lefLa, firewood.
Le6n
m.,
Leon
{ancient kingthe king-
dom, now a part of
dom
of Spain).
la letra la
de cambio,
bill
of
se,
ex-
change.
levantar,
rise,
to raise; get up.
to
junio m., June. juntar, to join, la juventud, youth.
la levita, coat. la libra,
pound.
bookstore;
la libreria,
seller (s).
gen-
K
el kilo: see
eral, publisher(s)
and book-
el
el
kilogramo. kilogramo, kilogramme (= 1,000 grammes or about 2 pounds). kil6metro, kilometer (= | English mile).
ellibro,
book; de lectxira, reading book, reader, ligero, -a, Hght; swift.

limpiar, to clean,
limpio, -a, clean.
Undo, -a, pretty. lalinea, Une; en straight line.

farmer, farm
la lista,
list, bill
recta, in
el labrador, (small)
liquido, -a, Uquid.
laborer,
farm "hand."
of fare.
294
la litera, berth.

send; hacer alguna cosa, to have something done,
el
la literatura, literature.
el litro, liter (o little
more than a
quart).
la
mando, command, manera, manner; de

as,
que, so
lograr, to succeed (in).

la lona, canvas, la longitud, length.
so that.
la
luego, soon, then;
farewell , soon as; hasta , at for a while; desde
que,
la
manga, sleeve, manif estacidn, statement,

manif estar
(ie),
as
la
to manifest,
inform, advise,
once, el lugar, place, position; tener to take place. Luis, Lewis, Louis, el lujo, luxury; de
elegant,
la
mano, hand. manso, -a, gentle, tame,

manta, blanket, manteca, lard, Spain)
mantel, tablecloth,
la
la
butter
(in
de
luxe,
el
la manteqiulla, butter (in
Span.
lumbre,
fire.
la luna,
moon; hay (hace)

is
the
la
Am.), sweetened cake (in Spain).
butter-
moon
el
shining,
manzana, apple,
in
lunes,
Monday,
la mafiana,
la luz, Ught.
LI
llamar, to call, knock, ring (the door bell); me llamo, name is; ic6mo se llama Vd.?
el el
morning; per la morning; adv., tomorrow; pasado ^ the day after to-morrow,
the
my
what
is
your name?
come.
wear.
el
la llave, key.
llegar, to arrive,
mapa, map. mar, or la , sea. marcar, to mark, marearse, to become seasick. Maria, Mary. marido, husband,
lleno, -a, full.

llevar, to carry, bring,
llorar, to
el el
marinero, sailor, martes, Tuesday.
weep, cry.
llover (ue), to rain.
M
la
macho, male, madera, wood

madre, mother,
marzo m., March. mas, but. m&s, more, most, plus; no que, only, no more than, masciilino, -a, mascuhne.
manufacel material, material.
(for
ture, building, etc.).
mayo
m..
May.
la
el
mayor, greater, greatest; older,

oldest (of persons).
la la
maiz, maize, Indian com. mal, badly la maleta, vaUse, (hand)bag. male, -a, bad, poor (= bad);
estar
la
mayoria, majority;
de, most,
la ma]rfiscula, capital letter,
to be
ill.
mamfi,
mamma,
mother.
order,
mandar, to command,
media, stocking, hose, mediante, by means of. la medlcina, medicine, el medico, physician, doctor.
,,
. ,
GENERAL VOCABULARY
la
295
pile,
medida, measure. medio, -a, half. medir (i), to measure.

major, better, best. mencionar, to mention, manor, less, least; youoger, youngest (of persons). menos, less, least, minus; a por lo que, unless; al ,
el
monton, heap,
el
monumento, monmnent, imposing pubUc building,

morir (ue), to moro, Moor,
die.
el
mortal, mortal.
mostrar (ua), to show,

el
el
at least.
menudo: a
el el
el
,
motivo, motive, object, mozo, servant-boy, waiter, muchacho, la â, boy, girl;
los
often,
s,
children,
mercado, market, mes, month. la mesa, table, desk. meter (an), to put
(in or into),
mucbisimo, -a adj., mucblsimo adv., very much. mucbo, -a, much (many), " a adv., much, a lot of";
metrico, -a, metric.
great deal, very; trabaja
el
Mejico) m., Mexico, City of Mexico. miado, fear; tango , I am
Mexico
{or
el
he works hard;
,
me
agrada
it
pleases
me
greatly,
mudo,
-a,
dumb, mute,
frightened.
el
que, while, mientras: long as. miercoles, Wednesday,
mueble, piece of furniture; loa
as
el
s,
fm-niture.
la milla, mile. la
minuscula, small
case letter.
letter,
lower-
minuto, minute, mirar, to look at. mismo, -a, same, self, la mitad, half, middle.
el
muella, wharf, dock, pier, la mujar, woman. multipUcar, to multiply, el mimdo, world. murmurar, to gossip, la musica, music, la mutaciSn, change. muy, very; ... para, too
...to.
in fash-
m/o = mi
la
orden.
moda,
fashion;
da
N
nacer, to be bom. nada, nothing; no . . , not anything. nadar, to swim. nadie, no one, nobody; no . . not , anyone, not
.
ion, fashionable,
el
modo, manner, mode, mood, que, so as, so way; de that; de dos s, in two
ways.
molestar, to trouble,
la molestia, trouble,
el
la
momento, moment; en este at this moment, moneda, coin.
anybody,
la naranja, orange,
la nariz, nose,
la neblina, fog.
monetario, -a, monetary. montar, to ride; a caballo, to ride on horseback; en
necesario, -a, necessary, necesitar (de), to need, la negaci6n, negation.
bicicleta, to ride
a bicycle.
negar
(ie),
to deny.
s . ,
296

ocupado, -a, occupied, busy. ocho, eight; dias, a week, oeste, west. ofender, to offend,
negativo, -a, negative. negro, -a, black.
nevar
ni,
(ie),
to snow.
. . .
el
. .
nor; ni
ni, neither
nor.
el oficial, officer.
nido, ne$t. la nieve, snow. ningtino, -a, no, none;

el
ofrecer, to offer,
el oido, (inner) ear,
hearing.
I
no
off 276, to hear. ojald,
not
el niiio, la
girl;
a,
any. small boy, small
would
that,
wish he
child;
muy
(she, etc.)
el ojo, eye.
would,
very
much
el niquel,
of
child.
la ola,
wave.
nickel (metal). no, no, not.
oler (hue-) 247, 2, to smell, el olfato, sense of smell,

(after
la noche,
at night; por the evening, at night; esta

dark);
night,
evening
el olor, odor, smell.
de
olvidar, to forget; se
I forgot, la olla, pot.
me olvid6,
(en) la
in
to-night,
el
nombre, name, noun.

norteamericano, American,
-a,
omitir, to omit,
(North)
;
la onza, ounce, la 6pera, opera, la oportunidad, opportimity. la oraci6n, prayer, sentence,

el
la noticia,
la
news (item) las s, news; ^cudndo tuvo Vd. de el? when did you hear from him last? novedad, novelty, news; no hay all is well; sin ,
orden, order (= arrangement); la , order (for goods; or a
religious
or military order),
command,
la oreja, ear.
el
without accident,
all right.
noviembre m., November.

nublado, -a, cloudy, overcast. nuevo, -a, new; ique hay de ? what is the news? la nuez, (English) walnut, el nflmero, number. nunca, never.
6rgano, organ,
spelling,
el ore, gold.
la ortografla,
orthog-
raphy.
ortografico, -a, orthographic,
la oruga, caterpillar,
el otoilo,
autumn.
otorgar, to grant.
otro, -a, other, another,
o,
or;
o,
or.
o bien
o,
la oveja, ewe, sheep.
either
la obra,
...
el objeto, object.
work
(of literature, music,
art, etc.).
observar, to observe, la ocasidn, occasion, opportunity, occidental, western. octubre m., October.
Pablo, Paul, padre, father; los pagar, to pay. la pdgina, page, el pago, payment, el pais, country.
el
s,
parents.
GENERAL VOCABULARY
la paja, straw.
el pfijaro, bird. el patio,
297
courtyard,
pit
(inner)
{of theater).
la palabra,
el palco,
word, speech.
(in theater).
box
pdlido, -a, pale.

la
el
el
pampa,
plain, prairie,
pan, bread, pantal6n, trousers,
patronimico, -a: nombre o, family name. la paz, peace. la pechera, (shirt) bosom, front, el pedido, order {of goods). pedir (i), to ask (for), request,
order.
el pafio, cloth,
handkerchief, la papa (Span. Am.), potato, el pap&, papa, father, el papel, paper, el paquete, package, parcel,
el paiLuelo, el par, pair.
Pedro, Peter.
peinar, to comb,
el pelo, hair.
pensar
(ie), to think, intend. pequefio, -a, little, small.
para, for, in order to, to; que, in order that.

el
percibir, to perceive, collect,

el
parang6n, comparison.
parar, to stop. parecer, to appear, stem; ique
perd6n, pardon. perdonar, to pardon, forgive. perezoso, -a, indolent, lazy. perfectamente, perfectly.
perfecto, -a, perfect,
parece a Vd.? what do you think about it? si le parece a Vd., if you think
le
el periodico,
(news)paper.
let.
permanecer, to remain.
permitir, to permit, pero, but.
el perro, la
best.
la pared, wall. la parte, part; la

a,
most; en, per todas everymayor

,
a,
dog.
la persona, person,
la pesa,
s,
where.
participar, to announce,
el participle, participle.
el
weight {with which to weigh objects). pesar, to weigh, fish pescado, being {after
particular, especial, private.
to leave, depart (from), crack, spUt. pasado, -a, past, last (= past). el pasajero, la a, passenger.
partir
(de),
caught). pescar, to fish, el peso, weight, dollar, el petr61eo, coal oil, petrolemn,
"kerosene."
el pez, (Uving) fish, el piano, piano, el pie, foot, leg {of chair, etc.); ir
pasar, to pass,
come
in,
go
{to
the blackboard),
spend
{time).
pasearse, to walk,
pasivo, -a, passive;
la pasta,
drive,
or
ride for pleasure, stroll.
en
a
a, in
to go afoot, walk,
la piedra, stone, la pieza, piece,
the passive (voice).
dough; de guayaba, guava marmalade, la pata, foot {of an animM), paw.

la patata {in Spain), potato.
room,
la pila, baptismal font; el
de name,
nombre
Christian or given
la pildora, pill, la pimienta, pepper.
298
el piso, story, floor;

story;
upper bajo, ground

alto,
floor.
ppdo = prdximo
pasado
(see
la pizarra,
slate,
{slate)
black-
pr6ximo). preceder, to precede,

el precio, price.
board,
el placer, pleasure.
preciso, -a, necessary.

preferir (ie), to prefer,
la pregunta, question.
el
planchar, to iron, el planeta, planet,

la planta, plant, sole {of foot). la plata, silver,
el
pregimtar, to ask (a question). premie, prize.
pl&tano, banana,
la
prenda
de
vestir,
article
of
el plato, plate, dish,
clothing.
la plaza,
el plazo,
public square,
market
preparar, to prepare,
la preposicidn, preposition,
place, la
time limit, pluma, feather, pen;
estilo-
gr&fica, foimtain pen.
la plumafuente, fountain pen.

el
pluscuamperfecto, pluperfect, pobre, poor. poco, -a, Uttle, (pi.) feif, un
presentar, to present, offer, presente, present; con la (carta), herewith, el presidente, president. prestar, to lend, afford, show; pedir (i) prestado, to ask the loan of, borrow; tomar prestado, to borrow; to pay attention,
el preterito, preterite,
de dinero, a Uttle money;

adv., Uttle.
atencidn,
poder 270, to be able, can, no puedo menos de hacerlo, I can't help doing it. el poema, poem, la poesia, poetry, poem,
el polvo, dust;
la primavera, spring.
el
primo, la
a,
hermano,
first
cousin; primo cousin,
principal, main, principal,
s dentifiicos, o
la
para los dientes, toothpowder,

s
principiar 243, to begin, privar, to deprive (of),
ponderal, of weight. poner 265, to put, put on, set, lay (eggs); se, to be-
come, turn. popularmente, popularly.

por, for, by, through, i
el
procurar, producir, el producto, el profesor,

fessor,
probabiUdad, probabiUty. to attempt, try. to produce, create,

la
product, a, teacher, pro-
que? why?
"per";
la profimdidad, depth,
el
programa, program.
prohibir, to forbid, prohibit,
porque, because,
for.
portamonedas, purse, pocketbook.

el
prometer, to promise, pronombre, pronoun.

pronto, soon,
el porte, transportation, postage.
poseer, to possess. posesivo, -a, possessive.

posible, possible.
la propina, tip, gratuity.
propio, -a, proper,
own;
de,
o^
pecuUar
to.
pospuesto, -a, placed after,

los postres, dessert.
pros6dico, -a: vocal stress.
acento
? ,
GENERAL VOCABULARY
pr6zimo, -a, next, approachpasado, last (month), ing;
299
quien (es)quiera, who(m)ever, who(m)soever,

quince, fifteen; dias, a fortnight, two weeks.
el quintal,
publicar, to publish,
la puerta, door.
pues, well, as, well then, for.

la pulgada, inch,
el
hundredweight.
quitar, to take off, take
away,
pulse, pulse.
el
de adpunto, point, period; niiraci6n, exclamation mark;
strike off.
de
interrogacidn,
terrogation
mark;
de
in-
el radical,
stem
-a,
{of
a word).
express
la raiz, root.
promptly, exactly.
el puflo, fist; cuff (0/ sleeve).
ripido,
(train).
rapid,
pure, -a, pure.
la raya, dash,
la raza, race, breed,
el real, " nickel "
{in
Spain = S5
centavos).
Q. B. S.
o Q. S. M. (P.) B. = que besa su mano (sus pies), o que su mano
M.
(P.),
centimes), shilling, " bit " {in
Mexico,
real, royal,
etc.
= J^^
(sus pies) besa.
recibir, to receive,
el recibo, receipt, reception.
Q. E. S. M. = que estrecha su mano. que conj., that, for, than; con-
recitar, to recite,
el
recuerdo, reminder, souvenir;

los
so that, so then.
that,
el
s,
regards.
que rel. pron., (whom), which;

Ids, las)
who
lo,
(la,
who (whom),
which,
ique? what? ia
ipor
?
a,
?
I
why?
^para what, !
el
reducido, -a, low {price). reducir, to reduce. reexpedir, to forward; a , to be forwarded, please forward, referirse, to refer,
reflexivo, -a, reflexive,
what
how!
quebrar (ie), to break; numero quebrado, fraction. quedar(se), to remain; se con alguna cosa, to keep something. quemar, to bum. querer 271, to wish, want; a, to be fond of, like (a person) yo quisiera, I should hke to, I should be glad to; decir, to mean.
regimen, government. regit (i), to govern, take, la regla, rule; por general, as a
rule.
regular,
"fan-."
regular,
ordinary,
reiterar, to reiterate, repeat,

el
relampago, flash of hghtning;

los
s,
lightning,
relampaguear, to Ughten.
religioso, -a, rehgious.
el reloj, clock,
querido, -a, dear, beloved. el queso, cheese. quien, -es, quien, -es interrog., who (whom) ; de quien, whose.
watch; de pared, clock;
de mesa, de bol-
siUo, watch. remediar 243, to help, remedy, remedio, remedy, medicine.
300
el

(ie),
remendar
to mend,
el sfibado,
Saturday,
la
remesa, remittance.
remitir, to remit, send,
la sibana, sheet.
reparar, to repair. repasar, to review,
to repeat, to require, la res, quadruped, {Span.

repetir
(i),
requerir
(ie),
Am.)
cattle.
d resfriado,
el respaldo,
cold (disease).
resfriarse, to catch cold,
back. respecto de, with regard to.

respect;
los
to know, know can; a , namely, to wit; que yo sepa, so far as I know. sabroso, -a, savory; ser , to taste good. sacar, to take out, draw (out), get (a ticket), get (out), hatch, el saco, morning or business coat,
saber 268,
how
to,
el respeto,
"sack"
re-
coat,
s,
el sainete, farce,
gards.
la sal, salt.
la sala,
responder, to answer, la respuesta, answer.

el restaurant, restaurant.
el resto, rest,
room, drawing room; de recibo, reception room,
saldar, to balance, settle (an

accourd).
el saldo,
remainder,
result,
el resultado, result.
resultar,
resiilta
to
become;
it is
salir 274,
balance (of account). to go out, come

la calle, to
m&s
barato,
out, leave, rise (as the sun);
cheaper, el restunen, summary, r6smn6. retirar, to retire, take out. la reverencia, bow.
rico, -a, rich.
el rfo, river.
-^ a
go out into
the street.
saltar, to
jump
(out), skip,
saludar, to salute, bow to. salvo, except. santo, -a, holy, saint,
el sastre, tailor.
rogar (ue), to request.

rojo, -a, red.
la sastreria,
(derived
lor's."
tailor
shop,
" tai-
romance, Romance from Latin). romper, to break, tear.

laropa, clothes;
linen,
la satisfaccidn, satisfaction.
underclothes; de cama, bed

interior,
sea
. .
(pres. subj. of ser):

.
ya
. . .
or.
o,
whether
it
be
secar, to dry.
seco, -a, dry.

la sed,
thirst;
roto, -a, torn.

el rubf,
tengo
am
ruby,
thirsty,
rlistico, -a, rustic;
rdstica,
en o a la vmbound, paper-
la seda, silk.
la seguida, continuation;
en
tal
covered.
next, then, immediately.
seguir
S. S. S.
(i),
go on;
to follow, continue, derecho, to go
= su seguro servidor o su segura servidora, your
straight
ahead;
^que
faithful servant.
sigue Vd.? ting on?
how
are
you
get-
GENERAL VOCABULARY
segfin, according to.
el significado,
301
meaning,
signifi-
segundo, -a, second, seguro, -a, sure; su servidor, your faithful servant. de correo, el seUo, stamp; postal, postage stamp, la semana, week. sentar (ie), to seat, set, fit;
cance,
el signo, sign,
mark.
siguiente, following, next, la silaba, syllable,

la silla, chair, saddle,
el sill6n,
armchair.
simp&tico, -a, likable, pleasant,
se,
to
seat
oneself,
be
charming.
simple, single, simple.
sin,
seated,
sit, sit
down,
el sentido, sense.
without;
sentir (ie), to feel, regret;
me
ertheless.
sine,
siento debil, I feel weak.
embargo, nevbut; no only,

. . .
,
point out, call attention to, show, indicate, gentleman, sir, Mr.; el seiior, Seflor, Lord; la a, lady, madam, Mrs.; los es, gentlemen, ars, gentlemen and ladies, Mr. and Mrs.; mio, my dear sir; muy su a madre de Vd., your
sefialar, to
la sinopsis, synopsis,
el sitio, site, place, el sobre,
r6sum6.
envelope.
sobre prep., on, upon. sobrentenderse, to be imderstood {not expressed).

el
sobrino,
niece,
la
a,
nephew,
el sol, sun,
sunshine; hace
shining.
the
mother,
el seflorito,
sir.
sun
yoimg
la
gentleman,
seilorita,
solo,
is
a, alone.
Master;
lady,
s61o, only,
yoimg
madam.
el
Miss.
la sombrereria, hat shop, hatter's,

el
septiembre m., September.

set 259, to be;
el servidor, la
sombrerero, hatter, dealer in

hats.
being,
el el
el servicio, service,
ora, servant.
sombrero, hat. sonido, sound,

soportar, to endin-e, support.
la servilleta, napkin.
la sopa, soup.
servir
to serve; sirve basbien, it does pretty well; no sirve para nada, it

(i),
tante
is
good for nothing; se, to be pleased {to do something)

;
sirvase Vd., please; to use; de, to serve as.
se de,
sordo, -a, deaf. sorprender, to sm"prise.

el sotano,
basement.
Sevilla,/., Seville,
si, if,
why, indeed,
subido, -a, high. subir, to go up, come up, ascend, climb, el subjxmtivo, subjunctive. subordrnado, -a, subordinate,
si,
yes, indeed.
siempre, always; que, whenever, provided that, la sierra, moimtain range, mountains,
el siglo,
century.
dependent. subrayar, to imderline. subscribir, to subscribe, sign, la subscripci6n, subscription. substantivado, -a, substantive. substituir, to replace.
,;
302
suceder, to happen; con, to be true of. sucesivamente, successively.

sucio, -a, dirty,
la suela, sole (0/ a shoe). el suelo, ground, floor.
la tarjeta, card;
card;
card.
postal, post(al)
visita,
de
visiting
la taza, cup.
el te, tea. el teatro, theater. el techo, roof, ceiling. el
suelto, -a, loose, single.

sufrir, to suffer,
el sujeto, subject,
undergo,
tejamani o tejamanil {Span. Am.), (wooden) shingle,

telefonear, to telephone.
la
suma, sum. sumamente,

ingly,
greatly,
exceed-
la superficie, surface.
beg suponer 265, assume,

suplicar, to
la supresi6n, sion.
{a favor).
to
suppose,
suppression,
omis-
supuesto: por
el sur, south. el surtido,
of course,
supply, stock.
telephone. telegrama, telegram. el teldn, curtain {of theater). el tema, theme, written exercise, composition, temer, to fear. la temperatura, temperature. el templo, temple, church, temprano, early. el tenedor, fork. tener 258, to have; que, to have to, must; tengo frio
el telefono,
el
(calor, suefLo, etc.), I
am
cold
tabaco, tobacco, la tabla, board, plank,

el
la tablilla, tablet, shingle.

tal,
such, such a; con que, provided that; ique tal
(warm, sleepy, etc.); ique tiene Vd.? what is the matter with you? no tengo nada, there is nothing the matter with me.
Teresa, Theresa.
la terminacion, ending.
(sigue)? how are ting on)?

el tamaflo, size.
you
(get-
tambien, also, too. tampoco, neither, nor; no (ni) . , not (nor) either.
. .
el el
tenninar, to end, terminate. tennino, term, expression.
termdmetro, thermometer.
tibio, -a,
el terreno, land.
tan, so. tanto(s), as (so)
lukewarm.
en the que, while; otro same thing; tanto como,

,
. . .
much (many);
both ...
as.
tiempo, time, tense, weather mucho , a long time. la tienda, shop, store, [of scissors, las tijeras, scissors ; unas , a paii
el
la tardanza, delay.
la tinta, ink.
tardar, to delay;
volver,
it
will
no tardara en not be long
tinto, -a,
el tic, la
red {of wine).

a, uncle,
aimt.
before he returns. la tarde, afternoon; por o en la in the afternoon; adv., late.

la tarifa, scale of prices, fare.
el tiro,
throw, pull; caballo de driving horse, draught horse.
la tiza, chalk.
la toalla, towel.
GENERAL VOCABULARY
el tocador, dressing-table, " dress-
303
indie,
vamos
el
(pres.
and
inv-
er."
perat. of ir),
we
go, let us go.
tocar, to touch, play (o vmsical
instrument).
la vara,
todavia, yet,
still.
todo, -a,
day; per
thing;
all,
every;
,
n.,
s Ids
dias,
everyevery
la
altogether.
la
el
tomar, to take, tomo, volume,
la tonelada, ton. la tormenta, storm.

el el
trabajar, to work,
el trabajo,
work.
la
traducir 278, to translate. traer 277, to bring, la tragedia, tragedy. traidor, -era, treacherous.
el traje, suit {of clothes).
vapor, steam, steamboat, yard (= 32 inches). variable, variable, changeable, variaci6n, change, variation, variar 243, to vary; de, to change, vary in. variedad, variety; teatro de es, vaudeville theater, varios, -as, several. vaso, (drinking-)glass. vecino, la a, neighbor, vela, candle, sail, vender, to sell. venir 264, to come; la semana que viene, next week.
la ventana,
window.
tranquilo, -a, calm, tranquil,

el tranvia, street car,
tramway.
tratar de, to try (to), refer (to),

la travesia, passage,
el tren, train,
el trigo,
wheat.
-a,
trigueflo,
dark-complex-
ioned.
triste, sad,
gloomy.
tronar (ue), to thunder. el trueno, thimder.
ver 279, to see; vease, see. el verano, summer. verbigracia {Lot.), for instance, el verbo, verb. la verdad, truth; iao es verdad? o iverdad? isn't it so? Jen verdad que estoy cansadol my, but I'm tired! verdadero, -a, true. verde, green, la verdura, fresh (green) vege^
table.
verificarse, to
be held, occur,
el vestido, dress; los
u, or.
filtimo, -a, last (in
series).
la unidad, unity.
xinir,
to join, unite,
to dress (oneself). la vez, time; tma once; dos , veces, twice; tres veces, three times; a veces, algu(i),
vestirse
s,
clothes,
la universidad, imiversity.
uno, -a, one;

iitil,
nas veces, sometimes; en

de, instead of; otra
s,
some.
usar, to use, wear, wear out.

useful.
de
la vaca,
las
cow;
came de
beef,
el
vacaciones, vacation (s). valer 273, to be worth, valor, worth, courage.
to time; hacer las veces de, to serve as; rara , rarely, el viaje, trip, voyage; de , travehng. el viajero, la a, traveler, passenger (on train).
la vida,
life.
en cuando, from time
again;
304
viejo, -a, old.
el viento, el

mail; dar la , to turn; dar una , to make a turn, revolve,
wind, viemes, Friday.

vigilar, to
watch over, guard,
vulgarmente, vulgarly.
el vigor, vigor,
el
vinagre, vinegar,
y, and.
Y
on.
>
el vino, wine.
la visita, visit.
visitar, to visit, call
ya, already, now, in due time, indeed; ya . . . no, no

.
.
la vista, sight.
longer,
since.
no
more; ya que,
vistoso, -a, bright,

vivir, to
showy,
el
hve.
Z
zaguSn,
vestibule,
vocablo, word, el vocabulario, vocabulary, la vocal, vowel,

el
passage-
way.
la zapateria,
store.
el
shoe
shop,
shoe
el
volumen, volume.
volver (ue) 245, 4, to turn, return; a hacer alguna cosa, to do something again; se, to become.
la voz, voice, word,
la vuelta, tiu*n, return; esti de he has returned, he is back;
zapatero, shoemaker, dealer in shoes, la zapatilla, shpper. el zapato, shoe; de goma (hule), rubber overshoe,
"golosh."
la zarzuela,
operetta,
musical
de correo, by return
comedy.
GENERAL VOCABULARY
ENGLISH-SPANISH
poder (ue). aboard, a bordo (de). about, cerca de, como, cosa de. abundant, abundante; be abundar.
able:
,
be
afterwards, despu^s. again, otra vez; do something volver (ue) a hacer alguna cosa.
against, contra,
,
accept, aceptar.
aged, anciano, -a. , agente agent, el agente; ticket de billetes, boletero {Span. Am.).
accompany, acompanar.
according to, segiin. account, cuenta.
accusative, acusativo. acknowledge, acusar, acquaintance, conocido, -a; make of, conocer. the acquainted: be with, conocer.
agitated, agitado, -a.

""igo:
a week
hace echo
dias.
agree, concertar (ie). agreeable, agradable. agreement, concordancia.

air, el aire.
acre: If s, fanega de tierra. acrobat, el o la acr6bata.

actress, la actriz.
alcove, alcoba. alight, bajar(se).

all,
todo, -a;
novedad;
no hay who,
is well,
that,
add, anadir. address, la direcci6n.

adjective, adjetivo.
admiration, la admiracidn. admission, entrada. adopt, adoptar. adoration, la adoraci6n.
'
cuanto, -a. allow, dejar, permitir. fell, poco falt6 almost, casi; he para que se cayera. alone, solo, -a. already, ya.
also, tambi^n.
advance in
:
anticipado, -a. adverb, adverbio. advertisement, anuncio. advise, aconsejar.

,
affection, carino.
although, aunque. altogether, por todo. always, siempre. American, americano, -a; {of U. S. A.) norteamericano, -a, estadounidense, yanqui.
affectionately,
afectlsimo, -a. afford, prestar.

,
most
afectuosamente;
among, entre. amount, el importe,
tener miedo. after, despu6s de, despu^s que. afternoon, la tarde; in the , en o
afraid:
,
be
la cantidad;
to,
ascender
divertir
(ie) a,
importar.
amuse,
(ie).
and, y, e {before i- or hi-). angry (with), enojado, -a (con);
por la tarde.
become
enojarse, enfadarae.
306

attempt, procurar. attend, asistir. attention, la atenci6n. attorney, abogado.
Anna, Ana. announce, anunciar, participar.

another, otro, -a.
answer
v., contestar, responder; noun, respuesta. any, alguno (algiin), -a; one,
alguien;
August, ageste.
aunt, tia. author, el auter, la autera.
one
(at
all),
cual(es)quiera.
automobile,
el
autem6vil.
anybody, alguien. anything, algo, alguna cosa; not , no nada.
autumn, otone.
avoid, evitar. await, aguardar.
appear,
rarse;
it
aparecer, s to
parecer,
figu-
awaken, despertarse
axe, el hacha,
/.
(ie).
me, me parece,
have an
se
me figura.
appetite, apetito;
for,
B
back
(of chair), respalde, (of check)
apetecer. apple, manzana.
approaching, pr6ximo, -a. approval, la conformidad. approximately, aproximadamente.

April, abril
dorse; be back, estax de vuelta. bad, male, -a; it is too , es (ima)
Idstima.
m.
badly, mal. baggage, el equipaje;

sala
room,
drabe. architect, arquitecto. are {=100 square meters), drea. Argentine, argentine, -a.
el o la
Arab,
de equipaje.
bake, cocer (ue). balance (of account), salde; there

is
in
my
favor, arroja
arid, drido, -a.

arise, levantarse.
saldo a
v.,
mi favor;
(an
un
account),
el bal-
saldar.
arithmetic, aritm^tica. arm, braze,
balcony (before a window),

fiteatre.
c6n; (in theater) galerla o anbald, calve, -a.
armchair,
el sill6n.
aroma,
el
aroma,
arrange, arreglar.
arrive, llegar.
article,
artlcule;
prenda de
manjar.
vestir;
of clothing,
of food, el
artist, el o la artista.
as,
.
como, tan, pues; come.

. .
...
(i),
tan
banana, pMtano. bank, banco, banker, banquero. basement, s6tano, subterrdneo. bath, bane; tub, bane, banadera (Arg.), tina de bane (Mex.); take a , banarse; ^room, cuarte de bafie.
ascend, subir.
rogar (ue); (a question), preguntar; the loan of, pedir prestado. asstire, asegm-ar; be d (that), contar (ue) con (que).
ask
(a favor), pedir
at, a, en.
bathe, banarse. be, estar 260, ser 259. because, perque. become, penerse 265. bed, cama; ^room, see bedroom, bedroom, dormitorie, alcoba (Spain), recdmara (Mex.).
GENERAL VOCABULARY
bottle, botella.
307
beef, la carne de vaca (o de res). before prep. (j)osition), ante, delante de, en frente de; (time)
both, ambos, -as, los o las dos.
bow, reverencia;
to,
v.,
inclinarse;
cajita;
(in
's
antes de; conj., antes que.
saludar a
caja;
little
beg
(a favor), suplicar, pedir.

(ie),
box,
begin, empezar
believe, creer.
principiar.
theater), palco.
behind, detr^ de.

beloved, querido, -a, amado, -a. below, debajo de.
berth, litera, cama. besides, ademds (de). best, mejor. better, mejor; I am mejor.
boy, muchacho; little coat, chaqueta.

brazier, brasero.
Brazil, el Brasil.
nino;
,
bread, el pan. breadth, anchura.
break
,
v.,
quebrar
(ie).
me
hallo
breakfast, (early) desayuno, (late) almuerzo; v., desayunarse, al-
between, entre.
bicycle, bicicleta.
big, grande.
bill,
morzar
(ue).
breed, raza.
cuenta,
factura;
brick, ladrillo.
of
change, letra de cambio;

fare, lista (de platos). bind, encuademar. bird, pdjaro. biscuit, bizcocho, galleta
bitter,
of
ex-
bright,
claro, -a, vistoso, bright-colored, vistoso, -a.
-a;
bring, traer 277, Uevar.
broad, ancho, -a.

brother, hermano;
and
sisters,
{Span.
hermanos.
brush, cepillo;
pillar,
v.,
Am.). amargo, -a.
cepillar o ace-
black, negro, -a. blackboard, pizarra, el pizarr6n.
build, construir.
building, edificio.
blanket, frazada,
blind, ciego, -a.
blot, el borr6n.
manta
(Spain).
blouse, blusa. blue, azul. board, tabla.
boarding-house, casa de hu^pedes.
boat,
boil,
el
buque.
(ie)
;
hervir
bulk, grueso. bulky, grueso, -a. btun, quemar. bushel: 1 s, fanega. business, negocio, comercio. busy, ocupado, -a. but, mas, pero, sino, no sino. butter, mantequilla (Span. Am.), manteca de vaca (Spain).
(food)
cocer
buy, comprar.
by, por, de.
(ue).
book, Hbro. bookstore, libreria.

boot,
bota;
riding
nacer.
(i)
bota de
call
v.,
Uamar;
on,
visitar.
montar.
bom: be
calm, tranquilo, -a.

,
can
v.,
poder 270, (= know how)

el
borrow, pedir
prestado.
prestado, tomar
saber 268.
Canada,
Canada.
308
candle, vela. canvas, lona.

chase, caza. cheap, barato, -a. check, el cheque. cheese, queso. chest of drawers, c6moda.
chiffonnier,
child, nino, -a;
cap, gorra. capacity, la capacidad.
captain, el capitdn.
cuidar; care, cuidado; take take tenga Vd. cuidado; in a casa de; cuidar. careful be tener cuidado.
card, tarjeta; post(al) , tarjeta postal; visiting tarjeta de ,
visita.
of,
,
c6moda. very much of a
muy
and
nino, -a; children (= sons
datighters), hijos.
of,
(en)
for,
Caroline, Carolina. carpenter, carpintero. carriage, el coche. carry, Uevar.

case, caso. cash: for
, al contado; hacer efectivo.
Chilean, chileno, -a. chin, barba. chocolate, el chocolate, choose, escoger. Christian, cristiano, -a;
el
name,
v.,
cobrar,
o de pila. Christopher, Crist6bal. chiurch, iglesia, templo. city, la poblacion, la ciudad. clasp {someone's hand) v., estrechar.
class, la clase;
nombre de bautismo
cast
v.,
arrojar, echar.
Castile, Castilla.
Spanish
^room,
la close;
clase de espanol.
Castilian, castellano, -a.
classic, cldsico, -a.
catalogue, catd,logo. catch v., coger; cold, resfriarse. caterpillar, oruga.
clause, clausula.
clean
v.,
limpiar; adj., limpio, -a.
clear, claro, -a.
cattleraiser, ganadero.
ceiling, techo.
clerk, el dependiente.
climate, el clima.
celebrate, celebrar.
cent, centavo.
climb
close
v.,
subir.
clock, el reloj (de pared),
center, centro.
centime {100
v.,
cerrar
(ie).
1 peseta), c6n-
cloth, pano.
timo. centimeter, centimetro. century, siglo. ceremony, ceremonia. certainty: with , fijamente.
clothes, ropa. cloudy, nublado, -a. coach, el coche. coal, el carb6n de piedra;
oil,
petr61eo.
chair, silla.
coat: frock
chalk, tiza, yeso, el gis (Mex.). change, cambio, la variaci6n.
changeable, variable,
chapter, capltulo. charcoal, el carb6n (de lena). charge v., cargar. Charles, Carlos. charming, simpdtico, -a.
business americana, saco; , evening or dress el frac; , boy's , chaqueta.
levita;
morning or
coffee, el caf6.
coin,
moneda.
{a
cold,
frio,
disease)
resfriado;
it
adj.,
-a; be -, tener frlo;

frio.
is
hace
GENERAL VOCABULARY
collar, cuello.
collect, cobrar, percibir.
309
comer, esquina.
correct, exacto, -a, correcto, -a.
correctly, correctamente.
collection, la colecci6ii.
color, el color.
correspond, corresponder.
cost v., costar (ue). cotton, el algod6n.
Columbus, Col6n,
comb
v.,
peinar.
come, venir
with, acompanar. comedy, comedia; musical

into,
salir;
,
in, 264; entrar en; up, subir;
pasar;
out,
count
v.,
contar (ue);
on, con-
tar con.
coimtry, el pais; (as distinguished
from
:
the city)
campo.
zar-
zuela.
courage, el valor. por supuesto. course of ,
comfortable, c6modo, -a.
court,
la
corte;
(inner)
yard,
,
command
v.,
mandar.
patio.
commerce, comercio. abundar. common: be company, companla.
courteous, cort^s. cousin, primo, -a;
first
prime
hermane, prima hermana.

cover v., cubrir cow, vaca. crack v., partir.
(p.p. cubierte).
comparison, la comparaci6n. compartment, compartimiento, departamento. complete v., completar; adj., complete, -a.
" cracker,"
galleta.
cravat, corbata.
compose, componer 265. composition, el tema. comprehend, comprender.

conditional, condicional.
create, producir.
credit, cr6dite;
crisis, la crisis.
v.,
abenar
critical, critice, -a.
conformity, la conformidad. conjugation, la conjugacidn. consist (of), consistir (en). ed, contain, contener 258; be caber 269. context, contexto. continuation, la continuacidn, seguida. continue, continuar, seguir (i). contrary, contrario, -a; on the
cross
v., v.,
atravesar.
cantar.
crow
cry
v.,
llorar.
cubic, ciibico, -a.

ctiff {of sleeve),
puno.
cultivate, cultivar.
cup, taza. cturent, cerriente.
curtain {of theater), el tel6n.
al contrario, per el contrario. convenience, la comodidad. convenient, c6modo, -a. cook, cocinero, -a; v., guisar, co-
daily adj., diario, -a; adv., al dia,
per dia.
dark, obscure, -a; ioned, trigueno, -a. dash, raya. date, fecha; v., fechar.
dative, dative.
complex^
cinar.
cooking, cocina.
cool, fresco, -a.
copper, el cobre.
copy
a book, etc.), el ejemplar. cordially, cordialmente.

(of
daughter, hija. day, el dia; good
jbuenos diasl
310
rmST SPANISH COURSE

my
deaf, sordo, -a. dear, caro, -a, querido, -a;

Sir,
muy senor
mio.
discount, descuento. discover, descubrir. dish, plato.

distance, distancia.
divide, dividir.
debit, debe.
deceive, enganar.
December, diciembre m.
decimeter, declmetro.
do, hacer 266; it does pretty well, sirve bastante bien.
deck
(of
ship), cubierta.
dock,
defi-
el
muelle.
deep, hondo, -a. definite, determinado,

nido,
doctor, mddico.
-a,
-a
v.,
degree, grado. delay, tardanza;

deliver, entregar.
tardar (en),
demand
v.,
exigir.
demonstrative, demostrativo, -a. deny, negar (ie). depart (from), partir (de). dependent, subordinado, -a. deprive (of), privar. depth, la profundidad. "derby" (hat), hongo. descend, bajar(se).
desire
v.,
dog, perro, -a. dollar, dure (Spain), peso (Span. Am.); (of U.S. A.) el d61ar. domestic servant, criado, -a. door, puerta. dose, la dosis. double v., doblar. doubt, duda; v., dudar. dough, pasta. dozen, docena. draft, giro, el cheque, draught horse, caballo de tiro,
draw
(out), sacar.
dress, vestido;
desear.
suit,
el
traje
desk, escritorio, mesa.

dessert, los postres.
die,
v.,
vestir
(i).
(i);
coat, el frac;
de etiqueta;
oneself, vesel to-
tirse
morir
(ue).
dressing table, "dresser,"

cador.
diet, dieta.
diJBferent, diferente.
difficult, diflcil.
difficulty, la dificultad.
v., ir o pasearse en coche o autom6vil. driving horse, caballo de tiro,
drive
digit, digito.
dry, seco, -a, drido, -a;
v.,
secar.
diligent, aplicado, -a.
duck
(cloth), el dril.
dine, comer.
dining car, el cochecomedor. dining room, el comedor. dinner, comida (principal); have , comer, diploma, el diploma,
dtmib, mudo, -a. during, durante, dust, polvo.
direct
v.,
dirigir.
direction, la direcci6n; -s, advertencias.
each, cada; one, cada uno. ear, oreja; inner , oldo. early adj., temprano, -a; adv.^
temprano.
earn, ganar.
east, el este.
director, el director, la directora.

dirty, sucio, -a.
disagreeable, desagradable. disappear, desaparecer.
easy,
fdcil.
eat, comer.
, ,
GENERAL VOCABULARY
edition, la edici6n.
eflfect v.,
311
noche;
por
frac;
efectuar.
clothes,
en
la
coat, el
el traje
de
eti-
egg, huevo. either ... or, o ... o.

electric, el^ctrico, -a.
queta.
elegant, de lujo, elegante. elevator, el ascensor, el elevador
every (one), todo, -a; day, todos los dias; two days, cada dos dIas. everybody, todo el mundo.
(Mex.). Elizabeth, Isabel. Emily, Emilia.
ever3rthing, todo. ever3rwhere, a, en, por todas par*

tes.
emplojrment, empleo. enclosed adj., adjunto, -a; adv.,
exact, exacto, -a. exactiy {of time), al punto.
ad junto. encounter v., encontrar
(ue).
example, ejemplo. exceedingly, simiamente.

excellent, excelente.
end v., terminar. endorse, endosar. endure, durar, soportar. enemy, enemigo, -a.
engagement, compromise. England, Inglaterra.
English, ingles, -esa.
except, excepto.
exclamation mark, signo de adndraci6n.

v., dispensar, excusar, perdonar. execute, ejecutar. exercise, ejercicio; book, cuaderno; take hacer ejercicio; , written , el tema. expectation, espera. expensive, caro, -a.
excuse
Englishman,
ingl6s;
English-
woman,
iaglesa.
(ie)
enjoy, divertirse
self, divertirse.
con;
one-
enough, bastante. enter (into), entrar (en o
a).
explain, explicar.
entire, entero, -a, integro, -a.
entrance, entrada. envelope, el sobre. equal, igual. equally, iguaknente. equivalent, equivalente; be equivaler 273. erase, borrar. eraser, el borrador, cepillo.
err, errar (ye-).
express, expreso, -a; tren expreso o rdpido.

extract, extracto.
train, el
eye, ojo.
face, cara;
fail:
F
not
v.,
dar
a.
to,
no dejar
your
de.
fair {as price, etc.), regular,
faithful,
S. S. S.
fiel;
servant,
error, el error.
(= su seguro servidor).
especial, particular.
esteemed: highly
estimable,
caer 275. family, familia;

fall v.,
estimado, -a. etc., etc. (= et cetera).

etiquette, etiqueta.
far, lejos;
how
name,
is it?
;
apellido.
farce, el sainete.
fare, tarifa.
^cudnto [hay?
even, aun;
if,
aunque.
dark),
la
evening
(flfter
(before
tarde;
dark) la noche; in the
[hasta luego. adi6s for a while, farm: large hand, , hacienda; laborer, labrador, -ora.
farewell,
312
fanner,
fashion,

el agricultor,
moda; be
in
hacendado. , estar de
follow, seguir
(i)
îng,
siguiente.
(a);
fond
(of),
aficionado,
-a
be
moda.
fashionable, de moda.
fast, aprisa.
of (a person), querer (a) 271. food (prepared), comida.

foot,
el
pie,
(of
an
animal)
gordo, -a. father, padre, papd. fault, culpa; it is not my mfa la culpa; it is your
fat,
no Vd.
, ,
es
pata. for, para, por; conj., porque, que, pues.

forbid, prohibir.
tiene la culpa.
favor, el favor; your 8U apreciable carta.

fear,
(=
forehead, la frente.
letter),
forget,
olvidar;
forgot,
se
me
olvid6.
miedo; v., temer, miedo. feather, pluma. February, febrero. feed, dar de comer.
feel, sentir
(ie);
tener
fork, el tenedor.
fortnight, quince dias.
forward
to
be
reexpedir ed, a
v.,
(i)
please
reexpedir.
weak,
me
siento d6bil.
felt, fieltro.
feminine, femenino, -a. Ferdinand, Fernando.

fever, la fiebre.
fountain pen: see pen. fraction, numero quebrado. Frances, Francisca. Francis, Francisco. freeze, helar (ie), congelarse. French, francos, -esa.
few, a pocos, -as, unos (-as) , cuantos (-as).

field,
fill,
Frenchman,
francos;
French-
woman,
francesa.
fresh, fresco,
dulce.
campo.
llenar;
(an
-a; water (distinguished from salt uiater), agua
order), ejecutar.
find, hallar, encontrar.
finish
v., acabar; I have ed, ed, se acab6; ya acab6; it's he ed speaking, acab6 de
Friday, el viemes.
fried, frito, -a.
friend, amigo, -a.

frighten, asustar.
hablar.
fire,
fuego,
la
lumbre;
^place,
chimenea, (for cooking) g6n; ^wood, lena.
el
fo-
frightened: to be tener miedo. from, de, desde.

front, el frente; in
asustarse,
of,
en frente
fish (living), el pez;
(after
being
de.
fruit, fruta(s).
fulfil,
caught) pescado.
fist,
pufio.
cumplir.
-a.
fit v.,
caer 275, sentar
(ie).
full, lleno,
flee, huir.
flesh, la carne.
flexible, flexible.
floor, piso, suelo;
fun: make of, burlarse de. furnace, homo; central
(to
ground
warm a
,
building),
calorlfero o
piso
estufa central, caldera (= boiler).

furniture, los muebles; piece of
bajo.
flower, la
flor.
el
mueble.
fog, neblina.
future, futuro, -a.
GENERAL VOCABULARY
gallery, galerfa.
313
grammar, gramdtica. gramme, gramo.

grandfather, abuelo. grandmother, abuela. grandparents, abuelos. grant v., conceder, otorgar, dispensar; ed that, dado que. grateful, agradecido, -a; be for, agradecer. great, grande; a deal, mucho; er, mds grande, mayor,
garden, huerta, jardln.

gas, el gas.
gender, g^nero.
genitive, genitivo.
gentle, manso, -a. gentleman, caballero, senor; young , senorito; gentlemen
and
ladies, senores.
(i),
get, conseguir
obtener 258; (= take out), sacar; how are you ting on? iqu6 tal sigue out train, Vd.? etc.), {of
girl,
give,
bajar(se); up, levantarse; go and a buscar. nina. muchacha; dar 263, conceder, dispen perform;
,
greatly,
sumamente.
green, verde. ground, suelo.
grow, crecer; be
cir.
ing,
ir
ere-
ir
ciendo; trans., cultivar, produ*
little
guard
v.,
vigilar.
ear;
(a play),
see
given name, el nombre de bautismo de pila.

glad, contento, -a; be (of), alegrarse (de), celebrar; I should
guava, guayaba. guest, hu6sped, -eda. guide, el o la gufa.
be
to, quisiera.
),
hair (of the head), cabellos

vaso.
pelo.
(pi.),
glass (= drinking
gloomy,
go,
triste.
glove, el guante.
half adj., medio, -a; noun, la mitad; hose, el calcetln.

ir
andar
girse;
262,
afoot, ir
261,
pie;
entrar en; on, continuar, seguir (i); out, salir out into the street, 274; up, subir; salir a la calle; with, acompanar a; and get, ir a buscar; to bed, acostarse (ue); let us , vamos.
into,
in or
diri-
hand, la mano; on the other

el
contrario;
per bag, maleta;

,
v.,
entregar.
gold, ore.
golosh, chanclo. good, bueno, -a; he (it, etc.) is for nothing, no sirve para nada.
handkerchief, panuelo. handsome, hermoso, -a. happy, feliz. hard, dure, -a, dificil; " up," apurado, -a; he works , trabaja mucho. hardly, apenas. haste: make (to), apresurarse
(a).
hat, sombrero.
goodbye, adi6s. goodness, la bondad.

goods, g6nero(8). gossip v., munnurar, chismes. grain, grano.
referir
hatch
v.,
sacar.
hatter,
sombrerero;
la
*s
("hat
shop), sombrererla.
Havana,
have,
Habana.
257, tener 258; to (= must), tener que;
haber
314

husband, esposo, marido.
hypothetic, hipot6tico, -a.
something made or done, mandax hacer alguna cosa. head, cabeza; ache, el dolor de
cabeza. hear, olr 276;
when did you from him? icudndo tuvo Vd.

noticias de 61?
identify, identificar.
if, si.
ill,
enfermo, -a; be
estar male,
hearing, oldo. heat, el calor. hectare, hectdrea

acres).
-a.
illness, la
enfermedad.
(= about
2\
illustrate, ilustrar.
height, altura.
immortal, inmortal, imperative, imperativo, -a.

imperfect, imperfecto, -a. importance, importancia. important, importante; be portar.
help
I
v.,
can't
ayudar, remediar, evitar; doing it, no puedo
menos de hacerlo. hen, gallina; a is sitting, una gallina estd echada. Henry, Enrique.
im-
imposing:
in, en.
public
building,
monumento.
inch, pulgada.
here, aquf, acd. [presente (carta). herewith, adjunto (-a), con la hide, cuero. high, alto, -a (in price)subido, -a.
;
indeed,
include, comprender, incluir. si, si, ya.

definido, -a. Indian, indio, -a;
historic (al), hist6rico, -a.
indefinite, indeterminado, -a, in-
history, historia.
hold v., caber 269; how much does the box ? i cudnto cabe en la caja ? be held, verificarse.
com,
el
mafz.
indicate, indicar.
indicative, indicativo.
holy, santo, -a.
home,
casa, a casa
at
en
,
casa.
indolent, perezoso, -a. industrious, aplicado, -a.

infinite, infinito, -a.
homely, feo, -a. hope v., esperar.

horse, caballo.
infinitive, infinitivo.
inflection, la inflexi6n.
horseman,
el jinete.
inform, manifestar
inhabit, habitar.
(ie).
hose, media.
hot, caliente.
hotel, el hotel,
inhabitant, el o la habitante. ink, tinta.

inn, el hotel, inside, adentro.
insist (on), exigir.
hour, hora. house, casa.
how, como;
interrog.,
c6mo;
(many), cudnto, -a (-os, -as); pretty! iqu6 bonito, -a! htmdredweight, el quintal, himger, el hambre (/.). hungry: be , tenor hambre. hunting, caza; go , ir a caza. hurt v., lastimar.
much
instance, ejemplo. instant adj., actual, corriente.
instead
of,
en vez de.
instruct, instruir.
instructions, advertencias. insure, asegurar.

intelligent, intelligente.
GENERAL VOCABULARY
intend, pensar (ie). interesting, interesante. interrogative, interrogativo, -a. intimate, Intimo, -a.
into, en.
315
knee-breeches, los calzones, los pantalones cortos.

knife, cuchillo.
inverted, invertido, -a. invitation, la invitaci6n.

invite, invitar.
knock v., Uamar. know, saber 268, conocer; so far que yo sepa; how (to), as I ,
saber.
iron, hierro;
Italy, Italia.
v.,
planchar.
lack, falta;
Italian, italiano, -a.
v., f altar;
me
hace
falta.
itemize, detallar.
lady, senora; lake, lago.
me yoimg senorita.
I
,
falta,
jacket, chaqueta. January, enero.
lamp, Idmpara. language, lengua,

lard,
el
idioma.
manteca (de cerdo).
Japan, el Jap6n. John, Juan. Johnny, Juanito.

join, juntar.
large, grande.
last
v., durar; adj., (of a series) ultimo, -a; montib, el (mes)
pr6ximo pasado.
late adv., tarde.
joke, broma.
jug, jarro. July, Julio.
jimip (out), saltar.

just: I
done it, acabo de have spoken, acahe had baba de hablar.

hacerlo;
laimdress, lavandera. Iaundr3mian, lavandero. lawyer, abogado. down, lay (eggs), poner 265; poner, acostar (ue). lazy, perezoso, -a, flojo, -a.
on, keep, guardar, conservar; something, queseguir (i); darse con alguna cosa. kerosene, petr61eo. key, la 11ave.
leaf, hoja. league, legua (= about
miles, or
6 kilometers).
learn, aprender.
least,
lo
menor; at menos.
dejar,
al
menos, per
leather, cuero.
kid, cabritilla.
kilo, see
leave,
kilogramme, kilogramme, kilogramo.

kilometer, kil6metro. kind, la clase, la especie; adj., bondadoso, -a, grate, -a. kindness, la bondad. kiss v., besar. kitchen, cocina; {modem iron) range or stove, cocina econ6mica.
take
intrans.
partir;
to
despedirse.
lecture, conferencia;
left,
room, sala
de conferencias, aula,
izquierdo, -a.
leg, pierna, {of chair, etc.) el pie.
lend, prestar. length, la longitud.

less adj., menor; adv., menos.
lesson, la lecci6n.
let,
dejar,
permitir;
us go,
kitten, gatito, -a.
vamos.
316
letter,

carta;
box,
el
buz6n;
luggage,
el
equipaje.
tibio, -a.
carrier, cartero.
lukewarm,
lettuce, lechuga.
Lewis, Luis,
library, biblioteca.
lie v.,
mentir
(ie)
down, acosadj.,
lunch, almuerzo; v., almorzar (ue). luxe: de , de lujo. luxury, lujo.
tarse (ue).
life,
M
madam,
sefior a;
vida.
my
dear
muy
lift, el
ascensor, el elevador (Mex.).

la luz;
v.,
senora mla.
mail, correo.
light,
alumbrar;
ligero, -a.
lighten, relampaguear.
lightning,
like
reMmpago(s).
,
likable, simpdtico, -a.

v.,
gustar (de); I
I
,
ta;
quisiera.
line,
linea;
linea recta.
linen, hilo;
list, lista.
me gusshould me gustarfa, in a straight en bed ropa de cama.

,
,
main, principal. maize, el malz. make, hacer 266, construir, efeotuar; one's way, dirigirse a.
mamma, mamd.
man,
el
hombre.
(ie).
manifest, manifestar
liquid, Ilquido; adj., liquido, -a.

listen, escuchar.
liter, litre.
maimer, manera, mode. map, el mapa. March, marzo. mark, signo; exclamation punto de admiraci6n; interrogation pimto de interrogaci6n; v., mar-
car, senalar.
literature, Uteratura.
little,
poco, -a; a poco de dinero;
market, mercado;
place, plaza.
money, un
marmalade, pasta.
marriage, boda, el enlace. married, casado, -a. marry, casar, casarse con. Mary, Maria. masctdine, masculino, -a.
(= small) pequeno, -a, chico, -a.
live, vivir.
load
v., cargar. long, largo, -a; be (= delay), tardar en; it will not be before he returns, no tardard en volver; adv., as as, mientras
(que)
no
look
buscar; out! itenga Vd. cuidado! looking-glass, espejo.

(at),
mirar;
er,
Master, (el) sefiorito. [{Mex.).] match, f6sforo, cerilla o cerillo

material, el material.
ya no.
for,
matter: what is the ? iqu6 hay? what is the with you? iqu6 tiene Vd.? nothing is the with me, no tengo nada.
loose, suelto, -a.
May, mayo.
[t6n de.
Lord, Sefior. lose, perder

lot:
(ie)
of,
muchos, -as, un mon-
loud, alto, -a. Louis, Luis, love v., amar. low, bajo, -a;
meal, comida. meaning, significado. measure, medida; v., medir (i). meat, la carne. medicine, medicina, remedio. meet, v., encontrar (ue), conocer.
'
{-price)
reducido, -a.
mend, remendar
(ie).
GENERAL VOCABULARY
mention
v.,
317
mencionar.
move
metric, m^trico, -a. Mexico, Mexico o M6jico; City of

, Mexico, Ciudad de Mexico. middle, medio, la mitad; adj., me-
v., mover (ue). moving pictures (" movies '*)f
ci-
dio, -a.
mile, milla.
milk, la leche.
minus, menos. minute, minuto.

mirror, espejo.
nemat6grafo. Mr., (el) senor; {before given and Mrs. Garcia, names) don; el senor Garcia y su sefiora esposa, los sefiores de Garcia. Mrs., (la) sefiora, (before given names) dofia. much, mucho, -a; very , muchl-
Miss, (la) senorita, dofia. mistake, el error, mistaken: be , equivocarse, estar equivocado, -a.
simo, -a; adv., mucho. multiply, multipUcar.
music, miisica. must, deber, tener que; {according to opinion) deber de; one f
mock
v.,
burlarse de.
at this
mode, modo. moment, momento; este momento. Monday, el limes,

money,
hay que. mute, mudo,

,
-a.
en
mutton, la
came de camero.
monetary, monetario, -a.

dinero; post-oflBce order, giro postal; without apm-ado, -a, sin dinero.
name,
tian
el
nombre; given or Chrisbautismo o , nombre de
month, el mes; last , el (mes) pr6ximo pasado. monimient, monimiento. mood, modo. moon, luna; the is shining, hace
de pila; family namely, a saber.
apellido.
napkin, servilleta. near, cerca; prep., cerca de. nearly, cerca de. necessary, necesario, -a; precise,
-a.
(hay) luna.
neck, cuello;
^tie,
corbata.
Moor, moro, -a. more, mds; no , ya no. moreover, ademda (de). morning, manana; in the por o en la manana; good jbuenos
need
v.,
necesitar (de); I
ne-
cesito (de),
me
hace
falta.
dias!
needle, aguja. negation, la negaci6n. negative, negativo, -a. neighbor, vecino, -a.
neither, tampoco;
.
mortal, mortal.
... nor,
ni
most, mds, la mayor parte (de). mother, madre; your , su sefiora madre de Vd.
ni.
nephew, sobrino.
nest, nido.
motion pictures, cinemat6grafo, "cine" el "cinema."

motive, motive. motor car, el autom6vil. mountains or mountain
sierra.
el
never, nimca, jamds. new, nuevo, -a. item, noticia; news, noticias; what is the ? iqu6 hay de
range,
nuevo? newspaper, peri6dico.
318

office,
next, pr6ximo, -a, siguiente; adv., en seguida. nickel, el nlquel; {money) el real (Spain), medio real (Mexico,
despacho.
officer, el oficial.
often, a
oil, el aceite.
menudo, muchas veces. [^persons), mayor.
Cuba,
etc.).
old, vie jo, -a, anciano, -a;
er (oj
niece, sobrina.
night, la noche; last
to-
anoche;
esta noche.
no, no. no, no one, none, ninguno (ningun), -a. nobody, nadie.
nor, ni.
omission, la onusi6n, la 8upresi6n. on, en, sobre. once, una vez; at , desde luô. only, s61o, solamente, sino, no que.
m^
open
nose, la nariz. not, no; anyone,
no
nadie,
anybody, ninguno (nin-
v., abrir; adj., abierto, -a. opera, 6pera; comic , zarzuela. opportimity, la oportunidad, la ocasi6n.
gdn), -a.
notebook, cuaderno. nothing, nada, no nada; is the matter with me, no tengo nada; be good for , no servir para nada. noun, el nombre, substantive, novelty, la novedad.
.
November, noviembre m. now, ahora, ya. number, niimero. numeral, el numeral.
u (before o- or ho-), orange, naranja. order (= arrangement), el orden; (religious or military) la orden; (for mercJiandise) pedido, la orden; in to, para; in that, para que; v., pedir (i), mandar. ordinary, regular. organ, 6rgano. orthographic, ortogrdfico, -a. orthography, ortografla. other, otro, -a; the s, los o las
or, o,
demds, el resto. ought to, deber; he ounce, onza.
debiera.
oats, avena.
object, objeto, motivo. objection: if you have
any
to
oven, homo. overcast (with clouds), nublado, -a. overcoat, sobretodo, el gabdn. owner, dueno.
doing so, si Vd. tiene inconveniente en hacerlo. obUged (= grateful), agradecido, -a. observe, observar.
occasion, la ocasi6n. occupied, ocupado, -a.
occtir, verificarse.
v., empaquetar, embalar; a trtmk, hacer o arreglar un badl. package, el paquete. page, pdgina.
pack
pain, el dolor.
pair, el par;
tijeras.
October, octubre m.
odor,
el olor. of, de.
of
scissors,
Unas
pale, pdhdo, -a.
offend, ofender. offer v., ofrecer, conceder, presentar.
pan, cazuela. papa, el papd. paper, el papel.
GENERAL VOCABULARY
parcel, el paquete.
picture, cuadro.
319
pardon,
el
v.,
pardon
perd6n. perdonaJ.
piece, pieza, {= fragment) pedazo.

pier, el muelle.
pill,
parents, los padres. parish priest, el cura.

part, la parte.
participle, participio.
plldora.
pillow,
almohada;
case,
funda
(de almohada).
pass v., pasar. passage, travesla. passenger, pasajero, -a, (on train)
viajero, -a.
pineapple, {in Spain) anana, {in Span. Am.) el anand o el ana-
n^.
pipe,
passive, pasivo, -a.

past, pasado, -a.
tubo de tubo; steam , vapor, pitcher (= j-ug), jarro. pity: it is a , es (una) Idstima.
patient, enfermo, -a.
place, el lugar, sitio; take

ficarse,
veri-
Paid, Pablo, paw, pata. attention, prestar pay v., pagar; atenci6n. payment, pago. pea, el guisante, chicharo (Span.
tener lugar;
v.,
colocar.
plain,
pampa.
planet, el planeta.
plank, tabla.
plant, planta.
plantation, hacienda,
planter, hacendado.
plate, plato.
Am.)
pen, pluma; fountain
estilografica,
la
pluma
plumafuente o la pluma de fuente {in most of Span. Am.).

pencil, el Idpiz.
play
v.,
jugar (ue)
la pelota; {on
ball, jugar a a musical instru;
ment) tocar.
pleasant, agradable, simpdtico, -a.
please, gustar, agradar;
greatly,
it
penknife, el cortaplumas. people, pueblo, la gente. pepper, piraienta.
me
"per," por.
perceive, percibir.
perfect, perfecto, -a.
agrada o gusta mucho; {=he kind enough to) hdgame Vd. el favor de, slrvase Vd.
pleasing, grato, -a.
me
perfectly, perfectamente.
perform;
first
(o play, etc.) for
the
pleasure, gusto, el placer, pluperfect, pluscuamperfecto.

plus, mds.
time, estrenar.
performance, la funci6n. perfimie, el aroma, el perfume. period {in punctuation), punto. permit v., permitir.
person, persona. Peter, Pedro, petroleum, petr61eo.
Philip, Felipe,
pocket, bolsillo, bolsa {Mex.).
pocketbook,
el
poem,
poesia, el cantar, el
point, punto;
dicar.
polite, cort^s.
portamonedas. poema.
out, sefialar, in-
poor, pobre. popularly, popularmente.
phonetic, fon^tico, -a. physician, medico, piano, piano.
port (=
left), el
babor.
position, la colocaci6n, la posici6n,
possessive, posesivo, -a.
320
possible, posible.
FIEST SPANISH COURSE

prohibit, prohibir.
v., prometer. promptly, al punto. pronoim, el pronombre. proper: be , convenir 264. provided that, siempre que, con
post v., echar al correo o en el buz6n. postage, el porte; stamp, sello o estampilla de correo, sello o estampilla postal; prepaid, franco de porte.
promise
tal que.
postman, cartero.
post
public, publico,
-a;
square,
office, correo,
casa de correos; box, apartado o casilla (de
plaza.
correos).
pot, oUa.
publish, publicar. publisher, el editor;
(s)
and
patata (Spain), papa {Span. Am.); sweet , batata, el camote (Mex.), boniato iCuba). poimd, libra; 26 s, arroba.
potato,
bookdealer(s), libreria general. pubUshing house, casa editorial,

pull, tiro,
pulse, pulso.
pour v., echar. powder, polvo;

dentlifricos.
tooth
polvos
punish, castigar. purchase, compra. pure, puro, -a. purse, bolsa, el portamonedas.
put, poner 265; (in or into), meter (en); on (shoes), calzar;
prairie,
pampa.
(ie).
prefer, preferir
on one's shoes,
calzarse.
prepare, preparar. preposition, la preposici6n. present v., presentar; adj., presente, actual; month, el corriente, el actual; be (at),
quotation marks, comillas.
asistir (a).
president, el presidente. press v., estrechar.

preterite, pret^rito,
race, raza. railway, el ferrocarril. rain v., Hover (ue) ; n., Uuvia. raise, levantar.
pretty, bonito, -a, Undo, -a; adv.,
bastante.
price, precio.
range (= modem cooking cina econ6mica, also

(Mex.). rather, mda
bien,
), coestufa
principal, director, -ora; adj., principal.
mejor dicho,
print
v., imprimir; impresos.
ed matter,
los
bastante. read, leer,
reader (= reading book), libro de

lectura.
private, particular. prize, premio.

probability, la probabilidad.
reading, lectura;
lectm-a.
receipt, recibo.
book,
libro
de
produce, v., producir. product, producto.

professor, profesor, -ora, catedr^
tico (in university).
receive, recibir.
reception, recibo; (de recibo).

recite, recitar.
room, sala
program,
el
programa.
GENERAL VOCABULARY
red, rojo, -a, {of wine) tinto, -a. reduce, reducir.
reflexive, reflexive, -a.
to, cuanto a; with regard: in to, respecto de; s, recuerdos,
321
bicicleta;
montar
en
for
pleasure, pasearse. right, derecho, -a.
ring
rip
{the doorbeU),
llamar.
(jthe
v.,
descoser.
respetos.
rise
letter,
v.,
levantarse;
asar.
sun)
ealir.
register
(a
package,
etc.),
river, rlo.
certificar.
roast
v.,
regret v., sentir (ie). regular, regular,

reiterate, reiterar.
Romance, romance (=
.
derived from
rejoice at, alegrarse de, celebrar.

religious, religiose, -a.
Latin) roof, techo; flat , azotea. room, cuarto, pieza, la liabitaci6n; class , la clase.
remain, quedar(se), permanecer. remedy, remedio; v., remediar. remember, acordarse (ue) de; if I rightly, si mal no me acuerdo. reminder, recuerdo.
root, la raiz.
rough
row,
(as the sea), agitado, -a.
fila.
royal, real.
remit, remitir.
remittance, remesa. repair v., reparar, hacer las reparaciones; s, las reparaciones. repay, corresponder. repeat, repetir (i), reiterar. reply v., contestar, corresponder. request v., pedir (i), rogar (ue),
rubber overshoe, chanclo (Spain), zapato de goma (South Am.), zapato de hule (Mex.).
ruby,
el rubl.
rule, regla; as
neral,
por regla ge-
run
v.,
correr.
rustic, riistico, -a.
suplicar.
residence, domicilio. respect, respeto; with or in (con) respecto de.

rest,
(=
to,
sack coat, americana (Spain), saco (Span. Am.).

sad, triste. saddle, silla;
silla.
resto,
lo
(los,
las)
v.,
demds;
descan-
repose) descanso;
ahorse, caballo
de
sar.
restaiu'ant, el restaurant.
result, resultado.
said, dicho, -a.

sail, vela,
resume,
la sinopsis.
sailor,
marinero.
retire, retirar(8e).
return, vuelta; by mail, a vuelta de correo; v., volver (ue) ; he has
saint, santo, -a.
salad, ensalada.
salt, la sal.
de vuelta; (= back) devolver (ue). review v., repasar.

ed,
estd
give
salute
v.,
saludar.
same, mismo, -a.

satisfaction, la satisfaccidn.
revolve, girar.
rich, rico, -a.
Sattu-day, sdbado.
ride
montar; on horseback, montar a caballo; a bicycle,

v.,
savory, sabroso, -a. say, decir 267; I should
so,
ya
lo creo.
322
scarcely, apenas.
school, escuela;
scissors, tijeras;
tijeras.
year,
a pair of
ketUes,
should (=
curso.
otight to),
deber; he
(ue),
el
debiera.
v.,
unas
fre-
show
mostrar
ensefiar,
marcar.
etc.),
scrub gar
(floors,
(ie).
showy, vistoso, -a. shrink, encoger(se).

shut, cerrar
sick,
(ie).
sea, el o la mar.
seasick, mareado, -a;
become
be
enfermo, -a.
el
marearse. season, la estaci6n.

seat, asiento; (in theater) butaca;
v.,
side, lado.
sideboard,
oneself,
aparador.
sen tar
(ie);
sight, vista.
sign
v.,
firmar(se), subscribir(8e).
ed, sentarse.
signature, firma.
significance, significado.
silk,
see, ver 279. seek, buscar.
seem, figurarse, parecer; it s to me, se me figura, me parece.

select, escoger.
self,
seda.
silver, plata.
since, desde, despu^s.

sing, cantar.
mismo, -a.
single, simple, suelto, -a.
vender. send, enviar, mandar, remitir. sending, la expedici6n. sentence, la frase, la oraci6n. September, septiembre m.
sell,
singular, singular,
sir,
senor, caballero;
my
(ie).
dear
may
sister,
sit
senor mio.
hermana.
(down), sentarse
servant, criado, -a, servidor, -era;

^boy,
site, sitio.
mozo.
(i).
size,
tamano.
serve, servir
set
v.,
skip, saltar.
service, servicio.
sky, cielo.
slate, pizarra.
265, sentar (ie). settle (an account), saldar. several, varios, -as.
poner
sleep, sueno;
Seville, Sevilla.
sleeping:
,
v.,
,
dormir
(ue);
go to
el
fall
dormirse (ue). car, el cochecama,
shake, agitar. sheep, camero, oveja. sheet, sdbana. shilling, el real (Span. Am.). shingle, el tejamani o tejamanil, tablilla (de madera). shipment (of goods), envie.
shipping, la expedici6n.
coche dormitorio, el "sleeping," (Mex.); room, el pulm^ cuarto de dormir. sleepy: be , tener sueno.
sleeve,
manga,
slipper, zapatilla.
camisa; bosom, pechera. shoe, zapato; high , beta; dealer, maker, zapatero; shop, store, zapaterla shop, tienda. short, corto, -a.
shirt,
small, chico, -a, pequeno, -a. smell (sense of), oHato, (= odor)
el olor; v., oler
(hue-).
snow,
so,
la nieve;
asi,
tan;
v.,
nevar
as,
(ie).
manera (modo) que;
that,
de
much
that
(many), tanto, -a, (tantos, -as); (- then), conque; isn't
GENERAL VOCABULARY
it
323
? Ino es verdad? he did
stateroom,
stay
el
camarote.
lo hizo.
station, la estacidn.
soap, el jab6n. sock, el calcetln.

sofa, el sofd. sole, (of foot) planta, (of suela.
v.,
quedar(se), permanecer;
in bed, guardar cama.
a shoe)
pi., al-
some, alguno
(algiin), -a; gunos, -as, unos, -as.
steam, el vapor, steamboat, el vapor, stem (of a word), el radical, still, aun, todavia.
sting, el aguij6n.
somebody, alguien.
some
one, alguien.
stocking, media, stockman, ganadero.

stone, piedra.
something, algo, algima cosa. sometimes, a veces, algimas veces.
somewhat,
son, hijo;
s and daughters, hijos. song, la canci6n, el cantar. soon, pronto; as as, luego que; no er, apenas. sorrow, el dolor.
algo.
stop v., parar, dejar de. store (= shop), tienda.
storm, tormenta, el temporal, story, cuento, historia; piso; upper
piso alto,
stout, gordo, -a.
soul, el
alma/.
soup, sopa. south, el sur. souvenir, recuerdo. space, espacio. Spain, Espafia. Spaniard, espanol, -ola. Spanish, espanol, -ola, castellano, -a; -American, hispano-
stove: cooking , cocina econ6mica, estufa (Mex.). straight, derecho, -a; go ahead, seguir (i) derecho. straw, paja.
street, la calle;
car, el tranvla.
strike (as
a clock)
v.,
dar ; it is strik-
americano, -a;
de espanol;
woman, espanola.
ing one, two, da la una, off, quitar. dos; stroll v., pasearse.
dan
las
class, la clase
strong, fuerte;
coffee, el csd6
speak, hablar. speech, palabra.

spelling, ortografla.
cargado. student, alumno, -a, el o la estudiante.
study
v.,
estudiar.
spend, gastar, (time) pasar.

split v., partir.
subject, sujeto.
spoon, cuchara. spring, primavera.

spur, espuela, (pointed) el acicate.
square, cuadrado; adj., cuadrado,

-a.
stable, caballeriza.
stairs, stairway, escalera.
subjunctive, subjvmtivo. subordinate, subordinado, -a. subscribe, subscribir(se). subscription, la subscripci6n. substantive adj., substantivado,
-a.
succeed
(in), lograr.
successively, sucesivamente.
stamp, sello, estampilla. starboard (= right), el estribor. starch, el almid6n.

state, estado.
such, such a, tal. sugar, el o la azijcar.

suit (of clothes), el traje.
smtable, propio, -a.
324
sum, suma.
sxunmary, extracto.

that rel., que; dem., ese, -a, -o; aquel, aquella, aquello; conj., que, ( = in order that) para que. that one, 6se, -a; aqu61, aquella. theater, teatro.
summer, verano.
sun,
el sol;
shine,
sol;
the
is
shining, hace sol.
Sunday, domingo.
sup, cenar. supper, cena; have , cenar. support v., soportar, mantener
theme,
el
tema.
258. sure, seguro, -a. surface, la superficie. surname, apellido.
then, entonces, luego. there, alii, alld; {near the person addressed) ahl; is (are), hay. Theresa, Teresa.
thermometer, term6metro.
thick, grueso, -a, espeso, -a. thickness, grueso. thimble, el dedal.
surprise v., sorprender. sweet, dulce.

swift, ligero, -a.
thing, cosa.
think, pensar
swim
nadar. synopsis, la sinopsis.

v.,
you
about
if
(ie),
creer;
what do
le
it?
you parece a Vd.

a Vd.?
thkst, la sed.
thirsty:
iqu6
parece
si
best,
le
table,
tailor,
mesa;
el
cloth, el mantel.
sastre;
be
shop,
"tai-
this, este, -a, -o;
tener sed. one, 6ste, -a.
lor's," sastrerla.
take, tomar;
se
(i);
retirar;
tall, alto,
leave, away,
out, sacar.
despedir-
off, quitar,
-a.
tame, manso, -a.
taste, gusto, el sabor;
ser sabroso, tener

tea, el te;
good, spoon, cucharita; v.,
buen sabor.
spoonful, cucharadita. teach, ensenar. teacher, maestro, -a, profesor, -ora. tear v., romper, rasgar. telegram, el telegrama. telephone, tel6fono; v., telefonear. teU, decir 267.
temperature, temperatura. temple, templo. tense, tiempo. term, t^rmino. terminate, terminar.
than, que, de.
thread, hilo. throu^, per. throw, tiro; v., arrojar, tirar, echar. thtmder, trueno(s); v., tronar (ue). Thm-sday, el jueves. ticket, el billete, boleto (Span. billete Am.)', round-trip , (boleto) de Ida y vuelta. till v., labrar; prep., hasta. time, tiempo, la vez; a long mucho tiempo; three s, tres veces; limit, plazo; from to , de vez en cuando; what (o'clock) is it? Iqu6 hora es? it is to (for), es hora de. tip, propina. tired, cansado, -a. to, a, hasta. tobacco, tabaco. to-day, hoy.
to-morrow, mafiana; the day after pasado manana. ,
ton, tonelada.
thanks thank you! igraciasi

I
tongue, lengua.
GENERAL VOCABULARY
too,
325
demasiado; demasiado, -a ... to, muy tambi^n.

.
much (many),
(-os,
. .
union, el enlace, la iini6n.

unite, unir.
-as); too
para; (= also)
United States, Estados Unidos; of

the
,
tooth, el diente; molar
estad(o)unidense.
muela;
unity, la unidad.
cepillo de dientes o ^powpara los dientes der, pelves dentifrices o pelves âche, el dopara los dientes; lor de muelas.
^brush,
cepillo
university, la universidad.
unless, a
menos que.
unoccupied, desecupado, -a. unpleasant, desagradable.

tmtie, desatar.
until, hasta que. upon, en, sebre.
torn, rete, -a.
touch
v.,
tecar.
la peblaci6n.
towel, tealla.
town, pueblo,
train, el tren.
upper, superior; use, empleo, uso.
story, piso alto.
tragedy, tragedia.
use
v.,
servirse
plear;
be
a.
(i)
de, usar,
em-
to, estar
acostum-
tramway,
el tranvia.
brado
useful,
tranquil, tranquilo, -a.

translate, traducir 278.
litil.
utensil, utensilio, trasto.
traveler, viajero, -a.
treacherous, traidor, -ora.

tree, el drbol.
trick,
broma; play
s,
dar bromas.
vacation (s), las vacaciones. valise, maleta.

variable, variable.
variation, la variaci6n.
variety, la variedad.
trip, el viaje.
tropical, tropical.
trouble, melestia; v., melestar. trousers, les pantalones {also el
pantal6n).
isn't it
true, cierto, -a;
es verdad; ? ino es verdad?

it is
,
vary, variar. vaudeville theater, teatro de var riedades.
vegetables, verduras, las legumbres.
tnmk,
el baiil.
truth, la verdad.
try, procurar, tratar de.
veranda, galerfa.
verb, verbo. very, muy, mucho.
vessel, el lauque.
vest, chaleco.
vestibxile, el
Tuesday,
martes. turn v., volver (ue), deblar (la esquina, pdgina, etc.); (= become) ponerse 265.
el
zagudn.
vigor, el vigor.
vinegar, el vinagre.
ugly, feo, -a.
visit, visita; v., visitar.
unbound, en o a
uncle,
tie.
la nistica.
vocabulary, vocabulario. voice, la vez.
under, debajo de. underclothes, ropa interior. underline, subrayar. tmderstand, entender (ie).
volume,
of
el volumen, tomo (= part a work, several tomos being sometimes bound in one volumen).
326
voyage,
el viaje.

what
(a),
iqu6!, {=that which) lo
vulgarly, vulgarmente.
que;
cudl.
interrog.,
qu6,
(= which)
W
waistcoat, chaleco.
wheat,
trigo.
interrog.,
aguardar, esperar. waiter, mozo, camarero, mesero

(for),
wait
when, cuando; a qu6 hora.
cudndo,
(Mex.). wake up, despertarse
where, donde; interrog., d6nde. which, que; el, la o lo cual; el,
la
(ie).
walk
v.,
ir
pie,
{for pleasure)
o lo que; interrog., cudl, qu6. while, mientras (que), en tanto
pasearse.
wall, la pared,
:
muro.
walnut English
que. white, bianco, -a.
la nuez.
who, que;
el o la cual; el
o la que;
want v., querer 271. ward (= part of a city), barrio, warm, calentar (ie); adj., caliente;
I
quien; interrog., qui^n.
whoever, quien (es)quiera.
am
v.,
the
tengo calor; it is weather), hace calor.

,
whom
el
{of
warmth,
el calor.
que, quien, el cual, etc.; qui^n. whose rel., cuyo, -a, de quien; interrog., de qui6n.
rel.,
que,
etc.; interrog.,
wash
lavar.
watch,
over,
el reloj, reloj
de
bolsillo; v.,
whosoever, quien (es)quiera. why, per qu6, a qu6, para qu6;

exclam.,
si.
vigilar.
water, el agua /. watery, aguanoso, -a.
wide, ancho, -a. width, anchura.

wife, esposa.
ilia,
wave, ola. wax, cera;

{Mex.).
match, cer
make
cerillo
way, camino;
one's
(to),
dirigirse (a).
weak,
d6bil.
v.,
wear
llevar,
usar;
out,
v., querer 271. wind, viento. window, ventana. wine, vino, wing, ala. winter, inviemo.
will
usar.
weather, tiempo.
wipe, secar, enjugar. wish v., desear, querer 271
Wednesday, el mi^rcoles. week, semana; one , echo two s, quince dIas; next semana que viene.
dias;
,
la
he would do it, yo quisiera, o ojald, que 61 lo hiciera. wit: to a saber. with, con; me, conraigo;
weep, Uorar.
weigh, pesar. weight, peso, {vnth which to weigh) pesa of ponderal. , well, bien, pues; then, pues; bo , estar bueno, -a. west, el oeste. western, occidental. wharf, el muelle.
;
himself, herself,
etc.,
consigo;
thee (you), contigo. within, adentro. without, sin; accident, sin nove-
dad;
money, apurado, -a,
sin
dinero.
woman, mujer.
wood, {for manufacture, building, etc.) madera, {for fuel) lena.
GENERAL VOCABULARY
wool, lana.
written, escrito, -a,
cribir;
327
irr.
woolen, de lana. word, palabra. trabajo, work,

music,
bajar.
art,
e'c.)
exercise,
p.p. of es-
el
tema.
{of
literature,
v.,
obra;
tra-
worker: he
aplicado.
is
a hard
es
muy
yard, el corral; vara (=33 inches). year, ano; New Year's Day, Ano curse; be nuevo; school ,
eight s old, cumplir echo anos. yellow, amarillo, -a.
yes,
si.
world, mundo. pierda Vd. cuiworry: do not , dado. worship, la adoraci6n. valer , worth, el valor; be
yesterday, ayer. yet, aiin, todavia; not

no.
todavla
{of per-
273.
would
that, ojald (que).
write, escribir.
young, joven; er, sons), menor. youth, la juventud.
est
'
INDEX
The numbers
68: a
refer to sections unless otherwise indicated
a: with dative, 67; with accusative,
Conditional clauses, 166.

Conjunctions, 226. conocer, 139.
creo que no,
cumplir,
+ el
Exer.
al, 69.
acaba de, 91; acababa (acab6) de, XXIV, Exer.; ya acab6, se acab6,
XXIV,
c.
Exer.
XX,
cualquiera, 215,
a, 68.
Accusative case, use of

Adjectives:
180;
inflection,
XXXIV,
case,
Exer.
of
35,
36,
99;
34,
apocopation,
179;
position,
Dative
176.
67;
separation,
agreement, 37, 38, 181; comparison, 182, 184; of nationality, 99, 100.
Days Days
of the
month, 120.
of the week, 124,
Adverbs,
186.
adjunto, page 205, footnote 2. comparison, 222;
Defective verbs, 281.

185,
Definite article,
201;
feminine
before
el,
201, 1; lo, 201, 2; use of def. art.,

of subject
Agreement
any, 215, a.
and verb, 223.
202;
omission,
204;
noun used
dejar, 148, a;
desk,
in apposition with
a a
aquf and ac&, 222, 1. Arithmetical signs, 220.
personal pronoun, 199.
Augmentatives, 229, 230.
XXXIV, Exer. Demonstratives, 59-62, 210.

page
24, footnote.
sf,
XI, Exer. bedroom, XI, Exer.

bathtub,
Believing or saying, verbs butter, XVI, Exer.

by, 130.
of, 167.
XXX, Exer. Cardinal numerals, 217. casilla, XLIX, Exer.

caballero,
castellano, 100,
b.
XXIV, Exer. Diminutives, 229, 231. Distributive construction, 108. Dollar sign ($), page 212, footnote. don, 103, a. donde, 226, 3. Doubting or denying, verbs of,
digo que
156, 2.
e, 226, 1.
Changes in
coal,
spelling, 114,
239
fol.
ear,
XXIX,
Exer.
classroom, pages
24,
27, footnotes.
editor,
XIV, Exer. Commands, 147,

Comparison: Adverbs.
page 224, footnote. esperar + fut. ind., page 131, foot*

note.
148.
see
Adjectives
and
estadounidense, XLVII, Exer. estar and ser: use of, 72, 73.
INDEX
farm, XVI, Exer. Floors of Spanish buildings,
109, footnote 2.
329
page
Fractions, 219.
Measures, page 218, footnote. -mente, 222, 5. Mexico, page 204, footnote. migo, tigo, sigo, page 180, footnote.
garden, XLIII, Exer.
Months of the year, 119. mucho and muy, 222, 2.

muerto, page 103, footnote.
a.
Genitive case, 45.
Grammatical nomenclatiire, 237,

haber:
hacer:
uses
of,
Names
136;
haber and
tener, 131.
of tenses, 237, a. Negatives, 113. Neuter gender, 97.
hace buen tiempo, XXV, hace frio, XXIII, Exer.; hace echo dias, etc., XX, Exer.
Exer.;
of the day, 78.
next, 123.
Nouns: gender, 174; number, 175;

genitive case, 45; dative case, 37;
hay, 136.
accusative
case
(use
of
a),
68;
Hours
How
-iar
old are
you f XIX, Exer.
used as adjectives, 177. Numerals: cardinal, 217;

218; fractions, 219.
ordinal,
and -uar verbs, 243.

o'clock, 78.
idos, 149.
Imperative, 144, 147-150. Imperfect subjunctive, 159, 160. Inceptive verbs, 255.
Indefinite article, 24, 25;
ojaia, 167.
Ordinal numerals, 218.

pantalon (-on:s),
para, 225.
omission,
XXIV,
Exer.
205.
Indefinite pronouns, 215.
Infinitives:
use
of,
88;
instead of
Passive voice, 129, 130. Past participles, 125-129;

lar,
irregu-
subjunctive, 153, 158, 2; list of verbs followed by an infinitive,
280.
with
283.
or
without
a preposition,
'
Perfect tenses, 132-135. pero, 226, 2.
Personal pronouns:
objects
195;
42,
of
Interrogative pronouns, 214. ir a buscar, 91.

ir,
verbs,
as subjects or 190-192, 194,

tfl,
reflexive, 77, 192, 195, 197;
pret. of, 106, a.

list of,
reciprocal,
198;
196,
2;
42;
usted,
195;
of
Irregular verbs,
lazy,
282.
191,
se,
192,
ello, 190,
a;
prepositional forms,
page 27, footnote.
81-83,
please,
196,
197;
omission
Ut, 148.
subject pronouns, 51.
List of verbs, 282.

little :
XVII, Exer.
of
215,
h.
per, 225.
llamarse,
XXI,
a.
Exer.
Position
words in a sentence,
mandar, 153, mas, 226, 2.

meala,
with past participle, 135. Possessives: adjectives, 52-55; pronoims, 207, 208; agreement of,
55.
XIV, Exer.
330
Prepositions:

with
infinitive,
88;
a;
152,
tival
156,
157,
158;
in
in
adjec-
retained
in
Spanish,
156,
clauses,
161;
adverbial
por and para, 225.
clauses, 165; in conditional clauses,
Present participles, 140, 141. Progressive forms of verbs, 142. Progressive tenses, 238.
166; stem of pres. tense, 155; imperf. tense, 159, 160; fut. tense,
170,
171;
with
ojaia,
167;
in
Pronominal adjectives, 215. pta., page 213, footnote.

publisher
softened statement, 168.

house,
and
publishing
temer
fut.
ind.,
page 131, foot-
page 224, footnote.
note.
Q. B.
M., page 199, footnote. que, omitted, page 205, footnote

S.
3.
tener and haber, 131; tengo frfo, XXIII, Exer. tener + name of part of body, 107, b.
;
Tenses:
pres.
ind.,
to express an
115;
Radical-changing verbs, 244 fol. Reciprocal pronouns, 198. Reference list of verbs taking an
infinitive object, 283.
act that continues from the past

into
the
present,
imperf.
and
fut. fut.
Reflexive pronouns,
197.
77,
192,
195,
a; and cond., 116-118, 121; and cond. of probability, 122.

pret. ind., use of, 94, 115,
.
than, 188.
the
. .
Reflexive verbs, 77.
the (correlative), 187.
Relative pronouns,
212.
reloj,
211;
uses
of,
ticket,
XXXVIII,
Exer.
XXIV,
Exer.
" Treinta dias page 97.

Exer.
u, 226,
1.
trae noviembre, ..''!
rubber overshoe,
S. S.,
XXXVI,
page 199, footnote,
-uir verbs, 256.

un(o), -a, 64.
schools,
saber and conocer, 139. terms used, page 15, footnotes.
Tamos
estar: use of, 72, 73.
a, 86.
seflor, -ora, etc., 103, 6.
Verbs, 233-283.
volver a, 91, 283.
ser
and
should, 169.
si,
intensive, 222, 3.
sino, 226, 2.
XVII, Exer. Weights and measures, page 218,

waiter,
sleeping car,
slippers,
XXXIX, Exer. XXXVI, Exer.
footnote.
whose (interrog.), 56.

xvill
Softened statement, 168.

some, 215, a.
spurs, page 154, footnote.
stove,
and
should, 169.
Word
order, 227.
XV, Exer. Subjunctive: in substantive clauses,
ya, 222, 4; with preterite,
page 159,
footnote.
<:^
University of Toronto
VO
O
"d
Library
f>
CO
2 ^ 4) O o ^
H
DO NOT REMOVE
THE
s ''Pi
W
<H CO fH +
00
CARD
FROM
THIS
CV2
POCKET
CO VTv
Acme
Library Card Pocket
-1
LOWE-MARTIN CO.
limited

Firstspanishcour 00 Hilluoft

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Firstspanishcour 00 Hilluoft

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive

FIRST SPANISH COURSE

Authorized by the Minister of Education for Ontario

in the early Lessons there are almost

tions to the general rules.

vocabulary which contains

the words that are used in the

The Spanish passages

in the exercises are followed

which follows the Lessons proper,

unusually complete, and

of those that require

Verbs Gender of nouns. ces. Verbs

Verbs Position, inflection and agreement of

20-22 23-26 26-28 29-32 32-35 36-39 39-43

Estar and ser.

irregular verbs Imperfect and preterite indicative Radical-changing verbs. Feminine

47-49 50-61 62-66 66-69 70-74

Verbs Changes in spelling .... Future and conditional. Months. Days

Past participles Tener and haber.

Subjunctive in substantive clauses. Imperfect subjunctive Subjunctive in adjectival clauses ....

152-157 157-162 162-174 174-184 185-190 190-196 196-202

202-208 208-215 215-221 221-228 228-234

List of verbs requiring a preposition before

Map Map Map

FIEST SPANISH COURSE

Castilian forms the basis of both the spoken

b(6e), c(ce), ch(c^e),

g{ge), hQiache), i(t),

j{jota), k(ka), liele), ll(eHe),

ii{ene), 0(0), pipe), q(cu),

[w{doble w)j, x{equis), j(i griega),

dead; defecto, defect; perro, dog;

todo, all; (2)

syllable, before rr,

a consonant diphthong ei (or con, with; gorra, cap; soy, / am.

FIRST SPANISH COURSE

when two weak vowels combine;

and occurs at the end

reina, qtieen; rey, king

bou, {Catalonian mode of fishing)

vowel adjacent to a strong vowel, as in traido, brought, oido, heard,

always written on the stressed vowel.

as in principidis, you begin as in principieis,

FIRST SPANISH COURSE

as in basta, enough, brazo, arm, etc.

word or at the end

positions the value of th; in the regions in which

has the sibilant value,

somewhat resembles that

espalda, back, tienda, shop.

In Spanish America, as in certain parts of

shows how pronounced cab ay o.

FIRST SPANISH COURSE

occurs, the Spanish r is carefully

as in caro, dear, grande, large,

and when written

when it immediately between vowels, it has

uttered strongly, and, in

and o may appear as doubled;

the commonest, as in leer,

Careless speakers are prone to neglect the